A COLLECTION OF

TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS
AND SANADS
RELATING TO INDIA AND
NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES

COMPILED BY

C. U. AITCHISON, B.C.S.,
/
UNDER SECRETARY TO THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
IN THE FCREIGN DEPARTMENT

VOL. XII.
CONTAINING

THE TREATIES, &c., RELATING TO JAMMU

AND KASHMIR, SIKKIM, ASSAM AND BURMA.

Revised and continued up to 1929 by the authority

of the Foreign and Political Department.

CALCUTTA: GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

CENTRAL PUBLICATION BRANCH
1931

Price fts, 5-0 or 9s. 3d.

 Government of India Publications are obtainable from the Government of
India Central Publication Branch, 3, Government Place, West,
Calcutta, and from the following Agents :-
EUROPE.
Oppmos Or THE HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR INDIA, INDIA HOUSE, ALDWYcH, LONDON, W. C. 2,
And at all Booksellers.
INDIA AND CEYLON: Provincial Book Dep6ts.
MADRAS:-Superintendent, Government Press, Mount Road, Madrs.
BOMBAy :-Superintendent Government Printing and Stationaery, Queen's Road, Bombay.
SIND :-Library attached to the G fce of the Commissioner in Sind, Karachi.
BENGAL:-Bengal Secretariat Book Depnt, Writers' Buildings, Room No. 1, Ground Floor, Calcutta.
UNITED PROVINCES OF AGRA AND OUDH:-Superintendent of Government Press, United Provinces of
Agra and Oudh, Allahabad.
PUNJAB :-Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab, Lahore.
BURMA :-Superintendent, Government Printing, Burma, Rangoon.
CENTRAL PROVINCES AND BERAR : -Superintendent, Government Printing, Central Provinces, Nagpur.
.sSAM: -Superintendent, Assam Secretariat Press, Shillong.
BIHAR AND ORISSA:-Superintendent, Government Printing, Bihar and Orissa, P. 0. Gulz' bagh, Patna.
NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE :-Manager, Government Printing and Stationery, Peshawar.

Thacker, Spink & Co., Calcutta and Simla. Shri Shankar Karnataka Pustaka Bhandara,
W. Newman & Co., Ltd.. Calcutta. Malamuddl, Dharwar.
S. X. Lahiri & Co., Calcutta. The Standard Bookstall, Karachi, Quetta, Delhi,
The Indian School Supply DepOt, 809, Bow Bazar Murree and Rawalpindi.
Street, Calcutta. The Karachi Book Depnt, Elphinstone Street, Camp,
Butterworth & Co. (India), Ltd., Calcutta. Karachi.
M. C. Sarcar & Sons, 15, College Square, The English Bookstall, IYarachi.
Calcutta. The Standard Bookstall, Quetta.
Standard Literature Company, Limited, Calcutta. U. P. Malhotra &s Co., Quetta.
Association Press, Calcutta. J. Ray & Sons, 43, K. & L., Edwardes Road,
Chukervertty, Chatterjee & Co., Ltd., 13, College Rawalpindi, Murree ani Lahore.
Square, Calcutta. The Standard Book Dep6t, Lahore, Nainital,
The Book Company, Calcutta. Mussoorie, Dalhousie, Ambala Cantonment and
James Murray & Co., 12, Govwament Place, Delhi.
Calcutta. (For Meteorological Publications only.) N. B. Mathur, Supdt., Nazir Kanun Hind Press,
Ray Chaudhury & Co., 68-5, Ashutosh Mukerji Allahabad.
Road, Calcutta. The North India Christian Tract and Book Society,
Scientific Publishing Co., 9, Taltola Lane, Calcutta. 18, Clive Road, Allahabad.
Chatterjee & Co., 2-1, Bacharam Chatteries L'ine, Ram Dayal Agarwala, 184, Katra, Allahabad.
Calcutta. Ram Narain Lal, Katra, Allahabad.
Standard Law Book Society, 8-2, Hastings Street, The Indian Army Book Depnt, Dayalbmgh, Agra.
Calcutta. Narayan & Co., Meston Road, Cawnpur.
The Hindu Library, 3, Nandalal Mullick Lane The Indian .Army Book Deljnt, Jullundur City-
Calcutta. Daryaganj, Delhi.
Kamala flook Depnt, Ltd., 15, College Square, Manager, - ewal Xishore Press, Lucknow.
Calcutta. The Upper India Publishing House, Ltd., Literature
Bengil Flying Club, Dum Dum Cantt., (n Aviation, Palace, Ammudlaula Park, Lucknow.
Kali Charan & Co., Municipal Market, Calcutta. Rai Sahib M. ;ulab Singi & Sons, Mufld-l-Am
B. C. Basak, Esq., Proprietor, Albert Library, Dacca. Press, Lahore and Allahabad.
Mitra Brothers, Rajshahi. Rama Krishna & Sons, Booksellers, Anarkall, Lahore.
Higginbothams, Madras. Puri Brothers, 1. aoksellers and Publishers, Katcher
Rochouse & Sons, Madras. Road, Lahore.
G. A. Nateson & Co., Publishers, George Town, The Tilak School Bookshop, Lahore.
Madras. The Standard Bcokstall, Lahore.
Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, Madras. The Proprietor Punjab Sanskrit Book Depdt
P. Varadachary & Co., Madras. Saidmitha Street, Lahore.
S. Murthy & Co., Madras. The Insurance P iblicity Co., Ltd., Lahore.
City Book Co., Madras. The Punjab Reli dous Book Society, Lahore.
Law Publishing C ,., Mylapore, Hidras. The Commercial Book Co., La ore.
Bright & Co., Trivandrum. The University Book Agency, Kacharl Road, Lahore.
The Booklover's Resort, Taikad, Trivandrum, South Manager of the imperial Book Depnt, 63, Chandni
India. Chawk Street, Delhi.
B. M. Gopalakrishna Kone, Pudumandapam, J. M. Jaina & Br q., Delhi.
Madura. Fono Book Agency, New Delhi and -aimla.
Central Book Depnt, Madura. Oxford Book and Stationery Company, Delhi,
Vljapur & Co., Vizagapatam. Lahore, Simla, Meerut and Calcutta.
Thacker & Co., Ltd., Bombay. Supdt., American Baptist Mission Press, Rangoon.
D. B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay. The Modern PubLshing House, Ltd., 30, Phayre
Sunder Pandurang, Bombay. Street, Rangoon.
Ram Chandra Govind & Sons, Kalbadevi Road, Burma Book Club, Ltd., Rangoon.
Bombay. Manager, The "Hitavada", Nagpur.
N. M. Tripathi & Co., Booksellers, Princess Street, Bhisey Brothers, Booksellers and Stationers, Sita.
Kalbadevi Road, Bombay. baldi, Nagpur.
New and Secondhand Bookshop, Kalbadevi Road, S. C. Talukdar, Proprietor, Students & Co., Cooch
Bombay. Behar.
'I[rs. Radhabai Atmaram Sagoon, Kalbadevi Road, The Manager, Ceylon Observer, Colombo.
Bombay. The Manager, The Indian Book Shop, Benares City.
J. M. pandia & Co., Bombay. Nandkishore & Bros., Chowk, Benares City.
Gatulal & Co., Bombay. The Srivilliputtur Co-operative Trading Union, Ltd.,
A. H. W.ie I r & Co., Allahabad, Calcutta and Srivilliputtur (S. I. R.).
Bombay. Raghunatb Prasad & Sons, Patna City.
,. Govind & Co., Sandhurst Road, Girgaon, Bombay. The Students' Emporium, Patna.
Bombay Book Depnt, Girgaon, Born' ay. K. L. Mathur & Bros., Guzrl, Patna City.
Benneth Coleman & Co., Ltd., Thy Times of India Kamala Book .'tore , Baukip re, Patna.
Prcs,, Bombay. G. Banerjea and Br s., Ranchi.
Proprietor, New Kitabkhana, Poona. Dandekar Brothers, Indore City.
The Manager, Oriental Book Supplying Agency, 16, fushta'al iva S hayak Sahakari, Ltd., Baroda.
Shukrawar, Poona City. M. C. Kotharl, Raipura Road, Baroda.
Rama Krishna Bros., Opposite Vishrambag, Poona The Hyderabad Book Depnt, Chaderghat, Hydera-
City. bad (Deccant).
. . Bookstall, 21, Budhwar, Poona. Thakar & Co., Amraotl.
Man7aldas & Sons, Booksellers and Publishers, S. Kriihnaswami d Co., Teppakolam P. 0., Trichi.
BLaga Talao, Surat. Kplh Fort.
The Standard Book and Stationery Co., 32-33, nopolyFort.
Arhab lIrvd, Pe.s;h,,vr. National College Teaohers' Union Book Depnt,
Bt. B. Umadikar & Co., The Bharat Book DepOt, Trichlnopoly.
Dharwar. Superintendent, Bangalore Press, Lake View,
The Students' Own Book Depnt. Dharwar. Mysore Road. Baugalore City.
AGENT IN PALESTI'E :.-Stematzky, Jerusalem.
 CONTENTS.

PART I.
TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS AND SANADS RELATING TO JAMMU
AND KASHMIR.

JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

PAGE.
NARRATIVE . . . . . . . 1
TREATIES, etc., No.
I.-Treaty with Maharaja Gulab Singh, defining his rela-
tions with the British Government, dated 16th
March 1846 21
I1.--Agreement between the Lahore and Kashmir Dar-
bars regarding exchange of lands, 1847 . . 23
TII.-Statement of allowances granted for the maintenance
of the hill Rajas and their descendants, dated 13th
August 1847 ... . . 24
IV.-Adoption Sanad granted to Maharaja Ranbir Singh,
dated 5th March 1862 "26
V.-Commercial treaty concluded with the Maharaja
of Kashmir for developing the trade of Eastern
Turkistan, dated 2nd April 1870 . 20
VI.-Rules regulating the powers of the British officer at
Srinagar (Resident in Kashmir), 1872 . . 29
VI.-Agreement with the Kashmir State in regard to the
construction oi telegraph lines from Jammu to
Srinagrar and Srinagar to Gilgit, dated 9th March
1878. 31
VIII.-Agreement with the Maharaja of Jammu and Kash-
mir relative to the construction of a railway to
Jammu, dated 4th July 1888 33
IX.-Agreement with the Kashmir State for the construc-
tion, maintenance and working of a line of tele-
graph between Suchetgarh and Jammu, dated 3rd
July 1890 35
X.-Supplemental agreement with the Kashmir State re-
garding the funds required for the construction
of the British section of the Jammu and Kashmir
State Railway, dated 1st November 1890 37
XI.-Memorandum of agreement for the interchange of
messages between the Imperial telegraph system
of the Government of India and the telegraph
system of the Kashmir State, 1897 38
XJI.-Agreement entered into by the Maharaja of Jarama
and Kashmir -for the effective control and discip-
line of his Imperial Service troops when serving
beyond the frontiers of his State, dated 12th
September 1899 40
XJIT.-Memorandum of agreement between the Government
of India and Maharaja Partab Singh relative to the
construction and working of the Jammu a)nd Kash-
iair State Railway, dated 19th April 1913 42
Corrigendum to the above agreement, dated 14th
September 1915 . 44
 CONTENTS.

JAMMU AND KASHMIR-concluded,

PAGE.
TREATIES, etc., No.
,X1V.-Revised memorandum of agreement for the inter-
change of messages between the Imperial telegraph
system of the Government of India and the tele-.
1920 system of 1,the Jammu and Kashmir State,
graph 45

GILGIT AGENCY.
NAI{-ATIVE ]2
1

1. GILGIT WAZARAT.
NARRATIVE 13

2. HUNZA AND NAGAR.

NARRATIVE 13
TREATIES, etc., No.
XV.-Sanad granted by His Highness the Maharaja of
Jammu and Kashmir to Raja Zafar Khan of Nagar 48
XVI.-Sanad granted by His Highness the Maharaja of
Jammu and Kashmir to Raja Muhammad Nazim
Khan of Hunza 48

3. SHINAKI REPUBLICS OF THE INDUS VALLEY.

N ARRATIVE . 15

TREATIES, etc., No.

XVII.-Sanad granted to the people of Gor on the 2nd
November 1892 49
.XVIII.-Sanad granted to the inhabitants of Thor 50

4. PUNIAL.
NARRAT I N' E 18

5. YASIN, KUH-GH[ZAAR AND ISKOMAN.

N.\RRATIVE 19
 WONTENTS.

PART II.
TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS AND SANADS RELATING TO SIKKIM

PAGE
NARRATIVE . . . . . . 51

TREATIES, etc., No.

I.-Treaty with Raja of Sikkim on the transfer of the
country between the Mechi and Tista, dated 10th
February 1817 58
Sanad to the Raja of Sikkim transferring the above
lands, dated 7th April 1817 . . . . 60
I.-Deed executed by the Raja of Sikkim ceding Darjeeling
to the English, dated 1st February 1835 . . 60
III.-Treaty with the Raja of Sikkim on the restoration of
friendly relations, dated 28th March 1861 . 61
TV.-Convention between Great Britain and China relating
to Sikkim and Tibet, dated 17th March 1890 66
V.-Regulations regarding trade, communication and
pasturage (to be appended to the Sikkim-Tibet con-
vention of 1890), dated 5th December 1893 67
 CONTENTS.

PART III.
TREATIES, JEAN (G\ (-) 1, I"INTS .ND SANADS RELATING TO THE TERRi-
TORIES COMPRISED WITHIN THE PROV I NCE OF ASSAM AND TO THE
STATES, ETC., IN POLITICAL RELATIONS WITH THE GOVERN-
MENT oF INDIA THROUGH THE GOVERNMENT OF ASSAM.

PAGE.
I.-ASSAM-General.
NARRATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
I'REATIES, etc., No.
I.-Treaty of commerce with Maharaja Surji Deo
(Gaurinatbh Singh), dated 28th February 1793 112
1.-Agreement executed by the Garo Sardars of Tikri
Duar in 1817 . . . . . . . 115
I.-Treaty with Raja Govind Chandra on the restoration
of Cachar, dated 6th March 1824 117
IV.-Treaty of allegiance executed by Raja Ram Singh of
Jaintia, dated 10th March 1824 118
Separate article of agreement of feudal submission
entered into by Raja Ram Singh of Jaintiapur . 119
V.-Agreement executed by Singpho Chiefs, dated 5th
May 1826 119
VI.-Kabuliat of feudal submission executed by the Bar
Senapati of the Mataks, dated 13th May 1826 121
Sanad of the Agent of the Governor-General to the
Bar Senapati, dated 13th May 1826 121
VIL.-Agreement of allegiance executed by the Khampti
Chief, dated 15th May 1826 122
Vll.-Agreement of allegiance executed by Raja Tirat Singh
of Nongkhlaw, dated 30th November 1826 122
Similar agreement executed by Rabon Singh, Raja
of Khyrim 123
IX.-Agreement executed by the Wahadadars or Chiefs
of Shella Punji, dated 3rd September 1829 124
X.-Agreement of allegiance of Raja Diwan Singh of
Cherrapunji, dated 10th September 1829 125
X.I.-Agreement of liaja Diwan Singh ceding lands for the
station of Cherrapnji, dated 10th September 1829 126
Ul.- Recognisance of U Lar Singh of Mariaw, dated 12th
October 1829 127
XII.-Agreement of feudal stibimissin entered into by Zabar
Singh, Raja of Rambrai, dated 27th October 1829 128
XIV.-Agreement executed by the Sardars Elders and
Inhabitants of the conquered district of Supar Punji
and allied villages, dated 29th October 1829 . 129
XV.-Engagement of the Sardars of Bairan.punji of sub-
jection to the Raja of Cherrapunji, dated 2nd
November 1829 130
XVI.-Agreement of Raja Bor Mani ceding lands, dated 15th
January 1830 131
NVII.-Agreement of Subha Singh ceding additional lands for
the civil station of Clerrapunji, dated 19th Octo-
ber 1830 132
g XVlII.-Agreeinent of allegiance executed by Adhor Singh,
Chief of Mawsynram, dated 17th December 1831 133
 ONTENTS.

ASSAM.
I.-ASSAM-General-continued.
PAGE.
tREATIE S, etc., No.
XIlX.-Recognisance executed by U Ksan and U Ahuloka,
Rajas of Malai Punji, dated 21st November 1832 . 133
XX.-Recognisance executed by U Phaz, Raja of Bhowal,
dated 11th December 1832 134
XXI.-Treaty with Raja Purandar Singh placing the districts
of Sibsagar and Lakhimpur under his administra-
tion, dated 2nd March 1833 135
XXII.-Agreement executed by Rajan Singh on his election to
the Chiefship of Nongkhlaw, dated 29th March 1834 137
XXIII.-Agreement of Tularam transferring the western por-
tion of his country (Cachar), dated 3rd November
1834 139
XXIV.-Agreement of feudal submission executed by the Sar-
dars of Rambrai, dated 21st January 1835 140
X\XV.-Agreement of Matti Bar Senapati regarding commu-
tation of military service, dated 23rd January 1835 141
XXVI.-Agreement of allegiance executed by the Singpho
Chiefs, 1836 142
Similar agreements were signed by Kumring of Lutao
and by the Tao Gobrain 144
XXVII.-Agreement of allegiance executed by Songaph. Chief of
Maharam, dated 13th February 1839 144
XXVIII.-Lease of the coal hills of Cherrapunji executed by
Subha Singh, dated 20th April 1840 145
XXIX.-Lease of the coal fields of Bairangpunji executed by
Subha Singh, dated 20th April 1840 146
XXX.-Agreement executed by Chota Sadhu Singh, Raja of
the district of Jirang, dated 8th June 1841 117
XXX.-Agreement entered into by Khamptis of Sadiya, dated
2nd December 1843 148
XXXII.-Agreement executed by the Raja of Aka Parbat relin-
quishing the levy of black-mail, 1844 149
XXXIII.-Agreement entered into by the Aka Rajas relhnqaisli-
ing the levy of black-mail, 1844 149
XXXIV.-Agreement with the Sehrgaon and Rupraigaon Bhutias
to refrain from aggressions, 1844 150
XXXV.-Petition of the Wahadadars of Shella Punji solicit-
ing the assistance of the Political Agent, Khasi
Hills, in causing the attendance at their Darbars
of persons resisting their authority, etc., dated 14th
May 1851 151
The Political Agent's reply to the foregoing, dated
16th May 1851 152
XXXVI.-Parwana granted to U Sep Singh appointing him
Dholla Raja of Maharam, dated 28th September
1852
XXXVII.-Treaty with the Sat Rajas of Charduar acknowledg.
ing submission, dated 28th September 1853
XXXVIII.-Conditions imposed on the Raja of Nongkhlaw on his
accession, 1856
Similar conditions imposed on the Chiefs of Mylliem
and Bhawal Punji
XXXTX.-Trans]ation of a Parwana to U Ji Laskar and Chonga
Laskar authorising them to conduct the duties of
Sardars of Mawlong for one year each, dated 25th
March 1857
 CONTCENTS

ASSAM.
I.-ASSAM-General -concluded.
PAGE.
TREATIES, etc., No.
XL.-Agreement executed by the Minyang Abors engaging
to respect British territory, dated 5th November
1862 156
Similar engagement executed by the Kebang Abors,
dated 16th January 1863 . . 159
XLI.-Agreement executed by the Padain Abors engaging to
respect the integrity of British territory, dated 8th
November 1862 160
XLII.-Agreement executed by representatives of twelve Bor
Abor tribes engaging to respect British territory,
dated 5th April 1866 162
XLII1.--Sanad granted to Sukpilal regarding the security of
traders, dated 16th January 1871 163
XLIV.-Terms of peace signed by Medhi and Chandi,
Kapaschor Akas, 1888 164
YXLV.- 1'._oms of peace imposed on the chief offending villages
of the Minyang Abors, 1912 165

II.-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS.

NARRATIVE , . 83

tREATIES, etc., ho.

IV.-Treaty of allegiance executed by Raja Ram Singh of
Jaintia, dated 10th March 1824 118
Separate article of agreement of feudal submission
entered into by Raja Ram Singh of Jaintiapur 119
VIII. -Agreement of allegiance executed by Raja Tirat Singh
of Nongkhlaw, dated 30th November 1826 122
IX.-Agreement executed by the Wahadadars or Chiefs of
Shella Punji, dated 3rd September 1829 124
X.-Agreement of allegiance of Raja Diwan Singh of
Cherrapunji, dated 10th September 1829 125
XI.-Agreement of Raja Diwan Singh ceding lands for the
station of Cherrapunji, dated 10th September 1829 126
XII.-Recognisance of U Lar Singh of Mariaw. dated 12th
October 1829 127
XJII.-Agreement of feudal submission entered into bj Zabar
Singh, Raja of Rambrai, dated 27th October 1829 "28
XIV.-Agreement executed by the Sardars, Elders and
Inhabitants of the conquered district of Supar
Punji and allied villages, dated 29th October 1829 . 12 t
XV.-Engageme',t of the Sardars of Bairangpunji of sub-
jection to the Raja of Cherrapunji, dated 2nd
November 1829 130
XVl.--Agreement of Raja Bor Mani ceding lands, dated
15th January 1830 131
XVII.-Agreement of Subha Singh ceding additional lands
for the cf.'il station of Cherrapun)i. dated 19th Octo-
ber 1830. 132
XVIII.-Agreement of allegiance executed' by Adhor Singh,
Chief of Mawsynram, dated 17th December 1831 . 133
XIX.-Recognisance executed by U Ksan and U Ahuloka.
Rajas of Malai Punji, dated 21st November 1831 , 133
XX.-Recognisance executed by U Phaz, Raja of Bhowal,
dated 11th December 1832 134
 COSrhENTS.

ASSAM.
II.-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS-continued.
PAGE.
TREATIES, etc., No.
XXII.-Agreement executed by Rajan Singh on his election
to the Chiefship of Nongkhlaw, dated 29th March
1834 137
XXIV.-Agreement of feudal submission executed by the Sar-
dars of Raambrai, dated 21st January 1835 140
XXVII.-Agreement of allegiance executed by Songaph, Chief
of Maharam, dated 13th February 1839 . . 144
XXVII.-Lease of the coal hills of Cherrapunji executed by
Sublia Singh, dated 20th April 1840 . 145
XXIX.-Lease of the coal fields of Barangpunji executed by
Subha Singh, dated 20th April 1840 . . 146
XXX.-Agreement executed by Chota Sadhu Singh, Raja of
the district of Jirang, dated 8th June 1841 . 147
XXXV.-Petition of the Wahadadars of Shella Punji solicit-
ing the assistance of the Political Agent, Khasi
Hills, in causing the attendance at their Darbars
of persons resisting their authoity, etc., dated 14th
May 1851 151
The Political Agent's reply to the foregoing, dated
16th May 1851 .. . . . 152
XXXVI.-Parwana granted to U Sep Singh appointing him
Dholla Raja of Maharam, dated 28th September 1852 153
XXXVII.-Conditions imposed on the Raja of Nongkhlaw on his
accession, 1866 155
Similar conditions imposed on the Chiefs of Mylliem
and Bhawal Punji. 155
XXXIX.--Translation of a Parwana to U Ji Laskar and Changla
Laskar authorising them to conduct the duties of
Sardars of Mawlong for one year each, dated 25th
March 1857 . 156
XLVI.-Agreement of Raja Ram Singh on his accession to the
Chiefship of Cherrapunji, dated 16th May 1857 . 167
XLVII.-Agreement executed Uy the Chiefs of the minor States
of the Khasi Hills regarding the lease of all un-
cultivated waste lands and forest tracts, etc., in
their respective ilakas, 1859. . 167
XLVIIL-Agroement executed by Don Singh of Nongstoin on
his election to the Chiefship, dated 22nd July 1862 . 169
XLIX.-Sanad conferring the title of Raja Bahadur on Don
Singh of Nongstoin, dated 26th January 1863 . 170
L.-Agreement of Milai Singh of Myllieni ceding lands for
a sanatorium at Shilling, dated 10th December 1863
LI.-Engagement executed by U Sai Singh on his election
to the Chiefship of Maharam, dated 5th October 1864 173
LH.--Sanad confirming the election of U Sai Singh as Raja
of Maharam, dated 5th December 1864 175
LI[.-Agreement of U Ron Singh on his election to the
Chiefship of Mariaw, dated 20th February 1865 . 176
L IV.-Sanad conferring the title of Raja on U Ron Singh of
Mariaw, dated 19th October 1865 177
LV.-Agreement of Raja Bor Singh abdicating the Chief-
ship of Nongkhlaw in favour of Chand Rai, dated
May 1866 , . 178
LV1.-General form of agreement prescribed by the Govern-
ment of India, 1867 . 178
LVI.-Sanad recognising Chand Rai as Chief of Nongkhlaw,
dated 19th August 1868 . . . 179
¥111 CONTENTS.

ASSAM.
II.-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS-concluded.
PAGE.
'l EATItS, etc., No.
LVIII.-General form of agreement prescribed in 1875 180
LIX.-General form of sanad prescribed by the Government
of India, 1877 181
LX.-Sanad granted to U Hajan Manik on his election as
Raja of Cherra, 1877 183
LXI.-Agreement executed by U Hain Manik Siem assenting
to the inclusion of the suburbs of Maokhar and
Laban within the boundaries of Shillong, dated 15th
November 1878 184
LXii.- Agreement executed by the Wahadadars of Shella and
Nongtrai regarding the Shella lime quarries, dated
22nd February 1883 185
LXIII.-Agreement executed by U Bang on his election as
Chief of Jirang, dated 14th May 1883
LX]V
-- Agreement executed by the Siem of Mylliem ceding a
portion of the Tand bordering on the Gauhati-
Shillong road, dated 17th June 1892
LXV.-Agreement by the Siem of Mylliem allowing the inclu-
sion of the estate of La Chaumiere within the
Shillong station, dated 29th November 1895
LXV[I.-General form of sanad prescribed by the Government
of India in 1907
LXV 11.--General form of sanad prescribed in 1909
LXVIII.-Agreement executed hv U Ron Singh, Siem of
Mylliem, regarding the extension Df the Bengal
Municipal Act III (B. C.) of 1884 to certain villages
in his territory, dated 9th August 1913 .
I-XlX.-Agreement executed by U Kinuin Manik, Siem of
Mylliem, consenting to the application of certain
Acts to the six villages in his territory adjoining
Shillong which have been placed under the Shillong
Municipality, dated 7th September 1926

III.-NAGA HILLS.
NARRATIVE 91

IV.-LUSHAI HILLS.
NARRATIVE 94
'TIEATIES, etc., No.
XLIII.-Sanad granted to Sukpilat regarding the security of
traders, dated 16th January 1871

V.-FRONTIER TRTBES.
NARRATIVE
rREATIES, etc., No.
V.-Agreement executed by Singpho Chiefs, dated 5th May
1826
VIH.-Agreement of allegiance executed by the Khampti
Chief, dated 15th May 1826
XXVI.-Agreement of allegiance executed by the Singpho
Chiefs, 1836
Similar agreements were signed by Kumiring of Lutao
and by the Tao Gobrain
 CONTENTS.

ASSAM.
V.-VRONTIER TRIBES-onthued:
PAGE,

XXXI.-Agreement entered into by Kl aiiptis of Sadiya, dated

2nd December 1843 148
XXXII.-Agreenient executed by the Raji of Aka Parbat relin-
quishing the levy of black-mail, 1844 149
XXXII.-Agreement entered into by the Aka Rajas relinquish-
ing the levy of black-mail, 1844 149
XXXIV.-Agreement with the Sehrgaon and Rupraigaon Bhutias
to refrain from aggrbssions, 1844 . . 150
XXXVII.-Treaty with the Sat Rajas of Charduar acknowledg-
ing submission, dated 28th September 1853 154
XL.-Agreement executed by the Minyang Abors engaging
to respect British territory, dated 5th November
1862 156
Similar engagements executed by the Kebang Abors,
dated 16th January 1863 . . . . 159
XLI.-Agreement executed by the Padam Abors engaging to
respect the integrity of British territory, dated 8th
November 1862 160
XLtl.-Agreement executed by representatives of twelve Bor
Abor tribes engaging to respect British territory,
dated 5th April 1866 162
XLIV.-Terms of peace signed by Medhi and Chandi,
Kapaschor Akas, 1888 164
XLV.-Terms of peace imposed on the chief offending villages
of the Minyang Abors, 1912- 165

VI.-MANIPUR.
NA ItRATIVE 102

TREATIES, etc., No.

LXX.--Conditions agreed to by Gambhir Singh on the
transfer of lands to Manipur, dated 18th April 1833 196
LX&I.-Agreement regarding compensation for the Kabaw
Valley, dated 25thi January 1834 .197

LXXIJ.-Sanad granted to Raja Churu Chand providing for the

complete subordination of the Manipur State and
for the payment of a yearly tribute, dated 18th
September 1891 193
LXXJI.-Sanad conferring the hereditary title of Maharaja on
the Rulers of Mwipur, dated 1st January 1918 . 198
 MONTENiS.

PART IV.
TREATIES, ENGAGEMENTS AND SAINADS RELATING TO THE TERRI-
TORIES COMPRISED WITHIN THE PROVINCE OF BURMA AND TO
THE STATES, ETC., IN POLITICAL RELATIONS WITH THE GOV-
ERNMENT OF i NDIA THROUGH THE GOVERNMENT OF BURMA.

I.-BURMA PROPER.
PAGE.
NARRATIVE . . . . . . . 199
TREATIES, etc., No.
I.-Commercial arrangement with the King of Ava, dated
September 1795 224
Order of the Viceroy of Henzawadi to the Council at
Rangoon regarding payment of port dues at Ran-
goon . . . . . . . . . 227
Royal Order regulating the customs duty to be taken
at the several Chaukis between Amarapura and
Rangoon 1 227
Royal Order respecting the duty to be taken on timber 229
1.-Treaty of peace and friendship with His Majesty the
King of Ava, dated 24th February 1826 . . 230
Hll-Commercial treaty with His Majesty the King of Ava,
dated 23rd November 1826. . 234
IV.-Agreement regarding the Kabaw Valley, dated 9th
January 1834 .236

V.-Treaty with the King of Ava for the protection of

trade, dated 10th November 1862 . . . 237
V1.-Treaty with the King of Ava for the establishment of
a Court at Mandalay and the appointment of a
Political Agent at Bhamo, dated 25th October 1867 289
Rules for the guidance of the Court of the Political
Agent at Mandalay, dated 26th July 1869 242
VII.-Agreement regarding the independence of Western
Karenni, dated 21st June 1875 , 24'
VIII.-Convention between Great Britain and China defining
the Burma-China boundary along a prescribed line,
dated 1st March 1894 .. 244
[X.-Convention between Great Britain and China regard-
ing the junction of the Chinese and Burmese tele-
graph lines, dated 6th September 1894 . 252
X.-Agreement between Great Britain and China modi-
fying the Burma-China Frontier and Trade Conven-
tion of 1st March 1894, dated 4th February 1897 . 256
XI.-Arrangement between the British and Chinese autho-
rities for the disposal of compensation cases in
connection with Frontier raids, dated 17th Janu.
ary 1902 . .. 261
XlI.-Arrangement for the exchange of correspondence
between the Postal Administration of India and
the Postal Administration of China, dated 12th
February 1904 . . . 264
1.1IJ.-Convention between Great Britain and China respect-
ing the junction of the Chinese and Burmese
Telegraph lines, revising the convention of 6th
September 1894, dated 23rd May 1905 . . 206
 CONTENTS.

II.-THE SHAN STATES.

PAGE.
NARRATIVE . . . . . . . . 210
TREATIES, etc., No.
XIV.-Form of Sanad granted to Sawbwas of Shan Statcs,
1889 . . . . . . . . . . 271
XV.-Form of Order of Appointment issued to Myozas and
Ngwegunhmus of Shan States, 1889 . 273
XVI.-Form of Sanad or Order of Appointment for cases of
succession to Shan and Karen Chiefships, 1889 . 273
XVI.-Sanad granted to the Sawbwa of Kengtung, dated the
24th April 1897-- 274
XVIII.-Sanad granted to the Sawbwa of Hsipaw, 1902 276
XIX.-Sanad granted to Kin Maung of Mong Mit on his
installation, 1906 , 1 278

11.-NORTH-EASTERN FRONTIER PROVINCE.

(THE KACHINS.)
NARRATIVE 216

IV.--THE CHINS.
NARRATIVE 218

V.-THE RED KARENS.

NARRATIVE . . . . . . . . . 221

TREATIES, etc., No.

VII.Agreement regarding the independence of Western
Karenni, dated 21st June 1875 . 248
XX.-Sanad granted by the Chief Commissioner of Burma to
Sawlawi, Myoza of Kantarawadi or Eastern
Karenni, dated 9th August 1890 . 280
XXI.-Form of Sanad for Western Karenni Chiefs, 1892 281
,XXII.-Sanad granted to Sawlawi, Myoza of Kantarawadi,
or Eastern Karenni, conferring upon him the heredi-
tary title of "Sawbwa "1 dated 1st January 1903 . 283
 COM'EINT$.

APPENDICES.

JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

PAGE.
I.-Rules for the guidance of the Joint Commissioners appointed for the
new route to Eastern Turkistan . i
I1.-Revised rules in connection with the refund of import duty on goods
transmitted in bond through British territory to Jammu and Kash-
mir or through State territory to Russian and Chinese Turkistan,
1898 iii
III.-Notification investing the Resident in Kashmir and his Assistants with
the necessary powers for enquiring into and trying criminal and civil
cases against European British subjects and others, dated 8th May
1891 1 vi

BURMA.
.-Translation of a despatch from Consul-General Wilkinson and Acting
Consul Litton to Sung, Taotai of Western Yunnan, about the con-
struction by the Government of Burma of a mule road for 25 miles
from Kulikha on the Burma-Yunnan frontier to Nung Chang, dated
the 26th December 1903 ix
II.-Translation of a despatch from Sung, Taotai of Western Yunnan, to
Consul-General Wilkinson and Acting Consul Litton, Tengyueh,
agreeing to the construction of the mule road from Kulikha on the
Burma-Yunnan frontier to Nung Chang, dated the 27th December
1903 xii

INDEX TO THE VOLUME

(i)
 PART I.

Treaties, Engagements and Sanads

relating to

Jammu and Kashmir.

T HE main divisions of the territory comprised in the State of Jammu
ad Kashmir are the provinces of ,ammu, including Ladakh and
Baltistan, and Kashmir and Gilgit.
Jammu has from time immemorial been the capital of a Dogra
Rajput dynasty. It had acquired some importance under a Chief
named Rana Ranjit Dev by the end of the eighteenth century. The
neighbouring country was split up into a number of independent hill
principalities, such as Kishtwar and Bhadrawah on the east, Basohli on
the south, Bhimbar and Rajaori on the west and north-west. These
were constantly quarrelling, and at the beginning of the nineteenth
century had become more or less subject to the Sikh Government of th6
Punjab under Ranjit Singh. His service was joined about this time by
three great-grandnephews of Ranjit Dev, namely Gulab Singh, Dhyan
Singh and Suchet Singh. They rose in favour, and Dhyan Singh be-
came minister to the Maharaja and was able greatly to benefit his family.
Gulab Singh distinguished himself in 1820 by capturing the Chief of
Rajapri. The principality of Jammu had by then been annexed by the
Sikhs, and Ranjit Singh conferred it upon Gulab Singh with the title
of Raja. Shortly afterwards Dhyan Singh was made Raja of Poonch
(between Rajaori and Muzaffarabad), and Suchet Singh obtained the
district of Ramnagar (just east of Jammu) as a Chiefship. In the course
of the next fifteen years the three brothers, and especially the eldest, had
subdued all the neighbouring hill principalities. After the murder of
iDhyan Singh in 1843, followed soon after by the defeaf and death of his
brother Suchet Singh, and the murder of his son Hira Sing h, all their
estates fell to the survivor, except Poonch, which the Lahore Qpvernment
confiscated. By the year 1844, therefore, Gulab Singh had acquired
authority over nearly all the country included in the present province of
Jammu.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

Ladakh and Baltistan.-The early history of Ladakh is obscure. The

province seems originally to have been a part of Chinese Tibet. At the
beginning of the seventeenth century it was conquered by the Balti Chief
of Skardu. Then it became independent under a " Gyalpo," or Chief of
its own. At the end of the eighteenth century it was attacked by the
M\1oghul tribe of Sokpos. The invasion was repelled with the sid of the
Xxtuhammadan Governor of Kashmir, and from this time till 1.834 Ladakh
seems to have been an independent tributary of Kashmir. Bolt stilap
appears to have been independent under the Raja of Skardu till 1840.
Ladakh and Baltistan were conquered in successive campaigns by Gulab
Singh's troops, led by Zorawar Singh and Diwan Hari Chan,, htweeti
the years 1834 and 1842.,
Kashnir has undergone many changes. At first it was ruled by Hindu
and Tartar kings. Then came a Hindu dynasty, which lasted till the
beginning of the fourteenth century. The Muhammadan minister of the
last Hindu king seized the government, and for more than two centuries
qnd a half Kashmir remained independent under its own Muhammadan
rulers. In 1588 it wa conquered by the Emperor Akbar, and the Moghul
r~gime lasted till the latter half of the eighteenth century. The country
then became subject to Abmad Shah Abdali. and was administered by
Afghan governors from Kabul, till it was wrested from them v lRanjit
Ringh in 1819. From that year till 1846 it remained under the Sikhs,
_overnors being appointed by the Lahore Darbar. Of the-e governors
Vian qingh (1832-41), Ghulam Mohi-ud-din (1841-46). and Sb-)'ikh
Tmam-ud-din (1846) are the best known. Mian Singh was murdered by
his mutinouis troops in 1841. The Lahore Du)rbar then .'nt Raja Gulab
Singh with Ghulam M-ohi-ud-din to Kashmir. They succeeded in qiel .
ling the revolt, and the latter, who was a close friend and dependent of
Gulab Singh, remained as Governor.
Gilgit appears to have been ruled till the beginning of the nineteenth
century by independent Rajas of the Trakhane dvnay4v, some of whom
attained considerable power. Between about 1810 and 1842 there was a
succession of revolutions. First Sulaiman Shah of the Khushwakt family
of Yasin conquered Gilgit from the last Trakhane Paja. He was killed
and succeeded by Azad Khan of Punial, who in turn was killed and suc-
ceeded by Tar Shah of Nagar. The latter was followed bv his son, Shah
,-ikandar. He was killed and succeeded by Gauhair Aman Khushwakt
of Yasin. Meanwhile Karim Khan, brother of Shah Sikandar, applied
for aid to the Governor of Kashmir. A Sikh force was despatched under
Nathu Shah ; Gauhar Aman was defeated and expelled, and Karim Khan
xvas installed in 1842 as Raja of Gilgit. in stibordination to the Sikh
Government.
At the beginning of the Sutlej campaign, therefore, Gulab Singh
held .Tammu and the Hill Chiefships in a more or less complete state of
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

subjection, and Ladakh and Baltistan by right of conquest: and the

rulers of the Lahore State, one of whose principal leaders was Gulab
Singh, held Kashmir and had thence extended their power over Gilgit.
The battle of Sobraon was followed by the British occupation of Lahore
and the submission of the Sikhs. Gulab Singh was deputed to treat for
peace, and the result was the first Treaty of Lahore (see Volume I,
Punjab, No. X), signed on the 9th March 1846. By this treaty the Sikhs
ceded in perpetual sovereignty to the British Government (by Article 3)
all the country, hill and plain, between the Sutlej and the Beas: and in
addition (by Article 4), in place of a cash indemnity for the expenses of
the war, the hill countries situated between the Beas and the Iidus,
including the provinces of Kashmir and Hazara. By the same treaty
the British Government agreed (by Article 12), as a reward to Gulab
Singh for his services in bringing about the restoration of friendly
relations, to transfer to him territories in the hills; to recognise his
independence in such territories; and to admit him to a separate treaty.
The separate Treaty (No. I) with Gulab Singh was concluded at
Amritsar on the 16th March 1846. By it the British Government
transferred and made over "for ever, in independent possession, to
Maharajah Golab Sing and the heirs male of his body, all the hilly or
mountainous country, with its dependencies, situated to the eastward
of the river Indus and westward of the river Ravee, including Chumba,
and excluding Lahul, being part of the territories ceded to the British
Government by the Tahore State, according to the provisions of Article
IV of the Treaty of Lahore. dated 9th March 1846." In return Gulab
Singh undertook to pay 75 lakhs of rupees, to refer disputes with neiph-
bouring States to the arbitration of the British Government, to assist with
his whole force the British troops when engaged in the hills or in the
territories adjoining his possessions, and to acknowledge the supremacy
of the British Government. The general and practical result of the
Treaty of Amritsar was therefore to confirm Gulab Singh in xhat lie
already possessed and to transfer to him the province of Kashmir with
its newly acquired authority over Gilgit; though a literal interpretation
of the first article of the Treaty [ No. I I might perhaps have excluded
Gilgit. The boundaries of the newly formed State were afterwards ad-
justed by mutual consent, as described below.

Gulab Singh had some difficulty in'obtaining actual possession of

the province of Kashmir. The Governor appointed by the Lahore Darbar,
Shaik-h Imam-uddin, made for a time a successful resistance-, and it was
not till the end of 1846 that Gulab Singh was established in Kashmir
w ih Jhead both of British troops~atrd the Lahore Darbar. Thus Grtlab
Singh owed not only his title to Kashmir, but his actual possession of it,
wholly to th support of the British power.
xxi B)
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

Nor was the occupation by Gulab Singh of the province of Hazara

effected without opposition; and it soon became apparent that he would
be unable to control the turbulent tribes in the hills of Hazara.
Eventually, in 1847, the Governor-General's Agent, after some difficulty,
negotiated an Agreement (No. II), on the basis of an exchange of
territory, between the Lahore and Kashmir Darbars, by which the lands
in the neighbourhood of Jammu were left with Gulab Singh, while
most of the hill country to the west of the Thelum went to the Lahore
Siate. Hazara was thus transferred to Lahore, and the Thelum became
the western boundary of the State of Kashmir, roughly speaking,
between the towns of Thelum and Muzaffarabad,
A brief account of the other boundaries of the State is given below.
In 1846 and 1847 two commissions were appointed to demarcate the
3astern boundary. They were to arrange- -first, a boundary between
British territory (now the districts of Lahaul and Spiti) on the south and
the Kashmir territiorv of Ladakh on the north; and then a boundary
between Ladakh on the west and Chinese Tibet on the east.
The first commission submitted its report in May 1847, and it was
accompanied by an explanatory memorandum* and by a sketch map,
showing the boundary between the territories of Gulab Singh and
British India, as determined by the commissioners.
* " In laying down a permanent boundary through a mountainous country, it
appeared to the Commissioners desirable to select such a plan as would completely
preclude any possibility of future dispute. This the Commissioners believe that
tbhey have found in their adontion as a boundary, of such mountain ranges as form
water-shed line, between the drainages of different rivers, as detailed below.
In 1839. when Captain A. Cunningham surveyed the Lahul district, the boundary
between the States of Kulu and Cbamba was formed by the Nlda and C(hukam
nullabs, two tribitaries of the Cbandrabbaga, the one on its left. and the other on
its right bank. From the head of the Ohukam nullah the Commissioners determined
that all the country to the eastward, which is drained by the Bhaga, the Chandra-
bbaga, and their tributaries, belonged to the British district of Lahul, and that the
boundary between Lahul and the Zanskar district, was the snowy range (called
Paralasa by Dr. Gerard) dividing the drainage of the Bhaga and Chandrabhaga
from that of the Zanskar river, as marked in map.
Beyond the Baralacha Pass to the eastward, the Commissioners found that there
was an old well-known boundary stone, called Phalangdanda, which marked the
limit between Lahul and Ladak. This stone is noticed by Moorcroft I.. p. 220.
It stands in the midst of an open plain ov the right bank of the Yunam river. As
there was no known or recognised boundary mark on the other side of the stream,
the Commissioners selected a remarkable cream-coloured peak, called Turam, as the
northern limit of the British territory on the left bank of the river. As this peak
is situated at the end of one of the snurs of the great snowy chain, already deter-
mined as the northern limit of the Lahul distrit,, it forms a natural continua-
tion of the boundary line from the westward. The bearing of the Turam peak
from the Phalangdanda is 90 to the northward of west.
4 it a pneared that the country to the eastward of the Phalangdanda belonved
to Piti (Spiti). the Commissioners determined that the boundary between Pifi
4nd Ladak on the westward should be the Ynnam river. A straight line was accord-
ingly drawn from the Philangdanda to the juntion of the first nullah on the
right bank of the Yunam, from which noint the Yunam river forms the boundary
as far as the junction of the Cherpa or Cherep river,
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

As regards the Ladakh-Tibet boundary, the commissioners, owing to

Imam-ud-din's rebellion in Kashmir, were unable to reach the Tibet bor-
der. Mr. Vans Agnew, one of the commissioners, however, wrote a
memorandum in which he pointed out that the line was, as he thought,
already sufficiently defined by nature, and recognised by custom, with
the exception of its two extremities.
On the appointment of the second commission steps were taken to
secure the co-operation of Chinese and Kashmir officials; but no Chinese
delegate appeared, and the demarcation of the boundary had to be
abandoned.
The northern as well as the eastern boundary of the Kashmir State
is still undefined.
On the north-west also, from Hunza southwards along the frontier
of Yasin, Darel, Tangir, and Chilas to Kaghan, no boundary has been
officially laid down.
On the south the only portion of the British-Kashmir boundary which
has been regularly demarcated is that which lies between the rivers
Jhelum and Ravi from a point above Dulial to Madhopur. This settle-
ment was made by Captain Abbott with the aid of commissioners of the
Lahore and Kashmir Darbars. But the Hazara exchange affected
Captain Abbott's decisions on the border between the Jhelum and the
Chenab, as it gave to Kashmir the talukas of Kathua and Suchetgarh
with part of Minawar, which had been awarded by Captain Abbott to
Lahore. In 1847 the Government of India took over from Gulab Singh
the districts of Sujanpur, part of Pathankot, and certain lands
between the Chaki and Beas rivers, as a set-off against charges on account
of the maiDtnance of some hill Chiefs, who had removed from Kashmir
into British territory (see account of the minor jagirdars, infra).
On the south-east the southward course of the river Ravi is the boun-
dary for most of the border between Madhopur and a point thirteen miles
west by north of the town of Chamba.

Almost due north-east from this junction there is a remarkable square rock oi,
the top of the hill, which from its resemblance to a fort has received the name of
Lanka. This curious and well-known peak was selected as another fixed point i
fhe boundary, to which a straight line should be drawn from the junction of the
Cherpa river. Beyond this to the eastward, the Commissioners, adhering to the
principle which they had first laid down, determined that the whole of the Cherpa
valley and its tributaries belonged to the British Government, and that the snowy
range on its right bank, which feeds all the northern affluents of the Cherpa river,
should be the boundary between Ladak and the British district of Piti. This slame
range extends towards the east past the southern end of the Chomoriri lake, where
it forms the well-known boundary between Ladak and the Chinese territory. The
Commissioners, therefore, determined that the boundary between Ladak and Piti
should continue from the head of the Cherpa along this same range to the Chinese
boundary, thus including within Piti all the streams which water tbht district,
and giving to Ladak all the streams which water its southern district of Ratchu."
B2
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

In 1846 a question arose whether under the Treaty of Amritsar it

was intended to make over the whole of Chamba, trans and cis-Ravi, to
Kashmir. When that treaty was made, Gulab Singh was in possession
of the district of Lakhanpur, which clearly belonged to the British
territory acquired by the Treaty of Lahore. The Chamba Chief claimed
the district of Bhadrawah, which had been granted to him by Ranjit
Singh, but which was then held by Kashmir and had undoubtedly been
transferred to that State by the Treaty of Amritsar. The Raja of
Chamba had been tributary to the Sikh Darbar, and objected to occu-
pying that position under Gulab Singh. These difficulties were settled
by Colonel Lawrence, who made an arrangement* between the Kashmir
and Chamba States and the British Government. Its main points were
that Kashmir retained Bhadrawah and acquired Lakhanpur and Chand-
graon, while Chamba on both sides of the Ravi became independent of
Kashmir, the Raja transferring his allegiance to the British Govern-
ment.
In 1847 a settlement was effected between Gulab Singh and the Hill
Rajas, under the guarantee of the British Government, which took the
form of an assignment to them of certain cash allowances (No. III).
After the conclusion of the Treaty of Amritsar the intercourse of the
British Government with Kashmir was for some time of an ordinary char-
acter; though the conduct of Gulab Singh during the last struggle
of the Sikhs in 1849 excited grave suspicions. He died in 1857, and was
succeeded by his son Ranbir Singh. Both Gulab Singh and Ranbir
Singh rendered important services in the mutiny. In 1862 the right of
adoption was guaranteed to Maharaja Ranbir Singh by a Sanad
(No. IV), and he was assured that, in the event of his death without
natural issue and without adopting an heir, the British Government
would recognise the succession of a collateral relative descended from the
common ancestor of the family, Throv (Dhrub) Deo, subject to the con-
dition that a nazarana of a year's revenue of the State should be paid.
In 1864 considerable reductions were made by the Maharaja in the
customs duties levied on goods imported into Kashmir; the method of
collection was simplified, and a transit duty of 5 per cent. on goods
conveyed viid Srinagar was imposed in lieu of the fiscal exactions which
Iad led to the abandonment of that trade route between British India,
Tibet and Eastern Turkistan. These liberal measures were followed by
a marked increase in the trade between Kash.nir mid the adjoining
British districts; but, as complaints of the exactions committed by
Kasimir officials at Leh were of frequent occurrence, a British officer
was deputed to Ladakh in 1867 for the purpose of securing adherence to
the tariff of 1864, and the confidence of traders was re-established.
* Vide letter No. 180, dated the 22nd November 1847. from the Agent to tha
Governor-Genoral, North-West Frontier, and Resident at Lahore.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

In 1867 the Ruler of Jammu and Kashmir was granted a permanent

salute of 19 guns.
In April 1870 a commercial Treaty (No. V) for the purpose of
developing trade with Eastern Turkistan was concluded between the
British Government and Kashmir. The Maharaja engaged to abolish
all transit duties on goods passing between British India and Eastern
Turkistan, and consented to the appointment of joint commissioners, one
nominated by the British Government and one by himself, with power*
to arrange for the convenience of travellers on trade routes, to settle
disputes, and to exercise limited magisterial jurisdiction. In return the
British Government agreed to abolish the export duty on Kashmir
shawls, and to refund the customs duty levied on all goods imported
from British territory to Kashmir, whether for consumption there or for
export to Eastern Turkistan. In 1872 rules for giving effect to article
9 of this treaty were promulgated. They provide for the refund of duty
paid on sea-borne goods intended for export beyond Kashmir, provided
the goods are declared and sealed for transmission in bond by certain
specified routes. These rules were modified in 1875, so as to allow of
the refund on goods for Turkistan being made at Leh; and they were
further modified in 1898t, thus bringing into operation a new system
whereby all former rules and systems were superseded.
In 1872 rules (No. VI) were made by the Government of India,
with the consent of the Maharaja, for regulating the powers of the
British officer at Srinagar in respect of civil and criminal cases; for
preserving order amongst visitors; and for the establishment of a mixed
court for the decision of civil suits between European British subjects
and their servants on the one hand, and subjects of the Maharaja on the
other. These rules, except Rules 1 (a) and (c), 4 and a portion of 10,
which are still in force, were superseded in 1891, when the Resident and
his Assistants were investedl with the necessary powers for enquiring into
and trying criminal cases against European British subjects and certain
others. They were also invested with powers to dispose of civil suits
in which both parties were British subjects, or in which the defendant
was a European British subject or a Native Indian subject of His Majesty
not ordinarily dwelling, or carrying on business, or personally working
for gain, within the territories of the Maharaja. The mixed court,
established in 1872, which had not worked well, was abolished at the
same time. In view, lowever, of the improvements effected in the
judicial administration of the State it was decided in 1930 that the Darbar
should be permitted to exercise civil jurisdiction over all persons ini
Kashmir irrespective of their nationality, and that, in criminal matters,
* See Appendix No. I.
t See Appendix No. II.
I See Appendix No. ITT.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

the persons specified below would in future l)e normally tried by the
Residency Courts :-
(a) European British subjects as defined in section 4 of the Code
of Criminal Procedure,
(b) Americans and Japanese,
(c) Europeans of any nationality other than British, and
(d) British subjects accused of having committed offences con-
jointly with European British subjects.
and all other persons who had hitherto been tried by the Residency
Courts would normally be tried by the Darbar Courts, on the under-
standing that the Government of India reserve to themtiselves the general
right to claim the trial of such persons if and when circumstznces should
appear to warrant such action. This reservation was inteidcd to cover
the following classes of persons:-
(i) Indian British subjects, whether visiting Kashmir or per-
manently resident therein, and
(ii) Government servants, whether British subjects or not, and
whether visiting Kashmir or permanently statioted therein.
In 1877, on the occasion of the Delhi Darbar, the hereditary title of
Indar Mahindar Bahadur Sipar-i-Saltanat " was conferred upon the
Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir.
lUp to 1877 political relations with Kashmir were conducted through
the Government of the Punjab. In that year, however, the Officer. on
Special Duty in Kashmir was placed directly under the orders of the
Government of India.
In 1878 the Ruler of Jammu and Kashmir was granted a permanent
local salute of 21 guns within his own territories.
In the same year an Agreement (No. VII) was concluded, providing
for the construction, on certain conditions, of telegraph lines from
Jammu to Srinagar and from Srinagar to Gilgit.
In 1888 an Agreement (No. VIII) was entered into for the construc-
tion of a railway between Sialkot and Jammu. By clause 17 of this
agreement the Maharaja ceded full jurisdiction over the lands which
might, irom time to tine, be occupied by the railway or its premises.
The line was completed and opened to traffic in 1890. In the original
agreement the Darbar consented to provide funds for the construction
of the whole line, the proportion spent on the section lying in British
territory being treated as a loan from the State to the British Govern-
ment. This arrangement was modified in 1890 by a supplementary
Agreement (No. X), wherein it was arranged that the British Govern-
ment should pay for the British section of the line.
 1AMMU ANT XASHM11t.

In 1890 an Agreement (No. IX) was drawn up for the construction

of a telegraph line from Suchetgarh to Jammu along the Jamimu-Kash-
mir State Railway. In 1892 the Kashmir Darbar consented to transfer
to the Indian Telegraph Department the working of certain telegraph
lines in the Maharaja's territories. The Agreement of 1890 was rescind-
ed in 1898, the cost of the telegraph line from Suchetgarh to
Jammu, which had been borne by the Darbar, was refunded, and the
line was thereafter treated as an ordinary British Indian telegraph line.
Maharaja Ranbir Singh died in 1885, and was succeeded by his
eldest son Pratap Singh.
Up to this time the Government of India had been represented in
Kashmir by an officer termed the Officer on Special Duty, but on Ranbir
Singh's death a Resident was appointed. He was instructed to en-
deavour to bring about administrative reforms which were urgently
needed in Kashmir. In 1889 Maharaja Pratap Singh, whose adminis-
tration since his accession had been a source of anxiety to the Govern-
ment of India, voluntarily resigned all active participation in the
government of his State. His resignation was accepted, and the oppor-
tunity was taken to reorganise the administration, which was handed
over to a Council consisting of the Maharaja's two brothers, Ram Singh
and Amar Singh, and certain selected officials from the British service.
It was stipulated that, though the Council should exercise full powers,
they were to take no important step without consulting the Resident,
and were to be guided generally by his advice. In November 1891 the
Maharaja was restored, at his own request, to a portion of his powers,
The Council, which had on the whole worked satisfactorily, was con-
tinued, with the Maharaja as President: and the condition requiring
the Darbar to be guided by the Resident's advice was maintained, with
the Maharaja's full concurrence. In October 1905 the Maharaja was
entrusted with a greater measure of administrative responsibility, the
State Council was abolished and its administrative powers were trans.
ferred to the Maharaja, subject to conditions which left the practical
control of the Resident unimpaired.
In 1894 the State postal service was amalgamated with the British
Indian system for a period of twenty-five years. A draft agreement,
proposing the continuance of existing postal arrangements for another
twenty-five years, is still under consideration by the Darbar.
In 1897 the Darbar entered into an Agreement (No. XI) for the inter-
change of messages between the telegraph systems of the Government of
India and of the Kashmir State.
In 1899 the Maharaja entered into an Agreement (No. XII) for the
control and discipline of his Imperial Service troops when serving beyond
the frontiers of his State. In 1900 the Darbar joined with all the
Punjab States, furnishing Imperial Service troops, in agreeing to the
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

mutual surrender of deserters, other than officers, escaping from one

State to another.
A portion of the Kashmir Imperial Service Troops had taken part in
-he Hunza-Nagar campaign of 1891 and in the North-West Frontier
expeditions of 1895 and 1897-98. During the Great War they fought in
East Africa and Palestine, and an infantry Battalion was sent to the
North-West Frontier and a Mountain Battery to North-East Persia.
Kashmir Imperial Service Troops also took part in the Afghan War of
1919.
In 1905 an agreement was come to by which the Darbar is allowed
to withdraw from the Chenab river into the Akhnoor canal, between ihe
1st October and the 31st March every year, a maximum amount of 600
cusecs of water, of which 350 cusecs may be used for irrigation and
the balance is to be returned to the Tawi.
The Railway Agreement of 1888 (No. VIII) had been modified by
supplementary agreements made in 1890, 1898 and 1905, and replaced
in 1906 by another, superseding all previous ones. In 1913 this was
superseded by a fresh Agreement (No. XIII), which was modified by a
Corrigendum agreed upon in 1915. Amendments to Articles 8, 9 and
14 of this Agreement are now (1929) under consideration by the Darbar.
In 1920 the Telegraph Agreement of 1897 (No. XI) was superseded
by a Revised Memorandum of Agreement (No. XIV) for the interchange
of messages between the Indian and Kashmir telegraph systems.
In January 1921 the permanent salute of the Ruler of Jammu and
Kashmir was enhanced to 21 guns.
In March 1921 full powers of administration were restored to Maha-
raja Pratap Singh, who in January 1922 instituted an Executive Council
consisting of himself as President, his nephew Raja Hari Singh as
Senior and Foreign Member of Council, and three other members. hu
1924 the number of members was raised to five.
Maharaja Pratap Singh died on the 23rd September 1925. His only
son had died in infancy in 1905: and in 1906 the Government of India
gave their consent to his adoption, for private and religious purposes,
of Jagatdeo Singh, second son of the Raja of Poonch, on condition
that the adoption did not interfere with the right of succession of
Maharaja Pratap Singh's surviving brother Raja Amar Singh, or his
son Rajkumar Hari Singh, to the gaddi of Jammu and Kashmir. Raja
Amar Singh died in 1909: and Maharaja Pratap Singh was succeeded
by his nephew the present Maharaja Hari Singh, born on the 30th
September 1895.
On his succession Maharaja Hari Singh abolished the post of Senior
and Foreign Member of the Executive Council, and retained in his own
hands the offices of President, Foreign Member, and Commander-in-
Chief of the State Army.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

Maharaja Hari Singh is now assisted in the Government of the

State by five Ministers in charge of Departments. In April 1928 a
High Court of three judges was constituted.
Jammu and Kashmir Jagirdars.-Themost important jagirdar under
the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir is the Raja of Poonch. This
estate was allotted by Ranjit Singh to Gulab Singh's brother, Dhyan
Singh, who had three sons, Hira Singh, Jawahir Singh and Moti Singh.
Dhyan Singh died in 1843. Hira Singh appears to have succeeded to his
father's estate; but, after his death in 1844, the Lahore Government con-
fiscated it. When the British conquered the Sikhs, the hilly country
east of the Indus with its dependencies, ceded to the British Govern..
ment, was transferred by them to Gulab Singh by the Treaty of ]846.
This tract included Poonch. Subsequently Gulab Singh appears to. have
granted Poonch and other ilaqas to Jawahir Singh and Moti Singh.
In 1848, a dispute -having occurred between the brothers and Gulub
Singh, the British Resident at Lahore effected a settlement, whereby the
Maharaja gave to the two Mians, as they were then styled, two other
ilaqas, Chalayar and Vatala, and other villages; granted them the title
of Raja; and remitted the service of one battalion which he had previous-
ly exacted from them. The Rajas were, as nephews of the Maharaja,
jointly to present every year at the Dasehra festival a peshkash consist-
ing of one horse with gold trappings, or Rs. 700 in cash, and they were
Dot to take any important action in their territory without consulting the
Maharaja and accepting his advice. The two Rajas, however, subse-
quently quarrelled: and in 1852 the Board of Administration for the
Affairs of the Punjab brought about a settlement of the dispute, where-
by territory to the extent of one-third of the whole estate, including
Poonch town, was given to Moti Singh, the younger brother, and Nau-
shera and Chubal, with the remaining two-thirds, were given to Jowahir
Singh, the elder brother. The two brothers' shares of the annual pesh-
kash were fixed proportionately. Jowahir Singh died in 1860, apparently
without issue: and Maharaja Gulab Singh then conferred the whole
Jagir of Poonch on Raja Moti Singh. Moti Singh died in 1892 and
was succeeded by his son Baldeo Singh.
Baldeo Singh died in 1918 and was succeeded by his eldest son Sukh-
deo Singh, who was granted powers by the Maharaja in March 1922. He
died in October 1927 and was succeeded by his brother the present Raja
Jagatdeo Singh, born in January 1905.
The minor jagirdars may be divided into two classes: the Chiefs
of the old hill principalities in the neighbourhood of Jammu, and the
Kakka Bambas, who are petty Muhammadan Rajas living on the banks
of the Jhelum between Baramula and Hazara.
By the fifth article of the supplementary Treaty of Lahore (see Vol. I,
Punjab, No. XI) of the 11th March 1846, the British Government agreed
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

to " respect the bond fide rights of those jagirdars " within the territories
ceded by the Lahore State who were " attached to the families of the
late Maharajas Ranjit Singh, Kharak Singh, and Sher Singh; and to
maintain those jagirdars in their boni fide possessions during their lives."
In regard to the portions of the ceded terrilories transferred by flhe
British Government to Maharaja Gulab Singh, this obligation was im-
posed on the new ruler by the eighth auticle of the Treaty of Amritsar
(No. I).
1nder the terms of the ,etllement of 1847 between Gulab Singh and
(he Hill Rajas, certain cash allowances, aggregating Rs. 62,200 a year,
were assigned (No. III) in perpetuity to the Chiefs of Rajaori, Jasrota,
Mankot, Raamnagar, Basobli, Kishtwar and others. They were given
the choice of remaining2' in or quitting the Maharaja's territories, and
most preferred the second alternative. The share of the latter was
Rs. 42,800, which ihe British Government undertook to pay.
With the Kalka Bambas, who had been among the most formidable
opponents of _Maharaja Gulab Singh, an arrrangement was made by tihe
sihnmir State which was not guaranteed by the British Government.
These Chiefs promised allegiance to the Maharaja, while he on his part
promised to treat them kindly, to confirm all the grants made up to one
year before the death of the Lahore Governor Shaikh Mohi-ud-din, and
-o remit one-fifth of the tribute paid to the Sikhs. They are bound to
supply a certain number of soldiers for the Maharaja's service. The
Chiefs mentioned in connection with this arrangement were the Sultans
of Muzaffarabad, ])opatta. Kathai, ri, and Karnah, and the Rajas of
Buniar, Chattar and Danna, and Danna and Kot, with Raja Muzaffar
KIhan-iaibat Khan of Madhopuria.
The total area of the Jammu and Kashmir State is 85,885 square
miles; the population, according to the Census of 1921, 1,320,5)18; and
the revenue nearly three crores.
Under the reorganisation scheme of January 1921 the authorised
strength of the Kashmir State Forces consists (October 1930) of:-
Kashmir No. 1 Pack Battery 268
Kashnir No. 2 Pack Battery 268
Kashmir No. 3 Pack Battery 268
Kashmir Bodyguard Cavalry 540
Kashmir 1st Infantry 840
Kashmir 2nd Rifles 840
Kashmir 3rd Rifles 840
Kashmir 4th Pioneers 791
Kashmir 5th Infantry . 4(
Kaslimir 6th Pioneers 791
Kashmir Forts . . 114
Kashmir Temple Guards Company 101
Training School or Reserve Dep6t . 9
Kashmir Military Transport (1st Line) 153
The following other State forces are maintained
Armed Police .. 3000
 JAMMU AND KASHTMTR--iGIT AGENCY-Glilgit Wazarat. 13

With effect from the 1st January 1922 the designation " Imperial
Service Troops " was changed to " Indian State Forces".

GILGIT AGENCY.
From 1877 to 1881 a British officer was stationed as Political Agent
at Gilgit, which is a division of the Kashmir State lying north
of Kashmir
on a tributary of the upper Indus, and separated from the main valley
by the river Indus and high and difficult mountain ranges. In 1881 it
was deemed advisable to withdraw the Political Agent; but in 1889 the
Agency was re-established. The garrison was strengthened and placed
upon a proper footing. It has since been gradually reduced, and now
(1929) consists of one battalion of Kashmir State Infantry and one Kash-
mir Pack Battery. The improvement of the Gilgit road was also taken
in hand.
In 1891, owing to the failure of the Chiefs to keep their engagements,
a combined force of British Indian and Kashmir troops advanced into
Htunza-Nagar and after sharp fighting occupied the country. In 1895 a
combined force of British Indian and Kashmir troops assisted in quell-
ing the Chitral disturbances.
In 1913 the Gilgit Corps of Scouts was raised. The Corps is com-
manded by a British Officer of the Indian Army. During the war of
1919 with Afghanistan, the Corps guarded some of the northern passes
between the Gilgit Agency and Chitral, and also served in Chitral.
The Gilgit Agency comprises (1929) the following districts :-
1. The Gilgit Wazarat, which includes the Tahsil of Gilgit (in.
cluding Bunji) and the Niabat of Astor.
2. The States of Hunza and Nagar.
3. The Shinaki republics of the Chilas district in the Indus
valley.
4. The Governorship of Punial.
5. The Governorship of Yasin.
6. The Governorship of Kuh-Ghizar.
7. The Governorship of Ishkoman.
The Gilgit Wazarat is administered by Kashmir State officials.
Hunza and Nagar enjoy an internal autonomy which is complete, and
the other areas one varying in degree. In matters of common interest,
however, all are subject to the control of the Political Agent. They
have all acknowledged the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir as their
suzerain, and they all pay him some form of tribute.

1. GILGIT WAZARAT.

A regular land revenue settlement of the Gilgit Wazarat was made in

1893-94, and again in 1914-17.
14 JAMMU AND KASHMIR--GILGIT AGENCY-Hunza and Nagar.

2. HUNZA XND NAGAR.

lluiiza and Nagar are two small States situated to the north-west of
Kashmir. Their inhabitants come from one stock and speak the same
aa-gmuag'e (Burushaski, a non-Aryan tongue of unknown affinities); but
oeill-feeling exisi between the two communities. The people of
Hunza are Maulais (followers of the Agha Khan), while the people of
Nagar are Shias.
The fort of Chalt and its connected villages, lying between Hunza
and Nagar and Gilgit, were long a source of contetition between the
two Slates; but in 1877 the Nagar Chief, with the assistance of the
Kashmir I)arbar, succeeded in obtaining possession of the disputed tract.
From that date up to 1886 (haprot and (.halt were in the possession of
the Nagar State, and there was a garrison of Kiashmir troops. In 1886,
when ('olonel Loekhart visited Hunza, the Thum of Inunza refused to al-
low his mission to proceed unless he would promise to restore these place:
to I'unza: and Colonel Lockhart induced the Nagar ruler to remove his
men.
In 1886 Uhazan Khan, the Thum of Hunza, was murdered by his soIL
Safdar All, who after his accession professed his submission to the Maha-
raja of Kashmir. In 1888, however, the two States combined, succeeded
in ejecting the Kashmir garrison from Chaprot and Chalt, and even
threatened Gilgit. Chaprot and Chalt were shortly afterwards reoc-
clpied by Kashmir troops.
On the re-establishment of the British Agency at Gilgit in 1889 the
Agent, Captain Durand, visited Hunza and Nagar, and the Chiefs bound
themselves to accept his control; to permit free passage to officers de-
puted to visit their countries; and to put an end to raiding on the
Yarkand road and elsewhere. Subject to these conditions the Govern-
ment of India sanctioned for the Chiefs yearly subsidies of Ps. 2,000
each in addition to those already paid by the Kashmir Daibar. In
October 1889 an increase of Rs. 500 a year was granted to the Hunza
Chief's subsidy, conditional on his good behaviour.
The Chiefs, however, failed to act up to their engagements, and their
attitude continued unsatisfactory. In May 1891 a combined force from
Hunza and Nagar threatened the Chalt fort, but dispersed on the arrival
of reinforcements from Gilgit.
In November 1891 the Chiefs were informed that it was necessary to
make roads to Chalt and on into their country. They refused to aoree.
insulted the British Agent's messenger, and assembled their tribesmen in
strong positions, which, however, were carried after sharp fighting, and
Nagar and Hunza were occupied. Thum Zafar Zahid Khan of Naar.
who had been acting under the ascendancy of his eldest son IUzr Khan,
at once submitted: but Thum Safdar Ali Khan of ]Eunza fled to Chinese
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-GILGIT AGENCY-Shinaki Republics. 15

Turkistan, where he is still detained under surveillance by the Chinese

authorities. Raja Uzr Khan of Nagar was deported to Kashmir, where
he died in 1922. The subsidies paid to both Chiefs by the Government
of India and by the Kashmir State were withdrawn: a military force
was maintained in Hunza, and a political officer was left there to super-
vise the affairs of the State. This arrangement continued till 1897, when
the garrison was replaced by the Hunza and Nagar levies, and the per-
manent political officer was withdrawn. On the 15th September 1892
Muhammad Nazim Khan, a half-brother of Safdar Ali, was formally
installed as Thum of Hunza by the British Agent in the presence of two
Chinese envoys, who attended as honoured guests of the Government of
India. Thum Zafar Zahid Khan was reinstated by the Kashmir Darbar,
with the approval of the Government of India, as Chief of Nagar, his
installation taking place on the 22nd September 1892. Sanads (Nos.
XV and XVI) approved by the Government of India were granted to
both Chiefs by the Maharaja of Kashmir. In 1895 subsidies of Rs. 4,000
each were renewed to the Chiefs, half the amount being granted by the
Government of India and half paid by the Kashmir Darbar.
In the same year both Chiefs loyally assisted in the operations for
the relief of the British garrison in Chitral, and were suitably re-
warded.
In 1904 Thum Zafar Zahid Khan of Nagar died and was succeeded
by his son Sikandar Khan, who was formally installed as Thum of
Nagar in June 1905 by the Political Agent. Both Chiefs are now gener.
ally referred to under the title of Mir, in place of Thum.
In 1927 the subsidies of the Mirs of Hunza and Nagar were increased
from Rs. 4,000 to Rs. 5,000 each, the increase being borne equally by
the Government of India and the Kashmir Darbar.
The Hunza Chief, in view of his claim to the Raskam and Taghdum-
bash districts, which are situated to the north of the Hindu Kush water-
shed. continues to keep up an exchange of presents with the Chinese
authorities in Kashgar. As regards Raskam the Chinese authorities have
acknowledged the right of Hunza to cultivate the tract, and in 1899 a
small contingent of Hunza people started cultivating it. Subsequently
these settlers were foicibly ejected by the Chinese; but they were again
replaced by Hunza in 1914, and Nave sifice then continued tio cultivate
the land without interference on the part of the Chinese authorities. In
Taghdumbash the Hunza Chief collects certain dues, with the consent
and assistance of the Chinese.
Each Chief has a Bodyguard of one havildar and ten Levies.

3. SHINAKI REPUBLICS OF THE INDUS VALLEY.

The territory of the Shinaki republics of the Indus valley extends

from Ramghat, where the Astor river joins the Indus, to Seo on the
16 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-GILGIT AGENCY-Shinaki Republics.

right bank and Jalkot on the left bank of the Indus. Within this area
the people are grouped in communities, each community comprising a
republic in itself. Starting from Ramghat down the Indus these re-
publics are--
Uight bank of the Indus.- Left bank of the Indus.-
GOR, with nullahs of Thalichi, BUNAR.
Dirkil, Gor, Am Ges, Ke Ges, THAK kwith Niat and Babusar).
Moshtar. BATOGAH (Chilas proper).
KINERGAH (Chilas proper). GICHI (Chilas proper).
HODAR (with Hokargah). THOR (with Thurril).

These form the area now known as the Chilas subdivision of the
Gilgit Agency.
Below these are-
Right baik of the Indus.- Left bank of the Indus.-
DAREL (with Khanbari). HARBAN.
TANGIR. SAZIN.
KIIILLI (or KANDIA). JALKOT.
SEO.

After the (onquest of Chilas by Kashmir in 1851, the Maharaja

jnlwsed a tribute of gold dust upon the country and arranged for its
Administration as a part of the Gilgit district. In 1889, -when a British
Xgenev was re-established in Gilgit, the group of States now known as
Chilas proper were included in the Agency, except Thor; and it was
stipulated that the Kashinir Governor of Gilvit should take no important
c ion in dealing with these Kashmir feudatories except on the Agent's
advice.
In October 1892 the Gor headmen came into Gilgit and expressed
,he desire that a British officer should visit their country. In November
the Governor of Gilgit granted the people of Gor a Sanad (No. XVII),
,'ouiiersigned by the British Agent at Gilgit, promising, among other
things, that no revenue should ever be taken from them beyond the tribute
[lien paid: and this was reaffirmed by the British Agent in )ecember
1894. In November 1892 Surgeon-Major Robertson -was despatched on a
mission to Gor. An attacl on the mission by the Chilasis resulted in the
Dccupation of their country by the British, and the subsequent appoint-
ment of a political officer at Chilas. The autonomy of the Chilasis was,

however, guaranteed, while the right of the Kashmir State to construct

roads and place a limited number of troops in that territory was secured.
In 1893 the Political Agent in Gilgit and his Akssistanits had been
inthorised bv the Government of India to exercise within the Gilgit
district in the territories of the Maharaja of ,Jammu and Kashmir
criminal julrisdiction in the same classes of cases as those in which the
Resident in Kashmir and his Assistants had jurisdiction within the same
territories. In 1897 a proposal, made with special reference to Chilas,
 JAMMU AND KASHMrR-GILGIT AGENCY-Shinaki Republics.

to invest them with civil powers, was rejected: and the policy, that the
internal administration of the country lay with the Chilasi headmen,
which had been enunciated in 1896, was reaffirmed.
In 1901 their jurisdiction in the same classes of cases was extended to
the territories known as Chilas, Ghizar Kuh, Yasin and Ishkcman. At
the same time they were also invested with all the powers of a Deputy
Commissioner as described in the Punjab Frontier Crimes Regulatiop
(IV of 1887* ) : the powers of the Assistant Political Agent, Chilas, being
specifically confined to Chilas and to be exercised in subordination to, the
Political Agent in Gilgit, whose orders in turn were subject to revisiob
by the Resident in Kashmir.
In 1930 it was decided that, in regard to criminal jurisdiction in the
Gilgit Wazarat, the Political Agent, Gilgit, and his Assistants would
exercise powers similar to those exercised by the Resident and his Assist-
ants in Kashmir, on the understanding that no change should be made
in the arrangement whereby the Political Agent, Gilgit, and the Assist-
ant Political Agent, Chilas, were invested with the powers of a Deputy
Commissioner under the Punjab Frontier Crimes Regulation in the Poli-
tical Districts of Chilas, Kuh-Ghizar, Yasin and Tshkoman.
In 1897 the lands which had been taken from the Chilasis after the
disturbances of 1893 were given back to them, and the whole system of
tribute paid by the Chilas district to the Darbar was revised and a new
scheme sanctioned, with the acquiescence of the Darbar. In accordance
with this the valleys were to pay small fixed sums to the Darbar, the
Raja of Astor being given a lump sum of Rs. 40 as compensation for the
tribute hitherto paid to him by Bunar.
In 1893 Thor was, at the request of the inhabitants, incorporated in
Chilas; a Sanad (No. XVIII) was granted to the people and they were
given service money, provided by the Tarbar, in return for a yearly
nazarana of 12 male goats paid to the Maharaja of Kashmir. Thor,
like Chilas, had been tributary to Kashmir after the conquest of Chilas
bv Kashmir: and in the events which led up to the occupation of Chilas
the Thor people appear to have acted conjointly with the Chilasis; but
they were lost sight of in the subsequent Iribal arrangements, thoug'h iii
April 1894 their valley was visited by Captain Powell, then Political
Officer at Chilas, when the people swore fidelity to the British Govern-
ment.
Darel has paid an annual tribute of gold dust to the Darbar ever since
1866, when Maharaja Ranbir Singh's troops raided the country. This
tribute is paid through the Governor of Punial, a Burishe Raja, a family
which has influence in Darel owing to the relative geographical positions
* Since revised as III of 1901.
 .IAMMU AND KASHlMIR-GJLGIT AGENCY-Punial.

of Darel and Punial. The Khushwakt rulers of Yasin have often inter-
fered ii! the affairs of Tangir.
Raja Pukhtun Wali was a Khushwakt who settled in Tangir after
the Chitral disturbances of 1895. In 1898 he opened correspondence with
the Political Agent in Gilgit and persistently tried to obtain recognition
as ruler of Tangir. At the same time he continued to build up his posi-
tion both in Tangir and l)arel, and was recognised as their Chief in
1911. He ruled over the two valleys with a strong hand until he wa,
murdered by his own people in January 1917.
In 1921 and 1922 raids from Tangir led to the proclamation of a
blockade in October 1923. A settlement was reached in Chilas in Sep-
tember 1926 and the blockade was raised. The Tangiris undertook to
pay compensation and a fine, and agreed in future to expel from their
country persons who had absconded from justice. The fine has since
been paid.
The remaining communities have no political relations with either
Kashmir or India except Jalkot which, from its position, dominates,
though onlyr in the summer months, Thor and the head of the Kaghan
valley. This has led to attacks on Thor and raids on travellers in the
upper Kaghan at various times during the months of June to October,
when the passes are open at the head of the Jalkot nullah.
The communities on the Indus below the limits of the Shinaki re-
publics are known collectively as Kohistan. Their intercourse is confined
to the Swat valley and to the Blick Mountain tribes.

4. PUNIAL
Punial is the name given collectively to the six fort villages and their
connected hamlets situated in the valley of the Gilgit river, between
Gilgit on the one side and the Khushwakt districts of Kuh and Ishkonian
on the other.
The district was long a bone of contention between the Kashmir State
and the Katur and Khushwakt rulers of Chitral, M-astuj and Yasin; but
finally, about the year 1860, it came into the possession of the Maharaja
of Kashmir who, in return for services rendered ;u the wars which finally
established the Dogra rule on the right bank of the Indus, conferred the
district in jagir on Raja Isa Bahadur, a member of the Burishe section
of the Chitral dynasty. Although the ruling family came originally
from ('hitral, the majority of the inhabitants are Shins and Yashkuns.
Of these three-fourths are Maulais, recognising the Agha Khan as their
spiritual head. The rest are Sunnis.
On Isa Bahadur's death his son Muhammad Akbar Khan succeeded
to the jagir, which was brought under the Gilgit Agency on its re-estab-
lishment in 1889. Raja Muhammad Akbar Khan rendered valuable ser-
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-GILGIT AGENCY-Yasin, etc.

vices to the British Agent during the Hunza-Nagar expedition and the
Chitral disturbances, and was granted the title of Khan Bahadur in
1901. He enjoyed a small yearly allowance of Rs. 1,200, granted in
1889, from the British Government, in addition to the allowance which
he received from the Kashmir Darbar. In 1905, however, owing to his
complicity in certain murders and his systematic efforts to conceal crime,
he was deprived of his title of Khan Bahadur and of his honorary title
of Raja, and was sent to Kashmir as a state prisoner for 10 years, during
which period his jagir was to be resumed. At the expiry of the 10 years
it was arranged that he should remain in Kashmir; but in 1915, at the
request of Muhammad Anwar Khan, his eldest son, who had succeeded
him as Governor of Punial, he was allowed fo return to the Gilgit
Agency and to settle in Punial where he is now (1929) living quietly.
During the minority of Muhammad Anwar Khan, the jagir was ad-
ministered by Khan Bahadur Sifat Bahadur, half-brother of the ex-
jagirdar Muhammad Akbar Khan. The arrangement lasted till 1913,
when the Governorship of Yasin was given to Sifat Bahadur and the
district of Punial was administered by Wazir Muhammad Nabi under
the supervision of the Political Agent. In 1917 Khan Bahadur Raja
Muhammad Anwar Khan was granted ruling powers subject to the
general control of the Political Agent.
The Darel tribute to the Kashmir Darbar is paid through the Governor
of Punial and the Political Agent, Gilgit, into the Kashmir State
Treasury. The Governor is allowed to receive a customary present of- 12
seers of salt from the Dareli motabars, and is also permitted to recover a
grazing tax from the Darelis, who bring their flocks and herds into the
Punial nullabs during the summer months.

5. YASIN, KuH-GHIZAR AND ISHKOMAN.

When the Officer on Special Duty in Gilgit was appointed in 1877, all
these districts were under the rule of Mehtar Pahlwan Bahadur, a member
of the Khushwakt family. Pahlwan Bahadur acknowledged the suzer-
ainty of the Kashmir State, from which he received a subsidy; but he
failed to act up to his engagements, and in 1880 he invaded Punial.
Yasin was occupied in his absence by Aman-ul-Mulk of Chitral and
Pahlwan, having failed in his attack on Punial, fled from th-, country.
Aiman-ul-Mulk was permitted by the Kashmir Darbar to incorporate the
whole tract in his own territory: and, with their consent, he gave Ghizar
to Muhammad Wali, Yasin proper to Mir Aman, and retained Mastuj
hiniself. After the fresh disturbances created by Pahlwan Bahadur in
1882, Aman-ul-Mulk turned Mir Aman out of Yasin and put his son,
Afzal-ul-Mulk, in his place. The Darbar acquiesced.
In 1895, on the restoration of peace in Chitral, these and the Khush-
wakt districts on the west of the Shandur range, the boundary between
XlI C
20 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-GILGIT AGENCY-Yasin, etc.

the Chitral and Gilgit Agencies, were severed from Chitral. Yasin, Kuh-
Ghizar and Ishkoman are now administered by Governors whose position
is, at least in theory, that of paid officials with no hereditary rights;
but the Governorship of Yasin has, in point of fact, always been held by
a member of the Khushwakt family.

The revenue of the districts is taken by the Governors, but a certain

proportion is credited to the Kashmir Darbar as tribute. The Governors
and certain of the headmen under them receive fixed stipends from the
Kashmir Darbar.

In 1911 it was found necessary to remove Mehtar Jao Abdur Rahman

Khan, the Governor of Yasin, Kuh and Ghizar districts, owing to hi%
misbehaviour. These districts were then split up into two governorships
of Yasin and Kuh-Ghizar. Raja Shahid-ul Ajam, of the Khushwakt
family, of Basin near Gilgit, was appointed Governor of Yasin, but died
in the following year. He was succeeded by Khan BAhadur Raja Sifat
Bahadur of the Burishe family, who in 1922 proceeded without permission
to Tangir to carve out a kingdom for himself and was murdered there.
On Sifat Bahadur's disappearance from Yasin, Mehtar Jao Abdur Rah-
man Khan was reinstate(] as Governor, of Yasin only, in 1923. Khan
!Bahadur Raja Murad Khan, a member of the old ruling family of Astor
in Gilgit, was made Governor of Kuh-Ghizar, a position which he still
holds.
Mir Ali Mardan Shah, ex-Chief of Wakhan, administered Ishkoman
from 1882 until his death iii 1926 and was succeeded by Khan Sahib Raja
Mir Baz Khan of Gakuch in Punial.
The Governors of Yasin, Kuh-Ghizar and Ishkoman have each a
Bodyguard of one havildar and six Levies.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. 1--1846.

No. I.

TREATY between the B4ITISH GOVERNMFNT on the one part and MAHARAJAH
GULAB SING Of JUMMOO on the other, concluded on the part of the BRITISH
GOVERNMENT by FREDERICK CURRIE, ESQUIRE, and BREVET-MAJOR HENRY
MONTGOMERY LAWRENCE, acting under the orders of the RIGHT HONOURABLE
SIR HENRY HARDINGE, G.C.B., one of HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S MOST
HONOURABLE PRIVY COUNCIL, GOVERNOR-GENERAL, appointed by the
HONOURABLE COMPANY to direct and control all their affairs in the EAST
INDIES, and by MAHARAJAH GULAB SING in person,-1846.

ARTICLE 1.
The British Government transfers and makes over for ever, in independent
possession, to Maharajah Gulab Sing and the heirs male of his.body, all the hilly
or mountainous country, with its dependencies, situated to the eastward of the
river Indus and westward of the river Ravee, including Chumba, and excluding
Lahul, being part of the territories ceded to the British Government by the Lahore
State, according to the provisions of Article IV of the Treaty of Lahore, dated
9th March 1846.
ARTICLE 2.
The eastern boundary of the tract transferred by the foregoing Article to
Maharajah Gulab Sing shall -be laid down by Commissioners appointed by the
British Government and Maharajah Gulab Sing respectively for that plrpose, and
shall be defined in a separate Engagement after survey.

ARTICLE 3.
In consideration of the transfer made to him and his heirs by the provisions
of the foregoing Articles, Maharajah Gulab Sing will pay to the British Govern-
ment the sum of seventy-five lakhs of Rupees (Nanukshahee), fifty lakhs to be
paid on ratification of this Treaty, and twenty-five lakhs on or before the first
October of the current year, A.D. 1846.

ARTICLE 4.
The limits of the territories of Maharajah Gulab Sing shall not be at any time
changed without the concurrence of the British Government.

ARTICLE 5.
Maharajah Gulab Sing will refer to the arbitration of the British Government
any disputes or questions that may arise between himself and the Government
of Lahore or any other neighbouring State, and will abide by the decision of the
British Government.
ARTICLE 6.
Maharajah Gulab Sing engages for himself and heirs to join, with the whole
of his Military Force, the British troops, when employed within the hills, or in the
territories adjoinng his possessions.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. 1-1846.

ARTICLE 7.
Maharajah Gulab Sing engages never to take or retain in his service, any British
subject, nor the subject of any European or American'State, without the consent
of the British Government.
ARTICLE 8.
Maharajah Gulab Sing engages to respect, in regard to the territory trans-
ferred to him, the provisions of Articles V, VI, and VII of the separate Engage-
ment between the British Government and the Lahore Durbar, dated March
11th, 1846.
ARTICLE 9.
The British Gov6rnment will give its aid to Maharajah Gulab Sing in protect-
ing his territories from external enemies.

ARTICLE 10.
Maharajah Gulab Sing acknowledges the supremacy of the British Government,
and will in token of such supremacy present annually to the British Government
one horse, twelve perfect shawl goats * of approved breed (six male and six female),
and three pairs of Cashmere shawls.
This Treaty, consisting of ten articles, has been this day settled by Frederick
Currie, Esquire, and Brevet-Major Henry Montgomery Lawrence, acting under
the directions of the Right Honourable Sir Henry Hardinge, G.C.B., Governor-
General, on the part of the British Government, and by Maharajah Gulab Sing
in person; and the said Treaty has been this day ratified by the seal of the Right
Honourable Sir Henry Hardinge, G.C.B., Governor-General.
Done at Urnritsar,the sixteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand
eight hundred and forty-six, corresponding with the seventeenth day of Rubbee-ool-
awul 1262 Hijree.
H. HARDINGE.
F. CuRniE.
H. M. LAWRENCE.

By order of the Right Honourable the Governor-General of India.

F. CURRIE,
Secretary to the Government of India,
with the Governor-General.
* In 1859 it was arranged by mutual consent that the Maharaja should present, instead
of three pairs of long shawls, three square shawls.
On the 13th March 1884 it was further arranged by mutual consent that the Maharaja
should present, instead of 12 goats, 10 lbs. of pashm in its natural state as brought to Kashmir
from Leh, 4 lbs. of picked and assorted black wool, 4 lbs. ditto ditto grey wool, 4 lbs. ditto
ditto white wool, and 1 lb. of each of the three best qualities of white yarn. On the 16th May
1893 the Government of India decided that the horse, trappings, pashm and yarn which formed
a portion of the annual tribute from the Kashmir State would no longer be required: and it
now (1929) consists of three square and two long shawls. The two latter were in origin a person-
al present sent of his own accord by Maharaja Ranbir Singh to H:er Majesty Queen Viotoaoia.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. 11-1847.

No. II.

AGREEMENT between the LAHORE and KASHMIR DARBARS,-1847.

Agreement concluded between the Governments of Lahore and Jammu by

Dewan Dina Nath and Rai Kishen Chand on the part of Maharaja Duleep Singh,
and Dewan Jowala Sahai and Kazi Mohkum-ud-din on that of Maharaja Gulab
Singh, in the presence of Lieutenant-Colonel Lawrence, Agent, Governor-General,
North-Western Frontier, and Resident at Lahore, and subject to the approval
of the Governor-General of India, regarding the exchange of the districts of Hazara,
Pukli, Kahuta, etc., west of the River Jhelum for lands east of that river in the
direction of Jammu.
We, the undersigned, consent and agree that Captain J. Abbott, the Boundary
Commissioner, having examined the revenue records of the country west of the
Jhelum, shall, after deducting jagirs and rent-free lands, fix the yearly rent, after
which lands producing half that rent shall be made over to Jammu from the Lahore
territory. Captain Abbott shall then lay down a well-defined boundary so as to
prevent all future dispute, viz., on the west of the Jhelum river to the border of
Mozufferabad, whence it is to follow the Kurnaha river until such place as Captain
Abbott can determine, a distinct and well-marked line across to the river Indus.
This done, the mutual exchange of territory shall be effected, after which it will
behove both parties to adhere forever to the terms now settled, but should differ-
ence arise, they are to be referred to the Agent, Governor-General, North-
Western Frontier.
This agreement is signed in the presence of Lieutenant-Colonel Lawrence,
Agent, Governor-General, and is subject to the confirmation of the Governor-
General of India. A copy of this agreement to be made over to each Darbar,
and one to be lodged in the Agency Office.
DEWAN JOWALA SAHAI.

DEWAN DINA NATH.

KAZr OI0HKUM-UD-DIN.

RAI KISHEN CHAND.

H. M. LAWRENCE,
Agent, G ,vernor-O'eneral,
and Resident at Lahore.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. 111-1847.

00
00 00
00 01
Clc

CC

o
g N I .- .

11
"ssp pu 'S 0 -uot

aq' 04 poxU su.mpuad

ps 041r4 04aq
mfli ap Z

%) Olfl04 lxl AMx 0ud

-~~
-14" ille. ajI,3 S 10 41 TIM-
1Q
.-2-

lpnoi.s 1xua4 ait'1 04O-

uo p3)uodSa jo uod
.= .= Uop4so oI44 o0 otCu x -•
r.
•jpui
quqln-9

C)
zC

-J1141a 11 0 4 0
A'lq C
paaa~11 ATIII.1ILOIOA

jo puad!i1S "o "ufoWV

oq , ~si,pdrn oso01l

•MOiC
.lu M a.1 p011 - "
opisal 04 paal ;dAC'B C

jo puadT49 10 I00IIIV

11
1 *lgS 11j11M0 U11"C1({ Aq j
paxu puadils 10 4111101UY

aa.reI4IIHUO4 111W
TmoiPIyaA U I!410
014 (17

IIIOJ I~h 1 ~AJ I~Z -

 JAMMU AND 1XASfMI1R-NO. 111-1847.

000

w oCo
IDC r4

>1..
LA . 14

0 IM0 0

00 0 - 0 0
co co
w c
0wO C
04 C OCO

,44

HOO
4) 0
00 cc0 ,-4

0
0 , 0 ' d' '. -, ,'

o to

*11 . 5 . .
504

o 0 LS 0 0

o 00 0 0
co0 0 0

000
o 'o Co "
COCO0
-4 -4

o 0

E4
-4 L
C-..
~4.
~44o
o N
z

CO V ao 0, 0 .4.44
26 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS. IV-1862 AND V-1870.

No. IV.

ADOPTION SUNNUD to MAHARAJAH RUNBEER SING BAHADOOR, KNIGHT of the

MOST EXALTED ORDER of the STAR of INDIA, CASHMERE,-1862.

Her Majesty being desirous that the Governments of the several Princes and
Cniefs of India, who now govern their own territories, should be perpetuated,
and that the representation and dignity of their Houses should be continued, I
hereby, in fulfilment of this desire, repeat to you the assurance which I com-
municated to you in the Sealkote Durbar, in March 1860, that, on failure of
natural heirs, the adoption of an heir into your Highness' House, according -to its
usage and traditions, will be willingly recognized and confirmed by the British
Government.
Be assured that nothing shall disturb the engagement thus made to you, so
long as your House is loyal to the Crown and faithful to the conditions of the
Tr'.aties, Grants, or Engagements which record its obligations to the British Gov-
ernment.
CANNING.

Dated 5th March 1862.

No. V.

TREATY between the BRITISH GOVERNMENT and His HIGHNESS MAHARAJA

RI'NBEER SINGH, G.C.S.I., MAHARAJA of JUMMOO and CASHMERE, his heirs
and successors, executed on the one part by THOMAS DOUGLAS FORSYTH, c.B.,
in virtue of the full powers vested in him by His EXCELLENCY the RIGHT
HON'BLE RICHARD SOUTHWELL BOURKE, EARL of MAYO, VISCOUNT MAYO
of MONYCROWER, BARON NAAS of NAAS, K.P., G.M.S.I., P.C., etc., etc., etc.,
VICEROY and GOVERNOR-GENERAL of INDIA, and on the other part by His
HIGHNESS MAHARAJA RUNBEER SINGH aforesaid, in person,-1870.

Whereas, in the interest of the high contracting parties and their respective
subjects, it is deemed desirable to afford greater facilities than at present exist
for the development and security of trade with Eastern Turkestan, the follow-
ing Articles have, with this object, been agreed upon

ARTICLE 1.
With the consent of the Maharaja, officers of the British Government will
be appointed to survey the trade routes through the Maharaja's territories from
the Brtish frontier of Lahoul to the territories of the Ruler of Yarkand, includ-
ing the route vid the Chang Chemoo Valley. The Maharaja will depute an
officer of his Government to accompany the Surveyors, and will render them
all the assistance in his power. A map of the routes surveyed will be made, an
attested copy of which will be give- to the Maharaja.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. V-1870.

ARTICLE 2.
Whichever route towards the Chang Chemoo Valley shall, after examina-
tion and survey as above, be declared by the British Government to be the best
suited for the development of trade with Eastern Turkestan, shall be declared
by the Maharaja to be a free highway in perpetuity and at all times for all travellers
and traders.

ARTICLE 3.

For the supervision and maintenance of the road in its entire length through
the Maharaja's territories, the regulation of traffic on the free highway described
in Article 2, the enforcement of regulations that may be hereafter agreed upon,
and the settlement of disputes between carriers, traders, travellers, or others
using that road, in which either of the parties or both of them are subjects of the
British Government or of any foreign State, two Commhissioners shall be annually
appointed, one by the British Government, and the other by the Maharaja. In
the discharge of their duties and as regards the period of their residence the Com-
missioners shall be guided by such rules as are now separately framed and may,
from time to time, hereafter be laid down by the joint authority of the British
Government and the Maharaja.

ARTICLE 4.
The jurisdiction of the Commissioners shall be defined by a line on each side
of the road at a maximum width of two Statute koss, except where it may be deem-
ed by the Commissioners necessary to include a wider extent for grazing grounds.
Within this maximum width the Surveyors appointed under Article 1 shall de-
marcate and map the limits of jurisdiction which may be decided on by the Com-
missioners as most suitable, including grazing grounds; and the jurisdiction of
the Commissioners shall not extend beyond the limits so demarcated. The land
included within these limits shall remain in the Maharaja's independent possession;
and, subject to the stipulations contained in this Treaty, the Maharaja shall con-
tinue to possess the same rights of full sovereignty therein as in any other part of
his territories, which rights shall not be interfered with in any way by the Joint
Commissioners.
ARTICLE 5.
The Maharaja agrees to give all possible assistance in enforcing the decisions
of the Commissioners and in preventing the breach or evasion of the regulations
established under Article 3.
ARTICLE 6.
The Maharaja agrees that any person, whether a subject of the British Gov-
ernment, or of the Maharaja, or of the Ruler of Yarkand, or of any foreign State,
may settle at any place within the jurisdiction of the two Commissioners, and may
provide, keep, maintain, and let for hire at different stages the means of carriage
and transport for the purposes of trade.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. V-1870.

ARTICLE 7.
The two Commissioners shall be empowered to establish supply dep6ts and
to authorize other persons to establish supply dep6ts at such places on the road
as may appear to them suitable ; to fix the rates at which provisions shall be sold
to traders, carriers, settlers and others ; to fix the rent to be charged for the use
of any rest-houses or serais that may be established on the road. The officers
of the British Government in Kullu, etc., and the officers of the Maharaja in Ladak,
shall be instructed to use their best endeavours to supply provisions on the indent
of the Commissioners at market rates.

ARTICLE 8.
The Maharaja agrees to levy no transit duty whatever on the aforesaid free
highway; and the Maharaja further agrees to abolish all transit duties levied within
his territories on goods transmitted in bond through His Highness' territories from
Eastern Turkestan to India, and vice versd, on which bulk may not be broken
within the territories of His Highness. On goods imported into, or exported from,
His Highness' territory, whether by the aforesaid free highway or any other route,
the Maharaja may levy such import or export duties as he may think fit.

ARTICLE 9.

The British Government agree to levy no duty on goods transmitted in bond

through British India to Eastern Turkestan, or to the territories of His High-
ness the Maharaja. The British Government further agree to abolish the export
duties now levied on shawls and other textile fabrics manufactured in the terri-
tories of the Maharaja, and exported to countries beyond the limits of British
India.
ARTICLE 10.

This Treaty, consisting of 10 articles, has this day been concluded by Thomas
Douglas Forsyth, C.B., in virtue of the full powers vested in him by His Excellency
the Right Hon'ble Richard Southwell Bourke, Earl of Mayo, Viscount Mayo, Mony-
crower, Baron -Naasof Naas, K.P., G.M.S.I., P.C., etc., etc., Viceroy and Governor-
General of India on the part of the British Government, and by Maharaja
Runbeer Singh aforesaid ; and it is agreed that a copy of this Treaty, duly ratified
by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. shall be delivered
to the Maharaja on or before the 7th September 1870.
Signed, sealed, and exchanged at Sealkote on the second day of April in the
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy, corresponding with
the 22nd day of Bysack, Sumbut 1927.

SIGNATURE OF THE MAHARAJA OF CASHMERE.

T. D. FoRsYTH.

MAYO.
 JAMMU AN D KASHMIR-NOS. V-1870 AND VI-1872.

This treaty was ratified by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General
of India at Sealkote on the 2nd day of May 1870.
C. U. AITCHISON,

Officiating Secretary to the Government of India,

Foreign Department.

No. VI.
RULEs regulating the powers of the BRITISH OFFICER at SRINUGGUr,-1872.
1.-The British- officer for the time being on duty at Srinuggur shall repre-
sent the British Government in Cashmere, and for the maintenance of good order
the following powers and duties are respectively conferred and imposed upon him
(a) He may direct any European British subject who is travelling or resid-
ing in Cashmere, and who is guilty of any gross misconduct, to leave Cashmere
forthwith, and may punish any person knowing of such direction and disobeying
the same with rigorous or simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to
six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.
(b) He shall receive, try, and determine in his Court (which shall be called
The Court of the British Officer in Cashmere ") all suits of a civil nature be-
tween European British subjects, or between European British subjects and their
servants, provided-
(1) that the right to sue has arisen or the defendant at the time of the
commencement of the suit dwells, or carries on business, or personally works for
gain, within Cashmere;
(2) that the suit is not of the same nature as those -uits of which the cogni-
zance by the ordinary Civil Court of British India is barred by law.
(c) He shall have the powers of a Magistrate of the first class as described in
Section 20 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Act X of 1872) for the trial of
offences committed by European British subjects or by Native British subjects,
being servants of European British subjects.
Provided that in the case of any offender being a European British subject,
he shall only have power to pass a sentence of imprisonment for a term not ex-
ceeding three months, or fine not exceeding one thousand rupees, or both; and
when the offence complained of is under the Indian Penal Code punishable with
death, or with transportation for life, or when it cannot, in the opinion of such
officer, be adequately punished by him, he shall (if he thinks that the accused
person ought to be committed) commit him to the Chief Court of the Punjab.
2.-Fines shall be recovered in manner provided by Section 307 of the Code
of Criminal Procedure (Act X of 1872).
3.-Sentences of whipping shall be carried into execution in manner provided
by Sections 310, 311, 312 and 313 of the same Code.
4.-Persons sentenced to imprisonment shall be transferred to, and confined
in, the Sealkote or Rawul Pindee Jail.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. VI-1872.

5.-The procedure in all civil suits between European British subjects, or

European British subjects and their servants, shall be regulated by the Code
of Civil Procedure. The procedure in all criminal prosecutions shall be regulated
by the Code of Criminal Procedure.
6.-The said officer shall make rules to regulate the service and execution of
processes issuing from his Court, and shall fix the fees to be charged to suitors
for serving such processes.
7.-All questions of law, or fact, or both, arising in cases before the said officer,
shall be dealt with and determined according to the law administered in the Courts
of the Punjab.
8.-The said officer shall keep such registers, books, and accounts, and sub-
mit to the Lieutenant-Governor of the Punjab such statements of the work done
in exercise of the aforesaid powers, as may, from time to time, be prescribed by
the said Lieutenant-Governor. He shall also comply with such requisitions for
records as the said Lieutenant-Governor may, from time to time, make upon him.
9.-Duties and fees of the same amount respectively as the Stamp duties and
Court-fees prescribed by Act XVIII of 1869 and Act VII of 1870, shall be enforced
by the said officer.
10.-There shall be no appeal against any order, judgment, or decree passed
by the said officer in a civil suit. But if, in the trial of any such suit, any ques-
tion of law or as t6 the construction of a document (which construction may affect
the merits of the decision) shall arise, he may draw up a statement of the case,
and refer it for the decision of the Chief Court of the Punjab ; and he shall, on
receipt of a copy of such decision, dispose of the case conformably thereto.
And any person convicted on a trial held by such officer may appeal to the Com-
missioner of the Rawul Pindee Division; and if such person be a European
British subject, he may appeal either to the said Commissioner or to the Chief
Court of the Punjab.
1.-The appellant shall in every case give notice of the appeal to the said
British officer in Cashmere, who shall, if necessary, instruct the officer empowered
to prosecute the case.

The Mixed Court.

12.-Civil suits between European British subjects or their servants not being
subjects of the Maharaja on the one side, and subjects of His Highness the Maha-
raja of Cashmere on the other side, shall be decided by a Mixed Court composed
of the said British officer and the Civil Judge of Srinuggur, or other officers
especially appointed in this behalf by the Maharaja of Cashmere.
13.-When the said British officer and the said Civil Judge or other officer
are unable to come to a final decision in any such suit, they shall reduce their
difference into writing and refer it to a single arbitrator to be named by them.
14.-The arbitrator so nominated shall proceed to try the case, and his
decision shall be final.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS. VI-1872 AND VII-1878.

15.-And in every case of a reference under these Rules-

(a) the arbitrator shall be at liberty to proceed ex parte in case either party,
after reasonable notice, neglects or refuses, without good and sufficient cause, to
attend on the reference;
(b) the arbitrator shall have power to summon witnesses in cases referred
to him;
(c) and the parties respectively shall produce before the arbitrator all books
and documents within their possession or control, which the arbitrator may call
for as relating to the matters referred;
(d) and the parties and their representatives in interest shall abide by and
perform the award.

No. VII.

AGREEMENT ENTERED into between the BRITISH GOVERNMENT and the CASHMERE
STATE in regard to the CONSTRUCTION of TELEGRAPH LINES from JUMMOO to
SRINUGGUR and from SRINUGGUR TO GILGIT,-1878.
Whereas His Highness the Maharaja of Cashmere is desirous of obtaining
the assistance of the British Government towards the construction of lines of
telegraph from Jummoo to Srinuggur and from Srinuggur to Gilgit, the follow-
ing terms are agreed upon by Major Philip Durham Henderson, C.S.I., Officer
on Special Duty in Cashmere, on the part of the British Government, duly em-
powered by the Viceroy and Governor-General in Council on that behalf, and by
Baboo Nilumber Mookerjee, M.A., B.L., Judge of the Sadr Adalut of Cashmere,
duly empowered by His Highness the Maharaja on that behalf:
1. The British Government agrees to construct for the Cashmere State two
lines of telegraph, each consisting of one wire, to be carried on such suitable sup-
ports as are procurable in the vicinity, the one to be erected between Jummoo
and Srinuggur at a cost of Rs. 21,600 more or less, and the other between Sri-
nuggur and Gilgit at a cost of Rs. 31,900 more or less, provided in each case the
following conditions are observed:-
(a) That the transport of all telegraph materials from Sealkote to the Cashmere
frontier and within the limits of the Cashmere State shall be directly arranged and
paid for by some duly authorised officer of the Cashmere State.
(b) That all laborers, whom the officer in charge of the construction of the
line shall require to employ, shall be engaged and paid by a duly authorized officer
of the Cashmere State.
(c) That on due notice being given by the officer in charge of the construc-
tion of the line, the Cashmere Government shall, to the utmost of its power, comply
with requisitions for transport or labor.
(d) That sound seasoned deodar posts, wherever these are procurable, suit-
able for telegraph supports, shall be provided by the Cashmere State and
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. VII-1878.

distributed along the route to be taken by the telegraph lines, in such manner
as the officer in charge of the work may direct.
(e) That no brackets or insulators be used in the construction of the lines,
as their cost has not been provided in the estimated amounts stated above.
2. The British Government guarantees that all telegraph materials, including
the wire supplied by it, shall be of the best quality used for its own lines, and
that the lines shall be handed over to the Cashmere Government in full working
order.
3. His Highness the Maharaja agrees to pay to the British Government, as
the money may be required, the actual cost incurred by it in the construction
and establishment of the lines, such cost being inclusive of-
(1) The salaries and allowances of all members of the Indian Telegraph
establishment for the whole period they may be detained on duty in Cashmere;
and
(2) The cost of insulating the line, or of any other changes in the original
scheme that may be made hereafter with the concurrence, or at the request of,
the Cashmere State.
4. The salaries and allowances of all members of the Indian Telegraph
establishment will be paid to them by the Government of India through the Officer
on special duty, and the amounts of such payments will be recovered subsequently
from the Cashmere State.
5. On the application in writing of the Cashmere State, the Telegraph De-
partment will supply at cost price all telegraph instruments and material required
from time to time for the maintenance and working of the telegraph lines and
offices about to be established.
6. On the application in writing of the Cashmere State, the Telegraph De-
partment will afford such advice and instruction as may be required and desired
by the Cashmere State for the maintenance and working of such telegraph lines
and offices.
7. On the application in writing of the Cashmere State, the Telegraph De-
partment will lend the services of any Native signallers, who may volunteer for
the duty, and whose services can be spared, for such specified periods as may be
sufficient to enable the Cashmere State to train its own signallers.
8. The foregoing provisions are accepted by the British Government as a
mark of friendship and good-will towards His Highness the Maharaja; but it is
to be understood that after the lines are delivered over to the Cashmere Govern-
ment, no responsibility whatever attaches to the British Government, in respect
of their subsequent maintenance and working.
P. D. HENDERSON, Major,
Officer on special duty in Cashmee.
NILUMBER MOOKERJEE,
Judge of the Sadr Adalut of Cashmere
The 9th March 1878.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. VIII-1888.

No. VIII.

AGREE,SENT between the GOVERNMENT Of INDIA and His HIGHNESS MAHARAJA

PARTAB SINGH, INDAR MAHINDAR BAHADUR, SIPAR-I-SALTANAT, MAHARAJA
of JAMMU and KASHMIR, relative to the CONSTRUCTION of a RAILWAY to
JAmMU,-1888.
1. The line shall be called the "Jammu and Kashmir State Railway."
2. An estimate of the entire cost of constructing the line on the 5 feet 6 inch
gauge from Sialkot to the left bank of the Tawi river at Jammu shall be submit-
ted to the Kashmir Darbar for sanction.
3. The whole line shall be constructed by the Darbar through its Chief En-
gineer, Major-General deBourbel, according to the standard dimensions prescribed
by the Government of India, and shall be completed with the utmost possible des-
patch.
4. All the capital required for the construction of the whole line shall be pro-
vided by the Darbar.
The Darbar shall receive from the Government of India interest at the rate
of 4 per cent. per annum on the capital expenditure on the section of the line
which lies within British territory, from the date of payment.
5. All moneys needed for additional works found necessary on the British sec-
tion of the railway after first construction is completed, will be found by the Gov-
ernment of India, and on similar work on the Kashmir section by the Darbar.
6. The section of the line in Jammu territory shall be leased to, and worked
by, the North-Western Railway for a period of five years from the date of open
ing to traffic. During this period the North-Western Railway shall maintain the
.ne in an efficient state, and shall pay to the Darbar 1 per cent. per annum on the
capital expenditure on the Jammu section. The surplus net earnings on this
section, in excess of the said payment of 1 per cent., during the period of five years,
shall be divided equally between the North-Western Railway and the Kashmir
Darbar. In calculating net, earnings, the rate of working expenses shall be taken
at the average percentage of working expenses to gross earnings on the Punjab
section of the North-Western Railway, including the Jammu and Kashmir State
Railway, for the same period, lus 5 per cent. per annum on gross earnings for the
use of rolling stock.
7. Subject to the payment of 4 per cent. interest provided in Clause 4, the
portion of the line in British territory shall remain the absolute property of the
Government of India, and the earnings of it shall belong solely to that Govern-
ment. The Government of India shall have the right at any time, after giving
six months' notice, to repay to the Darbar the capital expenditure advanced by
it in respect of this section of the line, and the payment of interest shall thereupon
cease.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. VIII-1888.

8. The Government of India and the Darbar shall provide, at their respective
charges and free of cost, to the North-Western Railway, the land required for
railway purposes in their respective territories.
9. After the expiry of the said period of five years, a fresh arrangement shall
be made for working the line upon terms to be agreed upon between the Govern-
ment of India and the Darbar.
10. The fares charged to passengers, the rates for goods, and the rates for
railway materials, whether used in construction, maintenance, or working of the
line, shall be such as are in general use on the Punjab section of the North-Western
Railway. The line shall be worked in accordance with the general rules and
regulations in force on Indian State Railways.
11. The permanent-way, station machinery and other fittings shall be of the
types used on Indian State Railways, and shall be obtained at the cost of the
Darbar through the Government of India.
12. Half-yearly pro-formd accounts, showing the entire earnings of traffic and
the working expenses, calculated as explained in Clause 6 of this Agreement.,
incurred upon the Jammu and Kashmir State Railway, shall be supplied regular-
ly by the North-Western Railway to the Darbar.
13. His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir, accompanied by
his suite and servants with their luggage, shall, when travelling by ordinary train
upon this railway, have the privilege of travelling free of any charge between
Jammu and Sialkot; suitable vehicles being reserved on each occasion for the
exclusive use of the Maharaja and his party.
14. His Highness the Maharaja shall also have the privilege of running free
of any charge between Jammu and Sialkot two special return trains every year,
consisting each of not more than eighteen railway vehicles of such description
as may be required.
15. Each of the ordinary daily trains shall have one carriage attached to it
for the exclusive use of the State officials, each of the number of occupants pay-
ing a single fare. This carriage shall ordinarily be of the intermediate class, but
shall be changed to one of another class upon the requisition of the Darbar.
16. The site of the terminal station at the Jammu end of the line shall be fixed
by the Darbar.
17. His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir shall grant to the
British Government full jurisdiction within those portions of land situated in
His Highness' territories which may be occupied from time to time by the Jammu
and Kashmir State Railway or its premises. This cession of jurisdiction is res-
tricted absolutely to railway limits, and to cases occurring within those limits,
and does not confer any right of interference in the internal administration of His
Highness' territory. Accordingly, the railway police shall forthwith surrender
to the Darbar any accused person who, having escaped from the custody of His
Highness' police, is in their custody, within railway limits.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS. VIII-1888 AND IX-1890.

18. All the plants and trees along and within the whole line lying in the ter-
ritory of His Highness the Maharaja shall also be considered the property of the
Darbar.
Dated at Srinagar this fourth day of July 1888, corresponding with twenty
third day of Har Samvat 1945.

T. CHICHELE PLOWDEN, Signed in Vernacular.

Resident in Kashmir.

This agreement was approved and confirmed by His Excellency the Viceroy
and Governor-General in Council.

FOREIGN DEPARTMENT,

SIMLA; H. M. DURAND,

The 14th July 1888. Secretary to the Government of India.

No. IX.

AGREEMENT between the BRITISH GOVERNMENT and the STATE COUNCIL of JAMMU
and KASHMIR for the CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE and WORKING of a LINE Of
TELEGRAPH between SUCHETGARH and JAMMU along the JAMMU and KASHMIR
STATE RAILWAY,-1890.
Whereas the State of Jammu and Kashmir is desirous of having a line of tele-
graph constructed from Suchetgarh to Jammu Railway Station along the proposed
railway from Sialkot to Jammu, the following terms are agreed upon by Colonel
R. Parry Nisbet, C.I.E., Resident in Kashmir, on the part of the Government of
India, duly empowered by the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council
on that behalf, and by Raja Amar Singh, Prime Minister and President of the State
Council, duly empowered by the State Council of Jammu and Kashmir on that
behalf :-
1. The Government of India agrees to construct, for the State of Jammu and
Kashmir, a line of telegraph consisting of three wires, to be carried on suitable sup-
ports to be erected between Suchetgarh and the Jammu Railway Station at a
cost of Rupees eleven thousand six hundred, more or less, and the State of Jammu
and Kashmir agrees to pay to the Government of India the cost of the line as
the money may be required.
The Government of India agrees to pay the State of ,Jamrmu and Kaishmir
for such portions of the wire on the exisbing road line between Suchetgarh and
Jammu as are found suitable and are used for constructing the new telegraph
line between Suchetgarh and the Jammu Railway Station along the proposed rail-
way.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. IX-1890.

2. The line so constructed shall be called the Suchetgarh-Jammu Railway

Telegraph line.
3. With the consent of the Governor-General in Council extra wires may at
any time be added by the Telegraph Department on terms and conditions to be
agreed upon at the time between the State of Jammu and Kashmir and the Gov-
ernment of India.
4. The Suchetgarh-Jammu Railway Telegraph line shall be kept in efficient
repair by the officers of the Telegraph Department of the Government of India.
The State Council of Jammu and Kashmir shall permit the said officers to remove
such plants and trees as they consider interfere with or endanger the working
of the telegraph line.
5. The instruments, batteries, and materials connected therewith in the Rail-
way Telegraph offices shall be supplied, maintained, and technically supervised
by the officers of the Telegraph Department of the Government of India.
6. The State of Jammu and Kashmir shall pay annually to the Government
of India, to cover the cost of maintenance and depreciation, Rs. 13-8 per mila
of wire which is used by the State of Jammu and Kashmir for purposes not con-
nected with the railway, i.e., for through traffic between the Telegraph Office
of the State of Jammu and Kashmir and the Telegraph offices situated in British
territory. All other charges of the Telegraph Department for the wires and Rail-
way Telegraph offices along the railway from Suchetgarh to Jammu, including
the Telegraph Office in the terminal railway station at Jammu, shall be paid by
the North-Western Railway as a part of the working expenses under Clause 6
of the agreement, dated the 4th July 1888, between the Government of India and
His Highness Maharaja Partab Singh, Indar Mahindar Bahadur, Sipar-i-Saltanat,
Aaharaja of Jammu and Kashmir, relative to the construction of a railway to
Jammu.
7. The charges due by the State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be paid half-
yearly through the Resident.
8. The State of Jammu and Kashmir agrees to the application, to those of the
wires of the Suchetgarh-Jammu Railway Telegraph line which are used for rail-
way purposes and to the Railway Telegraph offices, of the provisions of the
British Telegraph Act, XIII of 1885, and such other Acts or legal provisions as
have been or may hereafter be passed by the British Government with reference to
telegraphs.
9. The State of Jammu and Kashmir agrees to the application, to those of
the wires of the Suchetgarh-Jammu Railway Telegraph line which are used for
railway purposes and to the Railway Telegraph offices, of any rules or regulations
that are now or may hereafter be made applicable to lines of Telegraph in India.
10. The State of Jammu and Kashmir agrees that the Suchetgarh-Jammu
Railway Telegraph line and the Railway Telegraph offices shall be open to the
inspection and supervision of the Director-General of Telegraphs and of any
officer deputed by him for that purpose.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS. IX AND X-1890.

11. The posts of the telegraph line under reference shall be erected within the
limits of the rail-road.
12. This agreement is subject to the condition that notwithstanding any-
thing hereinbefore contained, all State messages shall be sent free, and the
income from all private messages despatched from any railway station between
Suchetgarh and Jammu, where a Telegraph office may be opened, shall be credited
to the State of Jammu and Kashmir as at present.
13. This agreement shall be in force for a period of five years from the date of
the railway from Suchetgarh to Jammu opening for traffic ; but so far as it relates
to the State Telegraph line, it shall be optional with the State of Jammu and
Kashmir at any time by giving six months' previous notice to sever its line from
the railway lines and construct its own line independently, connecting it of course
with the Government line on the boundary as at present. After the expiry of the
said period of five years, a fresh arrangement shall be made for working those of
the wires which are used for railway purposes and the Railway Telegraph offices
upon terms to be agreed upon between the Government of India and the State
of Jammu and Kashmir.
Seal of
R. PARRY NISBET, RAJA AMAR SINGH,
Resident in Kashmir. Prime Minister and President,
GULMARG;- Jammu and Kashmir State Council.
The 3rd July 1890. 5
Approved and'confirmed by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-Gen-
eral of India.
W. J. CUNM' .11AW.
SIMLA; ) Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India,
The 23rd July 1890. 5 Foreign Department.

No. X.

SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT between the GOVERNMENT OF INDIA and the STATE

COUNCIL of JAMMU and KASHMIR relative to the FUNDS required for the
CONSTRUCTION of the BRITISH SECTION of the JAMMU and KASHMIR STATE
RAILWAY,-1890.

Whereas on the 14th July 1888, an agreement wa8 concluded between the Gov-
ernment of India and His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir ac-
cording to which it was settled, among other points, that all the capital required
for the construction of the whole line of Railway between Sialkot and Jammu
should be provided by the Darbar, and that the Darbar should receive from the
Government of India interest at the rate of 4 per cent. per annum on the capital
expenditure on the section of the line which lies within British territoly ; ard
 38 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS, X-1890 AND XI-1897.

whereas the Government of India has since undertaken to pay from Imperial
*Funds the amount required for the construction of the British section, the
Government of India and the Kashmir State Council do hereby make and enter
into a supplementary agreement as follows
The capital required for the construction of the British section of the Jammu
and Kashmir State Railway shall be provided by the Government of India, instead
of being advanced as a loan by the Kashmir Darbar.
2. So much of Clauses 4 and 7 of the agreement of the 14th July 1888 as
relates to the following matters, namely-
(a) the provision by the Darbar of the capital required for the construction
of the section of the Jammu and Kashmir State Railway lying within
British territory;
(b) the payment to the Darbar of interest on the capital which was to have
been so provided; and
(c) the repayment to the Darbar of such capital, is accordingly hereby can-
celled.
Seal of
Prime Minister and President,
Jammu and Kashmir State Council.
R. PARRY NISBET, Colonel,
Resident in Kashmir.

Dated 1st November 1890.

Approved a rid confirmed by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General

in Council.

W. J. CUMNGHAM,
Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India,
VICEROY'S CAMP, D ELHI; Foreign Department,
The 18th November 1890.

No. XI.

ME MORANDUM of AGREEMENT for the INFERCHANGE Of MESSAGES between the

IMPERIAL TELEGRAPH SYSTEM of the GOVERNMENT OF INDIA and the TELE-
GRAPH SYSTEM of the KASHMIR STATE,-1897.

(1) Telegrams tendered by the public for despatch at telegraph offices of the
Kashmir System will be accepted and despatched under the rules for charges, ac-
ceptance and delivery of telegrams in force at the time on the British System,
as laid down in the Indian Telegraph Guide whether for delivery by offices of the
British or Kashmir State System.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIIR-NO. XT-189'.

1 (2) All telegrams originating in places where there are both British and Kashmir
State Telegraph Offices addressed to places at which there is no Kashmir State
Telegraph Office, shall be booked by the sender at the British Telegraph Office,
and shall not be accepted if tendered at the Kashmir State office.
(3) Messages will be sent as far as practicable towards their destination, over
the wires of the system by which booked.
(4) All foreign telegrams transferred by the Kashmir State Telegraph System
to the British System shall be fully prepaid in cash at the time of transfer.
(5) His Highness the Maharaja of Kashmir and his brothers, Raja Sir Amar
Singh, K.C.S.I., and Lieutenant-Colonel Raja Ram Singh, C.B., and they alone,
shall have the right of sending messages as at present, free of charge, over the
British Telegraph System, both in and out of Kashmir.
(6) The privilege now allowed to certain specified officials of the Kashmir
State, vide list attached, to tlegraph without charge on the service of the State
over the British Telegraph lines within the limits of Kashmir to piaces where
there is no Kashmir State office will be continued. Messages sen 1by State officials
other than those above named must be paid for.
(7) Messages on the service of the British Telegraph and Posta Departments
will be transmitted without charge to or from all Kashmir State Telegraph Offices.
(8) In case of necessity where communication, by the wires of one system is
interrupted, messages may be diverted to the wires of the other system until com-
munication is restored.
(9) Subject to the foregoing special rules each administration will retain the
fees it collects for messages, including deposits for reply and acknowledgment
of receipt, and will forward messages booked by the other administration to des-
tination free of all charges.
(10) Fees required for special delivery arrangements cannot be prepaid. In-
structions for such special delivery should be given by the sender in his telegram
and the recovery of the charges made from the receiver.
(11) The transfer of messages to and from the Kashmir State lines caji be
effected, subject to rule 3, at any place where there is a British as well as a Kashmir
State Telegraph Office. The British Telegraph Department may, at its own
expense, connect any of its own offices by wire with any Kashmir State Office,
and every necessary facility shall be given by the Kashmir State for establishing
and maintaining the connection and for the interchange of messages thereby.
(12) In order to secure secrecy, messages transferred by hand should be des-
patched from British offices to Kashmir State offices and vice versd in closed covers.
They should be accompanied by a separate receipt for each message, duly complet-
ed, to be signed by the officer in charge of the receiving telegraph office, ard returned
to transferring office.
(13) In case of deposits for replies or acknowledgment of delivery the sum
prepaid must be shown on the message form -n the place provided for official
instructions.
40 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NOS. XI-1897 AND XII-1899.

(14) All complaints regarding telegrams received by one administration from

the other for investigation shall be duly enquired into and steps taken to prevent
a repetition of the cause. An official of the Kashmir State shall be appointed to
correspond with the Superintendent, Telegraph Check Office, Calcutta, regarding
complaints and all matters requiring settlement.
(15) This Agreement will be subject, if necessary, to revision after five years
from date of coming into force.

List of Kashmir State officials who are authorised under paragraph 6 to send telegrams on the
service of the State free of charge over the wires which are worked by the British Telegraph
Department within the limits of Kashmir.
1. Military Secretary to Kashmir Gov- 14. Assistant Engineer, Kashmir.
ernment. 15. Divisional ,, Jammu.
2. Quartermaster-General, Kashmir 16. Chief Medical Officer, Kashmir.
Army. 17. Superintendent of Police, Jammu.
3. Adjutant-General, Kashmir Army. 18. 1, ,, Kashmir.
4. General Officer Commanding. 19. Meteorological Observer, Srinagar.
5. ,, Im- 20. Revenue Member of Council.
perial Service Troops. 21. Governor of Jammu.
6. General Officer Commanding 22. t, Kashmir.
Kashmir. 23. Accountant-General, Kashmir State.
7. General Officer Commanding 24. Settlement Commissioner, Kashmir
Gilgit. State.
8. Conservator of Forests, Kashmir 25. Wazir Wazarat, Leh.
State. 26. ,, ,, Gilgit.
9. Residenqy Vakil. 27 .... Kamraj (Sopore).
10. Officer in charge of European Quar- 28 .... Muzaffarabad.
ters. 29. ,, ,, Islamabad.
11. Superintending Surgeon, Kashmir 30. ,, ,, Udhampore.
Hospitals. 31. Jammu
12. Superintending Engineer, Kashmir 32. Tahsildar, Skardu.
State. 33. Judicial Member of Council.
13. Assistant Engineer, Jhelum Valley 34. Chief Judge, Jammu.
Road. 35. ,, Srinagar.

No. XII.

MEMORANDUM of AGREEMENT entered into BETWEEN the BRITISH GOVERNMENT

and His HIGHNESS MAJOR-GENERAL SIR PRATAP SINGH, G.C.S.I., MAHARAJA
of the JAMMU and KASHMIR STATE, for the INTRODUCTION Of MORE DEFINITE
ARRANGEMENTS for the EFFECTIVE CONTROL and DISCIPLINE of the KASHMIR
IMPERIAL SERVICE TROOPS when SERVING beyond the FRONTIER of the JAMMU
and KASHMIR STATE,-1899.

Whereas His Highness Major-General Sir Pratap Singh, G.C.S.I., Maharaja

of Jammu and Kashmir State, maintains a force of Imperial Service Troops for
the purpose of co-operating, if need be, in the defence of the British Empire, and
Whereas it is necessary that the Imperial Service Troops of the Jammu and
Kashmir State, when associated with troops of the British Army, should be under
the orders of the Officer Commanding the combined forces, and subject to the like
discipline and control as the officers and soldiers of Her Majesty's Indian Army,
and
 SAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. XII-1899.

Whereas it is not the wish or intention of the Government of India that a

British officer should be appointed to command any corps of Imperial Service
Troops, though British officers are employed in order to instruct and inspect
the said troops,
It is hereby agreed between the Governor-General of India of the one part
and His Highness Major-General Sir Pratap Singh, G.C.S.I., Maharaja of Jammrz
and Kashmir State, of the other, as follows, namely-
1. Whenever the said troops or any portion thereof are moved beyond the
frontier of the said State, they shall be attached to the command and under the
orders of the Officers Commanding the District, Contingent or Force in which
they are employed, and such officer shall, by virtue of this agreement, be author-
ised to administer in respect of the said troops, so serving, the military laws and
regulations to which they are subject under the laws of the said State, and for that
purpose and for the due preservation of discipline among the same, to convene
all such Courts, and to issue all such orders, and to pass all such judgments and
sentences, and generally to exercise all such authority as may be lawfully con-
vened, issued, passed and exercised by the authorities of the Jammu and Kashmir
State, when the said troops are serving within the territorial limits of the said
State : Provided always that the execution of every sentence so passed in British
territory shall be carried out under the orders of His Highness the Maharaja or of
some person to whom the requisite-authority has been delegated by him.
2. In order further to ensure the efficiency of the said Imperial Service Troops
and the maintenance of discipline among them when serving along with Her Ma-
jesty's forces, the said Major-General Sir Pratap Singh, G.C.S.I., the Maharaja
of Jammu and Kashmir State, has embodied in the disciplinary law of his State,
applicable to the said Imperial Service Troops when employed on active service
either within or without British India, the provisions, mutatis mutandis, of the
Indian Articles of vai oz the time being in force. The due application and en-
forcement of the said provisions in respect of the Imperial Service Troops afore-
Aid shall be carried out under the authority of the Officer Commanding the
District, Contingent or force aforesaid.
PRATAP SINGH,
Maharajaof Jammu and
Kashmir.
Dated the 12th September 1899.
A. C. TALBOT,
Resident in Kashmir

Approved and confirmed by the Government of India.

By Order,
SIMLA; H. S. BARNES,

The 7th May 1901. J Secretary to the Government of India,

Foreign Department.
 JAMMU AND KASHMrRt-NO. XIII-1913.

No. XIII.

MEMORANDUM of AGREEMENT between the GOVERNMENT OF INDIA and HIS HIGH-

NESS MAHARAJA PARTAB SINGE, INDAR MAHINDAR BAHADUR, SIPAH-i-

SALTANAT, MAHARAJA OF JAMMU and KASHMIR, relative to the CONSTRUCTION

and WORKING of the JAMMU and KASHMIR STATE RAILWAY,-1913.

In supersession of all previous agreements, the following terms and condi-

tions are agreed upon between the Government of India and His Highness the
Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir as a complete agreement for the construction
and working of the Jammu and Kashmir State Railway:-
1. The line shall be called the " Jammu and Kashmir State Railway " and
is to be on the 5 feet 6 inches gauge.
2. All the capital required for the construction of the line in Kashmir State
territory shall be provided by the Darbar and that required for the construction
of the British section shall be provided by the Government of India.
3. All moneys needed for additional works found necessary on the British sec-
tion of the railway after first construction is completed, will be found by the Gov-
ernment of India, and on similar works on the Kashmir section by the Darbar.
All works will be executed by the North Western Railway.
4. The Government of India and the Darbar shall provide, at their respective
charges, and free of cost to the North Western Railway, the land required for
railway purposes in their respective territories.
5. The permanent-way, station machinery and other fittings shall be of the
types used on Indian State Railways, and when chargeable to the Darbar shall be
obtained at the cost of the Darbar through the Government of India.
6. The railway referred to in the clauses following as the said railway is the
section of the Jammu and Kashmir State Railway which lies in Kashmir territory,
and extends from mile 35-,2 from Wazirabad near Suchetgarh* to the left bank
of the Tawi river at Jammu.
7. The said railway shall be worked and maintained in an efficient state by
the North Western Railway.
8. The North Western Railway shall receive from the Kashmir Darbar, for
the working and maintenance of the said railway, a sum equal to'55"5 per cent.
of the gross earnings of the said railway. This charge will cover the hire of loco-
motives and rolling-stock necessary to work the traffic of the said railway. It
will also cover the cost of such new minor works as are usually charged to Revenue
on the North Western Railway, but this only up to a limit of Rs. 30 per mile per
annum. The remaining 44-5 per cent. will be credited to the Darbar.
9. Besides the 44.5 per cent. of gross earnings, to be credited to the Kashmir
Darbar under paragraph 8 above, a rebate payment on interchanged traffic will
be made by the North Western Railway to the extent necessary, together with
* See detail on page 44.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. XITI-1913.

the Kashmir Darbar's share of the net earnings of the Tawi-Suchetgarh section
to give the Darbar a total dividend of 3 - per cent. per annum on the actual
expenditure to the end of the half year concerned as entered in rupees in the
Capital account of the said railway: Provided always that the payment so
made by the North Western Railway to the Darbar shall in no case exceed the
net earnings of the North Western Railway from traffic interchanged with the
section.
10. The term " gross earnings " in clause 8 means and includes all receipts
from the local bookings of coaching and goods traffic, a mileage proportion of traffic
interchanged' all sums received as rents, and all other receipts, except freight on
revenue stores, usually treated as railway revenue. Gross earnings shall include
telegraph earnings from private messages despatched from stations on the railway,
Kashmir State telegrams being carried free as at present.
11. All moneys required for additional works on the said railway usually charged
to Capital shall be found by the Kashmir Darbar, but no charge shall be made
by the North Western Railway for supervision of the construction of such Capital
works except where special establishment is employed, in which case the charge
shall be limited to the actual cost of the extra establishment so employed.
11(a). No capital works of the nature described above shall be commenced
without the previous consent of the Darbar.
12. The rates and fares charged on the said railway shall be such as are from
time to time in force on the main line section of the North Western Railway.
13. The said railway shall be worked in accordance with the General Rules
for Indian State Railways and with the subsidiary Rules in force from time to
time on the North Western Railway.
14. Half-yearly accounts, for financial year,* showing the entire earnings and
the working expenses (calculated as explained in clauses 8 and 9 of this memoran-
dum) of the said railway'shall be supplied regularly by the North Western Railway
to the Darbar.
15. His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir, accompanied by his
suite and servants with their luggage, shall, when travelling by ordinary train upon
this railway, have the privilege of travelling free of any charge between Jammu
and Sialkot : suitable vehicles being reserved on each occasion for the exclusive
use of the Maharaja and his party.
16. His Highness the Maharaja shall also have the privilege of running free
of any charge between Jammu and Sialkot two special return trains every year,
consisting each of not more than 18 railway vehicles of such description as may
be required.
17. Each of the ordinary daily trains on the said railway shall have one car-
riage labelled " For Kashmir Officials only " attached to it for the exclusive use
of the State Officials, each of the occupants paying a single fare. This carriage
shall ordinarily be of the intermediate class, but shall be changed to one of another
class upon the requisition of the Darbar.
* See detail on page 44.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. XIII-1913.

18. His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir shall grant to the
British Government full jurisdiction within those portions of land situated in His
Highness' territories which may be occupied from time to time by the Jammu and
Kashmir State Railway or its premises. This cession of jurisdiction is restricted
absolutely to railway limits, and to cases occurring within those limits, and does
not confer any right of interference in the internal administration of His High-
ness' territory. Accordingly the Railway police shall forthwith surrender to the
Darbar any accused person who, having escaped from the custody of His Highness'
police, is in their custody within railway limits.
19. All the plants and trees along and within the whole line lying in the terri-
tory of His Highness the Maharaja shall be considered the property of the Darbar.
20. This Agreement shall have effect from the 1st June 1912 and shall remain
in force until the expiration of 6 months after either party to it has notified its
desire to terminate it and received an acknowledgment of the receipt of the same,
always provided that no such notice of termination shall be permissible by either
party prior to the 1st of April 1917.*
AMAR NATH, DEWAN, C.I.E.
Chief Minister,
Dated 19th April 1913. Jammu and Kashmir State.
W. D. WAGHORN, MAJOR, R.E.,
Offg. Agent, N. W. Railway.
Dated 13th April 1913.

S. M. FRASER,
Resident in Kashmir.

Dated 21st April 1913.

*JORRIGENDUM to the AGREEMENT, dated 19th April 1913, between the GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
and HIs HI !'NESS MAHARAJA PARTAB SINGH, INDAR MAHINDAR BAHADUR, SIPAR-i-
SALTANAT, IMIAHARAJA of JAMMU and KASHMIR, relative to the construction and working
of the JAMMU AND KASHMIR STATE RAILWAY,-1915.
It is mutually agreed by the parties that the following modifications be made in the above
Agreement, dated the 19th April 1913:-
(1) Substitute " 35-62 from Wazirabad near Suchetgarh" for "9201 near Suchetgarh"
occurring in the third line of paragraph 6.
(2) Insert the words "for financial year" after " accounts" occurring in first line of
paragraph 14.
(3) Substitute the words " 1st of April 1917 " for the words " 1st of January 1917 "
occurring in last line of paragraph 20.
AmAR NATH,
Chief Minister,
Dated 14th September 1915. Jammu and Kashmir State.
C. H. CowI, Col.,
Dated 8th August 1915. Agent, N. W. Ry.

S. M. FRa&sm,
Resident in Kashmir.
Dated 14th September 1915.
 JAMMU AND KAS[MIR--N0. XIV-1920.

No. XIV.

REVISED MEMORANDUM of AGREEMENT for the INTERCHANGE Of MESSAGES bet-

ween the IMPERIAL TELEGRAPI SYSTEM of the GOVERNMENT OF INDIA and
the TELEGRAPH SYSTEM of the KASHMIR STATE,-1920.
1. Except as may be specially provided in the articles of this agreement, tele-
grams tendered by the public at the telegraph offices of the Kashmir State system
will be accepted and despatched under the rules for charges and acceptance of
telegrams in force at the time on the Indian telegraph system, as laid down in the
Indian Telegraph Guide, whether they are for delivery by offices of the Indian
system or the Kashmir State system. Similarly, telegrams received by wire by
telegraph offices of the Kashmir State system will be delivered by those offices
under the rules for delivery of telegrams laid down in the Indian Telegraph Guide
irrespective of whether the telegrams originated at a telegraph office of the Indian
system or of the Kashmir State system.
2. Telegrams classed as " Ordinary " will not be dealt with by the Kashmir
State telegraph offices on the birthday of His Highness the Maharaja of Kashmir.
3. All telegrams tendered for despatch in places where there are both Indian
and Kashmir State telegraph offices and addressed to places at which there is
no Kashmir State telegraph office shall be booked by the sender at the Indian
telegraph office and shall not be accepted if tendered at the Kashmir State tele-
graph office. Similarly, all telegrams tendered at such places addressed to places
where there is a Kashmir State telegraph office but no Indian telegraph office
shall be booked by the sender at the Kashmir State telegraph office, and shall not
be accepted if tendered at the Imperial telegraph office.
4. Messages will be sent as far as practicable towards their destination over
the wires of the system by which they were booked.
5. All foreign telegrams, i.e., those addressed to places outside the limits of
India and Burma, booked at offices of the Kashmir State system must be made
over with the full charge in piepayment at the time of their transfer to the Indian
system for onward rransmission.
6. His Highness the Maharaja Sahib of Kashmir (and his nephew Honorary
Captain Raja Sir Hari Singh, K.C.I.E., and they alone)* shall have the right of
sending messages, State or private, free of charge over the Indian telegraph system
from any telegraph office to any other, both in and out of Jammu and Kashmir
State territories. This power cannot be delegated.
7. Certain officials of the Kashmir State have the privilege of telegraphing
free of charge on the service of the Kashmir State from Kohala or from any Indian
telegraph office within the limits of the Kashmir and Jammu State to any Indian
telegraph office within the same limits and vice versd ; or from Kohala or any
Indian telegraph office within the said limits to any Kashmir State telegraph office
* Now excluded owing to the accession of Sir Hari Singh to the gaddi.
 IAMMU AND KASHMIR-NO. XIV-1920.

and vice versd ; provided that, if a telegram is to be sent to a Kashmir State tele-
graph office from a place where both an Indian and a State telegraph office exist,
the message should not be booked at the Indian telegraph office unless communi-
cation by the wires of the Kashmir State telegraph system is interrupted.
8. Messages relating to telegraph traffic issued by telegram from offices of
the Indian Post and Telegraph Department and the licensed systems will be trans-
mitted without charge to or from all Kashmir State telegraph offices. Similarly,
such messages relating to telegraph traffic issued by telegram from offices of the
Kashmir State telegraphs will be transmitted free to and from any telegraph office
of the Indian Telegraph Department or the licensed systems.
9. In case of necessity when communication by the wires of one system is
interrupted, messages may be diverted without any charge to the wires of the
other system until communication is restored.
10. Subject to the foregoing special rules, each administration will retain the
fees it collects for messages, including deposits for reply and acknowledgment
of receipt, and will forward messages booked by the other administration to des-
tinatio'n free of all charges.
11. Fees required for special delivery arrangements cannot be prepaid by
senders of telegrams. Instructions for such special delivery should be given by the
sender in his telegram and the recovery of the charges will be made from the ad-
dressee.
12. Prepaid reply telegram forms issued by any Government or licensed tele-
graph office of the Indian system shall be accepted by a Kashmir State telegraph
office when presented in payment of any telegram tendered at such an office, and
conversely, such forms issued by a Kashmir State telegraph office shall be accept-
ed at any Government or licensed telegraph office of the Indian system and no
claim shall be made by either administration in respect of fees collected on such
forms by the other administration.
13. The transfer of messages to and from the Kashmir State telegraph system
can be effected, subject to rule 4, at any place where there is an Indian as well
as a Kashmir State telegraph office, and for this purpose the Indian Post and
Telegraph Department may, at its own expense, connect any of its offices by wire
with any Kashmir State office, and every necessary facility shall be given by the
Kashmir State for establishing and maintaining the connection and for the inter-
change of messages thereby.
14. In order to secure secrecy, messages transferred by hand should be des-
patched from Indian offices to Kashmir State offices and rice versd in closed covers.
They should be accompanied by a separate receipt for each message, duly com-
pleted, to be signed by the officer in charge of the receiving telegraph office, and
returned to the transferring office.
15. In the case of deposits for replies or acknowledgment of delivery, the sum
prepaid must be shown on the message form in the place provided for official in-
structions.
 JAMMIJ AND KASHMIR-NO. XIV-1920. 47

16. All complaints regarding telegrams received by one administration from

the other for investigation shall be duly enquired into and steps taken to prevent
a repetition of the cause. An official of the Kashmir State shall be appointed
to correspond with the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs, Complaint and
Fault Section, Calcutta, regarding complaints and all matters requiring settle-
ment.
17. This agreement will be subject, if necessary, to revision after five years
from the date of its coming into force.
18. Any of the articles of this agreement may be added to or modified or can-
celled by mutual consent at any time without affecting the validity of the remain-
ing articles or the period of termination of the agreement.
 48 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-Nagar and Hunza-NOS. XV & XVI-1892.

No. XV.

SANAD granted by His HIGHNESS the MAHARAJA Of JAMMU and KASHMIR to RAJA
JAFR KHAN of NAGAR.

Whereas the State of Nagar has recently been in armed rebellion against my
authority, and whereas in consequence thereof, you, Raja Jafr Khan, have justly
forfeited any rights which you may have possessed as ruler of the said State:
And whereas by reason of your submission, and in consideration of your pro-
mise to abide by the following conditions, it is thought desirable, as an act of cle-
mency, to re-appoint you as ruler of the said State :
Now, therefore, I have resolved, with the approval and authority of the Gov-
ernor-General of India in Council, to re-appoint you, Raja Jafr Khan, as ruler
of the said State of Nagar, and you are hereby appointed to be Raja of Nagar.
The Chiefship of the Nagar State will be hereditary in your family and will
descend in the direct line by primogeniture, provided that in each case the suc-
cession is approved by the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir for the time being
and by the Government of India.
An annual tribute of the following amounts, that is to say:-
Twenty-six tilloos of gold, equal to 117 tolas and 1 masha, will be paid by you
and your successors to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
Further, you are informed that the permanence of the grant conveyed by
this sanad will depend upon the ready fulfilment by you and your successors of
all orders given by the Jammu and Kashmir State, with regard to the conduct of
relations between the State of Nagar and the States and tribes adjoining it, the
administration of your territory, the construction of roads through your country,
the composition of such troops as you may be permitted to retain, and any other
matters in which the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir for the time being may
be pleased to intervene. Be assured that, so long as your house is loyal to the
State of Jammu and Kashmir and to the British Government, and faithful to the
conditions of this sanad, you and your successors will enjoy favour and protec-
tion.

No. XVI.

SANAD granted by HIS HIGHNESS the MAHARAJA of JAMMU and KASHMIR to RAJA
MUHAMMAD NAZIM KHAN OF HUNZA.
Whereas the State of Hunza has recently been in armed rebellion against my
authority, and whereas in consequence thereof Raja Safdar Ali Khan has justly
forfeited any rights which he may have possessed as ruler of the said State :
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-Hunza & Gor-NOS. XVI & XVII-1892. 49

And whereas the said Safdar Ali Khan has fled from Hunza, and has not re-
turned or made submission to me or to the Government of India, and whereas
I nevertheless desire to continue the Chiefship of the said State of Hunza in the
person of a member of the ruling family of the said State :
Now, therefore, I have, with the approval and authority of the Governor-
General of India in Council, selected you, Muhammad Nazim Khan, to be ruler
of the said State of Hunza.
The Chiefship of the Hunza State will be hereditary in your family, and will
descend in the direct line by primogeniture, provided that in each case the suc-
cession is approved by the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir for the time being
and by the Government of India.
An annual tribute of the following amounts, that it is to say, twenty-five til-
loos of gold, equal to 16 tolas and 5 mashas, will be paid by you and your suc-
cessors to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
Further, you are informed that the permanence of the grant conveyed by
this sanad will depend upon the ready fulfilment by you and your successors of
all orders given by the Jammu and Kashmir State with regard to the conduct
of relations between the State of Hunza and the States and tribes adjoining it,
the administration of your territory, the prevention of raiding and man-steal-
ing, the construction of roads through your country, the composition of such
troops as you may be permitted to retain, and any other matters in which the
Jammu and Kashmir State may be pleased to intervene. Be assured that so
long as your house is loyal to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and to the British
Government, and faithful to the conditions of this sanad, you and your successors
will enjoy favour and protection.

No. XVII.

English copy of the Sanad granted to the people of Gor on 2nd November 1892.
The people of the tributary State of Gor are hereby promised in the name
of the Government of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir that,
in consideration of their opening their country to the officials and troops of His
Highness the Maharaja and giving assistance to British officers travelling in Gor,
they shall never be called upon to pay any revenue or " Kharid" grain, nor any
tribute other than that at present imposed upon them.
It is hereby promised that no " kar beggar" will ever be taken from the Gor
people, and that the two villages of Geys will also be granted to them on the same
terms as they have been allowed in case of Gor.
This promise to which the signatures of the Governor of Gilgit and of the
British Agent are appended, will hold good so long as the people of Gor are faith-
ful to their engagements, and carry out the orders of Government.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-Thor-NO. XVIIJ-1893.

No. XVIII.

Form of Sanadfor Thor.

Whereas the inhabitants of the Thor valley have from times past always been
intimately connected with the Shinaki communities of Chilas; and whereas they
have unitedly submitted a petition to be taken under the protection of Govern-
ment in the same manner as the other sections of Chilas, the Government of India
has been pleased to accept their prayer.
It is accordingly notified in the name of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu
and Kashmir and the Government of India that for the future the State of Thor
will be considered to be one of the Tributary States of the Chilas district, and
will receive exactly the same treatment from the Political Officer in Chilas as the
other States under his political charge.
The people of Thor will be responsible for their internal government, but will
refer all cases which they cannot themselves settle in accordance with tribal cus-
tom, and all questions of a political nature between themselves and other commu-
nities to the Political Officer in Chilas for settlement ; and they will abide by his
decisions.
In consideration of their faithfully performing the levy service required of
them, and in consideration of their opening their country at all times to the
officials and troops of His Highness the Maharaja, and of always giving assistance
to British officers travelling in Thor, and always obeying all orders sent to them
from Gilgit, the people of the Tributary State of Thor will be allowed to keep
their arms for their own defence; and will not be called upon for any tax beyond
the tribute of 12 male goats, which is hereby fixed as a yearly nazarana to His
Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir; and will not be called upon to
do any work or forced labour outside the limits of their valley. In case, however,
of the Thor people giving Government cause for displeasure, or in case of their
showing any want of loyalty and refusing to carry out orders, it will rest with
Government to impose any further tax or service which it may consider necessary.
This paper signed by
Political Agent,

Gilgit, on behalf of the Government of India, and by

Wazir-i-Wazarat,

Frontier Districts, Gilgit, on behalf of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu

and Kashmir on the day of is given to the people of Thor
as a sanad.
 PART II.

Treaties, Engagements and Sanads

relating to

Sikkim.
TKKIM is called Rong by the Lepcha, and by the Tibetans Drendzong,
the land or valley of rice. The name Sikkim is apparently derived
from two nimbu words meaning " New Palace," and refers to the new
Kingdom founded by Penchoo Nam Gyal.
The boundary with Tibet was defined in Article 1 of the Anglo-Chinesc
Convention of the 17th March 1890 (No. IV); and that with Nepal is a
continuation southward of that boundary. On the east the river T)e-chu
or Dik-chu, rising in Mount Gipmochi, practically separates Sikkim from
Bhutan.
The ruling family of Sikkim trace their descent from one Gura Tasbe
who settled at Lhasa at the beginning of the sixteenth century. His
son Jo-khye Bumsa took up his residence in Chumbi, whence his three
sons migrated to Gangtok in Sikkim. One of these, Mipon-rab, had a
son known as Guru Tashe, whose grandson, Phun-tsho-Nam Gval
(Penchoo Namgya) was born about 1604. Some thirty years later, three
celebrated Lamas came by different routes into Sikkim, where they met
and discussed plans for the conversion of the people to Buddhism. They
eventually sent a messenger to search for a man named Penshoo: who
was found at Gangtok, in the person of Phun-tsho-Nam Gyal, and was
proclaimed King of Sikkim by the three Lamas.
The accession of Phun-tsho-Nam Gyal, the first Raja of Sikkim, is
said to have occurred in 1641: and for the next 150 years the succession
passed from father to son. During the reign of the first Raja's fifth
successor, Ten-zin-Nam Gyal, Nepalese inroads into Sikkim resulted in
their overrunning the country as far eastward as the Tista River in-
cluding the Morang or Tarai at the foot of the bills
Ten-zin-Nam Gyal died in 1793 and was succeeded by his son Chug-
phui-Nam Gyal. Shortly after his accession, war broke out between
( 51)
 SIKKIM.

Nepal and China, in the course of which the Nepalese established them-
selves firmly in Sikkim south and west of the Tista River.

British relations with Sikkim began at the outbreak of the war with
Nepal in 1814, after the conclusion of which the East India Company,
by a Treaty (No. I) concluded in 1817, restored to the Raja of Sikkim
the territory that had been wrested from him and his predecessor by th6e
Nepalese.
In 1825 or 1826 the Prime Minister of Sikkim, maternal uncle of
Raja Chug-Phui-Nam Gyal, was murdered by the Raja's orders: and
the Prime M[inister's cousin, fearing a like fate, took refuge in Nepal
with some 800 of his Lepcha tribesmen. Shortly after this a boundary
dispute occurred between Nepal and Sikkim, in connexion with which
two British officers were deputed to the Sikkim frontier. Attracted
by the position of Darjeeling, these officers brought it to the notice of
the Governor-General: and it was resolved that, on the first convenient
occasion, negotiations should be opened with the Ruler of Sikkim for
the cession of Darjeeling in return for a money payment or an equivalent
in lands elsewhere. This opportunity occurred in 1834-35, when the
Lepcha refugees in Nepal made an inroad into the Sikkim Tarai. The
refugees were obliged to return to Nepal, and the negotiations ended in
the unconditional cession of the Darjeeling tract under a Deed of Grant
(No. II), dated February 1835.
In 1841 the Company granted an allowance of Rs. 3,000 a year to
the Maharaja as compensation for the cession of Darjeeling, and in 1846
increased this sum to Rs. 6,000 a year.
The settlement of Darjeeling advanced rapidly, chiefly by immigra-
tion from the neighbouring States of Nepal, Sikkim and Bhutan, in all
of which slavery was prevalent. The increased importance of Darjeel-
ing, under free institutions, was a source of early and constant jealousy
and annoyance to the Diwan Namgay, who was himself the monopolist
of all trade in Sikkim, and this feeling was shared by the Lamas and
other principal people in the country, who lost their rights over slaves
settling as British subjects in British territory. On several occasions
British subjects were kidnapped and sold into slavery, and there were
frequent refusals of aid in the capture and surrender of criminals. There
had always been an arrangement for a mutual exchange of escaped slaves
between Sikkim and Bhutan, and Dr. Campbell, the Superintendent of
Darjeeling, was constantly importuned by the Maharaja and his Diwan
to persuade the British Government to make a similar arrangement with
Sikkim: a request which was, of course, steadily refused.
In 1849 Dr. Hooker and Dr. Campbell, while travelling in Sikkim
with the permission of Government and of the Maharaja, were suddenly
 SIKKIM.

seized and made prisoners. The object was to force Dr. Campbell to
relinquish claims for the surrender of criminals; to make him agree to
the dictation of the Diwan regarding the surrender of escaped slaves;
and to detain him until these conditions should be sanctioned by Gov-
ernment. A pronouncement by the Governor-General that, if any con-
cessions were extorted from the prisoners, these would not be confirmed
by the British' Government, and that the Maharaja would answer wit
his own head for any injury done to them, resulted in their release in
December 1849.
In February 1850 an avenging force crossed the Great Rangit river
into Sikkim. The expedition resulted in the stoppage of the annual
allowance of Rs. 6,000 enjoyed by the Maharaja, and the annexation of
the Sikkim Tarai and the portion of the Sikkim hills bounded by the
Rammam river on the north, the Great Rangit and the Tista on the east,
arid the Nepal frontier on the west. This new territory was put under
the management of the Superintendent of Darjeeling; the Diwan was
dismissed from office, and for some years matters proceeded smoothly.
Later, however, the Diwan again worked his way into power through his
wife, an illegitimate daughter of the Maharaja, and the kidnapping of
British subjects was resumed without the possibility of obtaining redress.
In April and May 1860 two aggravated cases of kidnapping occurred:
and, all ordinary efforts to procure reparation having failed, the Gov-
ernor-General in Council resolved to occupy the territory of the Maharaja
lying to the north of the Rammam river and to the west of the Great
Rangit, and to retain it until British subjects were restored, the offenders
given up, and security obtained against a recurrence of similar offences.
On the 1st November 1860, the Superintendent of Darjeeling crossed the
Rammam with a small force, and advanced as far as Rinchingpung, but
was eventually forced to fall back on Darjeeling. A stronger force was
then despatched under command of Lieuienant-Colonel Gawler, accom-
panied by the Hon. Ashley Eden as Envoy and Special Commissioner.
The force advanced to the Tista, when the Sikkimese acceded to the
terms dictated by the Governor-General: and on the 28th March 1861
a new Treaty (No. III) was concluded with the heir apparent, Sidkyong
Nam Gyal, as his father, Maharaja Chug-phui-Nani Gyal, who had taken
refuge at Chumbi in Tibet, was afraid to come over. By Article 7 of
this Treaty the ex-Diwan Namgay was exiled from Sikkim and took
up his residence at Chumbi.
. Chug-phui-Nam Gyal died in 1863 and was succeeded by his son
Sidkyong Nam Gyal, to whom the annual allowance of Rs. 6,000, forfeit-
ed in 1850, was restored as an act of grace. In 1868 4t was increased t'
Rs. 9,000, and in 1873 to Rs. 12,000, on the understanding that it was
granted without any reference to the increased value of Darjeeling and
purely as a mark of consideration for the Maharaja.
 SIKKIM.

Tn 1867 the Ruler of Sikkim was granted a permanent salute of

15 guns.
In 1868 the Maharaja asked permission for the return of the ex-
Diwan Namgay, but the request was refused as being contrary to
Article 7 of the treaty of 1861 and likely to lead to intrigues for the
succession.
Sidkyong Nam Gyal died in 1874 and was succeeded by his half-
brother Thothub Namgyal. Intrigues were set on foot in order to set aside
his succession in favour of another half-brother, Tinle Nam Gyal: or at
least to obtain recognition of Tinle's right to succeed Thothub, to the ex-
clusion of the latter's sons. The chief authors of these intrigues were
Tingle's mother Men-chli, and the ex-Diwan Namgay: and they con-
tinued, though without success, until Namgay's death in 1888. Tinle
Nam Gyal was forbidden to return to Sikkim without the permission of
the Government of India: and he continued to reside in Tibet until fiis
death in 1919.
. Some complications, which had arisen as far back as 1872 between one
Lachhmi Das Pradhan, the head of the Nepalese Newars in Darjeeling,
and the Lasso Kazi, the Sikkim Vakil in Darjeeling, but had been
smoothed over, again became prominent in 1878, so that in November
of that year the Maharaja came to Kalimpong to meet the Lieutenant-
Governor of Bengal. The question of Nepalese settling in Sikkim was
there discussed, and Nepalese settlers were admitted in certain parts
under certain restrictions; but, owing to the intrigues of the exiled Diwan
Namgay, the Dorji Lopen of Pemionchi and Norden Gelong, tahsildar
at Kalimponv, this agreement did not work well, and subsequent events
culminated in the disturbances and fight at Rhenok in 1880. Mr. A. W.
Paul was then sent to settle matters at Tumlong, and a fresh agreement
was drawn up and promulgated on the 14th April 1880. This, with
some slight modifications arranged by the Phodang Lama and the Dorji
Lopen, worked well.
Thothub Namgyal remained in Sikkim until 1884, when he went to
Chumbi. Ie was still at Chumbi in 1886, and was requested to remain
there while the Macaulay Mission was in progress. After the withdrawal
of the Mission, the Tibetans advanced into Sikkim and built a fort at
Lingtu, which they persistently refused to evacuate. The Government
of India then called upon Thothub Namgyal to return to Sikkim; but,
in spite of remonstrances and the stoppage of his allowance, he did not
do so until December 1887, when he returned to Gangtok, having in the
meantime made an agreement with the Tibetans at a place called Galing,
In March 1888 the Sikkim expeditionary force was sent against Lingtu,
which the Tibetans were compelled to evacuate, and in September the
campaign ended with the complete expulsion of the Tibetans across the
Jelap La.
 SIKKIM.

In December 1888 an attempt was made to settle the Sikkim-Tibet

dispute by negotiations with the Chinese Resident in Tibet. This failed;
but a fresh attempt was made in 1889, which resulted in a Convention
(No. IV) signed in Calcutta on the 17th March 1890.
In June 1889 Mr. J. C. White was appointed Political Officer at
Gangtok to advise and assist the Maharaja in his administration. A
representative council selected from the chief men in Sikkim was also
established.
In March 1892 the Maharaja secretly left Pemionchi, where he had
recently been staying, with the intention of proceeding to Tibet. On
entering Nepal the party was, however, stopped and the Nepal Darbar
escorted them tback to British territory. The Maharaja was then in-
formed that, as he had declined to comply with the condi'xions prescribed
by the Government of India, he must remain out of power and under
surveillance. As, however, he subsequently expressed iY regret, he was
allowed to return to Gangtok in November 1895.
In December 1893, Regulations (No. V) regarding trade, commu-
nications and pasturage, were drawn up, to be appended to the Anglo-
Chinese Convention of 1890. They provided for the establishment of
a trade mart at Yatung, on the Tibetan side of the frontier: and this was
formally opened in 1894.
Thothub Namgyal had three sons: Tsotra Namgyal and Sidkeong
Namgyal by his first wife, and Tashi Namgyal by his second. His
eldest son, Tsotra Namgyal, had for a long time been residing in Tibet,
and refused to leave in spite of the Government of India's intimation
that, if he did not return to Sikkim, he would forfeit his right to the
succession. Finally, in February 1899, his younger brother Sidkeong
Namgyal was formally recognised as heir apparent. Tsotra Namgyal
is still in Tibet, and is not allowed to return to Sikkim without the per-
mission of the Government of India.
A boundary commission was appointed in 1895, but with no useful
results, as the Tibetan and Chinese authorities both refused to recognise
the line of demarcation fixed by the Anglo-Chinese Convention of 1890.
In May 1902 the Government of India decided to assert their treaty
rights in respect of the boundary by expelling any Tibetan posts and
officials found on the Sikkim side of the frontier. Mr. White accordingly
left Gangtok for the frontier on 15th June 1902, accompanied by a
military escort, expelled the Tibetan outposts and officials stationed at
Giaogong, and destroyed the Tibetan walls and block houses on the
British side of the frontier without any opposition. The party returned
in August 1902, after having traversed and surveyed the whole of the
boundary line north of Giaogong and the Donkia La and Lonak, and made
a complete and careful survey of the country on both sides of the frontier,
The Tibetan graziers and traders were permitted to remain, but were
informed that they had no rights within that area..
 SIKKIM.

In June 1903 the Government of India deputed a mission to Tibet

under Colonel Younghusband, to meet the Chinese and Tibetan repre-
sentatives in order to settle the long pending questions relating to the
Sikkim-Tibet boundary and trade facilities. The mission, of which Mr.
J. C. White, Political Officer, Sikkim, was a member, stayed for some
months at Khamba Jong. As it was impossible to induce the Tibetans
to negotiate there, the mission was forced to proceed to Chumbi, and
eventually, towards the end of March 1904, to Gyantse, which it reached
in April. In .Julv it moved forward to Lhasa, where in September a
treaty with Tibet was signed, and the mission then returned to India.
In June 1905 the Political Officer in Sikkim was authorised to convey
fo the Maharaj Kumar Sidkeong Namgyal the thanks of the Govern-
ment of India and their appreciation of the useful work done by him in
facilitating the passage of troops and supplies for the mission.
It had been arranged in June 1903 that the Political Officer in Sikkim,
who was formerly subordinate to the Bengal Government, should, during
the continuance of the Tibet mission, be subject to the direct control of
the Government of India in all matters relating to Tibet. All matters
itelating to the internal administration of the Sikkim State and its rela-
tions with the British Government were, however, dealt with by the
Bengal Government as before. At the close of the mission, the Gov-
ernment of India considered it desirable that tbhs arrangement should
be 'continued until matters affecting Chumbi and the trade route to
Tibet were finally settled.
In 1905 the Government of Bengal represented the unsatisfactory
nature of this arrangement and recommended the transfer of Sikkini
to the direct control of the Government of India. This view was
accepted, and on the 1st April 1906 control of the State of Sikkim
was for-mally transferred from the Government of Bengal to the Gov-
ernment of India.
In 1910 an extradition agreement was arranged between Sikkim and
Bhutan. It provided for the surrender by either State without objection,
or proof being demanded for their guilt, of persons charged with certain
specific offences in one State who might take refuge in the other, but
requisitions for the surrender of offenders were not valid unless signed
by the Political Officer in Sikkim. This arrangement received the
approval of the Government of India and was signed by the Maharajas
of both States.
Thothub Namgyal died on the 11th February 1914 and was succeeded
1by his second son Sidkeong Namgyal.
On the outbreak of the Great War the Maharaja of Sikkim offered
his personal services to the Crown and placed all the resources of his
State at the disposal of the Government.
 SIXIm. M7

Sidkeong Namgyal died unmarried on the 5th December 1914 and

was succeeded by his half-brother the present Maharaja Tashi Namgyal.
He was invested with full powers in April 1918, when the annual subsidy
of Rs. 12,000, which had been withheld since 1889, was restored.
The area of Sikkim is 2,818 square miles: the population, according
to the Census of 1921, 81,721: and the revenue Rs. 5,42,821.
The State maintains a force of 68 armed police.
 SIKKIM-NO. 1-1817.

No. I.

TREATY, COVENANT, or AGREEMENT entered into by CAPTAIN BARRE LATTER,

AGENT on the part of His EXCELLENCY the RIGHT HONORABLE the EARL
of MOIRA, K.G., GOVERNOR-GENERAL, &C., &C., &C., &C., and by NAZIR
CHAINA TENJIN and MACHA TEINBAH and LAMA DUCHIM LONGDOO, Depu-
ties on the part of the RAJAH of SIKKIMPUTTEE, being severally authorized
and duly appointed for the above purposes,-1817.

ARrIcLE 1.
The Honorable East India Company cedes, transfers, and makes over in full
sovereignty to the Sikkimputtee Rajah, his heirs or successors, all the hilly or
mountainous country situated to the eastward of the Mechi River and to the
westward of the Teesta River, formerly possessed and occupied by the Rajah
of Nepaul, but ceded to the Honorable East India Company by the Treaty of
peace signed at Segoulee.

ARTICLE 2.

The Sikkimputtee Rajah engages for himself and successors to abstain from
any acts of aggression or hostility against the Goorkhas or any other State.

ARTICLE 3.
That he will refer to the arbitration of the British Government any disputes
or qaestions that may arise between his subjects and those of Nepaul, or any
other neighbouring State, and to abide by the decision of the British Govern-
ment.

ARTICLE 4.

He engages for himself and successors to join the British Troops with the whole
of his Military Force when employed within the Hills, and in general to afford
the British Troops every aid and facility in his power.

ARTICLE 5.
That be will not permit any British subject, nor the subject of any European
and American State, to reside within his dominions, without the permission of
the English Government.

ARTICLE 6.
That he will immediatley seize and deliver up any dacoits or notorious ofienders
that may take refuge within his territories.
 SixkiM-No. 1-i8i7.

ARTICLE 7.
That he will not afford protection to any defaulters of revenue or other de
linquents when demanded by the British Government through their accredited
Agents.
ARTICLE 8.
That he will afford protection to merchants and traders from the Company's
Provinces, and he engages that no duties shall be levied on the transit of mer-
chandize beyond the established custom at the several golahs or marts.

ARTICLE 9.
The Honorable East India Company guarantees to the Sikkimputtee Rajah
and his successors the full and peaceable possession of the tract of hilly country
specified in the first Article of the 'present Agreement.

ARTICLE 10.
This Treaty shall be ratified and exchanged by the Sikkimputtee Rajah within
one month from the present date, and the counterpart, when confirmed by His
Excellency the Right Honorable the Governor-General, shall be transmitted to
the Rajah.

Dono at Titalya, this 10th day of February 1817, answering to the 9th of Phagoon
1873 S rmbut, and to the 30th of Maugh 1223 Bengallie.

BARRE LATTER.

NAZIR CHAINA TINJIN.

MACHA TIMBAH.

LAMA DUCHiM LONGADOC.

MOIRA.

N. B. EDMONSTONE.

AROD. SETON.

GEO. DOWDESWELL.

Ratified by the Governor-General in Council, at Fort William, this fifteenth

day of March, one thousand eight hundred and seventeen.

J. ADAM,
Acting Chief Secy. to Govt.
 SIKKIM-NOS. 1-1817 AND II--1835.

COpY of a SUNNUD granted to the RAJAH of SIKKIM, dated 7th April 1817.

The Honorable East India Company, in consideration of the services performed

by the Hill tribes under the control of the Rajah of Sikkim, and of the attach-
ment shown by him to the interest of the British Government, grants to the Sik-
kimputtee Rajah, his heirs and successors, all that portion of low land situated
eastward of the Meitchie River, and westward of the Maha Nuddee, formerly
possessed by the Rajah of Napaul, but ceded to the Honorable East India Com-
pany by the Treaty of Segoulee, to be held by the Sikkimputtee Rajah as a feu-
datory, or as acknowledging the supremacy of the British Government over the
said lands, subject to the following conditions :-
The British Laws and Regulations will not be introduced into the territories
in question, but the Sikkimputtee Rajah is authorized to make such laws and
regulations for their internal government, as 'are suited to the habits and customs
of the inhabitants, or that may be in force in his other dominions.
The Articles or Provisions of the Treaty signed at Titalya on the 10th Feb-
ruary 1817, and ratified by His Excellency the Right Honorable the Governor-
General in Council on the 15th March following, are to be in force with regard
to the lands hereby assigned to the Sikkimputtee Rajah, as far as they are appli-
cable to the circumstances of those lands.
It will be especially incumbent on the Sikkimputtee Rajah and his officers
to surrender, on application from the officers of the Honorable Company, all per-
sons charged with criminal offences, and all public defaulters who may take re-
fuge in the lands now assigned to him, and to allow the police officers of the British
Government to pursue into those lands and apprehend all such persons.
In consideration of the distance of the Sikkimputtee Rajah's residence from
the Company's Provinces, such orders as the Governor-General in Council may,
upon any sudden emergency, find it necessary to transmit to the local authori-
ties in the lands now assigned, for the security or protection of those lands, are
to be immediately obeyed and carried into execution in the same manner as com-
ing from the Sikkimputtee Rajah.
In order to prevent all disputes with regard to the boundaries of the low lands
granted to the Sikkimputtee Rajah, they will be surveyed by a British Officer,
and their limits accurately laid down and defined.

No. II.

TRANSLATION of the DEED of GRANT making over DARJEELING to the EAST INDIA
COMPANY, dated 29th Maugh, Sumbut 1891, A.D., 1st February 1835.
The Governor-General having expressed his desire for the possession of the
Hill of Darjeeling, on account of its cool climate, for the purpose of enabling the
servants of his Government, suffering from sickness, to avail themselv of its
 SIKKIM-NOS. 11-1835 AND 111-1861.

advantages, I, the Sikldmputtee Rajah, out of friendship to the said Governor-

General, hereby present Darjeeling to the East India Company, that is, all the
land south of the Great Runjeet River, east of the Balasur, Kahail, and Little
Runjeet Rivers, and west of the Rungno and Mahanuddi Rivers.

A. CAMPBELL,

Superintendent cf Darjeeling,'-
and in charge of Political relationN with Sikkim.

Seal of the Rajah

prefixed to the document.

No. III.

TREATY, CovEAN1r, or AGREEMENT entered into by the HONORABLE ASHLEY

EDEN, ENVoY and SPECIAL COMMISSIONER on the part of the BRITISH GOV-
ERNMENT, in virtue of ful' powers vested in him by the RIGHT HONORABLE
CHARLES, EARL CANNING, GOVERNOR-GENERAL in COUNCIL, and by His
HIGHNESS SEKEONG Kuzoo, MAHARAJAH of SIKKIM on his own part,-1861.

Whereas the continued depredations and misconduct of the officers and sub-
jects of the Maharajah of Sikkim, and the neglect of the Maharajah to afford satis-
faction for the misdeeds of his people have resulted in an interruption, for many
years past, of the harmony which previously existed between the British Govern-
ment and the Government of Sikkim, and have led ultimately to the invasion
and conquest of Sikkim by a British force; and whereas the Maharajah of Sikkim
has now expressed his sincere regret for the misconduct of his servants and sub-
jects, his determination to do all in his power to obviate future misunderstand-
ing, and his desire to be again admitted into friendship and alliance with the
British Government, it is hereby agreed as follows:-

1.
All previous Treaties made between the British Government and the Sikkim
Government are hereby formally cancelled.

2.
The whole of the Sikkim Territory now in the occupation of British forces
is restored to the Maharajah of Sikkim, and there shall henceforth be peace and
amity between the two States.
3.
The Maharajah of Sikkm undertakes, so far as is within his power, to restore
within one month from the date of signing this Treaty, all public property which
was abandoned by the detachment of British Troops at Rinchinpoong.
 SIKKIMI -NO. 111-186i.

4.
In indemnification of the expenses incurred in 1860 by the British Govern-
ment in occupying a portion of the territory of Sikkim as a means of enforcing
just claims which had been evaded by the Government of Sikkim, and as com-
pensation to the British subjects who were pillaged and kidnapped by subjects
of Sikkim, the Sikkim Government agrees to pay to the British authorities at
Darjeeling the sum of 7,000 (seven thousand) Rupees in the following instalments,
that is to say :-

Mlay 1st, 1861 1,000

Nov. 1st, 1861 3,000
May 1st, 1S62 . 3,000

As security for the due payment of this amount, it is further agreed that, in
the event of any of these instalments not being duly paid on the date appointed,
the Government of Sikkim shall make over to the British Government that por-
tion of its territory bounded on the south by the River Rummam, on the east
by the Great Runjeet River, on the north by a line from the Great Runjeet to
the Singaleelah Range, including the monasteries of Tassiding, Pemonchi, and
Changacheling, and on the west by the Singaleelah Mountain Range, and the
British Government shall retain possession of this territory and collect the revenue
thereof, until the full amount, with all expenses of occupation and collection,
and interest at 6 per cent. per annum, are realized.

5.
The Government of Sikkim engages that its subjects shall never again com-
mit depredations on British territory, or kidnap or otherwise molest British sub-
jects. In the event of any such depredation or kidnapping taking place, the
Government of Sikkim undertakes to deliver up all persons engaged in such mal
practice, as well as the Sirdars or other Chiefs conniving at or benefiting thereby.

6.
The Government of Sikkim will at all times seize and deliver up any crimi-
nals, defaulters, or other delinquents who may have taken refuge within its terri-
tory, on demand being duly made in writing by the British Government through
their accredited agents. Should any delay occur in complying with such demand,
the Police of the British Government may follow the person whose surrender
has been demanded into any part of the Sikkim territory, and shall, on showing
a warrant, duly signed by the British Agent, receive every assistance and protec-
tion in the prosecution of their object from the Sikkim officers.

Inasmuch as the late misunderstandings between the two Governments have

been mainly fomented by the acts of the ex-Dewan Namguay, the Government
of Sikkim engages that neither the said Namgnay, nor any of his blood relations,
 SIKK] M-NO. I11[--1861.

shall ever again be allowed to set foot in Sikkim, or to take part in tJie ouncils
of, or hold any office under, the Maharajah or any of the Maharajah's family at
Choombi.
8.
The Government of Sikkim from this date abolishes all restrictions on tra-
vellers and monopolies in trade between the British territories and Sikkim. There
shall henceforth be a free reciprocal intercourse, and full liberty of commerce
between the subjects of both countries ; it shall be lawful for British subjects to
go into any part of Sikkim for the purpose of travel or trade, and the subjects
of all countries shall be permitted to reside in and pass throughSikkim, and to
expose their goods for sale at any place and in any manner that may best suit
their purpose, without any interference whatever, except as is hereinafter pro-
vided.
9.
The Government of Sikkim engages to afford protection to all travellers, mer-
chants, or traders of all countries, whether residing in, trading in, or passing
through Sikkim. If any merchant, traveller, or trader, being a European
British subject, shall commit any offence contrary to the laws of Sikkim, such
person shall be punished by the representative of the British Government resident
at Darjeeling, and the Sikkim Government will at once deliver such offender over
to the British authorities for this purpose, and will, on no account, detain such
offender in Sikkim on any pretext or pretence whatever. All other British sub-
jects residing in the country to be liable to the laws of Sikkim ; but such persons
shall, on no account, be punished with loss of limb, or maiming, or torture, and
every case of punishment of a British subject shall be at once reported to Dar-
eeling.
10.
No duties or fees of any sort shall be demanded by the Sikkim Government
of any person or persons on account of goods exported into the British territories
from Sikkim, or imported into Sikkim from the British territories.

11.

On all goods passing into or out of Thibet, Bhootan, or Nepaul, the Govern-
ment of Sikkim may levy a duty of customs according to such a scale as may,
from time to time, be determined and published, without reference to the desti-
nation of the goods, provided, however, that such duty shall, on no account, ex-
ceed 5 per cent. on the value of goods at the time and place of the levy of duty.
On the payment of the duty aforesaid a pass shall be given exempting such goods
from liability to further payment on any account whatever.

12.
With the view to protect the Government of Sikkim from fraud on account
of undervaluation for assessment of duty, it is agreed that the custom officers
 SIKKIM-NO. 111-1861.

shall have the option of taking over for the Government any goods at the value
affixed on them by the owner.

13.
In the event of the British Government desiring to open out a road through
Sikkim, with the view of encouraging trade, the Sikkim Government will raise
no objection thereto, and will afford every protection and aid to the party engaged
in the work. If a road is constructed, the Government of Sikkim undertakes
to keep it in repair, and to erect -Lnd maintain suitable travellers' rest-houses
throughout its route.
14.
If the British Government desires to make either a topographical or geolo-
gical survey of Sikkim, the Sikkim Government will raise no objection to this
being done, aild will afford protection and assistance to the officers employed in
this duty.
15.
Inasmuch as many of the late misunderstandings have bad their foundation
in the custom which exists in Sikkim of dealing in slaves, the Government of Sik-
kim binds itself, from this date, to punish severely any person trafficking in human
beings, or seizing persons for the purpose of using them as slaves.

16.
Henceforth the subjects of Sikkim may transport themselves without let or
hindrance to any country to which they may wish to remove. In the same way
the Government of Sikkimn has authority to permit the subjects of other countries,
not being criminals or defaulters, to take refuge in Sikkim.

17.
The Government of Sikkim engages to abstain from any acts of aggression
or hostility against any of the neighbouring States which are allies of the British
Government. If any disputes or questions arise between the people of Sikkim
and those of neighbouring States, such disputes or questions shall be referred
to the arbitration of the British Government, and the Sikkim Government agrees
to abide by the decision of the British Government.

18.
The whole military force of Sikkim shall join and afford every aid and facility
to British Troops when employed in the Hills.

19.
The Government oi Sikkim will not cede or lease any portion of its territory
to any other State without the permission of the British Government.
 SIKKIM-NO. 111-1861.

20.
The Government of Sikkim engages that no armed force belonging to any
other country shall pass through Sikkim without the sanction of the British Gov-
er riment.
21.
Seven of the criminals, whose surrender was demanded by the British Gov-
ernment, having fled from Sikkim and taken refuge in Bhootan, the Government
of Sikkim engages to do all in its power to obtain the delivery of those persons
from the Bhootan Government, and in the event of any of these men again re-
turning to Sikkim, the Sikkim Government binds itself to seize them, and to make
them over to the British Authorities at Darjeeling without delay.

22.
With a view to the establishment of an efficient Government in Sikkim: and
to the better maintenance of friendly relations with the British Government,
the Maharajah of Sikkim agrees to remove the seat of his Government from Tbibet
to Sikkim, and reside there for nine months in the year. It is further agreed
that a Vakeel shall be accredited by the Sikkim Government, who shall reside
permanently at.Darjeeling.
423.
This Treaty, consisting of twenty-three Articles, being settled and concluded
by the Honorable Ashley Eden, British Envoy, and His Highness Sekeong Kuzoo
Sikkimputtee, Maharajah, at Tumloong, this 28th day of March 1861, corre-
sponding with 17th Dao Neepoo 61, Mr. Eden has delivered to the Maharajah a
copy of the same in English, with translation in Nagri and Bhootiah, under the
seal and signature of the said Honorable Ashley Eden and His Highness the Sik-
kimputtee Maharajah, and the Sikkimputtee Maharajah has in like manner deli-
vered to the said Hon'ble Ashley Eden another copy also in English, with tran-
slation in Nagri and Bhootiah, bearing the seal of His Highness and the said Hon'ble
Ashley Eden. The Envoy engages to procure the delivery to His Highness, within
six weeks from this date, of a copy of this Treaty duly ratified by His Excellency
the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council, and this Treaty shall in
the meantime be in full force.
SEKEONG Kuzoo SIKKIMPUTTEE.

ASHLEY EDEN,
Envoy.
CANNING.

Ratified by His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in

Council at Calcutta on the sixteenth day of April 1861.
C. U. AITCHISON,
Under-Secy. to the Govt. of India.
 BIKKIM-NO. IV-1890,

No. IV.

CONVRNTION between GREAT BRITAIN and CHINA relating to SIKKIM and TiBEr,
-1890.

Whereas Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland, Empress of India, and His Majesty the Emperor of China, are sin-
cerely desirous to maintain and perpetuate the relations of friendship and good
understanding which now exists between their respective Empires; and whereas
recent occurrences have tended towards a disturbance of the said relations, and
it is desirable to clearly define and permanently settle certain matters connected
with the boundary between Sikkim and Tibet, Her Britannic Majesty and His
Majesty the Emperor of China have resolved to conclude a Convention on this
subject and have, for this purpose, named Plenipotentiaries, that is to say :
Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, His Excellency the Most
Hon'ble Henry Charles Keith Petty Fitzmaurice, G.M.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.M.I.E,,
Marquess of Lansdowne, Viceroy and Governor-General of India.
And His Majesty the Emperor of China, His Excellency Sh~ng Tai, Imperial
Associate Resident in Tibet, Military Deputy Lieutenant-Governor.
Who having met and communicated to each other their full powers, and find-
ing these to be in proper form, having agreed upon the fcllowing Convention in
eight Articles :-
1. The boundary of Sikkim and Tibet shall be the crest of the mountain range
separating the waters flowing into the Sikkim Teesta and its affluents from the
waters flowing into the Tibetan Mochu and northwards into other rivers of Tibet.
The line commences at Mount Gipmochi on the Bhutan frontier and follows the
abovementioned water-parting to the point where it meets Nipal territory.
2. It is admitted that the British Government, whose protectorate over the
Sikkim State is hereby recognised, has direct and exclusive control over the in-
ternal administration and foreign relations of that State, and except through
and with the permission of the British Government, neither the Ruler of the State
nor any of its officers shall have official relations of any kind, formal or informal,
with any other country.
3. The Government of Great Britain and Ireland and the Government of
China engage reciprocally to respect the boundary as defined in Article 1, and
to prevent acts of aggression from their respective sides of the frontier.
4. The question of providing increased facilities for trade across the Sikkim-
Tibet frontier will hereafter be discussed with a view to a mutually satisfactory
arrangement by the High Contracting Powers.
5. The question of pasturage on the Sikkim side of the frontier is reserved
for further examination and future adjustment.
 SIKKIM-NOS. IV-1890 AND V-1893.

6. The High Contracting Powers reserve for discussion and arrangement the
method in which official communications between the British authorities in India
and the authorities in Tibet shall be conducted.
7. Two Joint Commissioners shall, within six months from the ratification of
this Convention, be appointed, one by the British Government in India, the other
by the Chinese Resident in Tibet. The said Commissioners shall meet and discuss
the questions which by the last three preceding Articles have been reserved.
8. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be ex-
changed in London as soon as possible after the date of the signature thereof.
In witness whereof the respective negotiators have signed the same and affixed
thereunto the seals of their arms.
Done in quadruplicate at Calcutta this seventeenth day of March in the year
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety, corresponding with the Chinese
date the twenty-seventh day of the second moon of the sixteenth year of Kuang
Hsu.

LANSDOWNE.

CHINESE SEAL AND SIGNATURE.

No. V.

REGULATIONS regarding TRADE, and PASTURAGE (to be appended

COMMUNICATION,
to the SIKKIm-TIBET CONVENTION of 1890),-1893.

I.-A trade-mart shall be established at Yatung on the Tibetan side of the

Trade, frontier, and shall be open to all British subjects
for purposes of trade from the first day of May
1894. The Government of India shall be free to send officers to reside at Yatung
to watch the conditions of British trade at that mart.
II.-British subjects trading at Yatung shall be at liberty to travel freely to
and fro between the frontier and Yatung, to reside at Yatung, and to rent houses
and godowns for their own accommodation and the storage of their goods. The
Chinese Government undertake that suitable buildings for the above purposes
shall be provided for British subjects, and also that a special and fitting residence
shall be provided for the officer or officers appointed by the Government of India
under Regulation I to reside at Yatung. British subjects shall be at liberty to
sell their goods to whomsoever they please, to purchase native commodities in
kind or in money, to hire transport of any kind, and in general to conduct their
business transaotions in conformity with local usage, and without any vexatious
restrictions. Such British subjects shall receive efficient protection for their
persons and property. At Lang-jo and Ta-chun, between the frontier and
 SIKKIM-NO. V-1893.

Yatung, where rest-houses have been built by the Tibetan authorities, British
subjects can break their journey in consideration of a daily rent.
III.-Import and export trade in the following articles :-
arms, ammunition, militafy stores, salt, liquors, and intoxicating or narcotic
drugs,
may at the option of either Government be entirely prohibited, or permitted only
on such conditions as either Government on their own side may think fit to im-
pose.
IV.-Goods, other than goods of the descriptions enumerated in Regulation
III, entering Tibet from British India, across the Sikkim-Tibet frontier, or vice
versti, whateVer their origin, shall be exempt from duty for a period of five years
commencing from the date of the opening of Yatung to trade ; but after the ex-
piration of this term, if found desirable, a tariff may be mutually agreed upon
and enforced.
Indian tea may be imported into Tibet at a rate of duty not exceeding that
at which Chinese tea is imported into England, but trade in Indian tea shall not
be engaged in during the five years for which other commodities are exempt.
V.-All goods on arrival at Yatung, whether from British India or from Tibet,
must be reported at the Customs Station there for examination, and the report
must give full particulars of the description, quantity, and value of the goods.
VI.-In the event of trade disputes arising between British and Chinese or
Tibetan subjects in Tibet, they shall be enquired into and settled in personal
conference by the Political Officer for Sikkim and the Chinese Frontier Officer.
The object of personal conference being to ascertain facts and do justice ; where
there is a divergence of views the law of the country to which the defendant be-
longs shall guide.
VII.- -Despatches from the Government of India to the Chinese Imperial
Resident in Tibet shall be handed over by the
C i Political Officer for Sikkim to the Chinese Fron-

tier Officer, who will forward them by special courier.

Despatches from the Chinese Imperial Resident in Tibet to the Government
of India will be handed over by the Chinese Frontier Officer to the Political Officer
f or Sikkim, who will forward them as quickly as possible.
VIii. -- Despatches between the Chinese and Indian officials must be treated
with due respect, and couriers will be assisted in passing to and fro by the Officers
of each Government.
IX.- After the expiration of one year from the date of the opening of Yatung,
such Tibetans as continue to graze their cattle
ptt e
e. in Sikkim will be subject to such Regulations as

the British Government may from time to time enact for the general conduct
of grazing in Sikkim. Due notice will be given of such Regulations.
 SIKKIM-NO. V-1893.

GENERAL ARTICLES.

I.-In the event of disagreement between the Political Officer for Sikkim
and the Chinese Frontier Officer, each official shall report the matter to his imme-
diate superior, who, in turn, if a settlement is not arrived at between them, shall
refer such matter to their respective Governments for disposal.
I.-After the lapse of five years from the date on which these Regulations
shall come into force, and on six months' notice given by either party, these Reg-
ulations shall be subject to revision by Commissioners appointed on both sides
for this purpose who shall be empowered to decide on and adopt such amendments
and extensions as experience shall prove to be desirable.
III.-It having been stipulated that Joint Commissioners should be appointed
by the British and Chinese Governments under the seventh article of the Sikkim-
Tibet Convention to meet and discuss, with a view to the final settlement of the
questions reserved under articles 4, 5 and 6 of the said Convention; and the Com-
missioners thus appointed having met and discussed the questions referred to,
namely, Trade Communication and Pasturage, have been further appointed to
sign the agreement in nine Regulations and three general articles now arrived
at, and to declare that the said nine Regulations and the three general articles
form part of the Convention itself.
In witness whereof the respective Commissioners have hereto subscribed their
names.
Done in quadruplicate at Darjeeling this 5th day of December, in the year
one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, corresponding with the Chinese
date the 28th day of the 10th moon of the 19th year of Kuang HsUi.

Ho CHANG-JUNG, A. W. PAUL,

British Commissioner.
JAMES H. HART,
Chinese Commissioner.

The 5th December 1893.

 PART III.

Treaties, Engagements and Sanads

relating to the

Territories comprised within the Province of

Assam
and to the

States, etc., in Political Relations with

the
Government of India
through the

Government of Assam.
I.-ASSAM-General

T IfE history of Assam may be said to begin with the invaslon of the
country by the Ahoms in the year 1228. The Ahoms were Shans
from the Northern and Eastern hill tracts of Upper Burma and Western
Yunnan. They gradually extended their power, overthrowing the
Chutia dominion in Upper Assam early in the sixteenth century and
annexing their country, and defeating the Kacharis and expelling them
from the Assam Valley about the middle of the seventeenth century.
The expelled Kachari ruler married a daughter of the Tripura Raja and
received the valley of Cachar as her dowry.
The Assam Valley was several times invaded by the Muhammadans,
generally with initial success and ultimate failure. The last of these
invasions was undertaken in 1660 by Mir Jumla, who captured the Ahom
capital, but in 1662, owing to sickness and discontent among his troops,
was obliged to retire. When in 1682 the Moghul general Manzur Khan
carried the last Koch King, Surya Narayan, a prisoner to Delhi, and
(71
 ASSAM.

the Koch monarchy fell, the Rajas of Darrang and Bijni became
tributary to the Ahom Kings of Assam. When Rudra Singh, the
greatest of the Ahom Kings, ascended the throne in 1696, his dominions
,.omprised the whole of the Brahmaputra Valley except a strip of
submontane territory claimed by the Bbutias.

During the reign of Gaurinath Singh, who succeeded to the Abom

throne in 1780, there occurred a formidable rising of the Moamarias, a
powerful religious sect inhabiting a tract of country then called Matak
(now comprised in the Lakhimpur District). Gaurinath applied for aid
t.o Mr. Raush, a farmer of salt revenue at Goalpara, who sent a body
of retainers, but these were destroyed by the Moamarias: and the Raja
of Darrang took advantage of Gaurinath's difficulties to attack Gauhati.
Gaurinath sent a deputation to Calcutta, to ask for assistance from the
East India Company: and in 1792 a force, under the command of Cap-
tain Welsh, was sent to assist Gaurinath, with the result that the
Moamarias and the Raja of Darrang were defeated and the whole
Valley reduced to obedience.

Captain Welsh concluded a Commercial Agreement (No. I) with the

Raja in 1793; but this was never ratified nor published by the British
Government, who considered that the Raja's administration was not
strong enough to ensure its observance. Captain Welsh was recalled in
1794, and Gaurinath Singh died a few months later, his death marking
the beginning of the decay of the Ahom power.

Gaurinath Singh was succeeded by Kamaleswar Singh, who died in

1809 and was succeeded by his brother Chandra Kanta Singh. He
quarrelled with his Minister the Bura Gohain and applied for aid to the
Burmese, who entered Assam with a force with which the Assamese
were unable to cope. The Burmese, however, soon retired; whereupon
the Bura Gohain deposed Chandra Kanta Singh and set up Purandar
Singh in his place. Chandra Kanta Singh again appealed to the
Burmese, who sent an army and reinstated him in 1819; but he quar-
relled with the Burmese, who expelled him from Assam and took over
the country themselves. Chandra Kanta Singh took refuge with the
East India Company's officers at Goalpara.

In 1816, in consequence of numerous raids by the Garos on the

Bengal district of Rangpur, Mr. David Scott, the Magistrate of Rang-
pur, was deputed to report on the best means of preserving the peace of
fhe frontier. He found that the frontier zamindars had for the most part
su'ceeded in incorporating the border Garo villages in their zamindaris,
and had so far established their influence that several villages in the
interio paid them tribute. Mr. Scott proposed to separate from the
zamindars' control all the tributary Garos (from whom, and from the
 ASSAM.

independent villages beyond, the raids emanated) and to take them

under Government management, compensating the zamindars for any
losses sustained: to make the Chiefs of the villages thus brought under
British jurisdiction responsible for the peace and for the collection of
revenue: and to bring the submontane hats under Government control,
abolishing all duties thereat except upon independent Garos frequenting
them.
Mr. Scott's proposals were approved by the Company's Government,
and in 1817 the Garo Sardars of Tikri Duar executed an Agreement
(No. II) in accordance with them. Mr. Scott was appointed Special
Commissioner, his proposals being embodied in Regulation X of 1822,
which gave him authority to extend British administration over other
Garo communities which might be still independent. He proceeded to
conclude engagements with the independent Chiefs: and 121 of those
living west of the Someswari are said to have entered into terms with
him.

Up to 1822 the permanently settled area of what is now the Goalpar-,

district, consisting of the three thanas of Goalpara, Dhubri and Karai-
bari, had formed part of the Bengal district of lRangpur. By Regu-
lation X of 1822, this area was separated from the district of Rangpur,
exempted from the operation of the General Regulations, and subjected
to a special system of government along with the Garo Hills: Mr. Scott
being placed in charge of both.

The Burmese had conquered Manipur in 1819, when the ruling prince
Marjit, with his two brothers Chaurjit and Gamrbhir Singh, escaped to
Cachar and occupied that country, expelling its ruler Govind Chandra.
The Burmese, who were then also in possession of Assam, threatened to
annex Cachar; but this the Company's Government, seeing the danger
that it would cause to Sylhet, determined to prevent. An alliance with
the Manipuri brothers was first considered, but the overtures failed: and
it was then decided to take up the cause of the refugee Raja Govind
Chandra.

During the last years of Govind Chandra's rule, one of his officers,
Kacha Din, had rebelled and attempted to establish an independent gov-
ernment in the North Cachar Hills. He was captured and put to death
by Govind Chandra, but his son Tularam revived the rebellion, and in
1824 joined the Burmese in their attack on Cachar.
On the 5th March 1824 war was declared against Burma: and the
Company concluded treaties with Govind Chandra (No. III) and with
the Raja of Jaintia (No. IV) oni the 6th and 10th March respectively,
under which they were taken under British protection: Govind Chandra
 ASS".

agreeing to pay an annual tribute of Rs. 10,000, and the Raja of Jaintia
agreeing to assist the Company in the war against Burma.
The war with Burma was concluded by the Treaty of Yandabo
(see Burma, No. III), signed on the 24th February 1826, under Article 2
of which the King of Burma renounced all claims upon, and undertook
to abstain from all future interference with, Assam and its dependencies,
and the States of Cachar and Jaintia. Govind Chandra was reinstated
as Raja of Cachar; but in 1830 he was assassinated and, as he left no
heir, either natural or adopted, Cachar was annexed by proclamation
on the 14th August 1832.
The ejection of the Burmese from Assam left the Company masters
of the country, the administration of which was placed in the hands
of Mr. David Scott as Agent to the Governor-General, the district of
Goalpara being annexed to the new Province. On the 5th May 1826 he
concluded an Agreement (No. V) with the Chiefs of the Singphos, who
had fought on the side of the Burmese during the war. By this Agree-
ment. the Chiefs, who had been subjects of the Assam State, acknow-
ledged their subjection to its new masters. The Moamarias were left
under thgir own ruler, the Bar Senapati, who on the 13th May 1826
executed an Agreement (No. VI) acknowledging the supremacy of the
British Government and binding himself to supply 300 soldiers in time
of war: in return for which he received a Sanad. On the 15th May
1826 the Khamti Gohain, or Chief, of Sadiya signed an Agreement (No.
VII) by which he was confirmed as the Company's fendatory in posses-
sion of that district: and Sadiya was selected as the residence of the
Political Agent in Upper Assam.

. When the Ahom power began to decay in 1794, the Chiefs, or

Siems, of the Khasi Hill States established themselves in the plains
of Kamrup, in the tracts known as the Duars, paying only a nominal
allegiance to the Kings of Assam. On the acquisition of Assam by the
East India Company in 1826, it became an object with Mr. Scott to
establish communication through the hills with Sylhet: and, while the
new administration of Kamrup refused to recognise the right of' the
Khasi rulers to encroach on the plains of Assam, Mr. Scott was able to
induce Tirat Singh, Siem of Nongkhlaw, and to persuade other Siems,
to allow a road to be made through the hills vid Cherrapunji, Maw-
phlang and Nongkhlaw to Gauhati. For this purpose Agreements (No.
VIfI) were concluded in November 1826 with the Chiefs of Nongkhlaw
and Khyrim.
in 1829 a British survey party in the Khasi Hills was attacked at
the village of Nongkhlaw, when three Englishmen and about 50 or 60
Indians were massacred. This was followed by a general confederacy
 ASSAM.

of most of the neighbouring Chiefs against the British and by a long and
harassing war, which was not brought to a final conclusion until Tirat
Singh of Nongkhlaw submitted in 1833. Agreements were concluded
with the other Khasi Chiefs concerned in the rebellion, as soon as they
were reduced to submision (Nos. IX, XII-XVI, XVIII-XX): and a
military force was stationed at Cherrapunji, an Agreement (No. X)
being made in 1829 with the local Chief whereby he placed himself
under the protection of the Company and agreed (No. XI) to cede land
for the erection of the requisite buildings. In 1830 he ceded (No. X.VII)
further land for the same purpose.

In 1831 an attempt was made by Mr. Scott to compose the continual

disputes between the Garos and the Bijni Raja over certain lands in the
Duar6 from which the Garos alleged that the Raja was trying to oust
them. In that year he framed a deed called the bibhagnama patra
under which the Bijni Raja made over 21 plots of land in the Duars
to the Maharis (Garo Mitriar chates) concerned, through laskars who in
turn executed recognisance bonds in which they undertook to defend
the passes against any Garo inroads. Mr. Scott's arrangements did not,
however, prevent the recurrence of disputes.

In 1833 the districts of Sibsagar and Lakhimpur, north of the

Brahmaputra, were placed under the administration of Raja Purandar
Singh, who executed an Agreement (No. XXI) under which he under-
took to pay an annual tribute of IRs. 50,000. His administration, how-
ever, only lasted for five years; for in 1838 his tribute had fallen deeply
into arrears and he declared himself unable to carry on the administra-
tion any longer, and the Company resumed his territories. They were
annexed to Bengal by a proclamation issued in July 1839, which directed
that the two districts of Sibsagar and Lakhimpur should be administered
in the same nmanner as the districts of lower Assam.

In 1834 an Agreement (No. XXIII) was concluded with Tularam,

the ruler of North Cachar. As already mentioned, Tularam had rebelled
against Govind Chandra of Cachar, and had assisted the Burmese in the
war of 1824. When Govind Chandra was reinstated in 1826, Tularam
successfully held his own against him until, in 1829, Mr. Scott induced
Govind Chandra to assign to Tularam a tract of country in the hills and
to bind himself to leave him unmolested within those limits. After
the assassination of Govind Chandra in 1830, Tularam was a candidate
for the vacant Chiefship, but failed to establish his title. By his Agree-
ment of 1834 Tularam resigned all the Western portion of the tract
assigned to him by Govind Chandra and retained the Eastern portion,
bounded on the soutl by the Mahur River and the Naga Hills, on the
west by the Diyung, on the east by the Dhansiri and on.the north by the
 ASSAM.

Jamuna and the Diyung. For this he agreed to pay an annual tribute
of four pairs of elephants' tusks, su[bsequently commuted to a payment
of Rs. 490 a Year: and to receive a monthly pension of Rs. 50.

When Tirat Singh of Nongkhlaw, who had been the prime mover in
the Khasi Hills insurrection of 1829, surrendered in 1833, he was
imprisoned for life in Dacca jail: and, in 1834, the Chiefship of
Nongkhlaw was conferred on his nephew Rajan Singh. with whom an
Engagement (No. XXII) was made. The other Khasi States, which had
taken part in the insurrection and had subl.equently submitted, remained
true to their engagements with the exception of the minor State of
Rambrai, whose people again rebelled in 1831, murdered their ruler, and
made a raid on the plains of Kamrup. Rambrai was invaded by British
troops and a fine of IRs. 4,000 was imposed, to be liquidated by annual
instalnients of Rs. 100. An Agreement to this effect must have been
executed in 1831, but neither the original nor a copy is extant: and, in
January 1835, another Agreement (No. XXIV) was taken from the
S'ardars of Rambrai, under which they acknowledged their submission to
the Company and undertook to pay a yearly sum of Rs. 200 in commuta-
tion of a debt of Rs. 8,485-13-0 due to the Company.

Later in the same month a, new Agreement (No. XXV) was entered
:nto with the Bar Senapati of the Moamarias, by which his obligation
under the Agreement of 1826 (No. VI) to supply 300 soldiers in time of
war was commuted to a money payment of Rs. 1,800 -a year. The Bar
Senapati died in 1839: and, as his successor refused the terms offered
tc him, the Company azsumed the administration of the country in 1842
and gave pensions to the members of the family.

The State of Jaintia was annexed in 1S35 as the result of an outrage

that occurred in 1832: when, under the orders of the heir apparent
Rajendra Singh, four British subjects were seized by the Chief of Gobba
and three of them were sacrified to Kali, the tutelary goddess of the
Raja's family. The fourth escaped and gi'\-e information of the out-
rage, whereon the Britih Government demanded the surrender of the
culprits. .egotiations continued for two years without result: but
when, in 1832, the Raja died and was succeeded [by Rajendra Singh, it
was resolved to punish him by dispossessing him of his possessions in the
plains. On the 15th March 1835 the plains territory was annexed by
proclamation, and in April the district of Gobha was also annexed.
Rajendra Singh declared hinself unwilling to continue in possession of
his hill territory, over which he had little control: and this also was
included in the Company's dominions.

In 1836 a fresh Agreement (No. XXVI) was taken from a number

of Singpho Chiefs. It was practically in the same terms as the previous
 ASSAM.

one of 1826 (No. V); but, three years later, the Singphos joined the
Khamtis in their attack on Sadiya, and were not again brought to
terms until 1842.

In 1839 the last of the rebellious Khasi Chiefs surrendered, when the
Chief of Maharam, who had been a fugitive since the collapse of the
insurrection of 1829, sued for pardon and entered into an Agreement
(No. XXVII). In the same year the portion of North Cachar that had
not been included'in Tularam's dominions under the Agreement of 1834
(No. XXIII) was annexed to the district of Nowgong.

In 1840 the Cherra Raja granted (No. XXVIII) to the East India
Company a perpetual lease of the coal hills of Cherrapunji and confirmed
(No. XXIX) a perpetual lease of the Bairangpunji coal mines granted
by the local Sardars: the Company agreeing, in both cases, to pay the
lessors one rupee per hundred maunds of coal broken at the places
leased. An Agreement (No. XXX) was entered into in 1841 with the
Chief of Jirang, by which he undertook to keep in repair the roads and
bridges in his State.

In 1839 the Khamti Gohain, who had signed the Agreement of 1826
(No. VII), died: and his death was followed by a sudden attack on
Sadiya, in which the Singphos joined, and the murder of the Political
Agent and several of his guards and attendants. Hostilities followed,
and the son of the Gohain was exiled with his followers to Narayanpur
on the Dikhrang, in the west of the Lakhimpur district, where the
colony still exists. The State of Sadiya was incorporated with the rest
of the Province by a proclamation issued in 1842. In 1843 other Khamti
Chiefs surrendered on conditions (No. XXXI) and were allowed to settle
about Sadiya.
For many years previous to 1829 the Tagi Raja, the Chief of the
Kovatsun (known to the Assamese as Kopaschor) Akas had given much
trouble by robberies and murders in the plains.. He was captured in
1829 and lodged in the Gauhati jail, but was released in 1832, when he
immediately resumed his attacks. In 1835 he massacred all the inhabi-
tants of the British village and police outpost of Balipara : and for seven
years after this he evaded capture, his tribe remaining outlawed in the
hills. In 1842 he surrendered, and it was decided to use his influence
with the other Chiefs to secure the peace of the border. Agreements
were made in 1844 with him (No. XXXII) and with the other Chiefs
of the Kovatsun and Kutsun (known to the Assamese as Hazarikhoa)
Akas (No. XXXIII) under which a yearly pension of Rs. 520 was
allotted to the Kovatsuns, and of Rs. 180 to the Kutsuns. The Tagi
Raja's Agreement mentions a previous one, entered into by him in
January 1842, but of this no copy appears to be extant. Some of the
 ASSAm.

Sher Dukpen section of the Bhutia tribesmen were implicated in the Aka
attack upon Balipara, and with them also an Agreement (No. XXXIV)
was made in 1844.
In 1842 the Kamrup and Darrang Duars were incorporated in British
territory (see Vol. XIV, Bhutan).
In 1850 Tularam, the ruler of North Cachar, died. His sons
Nakulram and Brajanath held the country for 2- years after his death,
when Nakulram was killed in a fight in the Naga Hills: and in 1854
the tract was resumed by the East India Company, the surviving
members of Tularam's family receiving pensions. North Cachar was
placed in charge of an officer stationed at Asalu until 1866, when it was
divided between the Jaintia and Khasi Hills, South Cachar and Now-
gong: and that portion of Nowgong lying to the west of the Dhansiri,
and the country on both banks of the Diyung, were amalgamated with
part of the Naga Hills into the Naga Hills (administered) district, with
its headquarters at Samaguting on the edge of the country of the Angami
Nagas.
In May 1851 the Wahadadars of the Khasi State of Shella submitted
a petition to the Political Agent, asking his assistance in controlling an
unruly section of their subjects, which he promised in a parwana
(No. XXXV): and in September 1852 a dispute as to the succession
in the Khasi State of Maharam was settled by the issue of a parwana
(No. XXXVI) to the successful claimant.
In 1852 one of the Tibetan officials appointed to supervise the people
in the Bhutia tribal area of Sher Chokpa took refuge in British territory
and his surrender was demanded by the Tibetans, who moved an armed
force to the frontier, but eventually retired without fighting. The
fugitive official was removed to Gauhati and a Treaty (No. XXXVII)
was concluded in January 1853 with the Bhutia Chiefs concerned.
In 1856 a dispute occurred regarding the succession in the Khasi
State of Nongkhlaw. One of the claimants died before the dispute had
been settled: and as the other, by name Bor Singh, was considered to
have no family claims and was objected to by many of the Sardars, the
Company's Government took over the administration of the State. It
was, however, subsequently decided that a Chief should be chosen by
the assembled Myntris and heads of clans. Their choice fell on Bor
Singh, whose accession was recognised under certain conditions
(No. XXXVIII). Similar conditions were also, in somewhat similar
circumstances, imposed on the Chiefs of Mylliem and Bhowal. In
March 1857 a rather peculiar arrangement was made regarding the suc-
cession to the Khasi State of Mawlong, a parwana (No. XXXIX) being
issued authorising the two sons of the late Chief to conduct the adminis-
tration of the State, by iurns. for one year each.
 ASSAM.

A series of outrages by the Abors led to the despatch of punitive

expeditions in 1858 and 1859, but the outrages continued, culminating
in 1861 in the massacre of the inhabitants of a Bihia village a few miles
from Dibrugarh on the south side of the Brahmaputra. This led to the
establishment of a line of frontier outposts, connected by a road, to
guard against such attacks: a policy which resulted in the submission
of the Minyang and Padam (then known as Bor) Abors, with whom
Agreements (Nos. XL and XLI) were signed in November 1862. In
January 1863 an Agreement, identical with that concluded with the
Minyang Abors (No. XL) was made with the Kebang Abors. Under the
provisions of these Agreements, the Government of India agreed to give
an annual subsidy in kind-salt, iron hoes, etc. In April 1866 an Agree-
ment (No. XLII) was concluded with the Padam (Bor) Abors, under
which they confirmed the Agreements of 1862 and 1863 on condition of
receiving an increased subsidy: which, in 1877, was commuted to a
money payment of Rs. 3,312.
In 1866, in consequence of constant raids by the Garos, due to the
attempts of the Mymensingh Zamindars to levy rents in the hills, the
Garo Hills were formed into a separate district and placed under the
charge of a special officer. In the same year, on the conclusion of the
Bhutan War, a strip of country was acquired, extending from Kamrup
on the east to Darjeeling on the west, and known as the Bhutan Duars.
This strip was divided into two districts, the Eastern and Western
Duars. In 1867 the Cooch, Behar Commissionership was formed and the
Goalpara district, including the Eastern Duars which were annexed to
it, and the Garo Hills, were separated from Assam and made part of
the new Commissionership. In 1868 the judicial administration of
Goalpara and the Garo Hills was removed from the Commissioner of
Cooch Behar and placed under the Judicial Commissioner of Assam; but
the executive control remained with the Commissioner of Cooch Behar.
In 1869 the Garo Hills Act (Act XXII of 1869) was passed, which
repealed Regulation X of 1822 and removed the whole district from the
operation of the General Regulations and Acts. A number of Garo
villages submitted peaceably; but, as the independent tribes in the
interior continued to raid those Garos who were British subjects, an
expedition was sent against them in 1872, which resulted in the sub-
jugation of the whole country.
Sukpilal, at that time the most important of the Lushai Chiefs,
committed a number of raids on British territory between 1862 and 1869.
&n attempt to open negotiations with him in 1864 failed, and a small
force sent against him in 1869 did not accomplish much. In December
1869 the Deputy Commissioner of Cachar visited the Lushai country at
the invitation of some of the Chiefs, and concluded an arrangement with
Sukpilal which, on the occasion of a second visit, was embodied in a
 ASSAM.

Sanad (No. XLIII) in January 1871. The result of these negotiations

could not be considered satisfactory; for, while the Deputy Commissioner
was actually in Sukpilal's village, the Lushais perpetrated the most
extensive series of raids they had hitherto attempted in Cachar and
Sylhet. A number of tea gardens were attacked, the manager of one of
these (Mr. Winchester) being killed and his daughter carried off a
prisoner. An expedition was sent against the Lushai country in 1871,
a number of Chiefs submitted, Mary Winchester was given up, and it
was decided that the Syihet and Cachar frontier should be protected by
a line of outposts.
In February 1874 Assam was made into a separate administration
under a Chief Commissioner, by the transfer from Bengal of Kamrup,
Darrang, Nowgong, Sibsagar, Lakhinipur, Goalpara (including the
Eastern Duars), the Garo Hills, Cachar, Jaintia and the Khasi Hills.
and the Naga Hills. In September of the same year the district of
Sylhet was transferred from Bengal to Assam.
After the establishment of the Naga Hills (administered) District in
1866, with headquarters at Samaguting, the Nagas gave no trouble until
February 1877, when the Angami Nagas of the village of Muzuina
raided a village in North Cachar, and refused to surrender the raiders.
An expedition was sent against them in the cold weather of 1877-78
and the village of Muzuma was burned. These events led to a review
of the position in the Naga Hills: and in 1878 it was decided to abandon
Samaguting and to fix the Political Officer's headquarters at Kohima.
In October 1879 the Political Officer, while on a visit to Khonoma, was
shot dead in front of the village gate. An expedition was immediately
despatched and Khonoma was taken in November; but the defenders
continued to hold a fort above the village, and in January 1880 a party
of them raided a tea garden in Cachar, killed the manager and sacked
the place. The fort surrendered in March, the offending villages were
fined and disarmed, and Khonoma was destroyed and its site occupied
by a British outpost. An agreement was taken from all the villages to
pay revenue in the shape of one maund of rice and one rupee per house,
to provide a certain amount of labour annually for State purposes, and
to appoint a headman who should be responsible for good order and for
carrying out the orders of Government. In February 1881 it was finally
decided that Kohima should be retained, a regiment permanently
stationed in the hills, and the district administered as British territory.
At the close of the Naga expedition of 1879-80, sanction was given to
the re-establishment of the subdivisional charge of North Cachar, where
no officer had been located since 1866: and the subdivision was opened in
December 1880. The tract has been removed from the jurisdiction of
the High Court and is administered under special rules framed by the
Assam Government under the Scheduled Districts Act, 1874 (Act XIV of
 ASSAM.

1874). At the end of 1881 a Cachari fanatic named Sanbhudan, who

claimed a mission to restore the ancient Cachari Kingdom, burned
Gunlong and attacked Maibong where the Deputy Commissioner was
encamped. The attack failed, but the Deputy Commissioner was
mortally wounded. Sanbhudan escaped and evaded capture until the
end of 1882 when he was rounded up and killed.

In 1874-75 the demarcation of the Aka frontier was undertaken: and

by this an extensive tract of forest and other land on the Bhorelli river,
claimed by the Kovatsun (Kopaschor) Akas, was included in British
territory. The new boundary was quietly accepted at the time, but was
in fact the cause of trouble that arose at the end of 1883: when the
Akas seized and imprisoned an Assamese gentleman who had visited the
country to obtain specimens for the Calcutta exhibition, and raided
Balipara. A punitive expedition was despatched which, after obtaining
a promise from the Aka Chiefs that they would come down after the rains
and submit, returned in January 1884. The Kutsun (HEazarikhoa) Akas
carried out this promise, but the Kovatsuns did not do so until January
1888, when they entered into an Agreement (No. XLIV) under which
their posa (stipend) was to be restored after two years' probation.
In 1876-77 fighting broke out between the eastern and western
Lushais. Each party asked for British intervention on its behalf, but
were told that the request could only be entertained on a joint applica-
tion for intervention. The western Lusbai Chief Sukpilal, who had re-
ceived the Sanad of 1871 (No. XLIII) died in 1880, and on his deoth the
quarrel between the eastern and western Chiefs broke out afresh. In
March 1888 a British survey party was cut up, a British officer and two
European sergeants being killed. While a punitive force was being
assembled in the following December, two serious raids were carried out
by the Lushais: and the expedition advanced to Lungleh, to which
place a road was constructed, and where a garrisoned post was estab-
lished and an Assistant Political Officer left in charge. The remainder
of the force retired in April 1889. During the ensuing cold whether
another force was sent against the northern Lushai Chiefs: the road was
continued beyond Lungleh and two garrisoned posts were established at
Aijal and Changsil; but the Chiefs could not bd induced to surrender.
A Political Officer was appointed in the North Lushai Hills and, on his
arrival at Fort Aijal in May 1890, he informed the Lushais that they
would have to pay tribute and supply labour. Owing, however, to the
weakness of the garrisons, he was not in a position to enforce his orders;
and the Lushais, being fully aware of this, refused to obey. In Septem-
ber 1890 the Political Officer was ambushed and mortally wounded, and
the forts at Aijal and Changsil were attacked. A new Political Officer
was appointed, and his operations resulted in the unconditional surren-
der of all the western Lusha' Chiefs concerned in the Tising. Early in
 ASSAM.

1891 a). officer was appointed as Superintendent of the South Luhai

Hills: and the Lushais remained peaceful for more lian a vea,, paying
revenue and readily complying with demands for labour; but in March
1892 a general rising of the eastern Luisais took place, and both the
Political Officer and the Superintendent were attacked. In the opera-
tions which followed, most of the eastern Chiefs made full submission:
and in 1893 fines were realised from those concerned in the rising and a
fresh outpost was established between Lungleh and Aijal. Further
operations in 1895 resulted in the complete submission of all the Chiefs.
In September 1895 the South Lushai Hills were formally included
in the province of Bengal, and the North Lusbai Hills in Assam. In
April 1898 the South Lushai Hills were transferred to Assam, as also
a portion of the hill tracts of Chittagong which had, since 1892, been
treated administratively as part of the South Lushai Hills: and the
North and South Lushai Hills were amalgamated to form the Lushai
Hills District.
In 1896 a railway was constructed through the North Cachar Hills.
The Garos, who had remained peaceful since their subjugation in
1872, with the exception of a slight disturbance in 1881 due to the cons-
truction of a road, broke out into a rather serious riot in 1902, caused
by a dispute with the Bijni zamindar regarding the rights over certain
lands. The rioters were dispersed and their ringleaders imprisoned; the
greater part of the zamindars' interests in the area, formerly included in
their zamindaris, or tributary to them, was bought out and extinguished:
and the whole of the district, with the exception of a small tract of
plains land on the north, is now under the exclusive management of the
Deputy Commissioner.
In 1905 the new Province of Eastern Bengal and Assam was consti-
tuted, and Assam ceased to be a separate Province; but again became so
in April 1912 when the first partition of Bengal was revoked.
In March 1911 a party of two British Officers (Mr. Williamson and
Dr. Gregorson) and about 50 followers, who had gone into the Minvang
Abor country with a view to establishihg friendly relations with them,
was massacred. A punitive force was despatched, and terms of peace
(No. XLV) were imposed on the offending villages in December 1911
1912.
and January
In January 1921 Assam was constituted a Governor's Province with
an Executive Council and Ministers.
 ASSAM-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS.

II.-JAINTIA AND KHASI HILLS.

Jaintia.-When the State of Jaintia was anieced in 1835, the Hill

tract was placed under the administration of the Political Agent at
Cherrapunji. It was divided into 23 petty districts, 20 of which are
in charge of elected headmen, called Dollois: while the remaining three
(reduced in 1910 to two, by the amalgamation of two districts) are under
hereditary Sardars. The people were left very much to themselves:
no taxes were levied except an annual offering of a he-goat from each
village, which had been exacted by the Jaintia Raja: and civil and
minor criminal cases were heard by the Dollois. In 1853 a police post
was established at Jowai: and in 1860 a house-tax was imposed, with
the result that the people broke into open rebellion which was, however,
immediately suppressed. In 1862, 310 persons in the hills were subjected
to income-tax, and the people again broke out into open rebellion. The
supression of this was long and tedious: and it was not till November
1863 that the last of the rebel leaders surrendered and the pacification
of the Jaintia Hills was completed. A Sub-Divisional Officer was
stationed at J'owai, and the notoriously corrupt administration of the
Dollois was reformed. The Jaintia Hills are now secure and peaceable.
Khasi Hills.-The greater part of the Khasi Hills consists of the
territories of Chiefs in subsidiary alliance with the British Government.
Since the suppression of the Khasi rebellion of 1833, only a few scattered
villages have remained British, or have been ceded since then in special
circumstances. The Chiefs pay no revenue to the British Government;
but, under Sanads based upon the agreements taken in 1859, which each
Chief is required to confirm on investiture, they have ceded the mineral
products of their States on condition of receiving half the profits arisitg
from their sale or lease, and, on the same term', their rights over certain
waste lands and (since 1875) to the capture of wild elephants. Tb:
Chiefs deal with all petty crime: and only heinous offences, or thoe
involving subjects of different States, are tried by the British authorities.
The Chiefs are not hereditary rulers, but are elected to the succession.
The area of Jaintia and Khasi Hills is 6,022 square miles: the popula-
tion, according to the Census of 1921, 243,263: and the revenue aboit
Rs. 3,50,000.
The Khasi Hills States num!ber 25: three major States-Sohrah
(Cherra), Khyrim and Nongstoin-and 22 minor States. The Ruler of
the three major States, and of 12 of the minor States-Bhowal, Langrin,
Maharam, Mariaw, Mawiang, Malaisohmat, Mawsynram, Mylliem.
Nobosohphoh, Nongkhlaw, Nongspung, and Rambrai-hear the title of
xII
 ISSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

Siem: in the other 10 minor States, the Ruler's title is Lyngdoh in

Langiong, Mawphlang and Sohiong, Sardar in Dwara Nongtyrmen,
Jirang, Mawdon, Mawlong, Nonglwai and Pomsanngut, and Wahadadar
in Shella. The States are all small and of little importance; the most
important of the minor States are Nongkhlaw, Mylliem, Langrin and
Nongspiung. MYlliem was originally part of Khyrim: its separation
was the result of a long dispute about the succession, which was even-
tually settled by the partition of the State between the rival claimants.
Various Agreements made with their Rulers before 1857 have been
mentioned in the general narrative. In that year the Siem of Sohrah
(the Cherra Raja) signed an Agreement (No. XLVI)-the last made by
any of the Khasi Chiefs with the East India Company-confirming the
Agreements made by his predecessors.

In 1859 it was decided to require the execution of an Agreement by

each Chief on his succession, and in return to confer a Sanad upon him.
Apart from these general Agreements, the opportunity was taken to
obtain special Agreements regarding the cession of mineral products and
of waste lands: and such Agreements (No. XLVII) were executed by
the State of Nongstoin and all the minor States except Nongkhlaw,
Nobosohphoh and Pomsanngut. They included an undertaking not to
lease or transfer land to any Bengali or European without the consent
of the Deputy Commissioner. For an example of the general Agreement,
see that executed in 1862 by the Siem of Nongstoin (No. XLVIII): and
for the form of the Sanad, see that conferred upon him in return (No.
XLIX). This latter, which was signed by the Governor-General, con-
ferred upon the Siem the personal title of Raja Bahadur: while the
Agreement was executed with the Deputy Commissioner.
In 1860 the leading men of the State of Mylliem presented a petition
complaining against their Chief; who, after enquiry, was deposed in
1861. A successor was elected, and his election was confirmed: and, in
1863, he signed an Agreement (No. L) ceding the lands required for the
military cantonment and sanitarium of Shillong. Though in accordance
with his general Agreement he was bound to give such lands rent free,
compensation was allowed him in the shape of a money payment of
Rs. 2,000, while the rights of private proprietors were bought up for
Rs. 6,325 and an annual payment of IRs. 108.

During the Jaintia rebellion of 1862-63 Rabon Singh, the Siem of

Kihyrim, rendered valuable services to the British Government, and was
granted a pension of Rs. 150 a month for two lives: the pension termi-
nated with the death of his successor, T Klur Singh, in 1903.

In 1864 the form of the general Agreements with the Khasi Hill
Chiefs was altered: for an example see that executed by the Siem of
 ASSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

Maharam in that year (No. LI): also the Sanad (No. L!I) conferred
upon him in return, signed by the Governor-General. In 1865 a new
Article was added, acknowledging the right of the British Government
to construct roads and binding the Chief not to levy dues on such roads
without permission. As an example, gee the Agreement with the Siem
of Mariaw (No. LIII), in which this stipulation appears as the fifth
Article. The Governor-General's Sanad (No. LIV) (which conferred
upon the Chief the personal title of Raja) is identical in form with that
granted to the Siem of Nongstoin in 1862 (No. XLIX), and with one
granted to the Siem of Langrin in 1864.

In 1866 the Siem of Nongkhlaw abdicated under an Engagement (No.

LV) whereby he agreed to the appointment of his heir, Chand Rai, as
Regent. In 1867 a new general form of Agreement (No. LVI) was
introduced, opportunity being taken to insert a clause (No. 8) confirming
previous cessions of minerals and waste lands, which had been omitted
from some of the previous Agreements. The new Agreements were made
with the Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal; but Sanads continued to be
conferred by the Governor-General, though in a new form-as an
example, see that (No. IVII) confirming the succession of Chand Rai
as ruler of Nongkhlaw. Chand Rai died in 1874, and his successor,
at the request of his subjects and on proof of grave maladministration,
was deposed: and his cousin U Kine Singh was appointed in his stead
in March 1876.

In 1875 the terms of the 1867 general form of Agreement were modi-
fied (No. LVIII), and it was decided that appointment should rest with
the Governor-General in the case of the major States, and with the Chief
Commissioner of Assam in the case of the minor States. In this year
two Chiefs -were deposed : the Siem of Maharani for misgovernment and
the Siem of Mawsynram for drunkenness and inefficiency. In Maharam
the opportunity was taken to put an end to an inconvenient system which
had been in force in most, if not all, of the States in former times, and
still existed in Maharam; where it had been the practice to elect two
Siems-a senior, Siem-lieh (white Siem), and a junior, Siem-iong (black
Siem), one being supposed to act as a check on the other. A member of
the Siem-iong family was appointed to bt sole successor to the deposed
Chief. Both the Siem-iong and Siem-lieh families are, however, eligible
for the Siemship.

The new Siem of Mawsynram signed the general form of Agreement

(No. LVIII) in June 1875; but, in November of the same yep-r, it was
decided to abolish the form of Agreement altogether, and that the terms
on which thb succession of a Khasi Chief is recognised by the Govern-
neit should be in the form of a Sanad conferred upon him instead of an
a2
 ASSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

Agreement taken from him. The terms of the Sanad were finally settled
in 1877 (No. LIX): and it was decided that the conferring authority
should remain the same as provided by the form of Agreement of 1875.
For instance, a Sanad issued in 1877 to the Siem of Sohrah (Cherra)
(No. LX) was signed by the Governor-General.

In 1878 it was found necessarv to include within the boundaries of

Shillong two villages in the State of Mylliem: and the Siem executed
an Agreement (No. LXI) assenting to this being done. In the same
year the Deputy Commissioner brought to the notice of the Chief Com-
missioner of Assam the confusion that had arisen out of the two Agree-
ments with the Chief of Rambrai; who in 1831 had agreed to pay off
a fine of Rs. 4,000 by annual instalments of Rs. 100, and in 1835 had
agreed to liquidate a debt of Rs. 8,485 odd by yearly payments of Rs. 200
(see general narrative, No. XXIV and context). Orders were issued in
i882, that the Agreement of 1835 should be held to have superseded that
of 1831, but that the amount of Rs. 100, which had for several years
been paid by the State without objection, should be accepted as the
tribute payable, although itwas only half the amount stipulated in 1835.
Since then the State of Rambrai has continued to pay the annual tribute
of Rs. 100 into the Shillong Treasury.

In 1883 a question arose as to jurisdiction in suits for divorce and

other matrimonial cases where the parties ai'e Native Christians. The
(Iiiefs of 'Nongstoin, Langrin, i\Iawiang, Malaisohmat, Mawsvnram
and Shella agreed to allow these cases to be decided by the Deputy Com-
missioner alone. The Chiefs of Maharam, Mariaw, Nobosohphoh,
N ongspung, Rambrai, Langiong, Nonglwai, Sohiong, Mawdon and
Pomsanngut agreed that such cases should be tried by the Chief and
the Deputy Commissioner jointly: in practice, however, these Chiefs
have allowed them to be tried by the Deputy Commissioner alone, and
have never insisted on their right of joint trial. The remaining Chiefs
have kept the jurisdiction in their own hands.

An Agreement (No. LXII) was executed in 1883 by the Wahadadars

J, She]la regarding the lime quarries of Shella and Nongtrai.

About this time it was decided that Sanads granted to Siems should
bp signed by the Chief Commissioner. and that the Lyngdohs. Sardars,
etc., should receive a Parwana from the Deputy Commissioner. These
latter Chiefs continued for a time to sign Agreements in the general
form introduced in 1875: see, for an example, the Agreement (No.
I,XII1) signed bv the Sardar of Jirang in 1883, in which the preamble
states that the Chief had been appointed by the Deputy Commissioner,
and the wording in clause 7 is " or other officer appointed by the Deputy
fommissioner in place of " by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by
 AAAM-X-HASI HILLS STATES.

the Government of India " as in the general form. The form in which
the Parwana was granted is given in the footnote.*
In 1892 the Siem of Mylliem ceded (No. LXIV) a piece of land
bordering on the Gauhati-Shillong road: and in 1895 he consented (No.
LXV) to the inclusion within the Municipal limits of Shillong of land
on which it was desired to build the railway office.
In 1894 the Siem of Nongstoin was removed, and his Sanad cancelled,
for concealing certain murders that had occurred within his jurisdiction.
In 1901 a difficulty arose over the succession in the State of Sohrab
(Cherra). On the death of the ruling Siem, the people of the State held
three Darbars and appointed U Roba Singh in his place. The Chief
Commissioner declined to confirm the appointment and ordered an elec-
tion by the twelve Myntries of the State: who, by a majority of 8,
elected U Chandra Singh. The Chief Commissioner confirmed his elec-
tion, and a Sanad was conferred upon him; but U Roba Singh appealed
to the Government of India, who cancelled the appointment of U
Chandra Singh and ordered a popular election, by which U Roba Singh
was unanimously elected. His election was confirmed and he was given
the usual Sanad in 1902.
In consequence of this succession difficulty in Sohrah (Cherra), an
investigation was made in 1902 into the principles regulating the suc-
cession of the Siems, as a result of which rules were laid down by the
Government of India. In nine States (Sohrah (Cherra), Khyrim,
Nongstoin, Maharam, Mariaw, Malaisohmat, Mylliem, Nongkhlaw and
Rambrai) the nomination of the Siem should rest with the majority of
the small electoral body which is recognised in each case. In five States
(Bhowal, Mawiang, Mawsynram, Nobosohphoh and Nongspung) the
nomination should lie, in the first instance, with the small electoral body;
but, in the event of their votes not being unanimous, the decision should
rest with the Government in the case of Mawsynram, and should be
given by popular election in the case of the other four States. In
Langrin, where no small electoral body is recognised, the Siem should
be chosen by popular election. Government reserves, however, absolute
* Parwana No.

To
of
You are hereby informed that the Deputy Commissioner of the Rhasi and Jaintia
Hills District approves of your election by the people of the marginally named
villages to be their Sardar (Lyngdoh). You should conduct yourself in accordance
with the custom of the community, and you should carry out all orders issued to
you by the British Government.
You should always take care of the public roads that pass through your illaka.
You should carefully discharge your duties as Sardar (Lyngdoh) of . In tha
event of misconduct on your part, you will render yourself liable to dismissal from
the Sardarship (Lyngdorship) of
 ASSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

discretion to reject any nominee: and every election requires the express
approval and confirmation of Government. The rules are open to such
revision as may on occasion be suggested by the legitimate evolution of
tribal customs.
In 1903 the Siem of Mawsvnram was sentenced to transportation for
life for being privy to two cases of murder in his State. He was released
from the Andamans in 1926, but was not allowed to return to Mawsyn-
ram: and is compelled to reside in Shillong under certain conditions.
In 1905, on the creation of the Province of Eastern Bengal and
Assam, the Lieutenant-Governor became the signatory of the Sanads
conferred on Siems. In 1907 a revised form of Sanad (No. LXVI) was
introduced, by the addition of a new clause to paragraph 3, requiring
the Chief to provide land for construction of a railway free of cost except
that of compensation for occupied land. The same addition was made
to the form of Parwana issued to Sardars, Lvngdohs, etc., by the Deputy
Commissioner.*
By the Engagement (No. XV) made with the Sardars of Bairang-
punji in 1829, they had bound themselves to be subject to the Cherra
Raja. In 1876 the Bairangpunji villages were resumed and brought
under direct control, the inhabitants paying revenue (house-tax) to
Government at the rate of Rs. 2 per house. In 1907 the tax was raised
to Rs. 3 per house.
In 1909 the form of Sanad was further revised (No. LXVII) by the
insertion of a new paragraph (No. 6) forbidding the Siem to lease or
transfer lands to persons other than his own Khasi subjects without the
-anction of Government.

In 1911 U Kine Singh, the Siem of Nongkhlaw, who had been

appointed in 1876 in the place of his deposed predecessor, resigned on
account of ill health and incapacity due to old age. He had become a
2onvert to Christianity after his election and in 1903 had been given the
title of Raja, as a personal distinction, in recognition of his good services
and interest in the welfare of his subjects. Raja Kine Singh died on
the 18th March 1912.
When in 1912 Assam again became a separate province, the question
of the signatory of the Sanads conferred on Siems was reconsidered. It
was eventually decided that their position and status is not such as to
warrant the issue to them of Sanads signed by the Head of the Province:
* By the insertion, before the words " In the event of misconduct " etc of the
words " If Government wishes at any time to construct a railway through your
territory, you shall provide the land required for the purpose without compensation.
save for occupied land, and shall render to the Local Government in this behalf
all assistance in your power."
 ASSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

and that these should, in future, be signed by the Commissioner, Surma

Valley and Hill Division.

In 1913 the Siem of Mylliem executed an Agreement (No. LXVIII)

consenting to the application of the Bengal Municipal Act, 1884 [ill
(B. C.) of 1884] to four more villages adjoining the town of Shillong:
and the Act was thereupon applied to those villages and the Municipal
administration of the villages was vested in the Commissioners of the
Shillong Municipality. The town of Shillong, the headquarters of the
Government of Assam, extends into the State of Mylliem: and in 1916
the Indian Penal Code, the Criminal Procedure Code (with certain
modifications), and the Rules relating to the administration of justice
in force in the British India portion of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, were
brought into force in the portion of Shillong town which falls within
the Mylliem State, for the trial of cases in which the Siem is not em-
powered to adjudicate. At the same time the Indian Penal Code, and
the Rules for the administration of criminal justice in force in British
territory within the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, were extended to the rest
of the non-British portion of the district for the trial of cases in which
the Khasi Chief concerned is not empowered to adjudicate.

In 1922, with the consent of the Siem, the Indian Electricity Act,
1910 (IX of 1910) was applied to so much of the State of Mylliem as
lies within a radius of three miles from the Court House of Shillong:
and similarly in 1923 the Indian Income Tax Act, 1922 (XI of 1922)
was applied to all persons residing in the Mylliem State within a radius
of three miles from the Court of the Deputy Commissioner, except the
Siem himself, his Khasi subjects, and the Khasi subjects of other chiefs
in the Khasi Hills.

In 1926 the Siem of Mylliem executed an Agreement (No. LXIX)

consenting to the application of certain Acts to the six villages of the
Mylliem State adjoining Shillong which had been previously placed
under the Municipal administration of the Shilong Municipality, and
ceding his jurisdiction for the purpose of the administration of the Acts,
which were accordingly applied to this area in 1928 by the Government
of India, in exercise of the jurisdiction so ceded and of the powers
conferred by the Indian (Foreign Jurisdiction) Order in Council, 1902.

In 1928 the Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1914 (VIII of 1914) was
applied to so much of the Shillong-Gauhati road and of the Shillong..
Cherrapunji road as lies within the States of Mylliem, Nongkhlaw and
Cherra.
 ASSAM-KHASI HILLS STATES.

The present holders of the title of Sien in the Khasi Hill States, with
the year of their election, are :-
Sohrah (Cherra), U Join Manik, 1919: born 1883.
Khyrim, U Oim Singh, 1919: born 1903.
Nongstoin, U Sib Singh, 1925: born 1890.
Bhowal, U Jepshon, 1929: born 1912.
Langrin, U Borba Singh, 1910: born 1890.
Maharam, U Rubin Sincyh, 1929: born 1883.
Mariaw, Tr Burom Singh, 1888: born 1864.
Mawiang, U Sokit Rai, 1926: born about 1885.
Malaisohmat, U Hiba Singh, 1909: born 1879.
Mawsynram, U Babon Singh, 1905: born 1855.
Mylliem, U Kmuin Manik, 1914: born 1866.
Nobosohphoh, U Sune Singh, 1927: born 1907.
NongkhlawN, U Bidor Singh, 1911: born 1866.
N-gspung. U Pyrba Singh, 1885: born 1861.
Rambrai, U JO Singh, 1928: born 1921.
 A99AM-1NAGA HILLS.

]I.--NAGA HILLS.
The tribes known as Nagas stretch from the Pitkoi along the southern
boundary of the Lakhimpur and Sibsagar Districts to the valley of the
Dhansiri and the North Cachar Hills. The Nagas living to the west of
the Dilli (Disang) River are controlled by the Deputy Commissioner,
Naga Hills.
No written treaties or engagements have been made with any of the
Naga tribes.
The Naga Hills (administered) District was developed of necessity
in order to protect the plains from the incursions of the warlike Naga
tribes whose raids, beginning in 1835, were of almost annual occurrence
for many years. Between 1835 and 1851 ten military expeditions
entered the Naga Hills: and the policy of non-interference decided upon
after the withdrawal of the last of these expeditions, which had success-
fully captured Khonoma in December 1850, only led to an increase in
the number of raids.
The establishment of the Naga Hills (administered) District in 1866,
with headquarters at Samaguting: the (eleventh) expedition of 1877-78
and the removal of headquarters to Kohima: and the (twelfth) expedi-
tion of 1879, which resulted in the retention of Kohima and the adminis-
tration of the district as British territory: have been described in the
general narrative.
A series of outrages by " independent " Nagas, including attacks on
two survey parties in 1875, in one of which the Assistant Commissioner,
and in the other the Political Agent, was killed, led to a number of
punitive expeditions: and resulted in the incorporation within the
district boundary of a portion of the country occupied by the Ao tribe
and lying to the west of the Dikhu, which now forms the Mokokchung
Sub-Division of the Naga Hills District.
A belt of country along the eastern frontier of the district thus formed
was for some years informally managed by the Deputy Commissioner
as an area of political control. In February 1904 this area was incor-
porated in the Naga Hills District, and the Tizu river became the
approximate boundary on the east and south-east.
In 1910 a section of the Konyak Naga area east of the Dikhu was
added to the Naga Hills District, bringing [he north-east corner of the
district up to the Taukok river.
In 1918 the Thado Kuki rebellion in the Manipur State necessitated
the occupation of a considerable tract of country east of the Angami
tribe and north of the Manipur State, bringing the boundary of the
district, when the area was ultimately included in 1923, down to the
292 ASSAM-NAGA HILLS.

western limit of the Somra tract in Burma. This necessitated a definite

finding as to the hitherto rather indeterminate boundary of the Manipur
State on the Somra side. Its northern limit was found to be the
Thingngai or Riori river: and the area, between that river and the Tiho
or Nantaleik, was definitely incorporated into the administered district
of the Naga Hills. Further south a slight adjustment of the Manipur
State boundary near Henima was also made in 1925.

The present area of the administered district is 3,485"53 square miles,

with a population, according to the 1921 Census, of 158,801.

The disadvantages of a hard and fast boundary, within which villages

were completely administered and rbeyond which no interference was
possible at all, led to the re-formation of a political control area within
which the Deputy Commissioner toured when necessary. The boundary
of this control area was fixed in 1925 approximately at the Zungki and
Yangmun rivers. At the same time a Kachari Mauza in the south of the
district was transferred to the North Cachar Hills.

In 1927 a small area due east of the headquarters of the Mokokchung

sub-division, lying between the Chichung and Chimei rivers and con-
taining six villages, was included in the administered district at the
villagers' own request.
This political control area is in no way administered, and the
inhabitants are not interfered with so long as they behave them-
selves. The tribes inhabiting the area are Sangtam, Sema, Kalyo-
Keneyu, Yimtsung, Chang, Phom and Konyak, the first and the last
being the most numerous. The southern tribes, including the first,
third, fourth and also the Phom, appear to be democratic and the village
is the political unit. The Semas, like the Changs, have village chiefs
with some power, and among both of them tribal cohesion is fairly
strong. The Konyak, however, include the more powerful chiefs of
Tang, Mon and Chi, who each exercise control over a considerable group
of villages and whose prestige and authority go much further afield.
Beyond this area of political control, and situated between the Dilli
(Disang) and the Taukok rivers along the southern boundary of the Sib-
sagar sub-division, are groups of villages varying from one another in
dialect and custom but all belonging to' the Konyak Naga tribal group.
Those tribes which live close to the Sibsagar border are in constant com-
munication with the plains and do a certain amount of trade in cotton
and other hill produce. They also come down in considerable numbers
to work on tea estates in the cold weather.

To the south of these " Bori " or " tame " Nagas, are the " Abori "
or " wild " men who rarely come in contact with the plains, as the Bori
 ASSAM-NAGA HItLS. 93

Nagas keep the carrying trade in their own hands. The relations of
Government with these tribes were conducted by the Deputy Commis-
sioner of Sibsagar up to 1925, when the control was transferred to the
Deputy Commissioner, Naga Hills. These Nagas are independent, and
relations with them are conducted in the same way as with tribes
situated outside the area of political control.
 ASSA.M-LUSAAI HILLS.

IV.-LUSHAI HILLS.

The Lushai Hills District is bounded on the north by Sylhet, Cachar

and the State of Manipur: on the east by the Chin Hills: on the south
by the Chin Hills and Arakan: on the west by the Chittagong Hill
tracts and the State of Tripura.
The first recorded raid on British territory by the Lushais, or Kukis
as they were then generally called, occurred in 1826. This was followed
by many others, and by a number of punitive expeditions. The only
written Agreement made with the Lushais was the Sanad (No. XLIII)
given to the Chief Sukpilal in 1871. An account of the events that led
tip to this, and of the , ubsequent history of British relations with the
Lushais down to the constitution of the Lushai Hills District in 1898,
is given in the general narrative.
The administered District was settled in 1901, when the Superin-
tendent marked oft the boundaries of each Chief's land, and gave to each
oF them a lease for life which holds them responsible for the payment
of the revenue and the observance of Government orders. He also
divided the District into circles, to each of which an interpreter was
appointed, who is responsible for reporting all important matters and
is the channel of communication between the Chiefs and the Superin-
tendent. Since then there has been no trouble with the administered
Lushais.
The area of the administered District is 7,227 square miles, with a
population, according to the Census of 1921, of 98,406.
When the Lushai Hills District was constituted in 1898, there
remained an unadministered tract in the south-eastern corner of the
District: and the inhabitants of this tract were responsible for a num-
ber of raids, in consequence of which the Superintendent, Lushai Hills,
visited the tract in 1917 with an escort, and imposed fines on the two
principal offending villages Zongling and Laki. Between 1917 and
1921 the Chiefs remained recalcitrant, and in 1921-22 the unadminis-
tered tract was divided between Assam and Burma, some of the villages
coming under the political control of the Superintendent, Lushai Hills,
and the rest being attached to the Chin Hills and Arakan: this part of
the boundary between Assam and Burma was adjusted at the same time.
The Superintendent makes an annual tour in the area under his control,
and no trouble has been experienced. Disputes have been settled and
the village boundaries laid down: since 1926 the villages in this area
have been assessed to house-tax.
The area of political control attached to the Lushai Hills is approxi-
mately 500 square. miles and contains nine villages.
 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

V.--FRONTIER TRIBES.

1. The Sadiya Frontier Tract.-The history of the relations of the

tribes living in what is now the Sadiya Frontier Tract is that of a
succession of raids on British territory by the more warlike tribes and
of innumerable isolated murders of British subjects, culminating in the
murder of Dr. Gregorson at Panggi and Mr. Williamson, the Assistant
Political Officer, at Komsing on the 30th and 31st March 1911, which
led to the Abor Expedition of 1911-12.
Up to 1912 the tract had been administered by the Deputy Commis..
sioner of Lakhimpur as a frontier tract of his District: and, after the
expedition of 1911-12, a small area to the south was left under his
political control and is known as the Lakhimpur Frontier Tract, the
remainder being made into a separate administrative unit, the Sadiya
Frontier Tract, with a Political Officer in charge. Since its formation
the tribes have been generally well behaved.
The boundaries of the Sadiya -Frontier Tract on the north and north-
east have not been determined. The Tract is approximately 10,000
square miles in area, some 4,000 square miles of which are under direct
administration. The population, according to the Census of 1921, is
41,249. A brief account of the tribes living in the area follows.
Miris.-The Miris (known to themselves as Mishing) who dwell on
the banks of the Brahmaputra and its tributaries in the Sadiya Fron-
tier Tract and in the Lakhimpur District have never given any trouble.
They are closely related to the Padam Abors, with whom they previously
formed the channel of communication: the name Miri (or Mili) in
Assamese signifies " go-between " or " interpreter ".
No written engagements have been made with the Miris.
Abors.-The tribes known generally as Abors occupy the hills and
foothills between the Subansiri and Dibang rivers due north of Sadiya.
Eastward from the Subansiri gorge to the Dijmur or Simen river are
the Galongs and Dobangs. In the Dihang river system are the Min-
yang, who have gradually pushed to the foothills and plains between the
Dijmur (Simen) and Dihang rivers. In the vicinity of Pasighat, the
Sub-Divisional headquarters, situated where'the Dihang river emierges
from the hills, are the Pasi Abors, whom the Padam in their onward
march expelled from the Yam-ne Valley. Between the Dihang and
Dibang rivers are the Padam-formerly known as the Bor-Abors. The
number now living in the foothills and plains adjoining form the majority
of this division of the Abors: there are now some Padam villages east of
the Dibang river, situated side by side with Chulikata Mishmi hamlets.
 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

The history of British relations with the Minyang and Padam Abors
is one of raids, outrages and punitive expeditions. In addition to the
terms of peace imposed upon the Minyang Abor villages, concerned in
the murder of Mr. Williamson and Dr. Gregorson, in December 1911
and January 1912 (No. XLV), there have been four written engage-
ments entered into with the Abors, three of which were signed between,
November 1862 and January 1863-one (No. XL) with the Minyang,
one in identical terms except for a variation in the posa (subsidy) with
the Abors of Kebang (see note after No. XL), and one (No. XLI) with
the Padain. The fourth (No. XLII), with the Padam, was signed in
April 1866. The events leading up to the conclusion of these agree-
ments are described in the general narrative.
In November 1882 the Government of India sanctioned the appoint-
ment of an officer at Sadiv'a to control the relations with the tribes on
that border, in particular the Abors.
In consequence of various outrages, blockades were put in force
against the Minvang and their Pasi neighbours In 1889, and against the
Pasi and Padam Abors in 1894. In the first case the blockade was at
once effective, and was raised: in the second, it was maintained against
the Pasis till 1896 and against the Padam till 1900.
Since the dictation of the terms of peace (No. XLV) to the Abor
villages concerned in the murder of Mr. Williamson and Dr. Gregorson,
the tribe has been generally peaceful, and most of the restrictive orders
imposed on the guilty villages have been withdrawn.
Mishmis.-The Mishmis are divided into (1) the Midi (Chulikata or
crophaired " Mishmis) who occupy the Dibang Valley: (2) the Mithu
Bebejiya Mishmis of the Valley of the Ithun, a tributary of the Dibang
thes-e two tribes are practically identical: (3) the Taroan or Digaru
Mishmis living in the hills extending from the plais east of Sadiya to
the Delei and Dou rivers: and (4) the Miju Mishmis eastward from the
Doii to the western Irrawaddy-Lohit Brahmaputra divide, on both sides
of the Lohit Brahmaputra river.

No written engagements have been made with the Mishmis.

In 1884 the Chulikata Mishmis were blockaded in consequence of the

murder of a British subject. The blockade was rais,.ed in the winter of
1887-88, on payment of a fine of Rs. 2,000. After the Abor outbreak
of 1893 they were again blockaded, the blockade being maintained until
1897. In 1905, in consequence of their complicity in a murder by
Bebejiya Mishmis, they were again placed under a blockade which lasted
for several years. Of late years the pressure of the Abors from the west
has forced the Chulikata Mishmis of the lower Dibang valley and the
plains to look to the British Government for protection and assistance.
 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

They resort in large numbers to Sadiya in the cold weather to sell their
hill produce.
The Bebejiya have on several occasions attacked Khamti settlements
in the neighbourhood of Sadiya, notably in 1899, when the guilty vil-
lages were destroyed and the captives recovered, and in 1905 when they
(as well as the Chulikata Mishmis) were placed under blockade for the
murder of three persons near Sadiya. The village of the murderers was
destroyed in 1913, and one of them was captured in 1917 and hanged.
In revenge for this, the Bebejiya Mishmis killed an outpost sepoy and
this led to operations by a punitive column, resulting in the destruction
of the guilty village and the death of the headman and his son and
brother. The development of the Sadiya markets and the demand for
hill produce are now exercising a civilising influence on the Bebejiya
clans.
The Taroan or Digaru Mishmis have always been quiet. Since 1854,
when they killed two French priests who were attempting to make their
way into Tibet vid the Lohit Valley, the Miju Mishmis have never come
much to notice. Though their language is different, the Miju much
resemble the Taroan: and both of these clans have lately begun to visit
the plains in large numbers during the winter, finding employment in
the Government forests of Upper Assam.
Khamtis.-The Khamtis are Shans who, on the expulsion of the
Burmese, moved into Sadiya in Assam from the Hkamtilong, the basin
of the Malikha or western arm of the upper Irrawaddy. They are
Buddhists.
Two written Agreements have been made with the Khamtis, one in
1826 (No. VII) and one in 1843 (No. XXXI). The events that led up
to the conclusion of these Agreements have been described in the general
narrative.
Singphos.-The Singphos first appeared in Assam about 1793, when
Raja Gaurinath Singh was involved with the Moamaria rebels. They
live in the same plains area as the Khamtis, and are an outlying branch
of the main race of the Kachins who live in and around the Hukawng
Valley.
Two written Agreements have been made with the Singphos, one in
1826 (No. V) and one in 1836 (No. XXVI). The attendant circum-
stances have been described in the general narrative. When in 1842
they were brought to terms after their participation with the Khamtis
in the attack on Sadiya in 1839, several of their leading Chiefs returned
to the llukawng Valley.
Nagas.-The Nagas living in the Sadiya Frontier Tract are known
as (Cis-Patkoi) Rangpang Nagas. They inhabit the slopes of the Patkoj
 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

range from the plains up to the main divide: they are under the political
control of the Political Officer, Sadiya, and pay revenue. Beyond them
are the unadministered (Trans-Patkoi) Rangpangs, who are to some
extent under the influence of the Singpho Chiefs of the ltuLkawng
Valley.
No written engagements have been made with the Rangpang Nagas.
In 1907 some Trans-Patkoi Rangpangs raided and killed some ('is-
Patkoi Rangpangs living in the Lakhimpur Frontier Tract, and the
offending village was punished by a punitive column. In recent years
the Trans-Patkoi Rangpangs have come into some p)rominence for
enterprising thefts of iron rails from the collieries in the vicinity of Ledo.
On the whole, however, they have given very little trourble.
2. The Balipara Frontier Tract.---The political frontier tract known
as the Balipara Frontier Tract was constituted in 1913 as the Western
Section of the North-East Frontier Tract, and placed under the control
of a Political Officer. The southern portion of 1he Tract originally
formed part of the districts of Darrang and Lakhimpur; the northern
portion extends into the Himalayan tracts inhabited by various tribes
among the more important of whom are the Akas, Duflas, Apa Tanangs
and 1-ill Miris. A brief account of these tribes follows.
Akas.-The Akas inhabit the Himalayan tracts bounded on the north
by the Daflas, on the south by the district of Darrang, on the west b'
Tibet and the independent Mombas of Rupa and Shergaon, and on the
east bY the Bhorelli River. The Akds call themselves Hrusso : the name
Aka, meaning " painted ", was applied to them by the Assamese on
account of their custom of painting their faces. The tribe is divided
into two main divisions, Kutsun and Kovatsun, formerly called by the
Assamese Hazarikhoa and Kopaschor. The former received a posa or
stipend from the Assam Rajas and the latter levied contributions with-
out having any such title. Both tribes are small but on account of
their superior civilisation they are much respected and even feared by
the surrounding tribes.
W'est of the Akas live the Mijis, who are very closely connected with
the Alkas, having similar customs and beliefs and binding the connexion
liv constant intermarriaes.
Three written Engagements have been made with the Akas-two
Agreemuents (Nos. XXXII and XXXIII) in 1844, and the Terms of
Peace (No. XLIV) signed in 1888. The events leading to their signature
h:avc been described in the general narrative.
Since the settlement of 1888 the Akas have given little or no trouble.
In 1913-14 the Political Officer paid an extended visit to their country,
N-isiting every village and carrying out a survey: and they are now
very friendly.
 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

Both the Kovatsun and Kutsun Akas have certain small areas of
land in the plains allotted to them for cultivation. Under the Agree.
ments of 1844, the annual stipend (posa) was settled at Rs. 520 for the
Kovatsuns and Rs. 180 for the Kutsuns.
Daflas.-The Daflas are not so much a single tribe as a collection of
petty independent clans. As a whole they call themselves Bengni
(men): they may be divided roughly into two divisions, Western
(Yanno) and Eastern (Tagen).
No written engagements have been made with the Daflas.
From an account written in 1825 it appears that the Daflas had the
right of collecting posa in kind direct from the ryots: and, from the
beginning of the British occupation of Assam, their methods in collect-
ing this posa were a constant source of trouble, and many fruitless efforts
were made to induce them to resign the right. But early in 1835 the
Daflas of Charduar in Darrang, as punishment for a raid, were forbidden
to enter the plains to collect their dues. Later in the same year they
carried out a more serious raid which necessitated the despatch of a
military force: and a fixed levy of goods collected by the Mauzadar was
substituted for their right of individual collection. In 1838-39 they
became actively troublesome and their posa was stopped for a time: a
measure which had the effect of bringing them to order.
In 1852 the Court of Directors insisted on the posa being commuted
for an annual money payment: and the amount fixed was Rs. 4,129-1-6,
of which the Daflas of Charduar and Naoduar received Rs. 2,494, the
North Lakhimpur Charduar Daflas Rs. 1,243, and the North Lakhimpur
Banskatta Rs. 392-1-6 with 24 maunds of salt in lieu of hat dues.
The Daflas remained quiet until 1870, when they began a series of
raids against the Dafias settled ih the plains districts of Darrang and
North Lakhimpur: the cause, in nearly every case, being that the plains
Daflas had enticed away hill women or slaves. These raids necessitated
an ineffectual blockade from 1872 to 1874, the despatch of a military
force in 1874-75, the stoppage of the posa of the Miri Pathar Daflas
(1s. 800) for a short time in 1903, and an expedition against the
Pigerong Daflas in 1918, when a heavy fine was inflicted upon them.
With this last exception, however, the Daflas have been fairly well under
control since the formation of the Balipara Frontier Tract, under a
Political Officer, in 1913.
The amount of posa given at present is much less than the original
grant of Rs. 4,129-1-6. Many recipients of posa have settled in the
plains, and the posa received by these persons ceases on their death.
Apa Tarangs.-These people live in large villages on a plateau
watered by the Kali River. They are locally called Ankas (tail).
100 ASSAM-FRONTIER TRIBES.

No written engagements have been made with the Apa Tarangs.

They have a strong tribal organisation, and are governed by a Coun-
cil of elders wielding considerable authority. They are peaceful agri-
culturists and have only once given trouble: when in 1896, they raided
and murdered some Hill Miris settled in the plains. A military force
visited their country shortly afterwards, since when they have been
quite peaceful.

Hill Miris.-The Hill Miris inhabit the Subansiri Valley as far as

the plains. They are closely allied to the Abors of the Dihang river.
They are divided into three clans-Saraks, Chemira and Ghasis. The
Hill Miris must not be confounded with the Miris of the Sadiva Fron-
tier Tract (q.v.).
No written engagements have been made with the Hill Miris.
The Hill Miris have never given trouble. Their country was visited
by the Miri Mission in 1911-12. They receive an annual posa of
Ri. 2.244-12-8.
3. Bhutia Frontier Tribes.-Bhutan lies to the north-west of the
Balipara Frontier Tract, and east of Bhutan is the Mon-Yul (low
countrv), a name applied by the Tibetans to a portion of the -North-Eakt
Frontier about 2,000 square miles in extent, bounded by Bhutan on the
west, by the Miji and Aka Hills on the east, and separated from Tibet
by a range of mountains averaging 16,000 feet in height. The people
inhabiting this area are called by the Tibetans Monba (inhabitants of
the, low country). The Monba living north of the Sela range are under
Tibetan administration. The triangle south of the Sela range is loosely
divided into two main tribal areas, those of the Sher Chokpa and Sher
Dukpen.
The Sher Chokpa live in the Dirang Chu Valley, as far as the village
of Rahung and the Nagam Chu (Dhansiri river). They are under the
control of two monk Jongpens appointed by the Tawang monas-tery, an
offshoot of the Drepung monastery at Lhasa, with the exception of one
village, Senge Dzong, which is under the Tsonajong Jongpens. Since
1844 the Tsonajong and Tawang Jongpens have received an annual
subsidy of Rs. 5,000 from the British Government (see Vol. XIV,
Bhutan).
The Sher Dukpen are a small tribe of Mombas, independent of
Tawang, who live in the large villages of Shergaon and Rupa (formerly
called Sur Gya and Rup Rai Gya). The two villages are ruled by a
joint Council of 7 headmen, who in the old days were called Sat Rajas
by the Assamese. The people of this tribe consider themselves to be
tinder British protection
 ASSAM-FRONTTER TRIBES. 101

The independent Mombas of the villages of Tembang, Konia and But,

known in the past to the Assamese as the Thebengia Bhutias, live about
25 miles north of Rupa. These villages are independent of Tawang.
Two written Engagements have -been made with the Bhutia Frontier
Tibes: an Agreement (No. XXXIV) in 1844, and a Treaty (No.
XXXVII) in 1853. The circumstances attending their signature are
stated in the general narrative.
The Sher Dukpens of Shergaon and Rupa originally received av.
annual allowance of Rs. 2,526-7-9 from the East India Company. This
w is withheld for misconduct in 1839; but on the signature of the Agree-
ment of 1844 it was restored in part, a monthly allowance of Rs. 145, or
Rs. 1,740 per annum, being granted. In 1852 this was raised to the
original amount of Rs. 2,526-7-0.
The independent Tembang, Konia and But Mombas receive an
annual posa of Rs. 145-13-6.
Since the conclusion of the Treaty of 1853, British relations with the
Bhutia Frontier Tribes have remained peaceful.
102 ASSAM--MANIPUR.

VI.-MANIPUR.

Manipur is a protected State lying between Burma on the east, the

Naga Hills on the north, Cachar on the west, and the Lushai and the
Chin Hills on the south. Bv the Burmese the Manipur country is called
Kathe, and by the Shans and tribes east of the Chindwin river, Kasse;
by the inhabitants of Cachar it is termed Moglai, and by those of Ass-rn.
Mekheli (Ahom) or Magalou (Assamese). With the exception of the
central valley in which the capital is situated, Manipur is almost entirely
a hill country.

The Kingdom of Manipur first emerges from obscurity as a neighbour

and ally of the Shan Kingdom of PNng, the capital of which was at
Mogaung. The regalia of the royal family are said to have been
bestowed by Khekhomba or Kingkhomba, King of P~ng, who at the same
time added the Kabaw or Tamu Kampat valley to Manipur. The Raja
who succeeded in 1714, Pamheiba, better known as Gharib Nawaz, adopted
Hinduism. His people followed his example, and since that date have
been conspicuous for the rigidity with which they observe the rules of
caste. Gharib Nawaz, during his reign of forty years, was engaged in
constant warfare with Burma, and this state of things continued under
his successors.

Gharib Nawaz and his eldest son Syam were murdered in Burma by
emissaries of his second son Chit Shai. Chit Sbai was expelled from
Manipur by 10" younger brother Bharat Shai, who ruled two years,
and was succeeded bv Guru Shai, son of Svam Shai. Guru Shai
associated his brother Jai Singh with himself, and they ruled alter-
nately until Guru Shai's death about 1764, when the sole authority
fell to Jai Singh.

After the death of Gharib Nawaz the Burmese invaded Manipur. Jai
Singh sought the aid of the British and a treaty of plliance was
negotiated by Mr. Verelst on behalf of the East India Company on
the 14th September 1762. The force sent to assist Manipur was, how-
ever, recalled, and in October of the following year Guru Shai confirmed.
with some modifications, the treaty which had been mad, -ith .Tai
Singh. The originals of these treaties are not extant.
The invasions of Manipur by the Burmese were frequent; their last
occupation of the country began in 1819. The three Manipuri princes,
MIarjit, Chaurjit and Gambhir Singh, sons of Jai Singh, escaped to
Cachar, which country they occupied. With them large numbers of
Manipuris emigrated, and a considerable population of this race is still
to be found in Cachar and Svlhet.
 ASSAM-MANIPUR. 103

When war was declared against Burma by the British Government

in 1824, and the Burmese had been expelled from Cachar, assistance in
arms and money was given by the Company to Gambhir Singh for an
attempt to recover possession of Manipur. In this he was successful,
occupying not only the valley in which the capital is situated, but
also the Kabaw valley, lying to the east of the former boundaries of
the State, and peopled by Shans. By the Treaty of Yandabo with
Burma, executed in February 1826 (see Burma No. TI), the King of
Ava recognised (Article 2) the independence of Gambhir Singh as Raja
of Manipur.

Gambhir Singh being thus established on the gaddi, the levy-with

which lie had effected the reconquest of his country was placed under
the management of two British officers, and supplied with ammunition,
and also with pay, by the British Government. In 1833 the British
Government agreed (No. LXX) to annex to Manipur the ranges of
hills on the west, between the eastern and western bends of the Barak,
giving the State the line of the Jiri and the western bend of the Barak
as its boundary. This agreement was made on the condition that the
Raja removed all obstructions to trade between Manipur and Cachar;
kept in repair the road between Manipur and British territory; and
promised to assist the Government both with carriage and troops
in the event of war with Burma. In 1834 Gambhir Singh died, and
Nar Singh, his minister, and a great-grandson of Gharib Nawaz, was
appointed regent on behalf of Gambhir Singh's son Chandra Kirti Singh,
then one year old. In the same year the British Government decided
to restore the Kabaw valley to the King of Burma, who had -never ceased to
remonstrate against its separation from his country: the valley was given
back and a new boundary laid down in the presence of British Com-
missioners, under an Agreement (No. LXXI), dated the 9th January
1834. At the same time the British Government bound itself to pay a
montbfl. stipend of Rs. 500 to the Raja of Manipur in compensation for
his loss. In 1835 the assistance formerly given to the Manipur levy
was withdrawn, and a politi;-al agent was -~ppointed to reside at
Manipur.

In 1844 the Rani dowager, widow of Gambhir Singh and mother

of Chandra Kirti, attempted to poison Nar Singh, the regent; her
attempt failed and she fled from the country with her son. Nar Singh
then assumed the Chiefship in his own name and ruled till his death
in 1850. He was succeeded by his brother Debendra Singh, but this
prince ruled for only three months, Chandra Kirti Singh, with the
help of Nar Singh's three sons, succeeding in ejecting him and recover-
ing possession of the gaddi. This was followed by some disorder in
the State, but in 1851 the Government of India decided to recognise
104 ASSAM-MANIPUlR.

Chandra Kirti Singh, guaranteeing the Chiefhip to him and declaring

that any attempts to dislodge him would be suppressed by force of
arms if necessary.
Since that time there have been many efforts on the part of various
members of the Manipur ruling family to gain possession of the chief
power in the State; but all have been defeated, and the leaders have
been either killed, imprisoned, or placed under surveillance in British
territory. In 1851 the sons of Debendra Singh and Nar Singh attempted
a rising. In 1852 another attempt occurred, led by Kanhai Singh, son
of Marjit, Gambhir Singh's brother. In 1857 some of the rebellious
sepoys from Chittagong, who had found their way to Cachar, were used
by one Narendrajit, a younger son of Chaurjit, to raise a disturbance;
but it was suppressed and Narendrajit was transported. In 1859 Maipak,
a descendant of Gharib Nawaz, invaded the valley, but was defeated
and fled. In 1862, in conjunction with another Raj Kumar named
Khaifa, he headed a second attack, and penetrated to the Raja's palace,
where he was captured. Kanhai Singh also made an attempt in 1865,
when his followers were dispersed by British troops and police. In
1866 a raid was perpetrated by Gokul Singh, a younger son of Debendra
Singh; his enterprise failed like the rest, but he himself escaped for
the time. He was captured in 1868, tried in Cachar, and sentenced to
seven years' imprisonment.

Chandra Kirti Singh died in May 1886, and was succeeded by his
son Sura Chandra Singh. The uccession was not accepted without a
rising under Bara Chauba Singh, the eldest son of Nar Singh, who
attempted to get possession of the gaddi. After some skirmishes with
the Cachar frontier police, who had been sent to help the rightful heir,
Bara Chauba's force was defeated, and his son and two brothers were
taken prisoners. Shortly after this Bara Chauba gave himself up,
and he and his relatives were deported to Hazaribagh. Two other un-
successful risings took place in September 1887. The first, under the
Wangkbairakpa, the highest judicial officer in the State, came to an
abrupt termination by the leader being shot. The second and more
important rebellion was headed by one Jogendra Singh who, though not
himself related to the ruling family, acted on behalf of the exiles. The
insurgent force was attacked and routed by parties of the 44th Gurkhas
and the Cachar frontier police. Jogendra Singh was killed and several
of his followers were made prisoners. Many of the latter were imprisoned
for waging war on a friendly State.
During the year 1890-91 the Manipur State was the scene of much
anarchy. Sura Chandra Singh was a prince of weak character; the
peace of the State was frequently disturbed by the quarrels of his seven
brothers,. and the family was broken up iiito two factions. On one side
 ASSAM-AMANIPUR.

were his three brothers headed by Pakka Sena, and on the other his
four half-brothers under the leadership of the Senapati Tikendrajit
Singh. Sura Chandra Singh was quite unable to assert his authority
over his turbulent relatives, and matters reached a climax on the 21st
September 1890, when the palace walls were suddenly scaled by the
two younger brothers and a few shots in the air were sufficient to
drive the, timid Sura Chandra Singh to seek safety at the Residency.
The next day, contrary to the advice of the Political Agent, he pro-
claimed his intention to abdicate and to 'proceed on a pilgrimage to
Brindaban: and on the 23rd he left the State, accompanied by his
three brothers and a few followers, and arrived at Cachar by the end of
the month. Here he changed his tone, represented to the Chief Coin-
missioner that he had no intention of abdicating, and solicited assistance
to regain the gaddi. In the meanwhile the Senapati, who was the real
movei in the rebellion, had induced his elder brother, the Jubraj Kula
(handra Dhaja Singh, to occupy thegaddi, and application was made
to the Government of India to ratify this accession. The whole question
was considered by the Government of India, and it was concluded that
it would be to the advantage of the Manipur State to recognise the
Jubraj in his new position rather than to restore Sura Chandra Singh,
it was, however, decided to remove the Senapati from Manipur ana
punish him for his lawless conduct towards his eldest brother. The
Chief Commissioner of Assam was directed to visit Manipur and carry
out the orders of the Government of India. Accordingly Mr. Quinton
the Chief Commissioner, left Golaghat with an escort from the Assam
Gurkha Battalions under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Skene.
This force, with the Political Agent's escort at Manipur and the support
of 200 men en route from Silchar, was considered sufficient to over-
awe the malcontents. On the 22nd March Mr. Quinton and his party
reached the neighbourhood of Manipur, and were met by the Senapati.
who had with him two Manipuri regiments. On arrival at Manilur the
Chief Commissioner was saluted by the Manipuri troops and by the
Regent, and announced that a Darbar would be held in the Residency
the same day. As the Senapati did not attend on the plea of ill-health,
the Darbar was postponed until next morning, when he again failed
to appear, and the Political Agent was informed that the Regent was
unable to enforce his brother's arrest. Political negotiations having
failed the Chief Commissioner decided to capfi:'.e the Senapati in his
house, which was surrounded on the mnorning of the 24th by the British
troops. A serious engagement ensued and the Manipuris attacked the
Residency, which was held till 8 P.m., when an armistico was arranged
and Mr. Quinton and four other* officers, who accompanied him under

Lieutenant-Colonel C. MoD. Skene, Mr. F. St. C. Grimwood, C.S., Mr. W. b

Cossins, C.S. and Lieutenant W. H. Simpson.
106 ASSAM-MANIPUR.

a flag of truce from the Residency to the palace, were cruelly and
treacherously murdered. The British escort retired to Silchar.

An e:'redition was then ordered to Manipur to re-asser the politic'a

supremaey of the British Government, and to enforce the unconditional
submission of the Darbar. The force marched in three columns from
Kohima, Silchar and Taminu, all of which reached the capital on the
27th April 1891. The Tammu column was the only one which met
with resistam(ce, the other two entering Manipur unmolested. On arrival
the force found the capital deserted; the arsenal with its guns had
been destroyed, and the principal houses had been looted by the villagers.
The Regent, the Senapati, and the other brothers had taken to flight, and
the leading officials were in hiding. Within a month all were captured,
and the Senapati and the two elder brothers were tried by a special com-
mission, at which Tikendrajit Singh, the Senapati, was convicted of
waging war against the Queen-Empress and of abetment of the murder
of British officers; he was sentenced to death and hanged, as was also
the Thangal General, who was convicted on the same c(harges by the
Chief Political Offi.er with the force. Kula Chandra Dhaja Singh and
his brother were also convicted of the first charge and were sentenced to
transportation for life, along with thirteen other persons.

In September 1891 the question of the future of the Manipur State

was decided and Chura Chand, born on the 15th April 1885, son of
Chaobiyaima, and a grandson of Nar Singh, was selected as Raja and
granted a salute of 11 guns. It was further ordered that the rulership
of the Manipur State, and the title and salute, would be hereditary,
and would descend in the direct line by primogeniture, provided that
in each case the succession was approved by the Government of India.
The Sanad (No. LXXII) granted to the new Chief provides for the
complete subordination of the Manipur State, and for the payment
of a yearly tribute, which was fixed in 1892 at Rs. 50,000. The tribute
was payable from the 21st August 1891. For the treacherous attack
on British officers a fine of Rs. 2,50,000 was imposed in 1892, and this
sun was paid off in five yearly instalments. The administration of
the State during the minority of the Raja was entrusted to a Super-
intendent and Political Agent, who wa given full power to introduce
any reforms that he considered beneficial, but with instructions to pay
due regard to the customs and traditions of the Manipuris and to inter-
fere as little as possible with existing institutions. On the 29th
S eptember 1892 the investiture of the Raja was carried out, and the
opportunity was taken to abolish slavery, allowing existing slaves to
work out their redemption in five years. At the same time the custom
of lallup was done away with, whereby every male in the valley was
bound to work ten day, in every forty for the Raja. and a tax of Rs. 2
 ASSAM-MANIPU R.

a house per annum throughout the valley was substituted for it. This
tax was abolished in 1899. The house tax throughout the hills was
fixed at Rs. 3 a year. A regular system of land tenure was instituted,
the annual rent being fixed at Rs. 2 an acre.
The powers and constitution of the existing local courts for the
trial of civil and criminal cases were defined, appeals from their deci-
sions allowed to the Superintendent, and extensive powers of revision,
given to the Political Agent and to the Chief Commissioner of Assam.
In May 1907 the administration of the State was made over to the
Raja, who was assisted by a Darbar of six Manipuri Members and an
officer of the Indian Civil Service, lent by the Government of Eastern
Bengal and Assam. In February 1908 Raja Chura Chand was formally
installed by the Lieutenant-Governor.
In 1913, in response to agitation by the people, the old custom
of pothang, whereby every village was compelled to repair roads and
school buildings and carry the luggage of touring officials within its
boundary, was abolished.
On the 1st January 1918 the hereditary title of Maharaja was con-
ferred (No. LXXIII) upon the Ruler of Manipur.
After the suppression of the Thado Kuki rebellion in 1919 (see
Relations with ill Tribes, in/ra) the method of administration in the
Manipur Hill areas was completely changed. Four Sub-Divisions were
formed, three of which are administered by members of the Assam
Provincial Civil Service lent to the State, while the fourth is directly
under the President of the Darbar, who now administers the whole
of the Hills in the name of the Maharaja. Appeals from the decision of
the President of the Darbar, in criminal and civil matters connected with
the Hill areas, lie to the Political Agent in Manipur. To enable the
State to meet the increased expenditure in connection with the Hill
Sub-Divisions, the Government of India sanctioned the reduction of
the tribute from Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 5,000 for a period of ten years
from 1920-21*. At the same time the annual contribution of Rs. 30,000,
paid by the State towards the upkeep of the cart road leading to the
railway in the Assam Valley, was remitted by the Government of
Assam, on condition that this amount should be spent annually on
the improvement and upkeep of communications in the hills.
In 1924 the Manipur State Darbar passed a resolution waiving the
authority of the State for the purpose of the administration of the
Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1914 (VIII of 1914), along the portion of the
Dimapur-Manipur Road which lies within the State: and the Aat was
thereupon applied to that portion of the road by the Government of
Further extended, in 1930, up to 1932-33 inclusive.
108 ASSAM-MANIPUR.

India, in exercise of the powers conferred by the Indian (F6reign

Jurisdiction) Order in Council, 1902.
The area of Manipur is 8,456 square miles; population, according
to the Census of 1921, 384,016; revenue about Rs. 8,00,000.
The State possesses a small force of armed police numbering (1926)
.33 officers and men.
Relations w'ith Hill Tribes.-Before the first Burmese War, the rela-
tions of the Manipur Rajas with the surrounding hill tribes were con-
fined to the collection of tribute sometimes more, sometimes less, accord-
ing to the amount of control exercised at the time, and to reprisals
for raids and aggression by means of periodical armed incursions into
the hills. Colonel McCulloch, who was Political Agent in Manipur
from 1844 to 1867, describes the situation as follows:L-
" Before the connection of the British Government with that of
Munnipore took place, the latter, not to speak of exerting influence over
the tribes, was unable to protect the inhabitants of the valley from
their aggressions, or to resist their exactions of black-mail, and even
after the conclusion of peace with Burma, the majority of the tribes
were independent, and known to us little more than by name. With
the assistance of the arms and ammunition given to Munnipore by the
British Government, some of the tribes have been thoroughly, the
northern ones partially, reduced . . . . A strong and honest Govern-
inent would endeavour to repress the feuds and ameliorate the conditidns
of the tribes. Their feuds, however, are, to the weak Government of
Munnipore, a source of strength and afford a means of extortion which
suits their dishonesty."
The principal tribes which harassed both the Manipuris and those
tribes over which they had firmly established their suzerainty after
the first Burmese War were:-
(1) The Angamis, of the southern Naga Hills.
(2) The Suktes, of the northern Chin Hills.
(3) The Lushai tribes of the north-eastern Lushai Hills.
(4) The Khongjais or Thado Kuki clans.

In 1832 and 1.833 two expeditions, the first under Captains Jenkins
,Ind Pemberton and the second under Raja Gambhir Singh and
Lieutenant Gordon, penetrated and subjugated the Angami country.
In 1835 the British Government called on the Manipur State to control
the Angaiis with a view to putting a stop to their raids on British
territory in Assam. But, although the State's subjugation of the tribe
extended to the protection of its own territory and subjects and to fhe
levying of occasional tribute, it was quite unable to prevent the Nagas'
 ASSAM-MANIPTiA. log

incursions ihto British territory on the northern side of the hill ranges:
Accordingly, it was decided in 1837, to " male over to Manipur no
fresh tracts of mountain country for conquest or management ". but
to depute a British Officer to deal locally with the Angamis. In 1842
Captain Gordon, Political Agent in Manipur, fixed the western and
ndrth-Western boundaries of the State, excluding from Manipur the
Angami country proper, but including the Imemai or Mao tribe, allied
to the Angamis by race and customs. This boundary however was un-
acceptable to the Manipur administration who practically ignored it
and the position remained unsatisfactory. Between 1839 and 1850 ten
British expeditions having failed to stop the Angamis from raiding
British and Manipur territory, a policy of non-interferienbe wias again
decided upon, with the result that in 1854 Manipur was compelled to
send an expedition to subdue the Angami villages. Periodical raids
by the Angamis continued, which were checked to some extent by
Mohipur by the expedient of posting " sepoy " villages of armed Thado
Kukis in the north-western hills of the State. In 1866 the British
Governmbnt again decided to take action, and an officer was posted at
Samaguting. In the following year the Manipur boundary was Ire-
affirmed. Manipur, however, continued to endeavour to levy ,ribute
from the Angami villages, and in 1872 the boundary was again re-
affirmed. In 1878 the north-eastern boundary of the State was laid
down. But, though the occupation of Samaguting was partly success-
ful in diminishing raids on British territory, the Angamis continued to
make frequent incursions into Manipur, and in 1877 the Secretary of
State recognised that " the attitude of indifference to .... the raids
of the Nagas on Manipur could no longer be maintained without dis-
credit to British Administration." In the cold season of 1877-78, there-
fore, an expedition was sent against the chief Angami villages and
Kohima was selected as the headquarters of the British Political Officer
in the Naga Hills. In 1879 the murder of Mr. Damant was followed
by the siege of Kohim'a and the subjection of the Angamis, when our
control over the tribe from the more satisfactory centre of Kohima became
sufficiently complete to protect Manipur from further serious outrages.

The Suktes appear to have irst broken the peace of Manipur in

the regency and reign of Raja Nar Singh (1834-1850) pushing the
Thado clans northwards into the southern hills of the State and raiding
almost as far as the Manipur valley.

In 1856 a serious attack was committed on a hill village in the

Manipur State, which led to a retaliatory expedition in the next year.
This expedition, led by the Raja himself, reached Tiddim, the chief
village of the Suktes, but was repulsed with loss. Raids continued
until 1871, the Suktes dn one dccsion penei ating as far as Mombee and
 ASSAM-MANIPUR.
110

Heeroway within Manipur territory. Towards the end of 1871, how

ever, the -AIanipuris and Suktes made peace and joined with the British
Government against the common enemy, the northern Lushai tribes.
The seizure by Manipur, during the operations, of Nokhothang, an
ally of the Suktes, with nearly 1,000 of' his followers, and the subse-
quent death of Nokhothang in Manipur jail, led to a recurrence of the
Sukte raids. In 1875, Manipur, with the coieisent of the Government
of India, despatched an expedition against them, which made a nominal
peace without any fighting. The cessation of raiding was only
temporary, however, and incursions, often provoked by the counter
raids of Thado villages in Manipur, continued uiItil the final subjectiol
of the Suktes (or, as they are now generally known, the Kamhaos), in
the Chin Hills operations of 1888-93, since when they have been under
British administration.

The Lushais also caie in contact with the Manipuris li dhe reigr,
of Raja Nar Singh. The first recorded raid occurred in 1844 and,
like the majority of subsequent incursions, appears to have been pro-
voked by the hostile action of the Thado and other Kuki tribes, who had
been driven northwards into Manipur by the Lushais and Suktes. The
raiders reached the Manipur valley but were repulsed with loss by a
force gathered from the neighbouring Manipuri villages. In 1847 the
Political Agent reported frequent raids, which contined until 1849. In
that year the Manipur outpost at Kala Naga, overlooking Cachar, was,
twice attacked and evacuated. A third raid was less successful; the
Lushais lost several prisoners and were compelled to come to terms
with the Raja. As a result raids temporarily ceased, but soon broke
out again and continued until a combined British and Manipuri column
penetrated the Lushai country bordering the State in 1872. This expedi-
tion effected the release of a larg'e number of captives, and hostilities
-,gain died down for a short time. In this year the Government of Indii.
iiitiniated to the Manipur Darbar that the Raja would be held responsibli
for acts of unprovoked aggression on the Suktes and Lushais, and that
he must take effective steps to make his subject Kukis understand thiU.
and to punish them should they disregard their instructions. At the
same time it was declared to be the Raja's duty to take all necessary
measures for the protection of his frontier. In 1877, owing to numerous
raids-on the Manipur western hills, an embassy was sent to the Lushai
Chiefs with presents, but the respite secured wa> again only temporary.
Complete freedom from aggression was only finally attained with the
oIccupation of the Lushai Hills by the British Government, after the
-iperations of 1889-91.

The Khongjais or Thado Kukis, with other allied clans, were gradually
driven north into Manipur by the Suktes and Lushais, the migration
 ASSAM-MANIPUR.

commencing in the reign of Raja Nar Singh. For the most part they
lived at peace with their Manipuri neighbours, being unwilling to
provoke hostile attacks from the north as well as from the south. Indeed
the Manipur administration armed many of them and utilised them as
" Sepoy villages " against the Angamis in the north and the Suktes and
Lushais in the south. But in 1877 Nellam, Chief of the Dongul clan
(generally known as Chassad), was enticed into Imphal and treacherously
murdered by a Manipuri official. The majority of his clan migrated
from the south-western to the eastern hills and settled in country claimed
both by the Manipuri and Thangdut States. From this vantage ground
they raided impartially the Kabaw valley of Burma and the hill villages
of Manipur. In 1882 the Political Agent demarcated the boundary,
including the villages of :Tonghlu, son of Nellam, and the majority
of his followers in Manipur. Shortly afterwards Tonghlu submitted, and
raids gradually ceased. In 1917, however, the Chiefs of most of the
Thado clans, stirred up by a disaffected Manipuri, rebelled, raided in the
Manipur valley, and attacked columns sent against them. The greater
part of the hill country of the State was affected and raids on Shan
villages in the Kabaw valley and loyal villages in the Manipur hills
continued throughout 1918; but in 1919, with the help of the British
Government, the rebellion was finally suppressed and the hostile clans
disarmed. Since then no trouble has been experienced: and in 1922 it
was found possible to release all the surviving Chiefs connected with
the rebellion who had been interned on its suppression.
 112 ASSAM-NQ. 1-1793.

No. 1.

TRANSLATION of a new system -of COMMERCE adopted by the MAHARAJAH SURGY

DEO, ASSAM, 28th February 1793.
The Maharajah Surgy Deo, highly sensible of the benefit he has experienced
from the aid which has been afforded to him by the English Government, and
desirous not only of cementing the harmony and friendship which subsists be-
tween him and that power, but also of extending the beneficial effects thereof,
in general, to the subjects of Bengal and Assam, has, at the recommendation of
Captain Welsh, the representative at his Court of the said English Government,
agreed to abolish the injudicious system of Commerce which has heretofore been
pursued, and to adopt in its stead the following plan, liable however to such al-
terations and amendments as occasions may require, for the mutual benefit and
comfort of the subjects of both countries.

ARTICLE 1.

That there shall henceforth be a reciprocal and entire liberty of Commerce

between the subjects of Bengal and those of Assam, for all and singular goods
and merchandizes, on the conditions and in such manner as is settled in the fol-
lowing rules.
ARTICLE 2.
That to facilitate this free intercourse between the subjects of both nations,
those of Bengal, in fulfilling the conditions hereafter prescribed, be permitted
to proceed with their boats loaded with merchandizes into Assam, and to expose
their goods for sale, at any place or in any manner may best suit their purposes,
without being subject to any other duties than are established by these Articles.

ARTICLE 3.
That a regular Impost be levied on all goods or merchandizes, whether of
Export or Import, and that these duties be fixed as follows

Imports.
lst.-That the Salt of Bengal be subject to an Impost of 10 per cent. on the
supposed prime cost, reckoning that invariably at 400 Rupees per 100 maunds
of 84 sicca weight to the seer.
2nd.-That the Broad Cloths of Europe, the Cotton Cloths of Bengal, Carpets,
Copper, Lead, Tin, Tutanag, Pearls, Hardware, Jewellery, Spices, and the various
other Goods imported into Assam, pay an equal Impost of 10 per cent. on the
Invoice price.
3rd.-That Warlike Implements and Military Stores be considered contra-
band and liable to confiscation, excepting the supplies of these articles which
may be required for the Company's troops stationed in Assam, which, and every
 ASS414-NO. 1-1793.11 11II

other matter of convenience for the said troops, whether of clothing or provisions
are in all cases to be exempt from duties.

Exports.
lst.-That the Duties to be levied on all articles of Export (except in such
cases as are hereafter mentioned) be invariably 10 per cent., reckoning agreeable
to the rates hereby annexed to each, viz.
Rs. As. P.
Mooga Dohtees, per md. of 84 sa. wt. to the seer 95 0 0
Mooga Thread, ditto ditto 70 0 0
Pepper, ditto ditto ..
Elephants' Teeth, ditto ditto 50 0 0
Cutna Lac, ditto ditto 4 0 0
Chuprah and Jury Lal, ditto ditto 3 8 0
Munjeet, ditto ditto 4 0 0
Cotton ditto ditto ..

2nd.-That all articles of Export not herein specified (with the exception of
the following), and for which no certain calculation can be made, be subject to
an equal Impost, in such instances always to be paid in kind; and with respect
to these articles which have been particularized, that the Duties be received either
in money or kind, as may be most convenient to the Merchant: but as it may
happen that a temporary scarcity of grain may occur either in Bengal or Assam,
to provide against which, Rice and every description of Grain to be exempt from
Duties.

ARTICLE 4.
That any person or persons detected in attempting to defraud the Surgy Deo
of the Duties hereby established, shall be liable to a confiscation of his or their
property, and for ever after debarred the privilege of the trade.

ARTICLE 5.

That for the purpose of collecting the said Duties, Agents be appointed and
Custom Houses established for the present, one at the Candahar Chokey and
one at Gowhatty.

ARTICLE 6.
That it be the busiiness of the Agents to be stationed at the Candahar Chokey
to collect the Duties on all Imports and on all Exports, the produce of the country
to the westward of Gowhatty, for which they are to be held responsible. They
are to examine all boats passing up and down the river, and, after having settled
with the proprietor for the amount of the Duties, they are to grant him a pass-
port, specifying the number and quantity of each article, a copy of which they
are to forward, without delay, to the Agents at Gowhatty, whither, or further
if it be necessary, the Merchant may proceed under sanction of the said pass. .
 114 ASSAM-NO. 1-1793.

ARTICLE 7.

That it be the business of the Agents stationed at Gowhatty to collect the

Duties on all Exports the produce of the country parallel to it north and south,
and also on all Exports the produce of the country to the eastward, as far as Now-
gong, for which in like manner they are to be held responsible. They are to exa-
mine all boats passing down the river, and to grant passports to the proprietors,
copies of which to be forwarded to the Agents at the Candahar Chokey, who are
to re-examine the cargo, lest, on the way between Gowhatty and their station,
the merchant may have taken goods on board which could not be specified in the
pass granted at that place.

ARTICLE 8.
That as an incitement to the Agents to be industrious in the discharge of their
duty, a recompense be made to them, bearing a proportion to the amount of the
collections, and that for the present it be fixed at 12 per cent. on the said collec-
tions, which is calculated to defray all incidental expenses.

ARTICLE 9.
That the said Agents be required to be sureties for each other, and that the
whole be bound by engagements to the Surgy Deo, not only for the purity of their
conduct in the collections, but also that they abstain from having any concern,
either directly or indirectly, in trade.

ARTICLE 10.
That a copy of their accounts be produced on or before the 10th of every month,
and that the payment of the collections be made into the hands of any person
the Surgy Deo may appoint to receive it at the expiration of every quarter.

ARTICLE 11.
That the standard weight hereafter, both for Exports and Imports, be 40
seers to the maund, and 84 sicca weight to the seer.

ARTICLE 12.
That as much political inconvenience might arise to both Governments from
granting a general license to the subjects of Bengal to settle in Assam, no Euro-
pean merchant, or adventurer of any description, be allowed to fix their residence
in Assam, without having previously obtained the permission of the English Gov-
ernment and that of the Surgy Deo.

ARTICLE 13.
That as Captain Welsh, the representative of the said English Government,
in consideration of the Surgy Deo having removed the prohibitory restrictions
which have hitherto existed, to the detriment of a free intercourse, has signified
his intention of bringing to punishment all persons from Bengal, offending against
 ASSAM-NOS. 1-1793 AND 11-1817. 115
the established laws of Assam, or infringing these Articles, so the Surgy Deo, on
his part, declares he will punish all abuses in his subjects, tending to obstruct
or discourage the reciprocal intercourse this system is designed to promote.

ARTICLE 14.
That copies of these Articles be affixed at every public place throughout Assam,
that none may plead ignorance, and that Captain Welsh be requested to send
one officially to his Government.

THo. WELSH,
Captain.
TaE SEAL OF THE MAHARAJAH SURLY Do.

No. II.

AGREEMENT EXECUTED by the GARO SARDARS of TIxRI DUAR in 1817.

We Ashong Surdar of Thangapara Ganseng, the nephew and son-in-law of

Daffo Surdar of Semajora (on the part of the latter) Rimsong Surdar of Seejapara,
Roop Sing Surdar of Kherooguree, Gana and Rangdan Surdars of Bussooapara,
Ramsong Surdar of Magapara or Nepageeree, Geer Sing the son of Surjung Surdar
of Damareeapara on the part of the latter and Chakdang on the part of Bubbooa
Surdar Hourogeeree Garrow Surdars of the Tikree Doowar or pass in Mechpara
hereby penally bind ourselves and our dependants and the inhabitants of our
villages strictly to abide by the following articles :-
1. We promise never to commit violence upon the Company's subjects or on
any one else or permit our people. We hereby submit ourselves to such punish-
ment as the Magistrate may think fit to inflict.
2. If any Garrow belonging to this Doowar or pass should be guilty of violence
to the Company's subjects we bind ourselves to apprehend and deliver to the
Magistrate's people at Tikree
3. If among any of the Garrows tribes in general there should be an assembly
or consultation with the view of invading the low lands and committing violence
on the Company's subjects, we engage to give immediate information of the same
to the Police Officers and also of all invitations to make incursions of the above
nature that may be made to the Garrows by the Company's subjects.
4. If we have disputes amongst ourselves we will settle them by arbitration
according to our ancient customs and if they cannot be so settled we will ccmplain
to the Magistrate who will be guided in his order by our customs; we also bind
oursel-res to give up the practice of fighting and killing, wounding each other in
private quarrels.
5. We agree that the Darogas, interpreters and servants of the Company
shall have access at all times to our villages and if anything would happen to
116 ASSAM-NO. 11-1817.

them when there we shall be held answerable according to the circumstances of

the case.
6. We will take such poonjee advances as are sanctioned by established cus-
tom from Government, deliver cotton at the established rate or pay the value
in money.
7. The Magistrate will enquire respecting the boundary of the lands which
we and our ancestors have cultivated in poonjee advances from time immemorial
and settle the same according to justice; if after that we wish to cultivate lands
beyond the boundary belonging to the Company's zamindars we will first agree
to pay rent like other ryots and submit in all things to the Regulation of the British
Government.
8. When we go to the haths we will deposit our swords and knives and not
carry the same into the market place; we will pay the market price for what we
want and make no pretensions to payments, etc., and if any disturbance arises
we will assist the servants of Government in restoring order; on our part we shall
be exempted from the payment of agar Phoot and all other duties and abwabs.
9. We now swear upon a skull and upon earth and salt and upon our swords
that besides the thirteen skulls brought away from our villages and now produced,
we and our people have no others, we further on the part of ourselves and for
our brethren altogether do abjure the practice of keeping or of bringing and selling
human heads, and we hereby consent that if even the fragment of a human skull
shall hereafter be found in any of our villages that village shall be liable to be
burnt and the whole of the inhabitants fined or otherwise punished as the Magis-
trate may direct.
10. For the due performance of these articles of agreement we also hereby
become mutually responsible for one another and all engage to produce before
the Magistrate's people at Tikree any one of our members who may fail to perform
what is herein written.
ASHONG.

RAMRING.

ROOMNING.

ROOPSING.

GONA.

RANGDANG.

GANTRY.

CHOKDONG.

KBEER SiNG.
 ASSAM-NO. III-1824.

No. III.
TREATY concluded between DAVID SCOTT, ESQvIRE, AGENT to the GOVERNOR-
GENERAL on the part of the HONOURABLE EAST INDIA CoMPANY, and RAJAB
GOVIND CHUNDER NARYN, Of CACHAR, Or HERUMBA,-1824.

ARTICLE 1.
Rajah Govind Chunder, for himself and his successors, acknowledges alle-
glance to the Honorable Company, and places his country of Cachar, or Herumba,
under their protection.
ARTICLE 2.
The internal Government of the country shall be conducted by the Rajah,
and the jurisdiction of the British Courts of Justice shall not extend there ; but
the Rajah agrees to attend at all times to the advice offered for the welfare of his
subjects by the Governor-General in Council, and agreeably thereto to rectify
any abuses that may arise in the administration of affairs.

ARTICLE 3.
The Honorable Company engages to protect the territory of Cachar from ex-
ternal enemies, and to arbitrate any differences that may arise between the Rajah
and other States. The Rajah agrees to abide by such arbitration, and to hold
no correspondence or communication with foreign powers, except through the
channel of the British Government.

ARTICLE 4.
In consideration of the aid promised by the above Article, and other circum-
stances, the Rajah agree to pay to the Honorable Company, from the beginning
of the year 1232 B. S., an annual tribute of ten thousand Sicca Rupees, and the
Honorable Company engages to provide for the maintenance of the Munnipoorean
Chiefs lately occupying Cachar.
ARTICLE 5.
If the Rajah should fail in the performance of the above article, the Honor-
able Company will be at liberty to occupy and attach, in perpetuity, tr. their other
possessions, a sufficient tract of the Cachar country, to provide for the future
realization of the tribute.
ARTICLE 6.
The Rajah agrees, in concert with the British local Authorities, to adopt all
measures that may be necessary for the maintenance, in the district of Sylbet,
of the arrangements in force in the Police, Opium and Salt Departments.
Executed at Buddeerpore, this 6th day of March 1824, corresp-udiag with
the 24th of Fagoon 1230 B.S.
D. ScowT,
Agent to the Govnor-General.
RAJAH GOVIND CHUNDER'S SEAL.
118 ASSAM-NO. rV-1824.

No. IV.

TREATY WITH RAJAH RAM SING of JYNTEAH,-1824.

Treaty concluded between David Scott, Esq., Agent to the Governor-General,

on the part of the Honorable East India Company and Rajah Ram Sing, ruler of
Jy-Jynteepore of Jynteah.
ARTICLE 1.
Rajah Ram Sing acknowledges allegiance to the Honorable Company, and
places his country of Jynteah under their protection. Mutual friendship and
amity shall always be maintained between the Honorable Company and the
Rajah.
ARTICLE 2.

The internal government of the country shall be conducted by the Rajah,

and the jurisdiction of the British Courts of Justice shall not extend there. The
Rajah will always attend to the welfare of his subjects, and observe the ancient
customs of government, but should any unforseen abuse arise in the adminis-
tration of affairs, he agrees to rectify the same agreeably to the advice of the Gov-
e cnor-General in Council.
ARTICLE 3.
The Honorable Company engages to protect the territory of Jynteah from
external enemies, and to arbitrate any differences that may arise between the
Rajah and other States. The Rajah agrees to abide by such arbitration, and
to hold no political correspondence or communication with foreign powers, except
with the consent of the British Government.

ARTICLE 4.
In the event of the Honorable Company being engaged in war to the east-
ward of the Berhampooter, the Rajah engages to assit with all his forces, and
to afford every other facility in his power in furtherance of such military opera-
tions.
ARTICLE 5.

The Rajah agrees, in concert with the British local Authorities, to adopt all
measures that may be necessary for the maintenance, in the district of Sylhet,
of the arrangements in force in the Judicial, Opium and Salt Departments.
Executed this 10th of March 1824, corresponding with the 28th of Fagoon
1233 B.S., at Rajahgunge.
D. SCOTT,
Agent to the Governor-General,
SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF RAJAH
RAM SING OF JYNTEAH.
 ASSAM-NOS. IV-1824 AND V-1826. 110

SEPARATE ARTICLE of the TREATY concluded between the HONORABLE COMPANY

and RAJAH RAM SING of JYNTEAII.

Rajah Ram Sing engages, that to assist in the war commenced in Assam be-
tween the Honorable Company's Troops and those of the King of Ava, he will
march a force and attack the enemy to the east of Gowhatty; and the Honor-
able Company agrees, upon the conquest of Assam, to confer upon the Rajah
a part of that Territory proportionate to the extent of his exertions in the com-
mon cause.

D. SCOTT,
Agent to the Governor-General.

SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF RAJAH

RAM SING OF JYNTEAH.

No. V.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT in the Assamese language executed to the BRI-

TISH GOVERNMENT by the SINGPHOE CHIEFs,-1826.

WHEREAS we, the Singphoe Chiefs, named Bum, Koomjoy, Meejong. Jow
Chowkhen, Jowrah, Jowdoo, Chow, Chumun, Neengun, Tangrung, Chowbab,
Chamuta, Chowrah, Chowdoo, Choukam, Koomring, &c., are under the subjec-
tion of the British Government, we execute this Agreement to Mr. David Scott,
the Agent to the Governor-General, and hereby engage to adhere to the follow-
ing terms, viz. :-
1st.-Assam being now under the sway of the British Government, we and
our dependent Singphoes, who were subjects of the Assam State, acknowledge
subjection to that Government. We agree not to side with the Burmese or any
other King to commit any aggression whatever, but we will obey the orders of
the British Government.
2nd.-Whenever a British Force may march to Assam to protect it from foreign
aggression, we will supply that Force with grain, etc., make and repair roads for
them, and execute every order that may be issued to us. We should on our doing
so be protected by that Force.
3rd.-If we abide by the terms of this Agreement, no tribute shall be paid
by us; but if any Assam Paeeks of their own accord reside in our villages, the
tax on such Paeeks will be paid to the British Government.
4th.-We will set at large or cause to be liberated any Assam people whom.
we may seize, and they shall have the option to reside wherever they pleaso.
120 ASSAM-NO. V-1826.

5th.-If any of the Singphoes rob any of the Assam people residing in our
country, we will apprehend the former and surrender him to the British Govern-
ment; but if we fail to do so, we will make good the loss thus sustained by the
latter.
6th.-We will govern and protect the Singphoes under us as heretofore and
adjust their differences; and if any boundary dispute occur among us, we will not
take up arms without the knowledge of the British Government.
7th.-We will adhere to the terms of this Agreement and never depart from
them. This Agreement shall be binding upon our brothers, sons, nephews, and
relatives, in such way as the Agent to the Governor-General may deem proper.
We have executed this Agreement in the presence of many.
Written at Suddeea on Friday, the 5th May 1826, or Sukabda 1748, or 24th
Bysakh 1233 B.S.

NAMEs of Singphoe Chiefs who have signed the Agreement.

CHOWTOW. COWKN.

TOPOMKA. CHOWRAH.

TOWALLAH. SowDoo.

HOKAP. CHOW.

CHOWCHA. CIANLONG.

INSALA. NINGON.

DONPHOOMLA. TUNRONG.

AHEINGLA. CHOWUN.

KATANCHAWPHA. SAMTANG.

TANGSUNG ZUNG. CHOWRA.

DOTHEMJOWPHEA. CHOWDOO.

LATHAM THOYRUNG. CHOWKAM.

CHEKANGLA. SOWRNO.

SINGNIEN. SEEROLA SAN.

MOONIANKOO. PANJOW.

BER Bum. LATXEJABONG.

KooMJoY. POOINGNONG.

MEEJONO ORAON.
 ASSAM-NO. *i-i826. 121

No. VI.
1
TRANSLATION Of KtBOOLYUT Of UR SENAPUTTEE, 13th May 1826.
The Bur Senaputtee, in the presence of Mr, Scott, agreed to the following
Kuboolyut --
I, Matee Bur Bur Senaputtee of the Muttocks, write what follows:
The Pykes belonging to the Phokuns, Burrooahs, Brahmins, and others that
are under me, amount to 160 Gotes, and my own amount to 260 Gotes, of these
42 Gotes are my own Liksoos, 11 belong to the Hazaree Keeahs.
5 Sykeahs.
15 Burakayees.
42 are Raj Sumunlyahs (provide rice).
5 to the Naoogs.

120 Total.

300 Gotes remain, deducting these. Of these 150 are fighting men, 150 laborers
these I will furnish, according to the custom of the country, by Mal, Dewal, Teeal,
and what russud the Sircar may want that I will furnish on getting the amount
of its cost; over these people I will exercise jurisdiction, enquire and decide, but
in cases of murder, dacoity, and great wounding, and thefts above Rs. 50, I will
institute investigation, and send the papers and the men to the presence, and
whatever ordered I will obey. This Kuboolyut shall remain until another is
made.
Signed by the BuR SENAPUTTEE.
Witnesses:
JUTO ZYE DEWALYAH.

GUDADIEUR.
Signed with Mr. SCOTT'S initials.

SUNNUD of BuR SENAPUTTEE.

THE AGENT OF THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL, &C., TO MATEE BuR BUR SENAPUTTEE.

You are ordered, after providing yourself and the Bissyahs with Pykes for
your own and their use, to keep 300 at the Sircar's disp6sal, but of these I give
you 20 for your personal use, and that of your children or others, the remaining
280 you will always have foxthcoming.
13th May 1826.

There is another Sunnud of the same day, in which the 20 Qotes are not ex-
cepted ; but the above is said to be the last.
122 ASSAM-NOS. VII AND VII-1826.

No. VII.

TRANSLATION of KUBOOLYUT Of SUDDEYA KHOWAH GOHAIN,-1826.

Salan Suddeya Khowah Gahain makes the following Agreement :-I am made
Khowah Huddah of Suddeya for the purpose that I perform all the duties of the
Company, and which I agree by this writing to do. The 12 Sirings under me
have 43 Gotes of 3 Pykes, and of Khamtees there are 40 and 1 Poa, and of Dooms
there are 12 Gotes 1 Poa-total 95 Gotes 2 Poa. Of these the Siring Burooah
has 1 Gote 1 Poa and 8 Gotes of Siksoos, and my own are 10 Gotes with 1 Poa
for Runnut Mura. Also the Bura of Khamtees and Dooms has 4 Gotes-remain-
ing 72 Gotes. Of these 40 are fighting men, and 20 working men, and 12, fisher-
men: these shall be forthcoming according to the customs of the country by Mal,
Dewal, Teeal; and I will do justice to the people under me, but in cases of mur-
der, wounding, arson, thefts above 50 Rupees, in these having made enquiries,
the papers, witnesses, and offenders shall be sent to the Huzoor, and I will be
always ready to obey the orders of the Huzoor, and what russud is required shall
be given on payment. This paper is written before every one.

SALAN SUDDEYA KuOWAH.

Witnesses.
KAGESSUR, Duftry.

SUNDEE SING, Chupprassee.

Signed with Mr. SCOTT'S initials.

15th May 1826.

No. VIII.

ARTICLES of AGREEMENT entered into by MR. DAVID SCOTT, AGENT to the Gov-
ERNOR-GENERAL, on behalf of the HONORABLE COMPANY, AND TEERUT SING
ASHEMLEE, called the WHITE RAJAH, CHIEF of NUNGKLOW,-1826.

A~RIcLE 1.
Rajah Teerut Sing, the Ruler of Nungklow and its dependencies, with the
advice and consent of his relations, dependent Lushkurs and Sirdars in Council
assembled, voluntarily agrees to become subject to the Honorable Company, and
places his country under their protection.
 ASSAM-NO. VI-1826. 123

ARTICLE 2.
The said Rajah agrees to give a free passage for troops through his country
to go and to come between Assam and Sylhet.

ARTICLE 3.

The Rajah agrees to furnish materials for the construction of a road through
his territories, receiving payment for the same, aild after its completion to adopt
such measures as may be necessary to keep it in repair.

ARTICLE 4.

The Agent to the Governor-General agrees, on the part of the Honorable Com-
pany, to protect the Rajah's country from foreign enemies, and if any other Chief
injures him, to enquire into the facts, and if it appear that he has been unjustly
attacked, to afford him due support. The Rajah on his part agrees to abide by
such decision, and not to hold any intercourse or correspondence on political
matters with any foreign Chief without the consent of the British Government.

ARTICLE 5.

The Rajah agrees that, in the event of the Honorable Company carrying on
hostilities with any other power, he will serve with all his followers as far to the
eastward as Kuliabar in Assam, his men being entitled to receive subsistence
money from the British Government when employed on the Plains.

ARTICLE 6.
The Rajah promises to rule his subjects according to laws of his country, keep-
ing them pleased and contented, and carrying on the public business according
to ancient custom, without the interference of the British Government; but if
any person should commit violence in the Honorable Company's Territory, and
takerafage in the Rajah's country, he agrees to seize and deliver them up.

Dated at Gowhatty this 30th November 1826, corresponding with the 16th Aghun
1233.

D. ScoTT,
Agent to the Governor-General.

Similar Agreement entered into by the Chief of Khyrim.

 ASSAM-NO. IX-1829.
124

No. IX.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT given to the BRITISH GOVERNMENT by the WA-

HADADARS or CHIEFS of CHEYLA POONJEE in the year 1829.

MISHNEE WAHADADAR,

BURSING WAHADADAR,

SOOMEN and OOKSAN WAHADADARS,

Residents of Cheyla Poonjee.

To
THE HONOURABLE COMPANY.

The written Agreement of Mishnee, Bursing, Soomen, and Ooksan, Waha-

dadars of Cheyla Poonjee, and other villages, twelve in number.

Whereas a disturbance or battle took place, in the Hills, and we did not join
with the Government or make our appearance, in consequence of which troops
were sent to our villages; we now come forward and give this Agreement to abide
by the following stipulations

/st.-That having committed these faults, we agree to pay by instalments

to the Government, amongst our twelve villages, a fine of Rupees 4,000 for the
payment of which sum we four persons are responsible.

2nd.-That from the limestone situated on the banks of the Bogah River
in our territory, we agree to allow the Government always to remove gratis, as
much as they require, in any locality selected by their officers; but it is not to be
taken from any other place.

3rd.-That should any persons concerned in any acts in Zillah Sylhet or other
places come and take shelter with us, we will immediately deliver them up on
their being called for by the Zillah Courts.

4th.-That we promise not to dispute or make war with the Honourable Com-
pany, or with any of the Rajahs who are in confederacy with the Government.

5th.-That if any quarrels should arise between us and the Rajahs alluded
to, the Government is to investigate and settle them, and to this effect we have
executed this Agreement.

Dated the 3rd September, corresponding with the 19th of Bhadro 1236 B.S.
 ASSAM-NO. X-1829. 125

No. X.

TRANSLATION of ARTICLES of entered into, in the year 1829, between

AGREEMENT
DEWAN SING, RAJAH of CHERRA POONJEE, and his MINISTERIAL OFFICERS
and OTHERS, and MR. DAVID SCOTT, AGENT to the GOVERNOR- GENERAL,
NORTH-EAST FRONTIER.
The Rajah having lost his eye-sight,
Soobba Singh, Rajah, has put his
mark hereto on the part of Dewan
Sing, Rajah.
To
THE HONORABLE COMPANY.

The written Agreement of Dewan Singh, Rajah, and the Ministerial Officers
No. 5. and other Cossiahs residing at Cherra Poonjee,
Presented at Cherra Poonjee
on the 12th September 1829, executed in the present English year 1829 to the
oorresponding with the year
1236 B.S. following purport

We acknowledge our subjection to the Honorable Company with the object

of having our country protected, and enter into this Deed of Agreement to the
effect that we hereby place our territory under the protection of the Honorable
Company.
1st.-We are to conduct the affairs of our country in concert with the Minis-
terial Officers according to former usages and customs, keeping the people pleased
and contented, and to have no concern in such matters with any of the Honorable
Company's Courts; but should any person, who has committed any wrongful
act in the Government territories, come to our country, we will, on demand, im-
mediately apprehend him and deliver him up.
2nd.-If we should have any disputes with the Rajahs of other countries which
it may be deemed proper to investigate, we will abide by and submit to any judg-
ment that may be given on the part of the Government, and we will not enter
into any quarrels with the Rajahs of other countries without the permission of
the Honorable Company.
3rd.-If there should be any hostilities in the Hills with the Honorable Com-
pany, we will immediately proceed there with our forces, and render assistance
to the Government.

Mr. David Scott, Agent to the Governor-General, hereby promises that your
territory will be properly protected on the part of the Government if you act
according to the aforesaid conditions; and if any quarrels should arise between
you and the Rajahs of other countries, they will be disposed of and settled, and
126 ASSAM-NOS. X AND XI-1829.

you will receive a fitting reward for the services referred to. To which purport
this Agreement is executed by both parties.

Dated the 19th September, corresponding with the 26th Bhadro 1236 B.S.

W. CRACROFT,
A. A. G. G.

No. XI.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed in the year 1829, by DEWAN SING,

RAJAH of CHERRA POONJEE.

The Rajah having lost his eye-sight,

Soobha Sing, Rajah, has put his
mark hereto on the part of Dewan
Sing, Rajah.
To
MR. DAVID SCOTT,
Agent to the Governor-General.

No. 6. The written Agreement of Dewan Sing, Rajah

Presented at Cherra Poonjee
on the 12th September 1829, of Cherra Poonjee, executed in the present English
corresponding with the year
1236 B.S. year 1829, to the undermentioned effect
Some land having been required of me for erecting Government edifices and
for gentlemen to build houses on, I voluntarily cede this land, and enter into the
following Agreement :-
lst.-For the erection of these buildings, etc., I have given up some land in
a place to the east of Cherra Poonjee, bounded on one side by the dell or below
the rest of the valley, and on the other by the Seit Oodoi river, where bamboos
have been put up on the part of Government; and if more land is required, it
will be furnished to the east of that spot ; but in exchange for as much land as
I may give up altogether in my territory, I am to receive an equal quantity of
land in the vicinity of Punduah and Companygunge, within the boundary of
Zillah Sylhet.
2n.-I am to establish a haut in Mouzah Burryaile, on a spot of ground that
I have purchased, pertaining to the aforesaid zillah, and I am always to manage
the haut, and to make investigations there according to the customs of my country ;
and in such matters I am to have nothing to do with the Honorable Company's
courts. This place is moreover to be transferred from the aforesaid zillah, and
made over, as a rent-free grant, to my Cossiah territory; and if any person who
 ASSAM-NOS. XI AND XII-1829. 127

has committed a wrongful act in the Government territories should come and
stay on this land belonging to me, I will apprehend him and deliver him up on
demand.
3rd.-Wherever limestone may be found on the Cherra Poonjee Hills in my
territory, I will allow the Government to take it gratis when required for their
own use.
4th.-If any quarrels and disturbances should take place between Bengalees
themselves, it will be necessary for you to investigate them, and I am to inves-
tigate disputes occurring between Cossiahs. Besides which, if any dispute should
occur between a Bengalee and a Cossiah, it is to be tried in concert by me and
a gentleman on the part of the Honorable Company. To which purport I have
executed this Agreement.

Dated the 10th September, corresponding with the 26th of Bhadro 1236 B.S.

W. CRACxOFT,
A.A.G.G.

No. XII.

TRANSLATION of a RECOGNISANCE executed by OOLAR SING, RAJAH Of M URRIOW

in the year 1829.

OOLAR SING,
Rajah of Murriow.
To
DAVID SCOTT, Esquire,
Agent to the Governor-General.

Whereas I, Oolar Sing, Rajah of Murriow, formerly conspired against the

Honorable Company's people and made war with them, I now come forward for
my own good and give this recognisance, to the effect that I will not again enter
into such a conspiracy or quarrel, or make war with the people on the part of
the Government, and that if I do so, I shall be liable to such punishment as is
usually inflicted on riotous persons.
1st.-My country now remains under the control of the Government, and I
will keep the people contented, and conduct the Cossiah affairs in the usual way.
2nd.-I will investigate such cases as take place in my country according to
its established customs; but if any heinous crimes, such as murders, etc., should
occur, I will give you information of them, and I will obey and act in other matters
according as you may order me to do. To which purposes ! hereby give thip
128 ASSAM--NOS. XII AND XIII-1829.

recognisance on this 12th day of October 1829, corresponding with the 27th of
Assin 1236 B.S.
Witnessed by;
RAM SING DUBASB-A, Resident of Cherra Poonjee.
DEwAN SING DUBASHIA, ditto ditto.

No. XIII.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed by ZUBBER SINGH, RAJAH of RAMRYE,

in the year 1829.
ZUBBER SINGH,
Rajah of the country of Pautan.
No. 14. The written Agreement of Zubber Singh, Rajah
Filed at Nungklow on the
21st of October 1829, corre- of the territory of Ramrye, executed in the English
sponding with the year 1236
B.S. year 1829, to the following purport
I and my subordinate officers and all my people, acknowledging our depen-
dence and subjection to the Honorable Company, promise to obey and act agree-
ably to such orders as may, from time to time, be passed regarding our country.
1st.-Our country having been invaded and taken possession of by the Gov-
ernment troops, in consequence of our people having quarrelled with those of the
Government, I promise to realize from my Hill subjects all the expenses that have
been incurred thereon.
2nd.-I will investigate and decide all petty cases occurring in my country
agreeably to custom with Punchayits; but I will report all cases of murder that
may take place; and when the culprits shall have been apprehended and given
up, they will be tried by the laws that are current in the hills.
3rd.-I will not oppress or wrong my people, and will keep them satisfied and
contented.
4th.-I and my subordinates will never fight or quarrel with the Honorable
Company, and, if we do so, we shall be punished according to the regulations
like other refractory persons.
5th.-I will appoint and remove the Lungdoes of my country with your appro-
val and consent, and act in all matters after consulting with the people.
6th.-Whenever any hostilities may occur between the Hill people and the
Government, I will assist the Government with my troops. To which effect I
have executed this Agreement, dated this 27th of October of the present year.
I have filed a separate list of the expenses that I will pay.
W. CRACROFT,
A.A.G.G.
 ASSAM-IO. XIV-1829.

No. XIV.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed in the year 1829 by the SIRDARS, EL

DERS, and INHABITANTS of the conquered DISTRICT Of SOOPAR POONJEE and
allied Villages.
OOMIT KHYE of Soopar Poonjee.

OOHN KIEY of Nongrong.

OODOOR CoSsIAH of Noskin.

To
MR. DAVID SCOTT,

Agent to the Governor-General.

Agreement of the Sirdars, Elders, and inhabitants of Soopar Poonjee, Nong-

No. 16. rong Poonjee, and Noskin Poonjee, executed in the
Filed at Gowhatty on the
12th November 1829. year 1829, to the following purport

The people of our villages having entered into hostilities with and killed the
subjects of the Honorable Company, our villages have been taken possession
of by the Government. We, therefore, having now attended at Moosmai Poonjee,
enter into this Agreement, for ourselves and all the people of the aforesaid vil-
lages, to the effect that we acknowledge our submission to the Honorable Com-
pany as being their people, and we agree to obey all orders that may at any time
be given regarding us.
2nd.-The inhabitants of our above-mentioned three villages having wan-
tonly made war with and killed the subjects of the Government, we, instead of
paying a fine in money, hereby divide with the Government one-half of all the
limestone, good, bad, and indifferent in our afore-mentioned three villages. We
are to have half, and we give half to the Government, and to this effect we have
executed this Agreement, on the 29th day of October 1829, corresponding with
the--Kartik 1236 B.S.

Witnessed by-
SOOMER GIRI, resident of Cherra Poonjee.

RAm DOLOIE, ditto ditto.

LALL SnTG Gmi, ditto ditto.

W. CRACROFT,
A.4. G. G,
 1.00
C ASSAM-NO. XV-1829.

No. XV.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed in the year 1829 by OOJoY, MON SINa,

and other RESTDENTS of BYRUNG POONJEE and its dependent villages.

OOJOY COSSIAH.

MON SING.

JEERKHA CoSSAH.

RAM SING.

KoNRi.

RAMRAI.

THE HONORABLE COMPANY.

The written Agreement of Oojoy and Mon Singh, residents of Byrung Poonjee,
No. 17. Jeerkha and Ram Sing, residents of Oomtheelay
Field at Gowhatty, 5th De- Poonjee, and Kollaprai and Ramrai, residents of
oember 1829. Eamdah Poonjee, executed in the English year 1829
to the following purport -

We have no faith in the Cossiah Mountaineers, who have taken up arms against
the Government, and having therefore joined the Honorable Company, enter
into this Agreement to this effect :-

lst.-That we have not made war with the Government, nor will we ever enter
into hostilities with the people on the part of the Honorable Company, and we
will apprehend and deliver up any Cossiahs who have absconded, and regard-
ing whom proclamations have been issued, if they should come into our territory.

2nd.-That if we should find any proclaimed persons who have absconded,

and fail to apprehend and deliver them up, or conceal them, and this should be
proved, we will make no objection to our villages being burnt. Dated in the
English year 1829, 2nd N. (November seemingly, judging from the year men-
tioned).

We further state that we will obey the orders of Dewan Sing, Raja of Cherra
Poonjee, and will never do anything without his sanction.

W. CRACROT,

A. A. G. G.
 ASSAM--NO. XVI-1830.

No. XVI.

TRANSLATION of the ARTICLES of AGREEMENT given to the HONORABLPI COM-

PANY by BUR MANICK, RAJAK Of K9YRIN, in The year 1830.

BuB MANiCK,

Raja of Khyrim.

To
DAVID SCOTT, EsQUIRE,

Agent to the Governor-General.

My country having been taken possession of by the Honorable Company in

consequence of my having made war with them, and thereby caused considerable
losses, I now come forward, and placing myself under the protection of the Honor-
able Company, and acknowledging my submission to them, agree to the following
terms as sanctioned by the Presidency authorities :-
lst.-I cede to the Honorable Company the lands I formerly held on the south
and east of the Oomeeam river, and I promise not to interfere with the people
residing on those lands without the orders of the Agent to the Governor-General.

2nd.--I consent to hold the remaining portion of the territory agreeably to

the sunnud of the Honorable Company as their dependants, and to conduct
its
affairs according to ancient customs; but I am not at liberty to pass orders
in
any murder case without the permission of the Governor-General's Agent,
and
will report to him any case of this kind that may occur.
3rd.-When any of the Honorable Company's Troops pass through my terri-
tory, I will furnish them with such provisions as the country produces,
so that
they may not be put to any inconvenience, receiving payment for these
supplies
from Government; and I will construct bridges, etc., when ordered to do
so, and
am to be paid for the expenses incurred thereon.
4th.-In case of any Hill Chieftains making war with the Honorable Company,
I will join the Government Troops with the fighting men of my country,
but they
are to receive subsistence from the Government.
5th.-I relinquish my former claim regarding the boundary of Desh Doomo-
rooah, and agree to the Afdee Nuddee being the future boundary. I am,
however,
to be assigned some land near the Sonapur Market for the purpose of trading
there
6th.-I agree to pay a fine of 5,000 Rupees to the Honorable Company
on
account of the expenses now and previously incurred by them in the subjugation
of my country.
XII
132 ASSAM-NOS. XV1 AND XVII-1830.

7th.-If Teerut Sing, Rajah, who is inimical to the Honorable Company, or

any other of his guilty followers, should enter my territory, I will immediately
apprehend them and deliver them up, and I promise to produce all criminals who
may come and take refuge in my country from any place in the Honorable Com-
pany's dominions.
To which effect I have executed this Agreement on this 15th day of January
1830, corresponding with the 4th of Maugh 1236 B.S.

No. XVII.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed by SOOBHA SING, RAJAH, and the

OFFICERS, SIRDAs and other COSSIAHS of CHERRA POONJEE in the year
1830.

SOOBHA SING, Rajah,

And others of the 12 tribes.
Sirdar Cossiahs of CherraPoonjee.

To
THE HONORABLE COMPANY.

The written Agreement of Soobha Sing, Rajah, and the Officers, Sirdars and
other Cossiahz, residing at Cherra Poonjee, executed in the current year 1237 B.S.
to the following purport :-
Whereas the locality ceded by Dewan Sing, Rajah, during his lifetime, to the
Honorable Company, under an Agreement he furnished for the purpose of erecting
buildings on for gentlemen and convalescent persons, is now insufficient for that
object in consequence of a great number of Government subjects having resorted
to the place ; we therefore, in compliance with the request of Mr. David Scott,
Agent to the Governor-General, cede to the Government, agreeably to the terms
of the previous Agreement furnished by the late Raja, the land lying to the south-
east of that place, extending up to the valley and river as specified in the said
Agreement, and give this Agreement to the effect that we will abide by, and act
in accordance to, the conditions specified in the late Rajah's Agreement. To
whicl, purport we have executed this Agreement.

Dated the 19th October 1830, correspondingwith Cartick 1237 B.8.

T. 0. ROBERTSON,

Agent to the Governor-General.

 ASSAM-NOS. XVIII-1831 AND XIX-1832.

No. XVIII.
TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT given by AHDOR SING, RAJAH of MOWSUNRAM
POONJEE, in the year 1831.

AHDOR SING, Rajah.

To
THE AGENT TO THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL,
North-Bast Frontier.

The written Agreement of Ahdor Sing, Rajah, resident of Mol'sunram Poonjee,

given to the following effect :-
My village having been burnt down on the part of the British Government,
and being now a waste, I hereby acknowledge my submission to the Government,
and furnish this Agreement, with the object of again settling on the spot, to the
effect that I and my people will re-build and re-occupy the village as subjects
of the Government, and will obey such orders as you may, from time to time,
issue to us.
That I will take measures for apprehending the enemies of the Government
if I should hear of their being in my village or its vicinity, and I will also convey
immediate information of the same to Captain Townshend, and if I have no parti-
cular news to communicate, I will merely wait on him every month.
That if I violate these Engagements, I will, without any demur, abide by
whatever orders you may think proper to pass.

Dated this 17th of December 1831, correspondingwith the 3id of Pous 1238 B.S.
Witnessed by :
DEWAN SING DUBASHIA, resident of Cherra Poojee.
OOMEE COSSIAH, resident of Cherra Poonjee.

No. XIX.
TRANSLATION of a RECOGNIZANCE executed by OOKSAN and OOAHNLOKA,
RAJAHS Of MULLAI POONJEE, in the year 1832

OOKSAN RAJAH.

OOAHNLOKA RAJAH.
To
THE AGENT TO THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.

We, Ooksan Rajah and Ooahnloka Rajah, residents of Mullai Poonjee, having
this day appeared before Mr. Harry Inglis, on the bank of the Jadookata River,
K2
134 ASSAM-NOS. XIX AND XX-1832.

do, of our own accord and free-will, execute this recognizance as detailed in the
following paragraphs, and we will be responsible for the violation of any of the
terms thereof, and will obey the orders of the Gentlemen :-
1st.-That if any Cossiahs kill, or otherwise harm or injure, any of the Honor-
able Company's people within the Dholai River on the west, and the Khagoorah
Churrah on the east, we will immediately produce the guilty persons and make
reparation for the losses sustained.
2nd.-That we promise not to give shelter, assistance or provisions to the
enemies of the Honorable Company, and if we should obtain any information
regarding them, we will send notice of the same to the Government Officers through
the Dooahradars.
3rd.-That we will not allow the enemies of the Government to come to our
bazar of Nokhoreeah Burtikrah when it is re-opened.
4th.-That whenever, we are summoned by the Gentlemen, we will present
ourselves as soon as we receive the written order to attend, and if we infringe these
terms we will abide by any orders that may be passed by the Gentlemen. To
which end we have hereby executed this Recognizance on this 21st of November
1832, corresponding with the 7th Aghran 1239 B.S.

Witnessed by-
MAHOMED ANSOR, resident of Mouzah Noigong, Pergunnah Mahram.

BOBARAIE, resident of PergunnahBorakheeah, Mouzah Mookeergong.

BOTTAI DUBASHIA, resident of Pergunnah Chorgong.

No. XX.

TRANSLATION of a RECOGNIZANcE executed by OOPHAR RAJAH of BHAWAL

POONJEE, in the year 1832.
To
THE AGENT TO THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.

I, Oophar Rajah, Resident of Bhawul Poonjee, have this day, of my own free-
will and accord, and without any compulsion, executed this Recognizance before
Captain Townshend, at Cherra Poonjee, as detailed in the following paragraphs,
and I will be responsible for the violation of any of the terms thereof, and will
obey the orders of the Gentlemen.
lst.-That if the Cossiahs should kill, or in any way harm or injure any of the
Honorable Company's people within the boundaries of the Ooahn Churrah or
flatee Khodda on the west, and the Dhoolai Nuddee or the west bank of the Dong-
 ASSAM-NOS. XX-1832 AND XXI-M.

dongiah on the east, I will immediately produce the guilty persons and make re-
paration for the losses sustained.
2nd.-That I will not give any shelter, assistance, or provisions to the enemies
of the Honorable Company, and whenever I may receive any news regarding
them, I will send information thereof to the Government people through the
Dooahradars.
3rd.-That I will not allow any of the Honorable Company's enemies to come
to my Ahrung of Seemai when it is re-opened.
4th.-That whenever I may be called for by the Gentlemen, I will attend im-
mediately on receipt of the written order to do so, and if I act contrary to stipula-
tions made in the above paragraphs, I will submit to any orders the Gentlemen
may choose to pass. To which end I have executed this Recognizance.

Dated the 11th December 1832, corresponding with the 27th Ahgran 1239 B.S.

Witnessed by-
GOOPEERAM, resident at present at Chattarkonah.

ASxuR MAHOMED, resident of Pergunnah Mahkram, Mouzah Noiegong.

ROHOOMOT DOOAHRADAR, resident of Ghaseegong.

RAMJAN DOOAHRADAR, resident of PergunnahMahram, Mouzah Kondeegong.

ROBAIE DOOAHRADAR, resident of Chorgong.

No. XXI.

TREATY and AGREEMENT concluded between MR. THOMAS CAMPBELL ROBERT-

SON, AGENT to the GOvERNOR-GENERAL on the NORTH-EAST FRONTIER,
on the part of the HONORABLE COMPANY and RAJAH POORUNDER SING,
now residing at GOWHATTY, in AssAm,-1833.

ARTICLE 1.

The Company give over to Rajah Poorunder Sing the portion of Assam lying,
on the southern bank of the Burrumpooter to the eastward of the Dhunsiree River
and on the northern bank to the eastward of a nullah immediately east of Bishenah.

ARTICLE 2.
The Rajah Poorunder Sing agrees to pay an annual tribute of 50,000 Rupees
of Rajah Mohree coinage tu the Honorable Company.
136 ASSAM-NO. XXI-1833.

ARTICLE 3.
The Rajah Poorunder Sing binds himself, in the administration of justice in
the country now made over to him, to abstain from the practices of the former
Rajahs of Assam, as to cutting off ears and noses, extracting eyes or otherwise
mutilating or torturing, and that he will not inflict cruel punishment for slight
faults, but generally assimilate the administration of justice in his territory to
that which prevails in the dominions of the Honorable Company. He further
binds himself not to permit the immolation of women by suttees.

ARTICLE 4.
The Rajah Poorunder Sing binds himself to assist the passage of the troops
of the British Government through his territory, furnishing supplies and carriage
on receiving payment for the same.

ARTICLE 5.
Whether at Jorhath or elsewhere, wheresoever a spot may be required for the
permanent cantonment of the troops of the British Government, the Rajah agrees
that, within the limits assigned to such cantonment, he shall exercise no power
whatever; all matters connected with such cantonment to be decided on by the
Officer of the British Government.

ARTICLE 6.

In the event of a detachment being stationed at Suddeya or elsewhere, the

Rajah Poorunder Sing binds himself to render it all the assistance that it shall
require in regard to provisions and carriage.

ARTICLE 7.

The Rajah binds himself ever to listen with attention to the advice of the
Political Agent to be stationed in Upper Assam, or to that of the Agent to the
Governor-General, with a view to the conduct of affairs in the country made over
to him in conformity with the stipulation of this agreement.

ARTICLE 8.

The Rajah binds himself not to carry on any correspondence by letter or other-
wise, or to enter into any Contract or Agreement with the Rulers of any Foreign
States. In all cases of necessity he will consult with the Political Agent or Agent
to the Governor-General, by whom the necessary communication will be made.

ARTICLE 9.

The Rajah binds himself to surrender, on demand from the Agent to the Gov-
ernor-General or Political Agent, any fugitive from justice who may take refuge
in his territory; and always to apply to those Officers for the apprehension of
 ASSAM-NOS. XXI-1833 AND XXII-1834.

any individuals who way fly from his territory into that of the Honorable Com-
paly, or of any other State.
AR I L 10.
It is distinctly understood that this Treaty invests Rajah PoorufXder Sing with
no power over the Moarmaria Country of the Bur Senaputtee.

AuIscLE 11.
It being notorious that the quantity of opium produced in' Assam is' the cause
of many miseries to the inhabitants, the Rajah binds himself that; Whatever mea-
sures may be determined on with a view to checking this source of mischief in the
territory of the Honorable Company, corresponding measures shall be adopted
in the territory made over to him.
In the event of the Rajah's continuing faithful to, the Articles of this Treaty,
the British Government engages to protect him from the' aggressions of any foreign
foe, but if, which God forbid', he should in any way depart from a faithful adherence
to the same, and be guilty of oppressing the people of the country entrusted to
his charge, then the right is reserved to the Government of the Honorable Company,
either to transfer the said country to another ruler, or take it into its own imme-
diate occupation.

Dated the 2nd March 1833, or 20th Phagoon 1239, .. B.

T. C. ROBmRtSOx,
Agent, Governoi'-Gnenrat.

No. XXII.

T~IANSLATION of the ARTICLES of an AGREEMENT furnished to the GOVERNOR-

GENERAL'S AGENT, NORTH-EAST FRONTIER, by RuiiJUI SING, RAJAH,- on
his accession to the RAJ of NUNGKLOW, on the 29th of March 1834.

To
CAPTAIN FRANCIS JENKINS,
Agent to the Governor-General,North-East Frontier,
On the part of the Honorable Comrpany.

Thq written Agreement of Rujjum Sing, resident of Nngklow, executed to

No. 30. the following purport :-
The Government having appointed me to the Raj of the late Teerut Sing Rajah.
I hereby execute the Articles of Agreement detailed below, and promise never to
act in violation of them, and that my Muntrees will also abide by the terms thereof
 ASSAM-NO. XXII-S34.

lst.-That I have no objection to land being taken up by the Honorable Com

pany for the purpose of making a road in any direction chosen between Zillah
Sylhet and the Plains or low lands of Assam.
2nd.-That I have no objection to bridges, bungalows of sorts, storerooms,
fortifications, and stockades for sepoys being built for the Honorable Company
wherever it may be deemed expedient to select sites for them.
3rd.-That I and my Muntrees will furnish laborers and workmen for building
and repairing the above-mentioned roads, buildings, etc., without objection, when-
ever thay may be required.
4th.-That whenever it may be considered expedient to erect any buildings
within the country consigned to me by the Government, I and my Muntrees will
immediately furn ish the undermentioned materials for them, and we shall not be
able to raise any objections about doing so :
LisT OF MATERIALS.-Timbers, stones, slates, lime, fire-wood, and any other
articles procurable in the country, will be readily furnished.
5th.-That I and my Muntrees will provide shelter and pasturage for any
cows, oxen, etc., that the Honorable Company may send into the country, and
I will be responsible for any losses of these animals.
6th.-That if any criminals or convicts should escape from the Honorable
Company's territory and come into my country, I will immediately render assis-
tance in apprehending them.
7th.-That I will act as stated in the above-mentioned Articles, and if I should
do anything in contravention of them, I and my Muntrees will submit to such
fines as the Governor-Gen eral's Agent may think proper to impose on us.
8th.-That I promise to fulfil the aforesaid stipulations, and am to continue
to receive my present monthly stipend of 30 Rupees for one year, as this stipend
to me from the Government will enable the people of the country to settle down
again in it comfortably without being pressed for any demand. This stipend to
me is to cease after the completion of one year, and I am then to make arrangements
!or myself as formerly.

Dated the 29th of March 1834, correspondingwith the 19th of Choitra of the Bengali
year 1240.

We, Rai Mon and Oojoor, residents of Nungbree, Ooram of Myrung, Ootep of
Mouther, Ooboo Boshan of Singshang, Oosep Lungdeo of Kenchee, Oophan of
Monai. and Omeet of INongsay, having been nominated as Muntrees to the Rajah,
approve of the Agreement executed by him, and will be responsible for the ful-
filment and violation of it.
H. INGLJs,
Assistant Political Agent,
Cosiah Hills.
 ASsAM--No. XI1-1834. ,1'39

No. XXIII.

TERMS of AGREEMENT concluded with TooLA RAM 'SEENAPUTTEE on the 3rd

November under the orders of Government, dated 16th October 1834.

First.-Toola Ram foregoes all claims to the country between the Morihur and
Dyung and the Dyung and Keopoli rivers, from which he was dispossessed by
Govind Ram and Doorga Ram.

Second.-Toola Ram is to hold the remainder of the country formerly in his

possession, or the tract of country bounded on the west by the Dyung river, and
a line to be determined hereafter, drawn from the Baree ford or the Dyung to a
point on the Jumoona river, between the cultivation of Seil Dhurmpore and of
Duboka and the Hajaee (excluding the two latter); by the Jumoona and Dyung
rivers north, by the Dunsira river east, and to the south and south-west by the
Naga Hills and Mowheir river, and he agrees to hold the above tract in dependence
on the British Government, and to pay a yearly tribute,* for their protection, of
four pairs of elephants' teeth, each pair to weigh thirty-five seers.

Third.-Toola Ram, during his life, shall receive from the British Govern-
ment a stipend of fifty Rupees a month in consideration of the foregoing Cessions
and these Agreements.

Fourth.-The British Government shall have the right of placing Military

posts in any part of Toola Ram's country, and should there be occasion to march
troops through it, Toola Ram engages to furnish them with all the requisities of
carriage and provisions in his power, he being paid for the same.

Fifth.-All petty offences committed within Toola Ram's country, he shall

take cognizance of, and do justice according to the custom of the country, but
all heinous crimes shall be transferred to the nearest British Court, and Toola
Ram engages to bring such to notice, and endeavour to apprehend the offenders.

Sixth.-Toola Ram shall not establish any custom chowkies on the rivers
forming the boundaries of his country.

Seventh.-Toola Ram will not commence any military operations against neigh-
bouring Chiefs without permission of the British Government, and in case of being
attacked, he shall report the same and be protected by British troops, provided
the British Authorities are satisfied that the aggression has been unprovoked on
his part.

Bighth.-Ryots shall not be prevented from emigrating to, and settling on,
either side of the boundary they may prefer.

* This was subsequently commuted to a money tribute of Re. 490 a year.

 140 ASSAM-NOS. XXIII-1884 AND XXIV-1835.

Ninth.-In case of failing to abide by these conditions, the British Govern-

ment shall be at liberty to take possession of my country.
TooLA RAM SEENAPUTTEE.
Witnesses
BAPOorl RAM MUNTREE, Burrah Phookan.

HABEERAIN MOZOOMDAR, Bowoah.

MADHORAIN RAJAH KHON.

FRANS. JENKINS,
Agent to the Governor-General.

No. XXIV.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed in the year 1835 by OOAHN SIRDAR,

OOKIANG LUNGDEO, OOAHN SIRDAR, and OOMoI SIRDAR, of the DISTRICT
of RAMRYE.
OoAHNi SIRDAR,

OomwG LuN DEO,

OOAHN SIRDAR,

OOMOI SIRDAR,
Of the Territory of Ramrye.
To
THE AGENT TO THE GOVERNoR-GENERAL.

The written Agreement of Ooahn Sirdar, resident 6f Soojor Poonjee, Ookiarig

Lungdeo, resident of Nongldang Poonjee, Ooahn Sirdar, resident of Khendering
and Oomoi Sardar, resident of Oomshem, pertaining to Ramrye, executed to the
following purport :-
Having this day attended befoie the Commanding Officer, Captain Lister, we
hereby, of our own free-will and accord, furnish the Agreement detailed in the
under-mentioned paragraphs. Dated this 21st of January 1835, corresponding
with the 9th of Maugh 1241 B.S.
1st.-That we are under the protection of the Government, and acknowledge
our submission to them.
2nd.-That if any murders or serious cases occur in our country, they will be
investigated by the Government, to which we are willing and agreeable, and the
punishments awarded, on investigation of such cases, are to be by the Government.
 ASSAM-NOS. XXIV AND XXV-1835.

3rd.-That if there should be a likelihood of hostilities occurring between us

and the people of another State, we will act as the Government may direct, and
in the event of our having any quarrel with such foreign people, we will submit
bo the decision given by the Government.
4th.-That our debt to the Government of Rupees 8,485-13 (eight thousand
four hundred and eighty-five and thirteen annas) is this day remitted, and we
agree to pay a sum of 200 Rupees annually in the month of Kartic, at any place
where we may be directed to do so, and on lodgment of the money we will take
receipts for it from the Government authorities.
5th.-That if we act in contravention of the stipulations in the above para-
graphs, the Government may do whatever they consider just and proper and we
will make no objection to it. To which effect we have executed this Agreement
of our own accord.

Witnessed by-
RAm SINGE, Jemadar.

BORJOORAM DUBASHIA.

No. XXV.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT entered into by MATEE Bun BuR SENAPUTTEE,

on the 23rd January 1835, in the presence of the POLITICAL AGENT, UPPER
ASSAM.

ARTICLE 1.
I agree to relinquish my claim to the village of Suckhowah, which has been
the cause of dispute between the Suddeya Khawah Gohain and myself; further,
I agree that the following shall be recognized as the territorial boundaries of my
district. On the north the Berhampooter; on the west the Boormee Dehing
River, separating my territory from that of Rajah Poorunder Sing; to the east
the Dibroo River and the Danquree Nullah, which falls into it. From the rise
of the nullah a boundary line will be formed to connect it with the Boore Debing
River; for this purpose Lieutenant Charlton can depute one person and I will
depute another.
The lands lying between the Dhul Jan and Gooroo Jan Nullahs, which fall into
the Danquree Nullah, to be considered under my jurisdiction, and the persons
deputed as above mentioned can connect them by definite marks, so as to form a
boundary line. These are the territorial boundaries of the country under my
jurisdiction, dud have no reference to the pecuniary questions now pending between
me and the British Government.
 142 ASSAM-NOS. XXV-1835 AND XXVI-1836.

ARTicLE 2.
I cannot agree to the demand which the British Government has made me to
contribute towards the expenses of the State in an increased proportion, quin-
quennially, or by paying a tribute of Rs. 10,000 per annum, as I engaged to do
under the Assam Government. But if the British Government requires me no
longer to furnish a Military Contingent of 300 men, I agree to pay in their stead
the usual Capitation Tax for these 300 men, which, at the rate of Rs. 6 per head,
will amount to Rs. 1,800 per annum. I further agree to restore to the British
Government the arms of this force if required. I likewise will adhere to the engage-
ment I formed with Captain Neufville, to pay Rs. 551 per annum, on account
of Pykes who absconded from Upper Assam, whilst that Province was under his
charge in 1829 ; and further I agree to pay to those who have absconded from
Rajah Poorunder Sing's territory within the last two years. I will cause them to
be counted, but if suspicion is entertained that a false enumeration will be given
in, I agree that the British Government may nominate an Officer to take a new
census.
MATEE BUR BuR SENAPUTTEE.

Witnesses
CHOTA GOHAIN KHAMPTEE, residing at Suddeya.

SADEE MAN, Jemadar, residing at Morung.

GOLAUB SINGH, Jemadar, residingat Bishenath.

GOPEE SURMA DOLA SUVYA BORA, residing at Jorehaut.

No. XXVI.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT entered into by the SING PHoo CHIEFS,-1836.

We, Bour of Beesa, Koomjoy of Sookhang, Meejang of Wakhet, Jaow of

Nungnoo, Chowkeu of Kotah, Jowra of Choo Khang, Joodoo of Leechoo, Chaow
of Nenem, Changnog of Nenem, Nemgong of Kuzaow, Tamrang of Kasan, Jawan
of Pecheela, Jamtong of Set, Judoo of Kamkoo, and Chowr Ningko, fourteen
Gaums, enter into this written Engagement with the British Government mi the
year 1748 Sukka. We acknowledge subjection to the British Government, and
bind ourselves to observe the following conditions, approved of by David Scott,
Esquire, Political Agent in Assam.
1st.-We and our dependent Sing Phoos were formerly subject to the Assamese
Government, and now the Honorable Company having become the rulers of
that country, we acknowledge allegiance to them, and abjure all connection with
the Burmese or any other foreign Prince. Regarding political matters we will
not hold any sort of intercourse with foreigners, but will act agreeably to the orders
of the British Government.
 ASSAM-NO. XXVI-1836.

2nd.-If an enemy come from any foreign country to invade Assam, we will
supply the British troops with rice and other necessaries; we will prepare roads
and ghats, and ourselves make such resistance as we may be required to do. If
we act in this manner we will be entitled to protection from the British Govern-
ment.
3rd.-If we abide strictly by the terms of this Agreement, no revenue is to be
demanded from us, but if hereafter any Assamese Pykes should, of their own
pleasure, desert to our villages, we will in that case pay for them the Capitation
Tax.
4th.-We agree to release, and to cause to be released, all Assamese captives
detained by us or our dependents, such of them as chose to remain in our villages
being at liberty to do so.
5th.-If hereafter any Sing Phoos should commit depredations on the Assamese
territories, we bind ourselves to arrest and deliver them up for punishment, and
in case of our being unable to do so, we declare ourselves jointly responsible for
the damage sustained by the people of Assam.
6th.-We will administer justice in our respective villages according to former
custom, and settle all disputes amongst our dependents, and if any quarrel shall
take place between two Gaums, we will not have recourse to arms, but refer the
matter for the decision of the British authorities.
7th.-We solemnly promise to abide by the above written conditions, and as
hostages for the performance thereof, we agree each to deliver into the custody
of the Political Agent, a son, or a nephew, or brother, as that officer may direct.
To all these articles we have in common agreed.
Dated 24th Bysakh 1748.
Bou.
KOONJOY, his mark.

MEEJANG,

JAOW,
CHOWKEU,

JOWRA,
JONDO, ,
CRAOW, ,
CHANGNANG,

NEENGAN,
TAMRANG,
JAMTANG,

JUDOO,

JOWRA,

JAEEN,
 ASSAM-NOS. XXVI-1836 AND XXVII--1839.

Similar Agreements were signed by Koomreeng of Lutow, and by the Tao

Gobryn, with some modification, in the case of the latter, to the 4th Article, he
being entitled, in consequence of his having submitted to the terms required at
first by Lieutenant Neufville, to retain such slaves as he possessed before the cap-
ture of the Fort of Rungpore.

D. SCOTT,
Agent to the Governor-General.

No. XXVII.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT given by SONGAPH, RAJAH of the DISTRIOT of

MAHRAM, to the POLITICAL AGENT at CHERRA POONJEE, in the year 1839.

To
MAJOR LISTEn,

PoliticalAgent to the Governor-General,

at his Court House.

I, Songaph, Rajah, resident of the Mahram country, having wantonly made

war against the Honorable Company, and caused great loss of life to their people,
and put them to considerable expense, have myself been driven through fear a
fugitive to the jungles, and acknowledge having committed great faults; but
I now crave an amnesty for the past offences of myself and my Cossiah people,
and enter into this Agreement, in the hope of being permitted to remain in my
country in the capacity of a Sirdar (Chief) on the following terms :
2nd.-That I acknowledge my dependency on the Government, and agree to
stay in my country, as a Sirdar (Chief), or as if I have been appointed a Sirdar
by the Governmcnt. I am, however, to adjudicate, amongst my own people,
according to custom, but will not put any one to death.
3rd.-That if any of the Government troops should pass through my country,
I will attend and furnish them with such provisions as they may require, receiv-
ing payment for I he same at the customary rates.
4th.-That should any disturbances arise in the hills, I will, if so ordered,
attend with all the Cossiahs of my country, and remain in attendance as long as
I may be required to do so, receiving merely subsistence for my people from the
Government.
5th.-That if any murderers or dacoits should take refuge in my country, 1.
will apprehend them and deliver them up when called on to do so
 ASSAM-NOS. XXVII-1839 AND XXVIII-1840. 145

6th.-That, in atonement for my faults, I promise to pay the Government a

total fine of 2,000 Rupees; but I am to lodge this amount within a month from
the present date.
7th.-That I give Chand Manick Rajah, and Bur Manick, Rajah of *olepm
Poonjee, as my securities for the fulfilment of the terms of this Agreement, and
I also place at Moleem Poonjee my nephew, Soolong Rajah, who will carry out
all orders that may be given at any time regarding my country.
To which end I have executed this Agreement.

Dated this 13th February 1839, corresponding with the 3rd Falgoon1254 B.S.

No. XXVIII.

TR#NSLAEION Of a LEASE of the COAL HILLS at CHERRA POONJEE given to

the BiSnTs GOV7,NXIE.T, in the year 1840, by SooiHA SING, RAJAH of
CEERRA POONJEE.

To
THE POLITICAL AGENT AT CHERRA POONJEE.

A perpetual lease, executed to the following purport, by Soobha Sing, Rajah

of Cherra Poonjee :-
I hereby give a perpetual lease, for all future time, of the Hills called Oosider,
Ooksan, and Nowkrem, within my territory, pertaining to Cherra Poonjee, where
Coal is being worked by the Government, agreeably to the terms mentioned below
w hioh are to be acted up to :
lst.-I am to receive taxes from the Government at the rate of one Rupee
per hundred maunds for as much Coal as may be broken up in the places mentioned.
I will never demand more than this rate, and my Cossiah subjects are not to be
prohibited by the Government from working Coal in these localities; they are
to work it free of charge, and will settle with me for the taxes on it; but no other
person is at liberty to quarry Coal in these places without the sanction of the Govern-
ment, nor have I the right of granting such permission to any other person.
2nd.-The Government can quarry Coal hereafter, whenever they wish to do
so, according to the conditions of this pottah, and no new objections will be raised,
and if made, they are to be rejected.
3rd.-Besides the above stated localities, the Government have the right to
the Coal in such places in my territory as it may be discovered in according to
 ASSAM-NOS. XXVIII AND XXIX-1840.

the conditions of this pottah, to which effect I have executed this perpetual lease,
the 20th April 1840, corresponding with the 9th of Bysack 1247 B.S.

SOOBAH SING, Rajah.

Witnesses
SooMrR SING, Cossiah, resident of Cherra Poonjee.

JATTRAH SING, Cossiah, resident of Cherra Poonjee.

CHAUND RAI, Dubashia, resident of Cherra Poonjee.

BUNGSEHE SING, Burkundaz of the Office.

No. XXIX.

TRANSLATION of a LEASE of the COAL FIELDS of BYRUNG POONJEE given to

the BRITISH GOVERNMENT in the year 1840 by the SIRDARS of that vil-
lage, and confirmed by SOOBAR SING, RAJAH of CHERRA POONJEE.
I, Soobha Sing, Rajah, resident of Cherra Poonjee, having made myself ac-
quainted with the purport of this document, hereby confirm the conditions speci-
fied in this pottah, given by the Sirdars of Byrung Poonjee, dated the 20th April
1840, corresponding with the 9th of Bysack 1247 B.S.

SOoBAR SING, Rajah.

To
THE POLITICAL AGENT AT CHERRA POONJEE.

A perpetual lease, executed to the following purport, by Beerah Sing and

Ramrai, Cossiah Sirdars of Byrung Poonjee, belonging to the territory of Cherra
Poonjee.
We hereby give a perpetual lease to the Government, for all future time of
the places pertaining to this Poonjee, where Coal has been found, and those locali-
ties where it may hereafter be discovered, agreeably to the terms mentioned below,
which are to be acted up to :
1st.-We are to receive taxes from the Government at the rate of one Rupee
per hundred maunds, for as much Coal as may be broken up in all places belonging
to our Poonjee. We will never demand more than this rate, and the Cossiahs
of the Poonjee we reside in are not to be prohibited by the Government from work-
ing Coal in these localities. They are to work it free of charge, and will settle
with us for the taxes on it ; but no other person is at liberty to quarry Coal in these
places without the sanction of the Government, nor have we the right of granting
such permission to any other person.
 ASSAM-NOS. XXTX-1840 AND XXX-1841. 147

2nd.-The Government can quarry Coal hereafter, whenever they wish to do

so, agreeably to the conditions of this pottah, and no new objections will be raised,
and if made they are to be rejected.
3rd.-Besides the above stated localities, the Government have the right,
according to the conditions of this pottah, to those places where Coal may at any
time be discovered. To which effect we have executed this perpetual lease, dated
the 20th April 1840, corresponding with the 9th of Bysack 1247 B.S.

BEERAR SING and RAMRAI,

Cossiah Sirdars.
Witnesses
SOOMUR SING, Cossiah, resident of Cherra Poonjee.
JATTRAH SING, Cossiah, resident of OherraPoowjee.

CHAUND RAI, Dubashia,resident of Cherra Poonjee.

BUNGS E SING, Burkundaz of the Office.

No. XXX.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT executed in the year 1841, by CHOTA SAHDOO

SINGH, RAJAR of the DISTRICT Of JEERUNG.

The written Agreement of Chota Sahdoo Singh, Rajah of the territory of Bur
Jeerung Poonjee, executed in the present year 1248 B.S., to the following pur-
port :-
Having solicited permission to be continued in charge of the three villages
of Bur Jeerung, Choto Jeerung, and Pathor Khallee, now held by me on condition
of my repairing the road and bridges in the hills agreeably to orders,, I have been
called on by a Perwannah, No. 494, dated the 7th of Choitro of the past yea? fcr
an Agreement, and in compliance with that order I now furnish this Agreement,
stating that I promise, as customary, to make the annual repairs of the bridges,
road, ghats, and stockades, etc., in the hills and other places without payment,
the abovementioned three villages remaining in my charge for the performance
of these services ; and if I negligently delay to execute these works, and the road,
bridges, etc., should not be kept in repair, I will submit to whatever orders you
may think proper to pass. To which effect I have given this Agreement dated
the 8th of June of the English year 1841, corresponding with the 27th Joisto
1248 B.S.
Whereas Sahdoo Singh, Raja, has personally presented this Agreement it is
hereby ordered to be accepted and filed with the record.

Dated the 8th of June of the English year 1841, correspondinguith the 27th Joiste
1248 B.S.
XII
148 ASSAM-NO. XXXI-1843.

No. XXXI.

TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT entered into by CHORONEERA CAPTAIN GOHAIN,

CHAWTANGOO GoHIAIN, COROMOONG CAGGOOTEE GOHAIN, POWANGAI SOW
DARIAH PHOKUN, SOONGGAT, and others, dated the 2nd December 1843.

We, late inhabitants of Derack and Suddeya, were engaged in the attack upon
the latter place, and fled to the Mishmee country; we have offered our submis-
sion to return back, if our former offences were overlooked, and now we have re-
turned agreeably to the orders of the Political Agent, with our followers, viz.,
Chowdung, Chawding, Long Fong, Poychoy, Chalan, Sham, Poom, Metong, and
Chowlah, but the whole of the Khamptees are unable to return for the present,
owing to their crops being uncut. However, they hereby promise to come in
with all their families after their crops have been gathered, or within a month
and half from this date.
1st.-We shall be allowed a sufficient quantity of lands for our support, either
at Choonpoora or at Noa Dehing, for a term of five years rent-free and after the
expiration of that period we agree to pay a moderate rent for the lands we may
cultivate, or pay a house-tax, as Government may choose to authorize. Any
orders that may be issued respecting the Abkarry shall be duly attended to.
2nd.-We engage also to endeavour to prevent or intercept any inroads of
the Singhphoos or Mishmees on the Suddeya ryots,-and shall obey all orders of
the Civil or Political authorities on the frontier.
3rd.-We further engage that we shall desist from trafficking in slaves accord-
ing to the regulations of Government generally.
4th.-All petty crimes and offences occurring amongst ourselves shall be settled
by the Chiefs of the villages, but in all heinous offences, such as robbery, murder.
dacoity, wounding, and counterfeiting the coin, we promise to make over the
offenders to the Political Agent, with their respective witnesses for trial; and
disputes between the heads of the different villages or clans shall also be referred
to the same authority.
5th.--At the expiration of ten years the whole of our engagements will be
subject to a revis-on and alteration, as it may seem best to His Lordship to deter-
mine on.
6th.-Should we or any of the Khamtees in any way depart from the faithful
adherence of the above Agreement, and commit any acts of violence, we shall be
subject to be driven out of the Province, and be without further excuse.

FRANS. JENKINS,

Agent, Governor-General.
 ASSAM-NOS. XXXII AND XXXIII-1844.

No. XXXII.
AN AGREEMENT entered into by the TAGI RAJAH of the AKA PURBAT, dated
26th
iaug 1250 B.E.,-1844.
Although I entered into an Agreement on the 28th January 1842 A.D., that
I should in no way injure the ryots in my dealings with them, and have ieceived
from the British Government, since 1842, a Pension of 20 Rupees, and traded
in all the villages in Chardoar. It being now considered that my trading in this
way is oppressive to the ryots, and therefore required to be discontinued, I bind
myself to confine my trade to the established :- market places at Lahabarree and
terms
Baleepara, and to adhere to the following
1st.-Myself, with my tribe, will confine ourselves in our trade exclusively
to the markets in Lahabarree, Baleepara, and Tezpor. We will not, as hereto-
fore, deal with the ryots in their private houses.
2nd.-I will be careful that none of my Tribe commit any act of oppression
in the British territories.
3rd.-We will apply to the British Courts for redress in our grievances, and
never take the law in our own hands.
4th.-From the date of this Agreement I bind myself to abide by the foregoing
terms, on condition that the following pensions are regularly paid
'Rs.
To Seemkolee Aka Rajah . .. . 32
To Soomo Rajah . 32
To Nesoo Rajah . 2

TOTAL 120 (sic.)

5th.-In the event of my infringing any o the foregoing terms, I subject my-
self to the loss of my Pension of 20 Rupees, and shall also forfeit the privilege of
visiting the Plains.
FRANS. JENKINS,

Agent, Governor-General.

No. XXXIII.
AN AGREEMENT entered into by CHANGJOE, HAZAREE KHowAu AKA RAJAH,
CHANG SUMLY HAZAREE KHOWAH, KABOOLOo HAZAREE KnOWAIm AKA
RAJAH, and NIJuM KAPASORAH AKA RAJAH, on the 29th Maug 1250 B.E.,
-1844.
We hereby swear; according to our customs, by taking in oui hands the skin
of a tiger, that of a bear, and elephant's dung, and by killing a fowl, that v e will
never be guilty of any violence or oppression towards any of the ryots of the British
Government, and that we will faithfully abide by the following terms:-
lst.-Whenever any of us come down into Chardoar, we will report our arrival
to the Patgarree, and fairly barter our goods, being guilty of no theft or fraud in
4ny way with any of the ryots.
150 ASSAM-NOS. XXXITI AND XXXIV-1844.

It shall also be our particular care that none of our people shall be guilty of
any crimes in the territories of the Honorable Company.
2nd.-We also engage never to join any parties that are or may hereafter be
enemies to the British Government, but pledge ourselves to oppose them in every
way in our power. We will also report any intelligence we may get of any cons-
piracy against the British Government, and act up to any order we may receive
from their authorities. Should it ever be proved that we have participated in
any conspiracy, we shall have forfeited our privilege of coming into the British
territories.
3rd.-In coming into the Plains we will always appear unarmed, and confine
ourselves exclusively to the hauts or market-places established at Lahabarree,
Baleepara, Oorung or Tezpor, and not, as heretofore, traffic with the ryots at their
private dwellings; neither will we allow our people to do so.
4th.-All civil debts with the ryots shall be recovered through the Courts, as
we acknowledge ourselves subservient to the British laws in their country.
5th.-I, Kapasorah Aka Rajah, agree to take in lieu of the Black-Mail of Char-
doar a yearly Pension of 60 Rupees; and I, Hazaree Khowah Aka Rajah, a Pen-
sion, in like manner, of 120 Rupees : This will be considered to deprive us of any
connection with Chardoar, and of exacting anything from the ryots. We pledge
ourselves to abide strictly by the above terms, or forfeit our Pension.

FRANS. JENKINS,
Agent, Governor-General,

No. XXXIV.
AN AGREEMENT entered into by DURJEE RAJAH, TAUGJOOG RAJAH, DUKPAB
RAJAH, JOYPOO RAJAH, CHANG KHANGDOO RAJAH, SAUGJA RAJAH, RooP
RAEl GYA TOOUNG BHUNGDOO RAJAH, SAURGYAH, of BHOOTAN, dated 29th
Maug 1250 B.E.,-1844.
Under the supposition that we were concerned with Niboojoo Rajah, Kawree
Bhoot, and Bogah Bhoot, in the murder of Muddoo Sykeah, of Ooang, in Char-
doar, and therefore required to give up the above-mentioned supposed murderers,
which we were unable to do, in consequence of which the Duars were attached,
and we forbidden to frequent them; and it being now ordered that we be allowed
a pension in lieu of black-mail and may again visit the Plains for the purposes
of traffic under a sworn Agreement, to ensure the ryots from any oppressions
from us :-We hereby pledge ourselves to act up to the following terms, swear-
ing according to our custom by placing salt on a daw or Bbootan sword, and bit-
ing it, and cutting the skins of a tiger and bear :
lst.-We pledge ourselves to report our arrival in the Plains to the Patgarree,
and never to commit any fraud or theft against any ryot or Patgarree in traffick-
ing with them, or any other act of oppression. Neither will we allow any of our
people to do so, or we shall forfeit our privilege of visiting the Plains,
 ASSAM-NOS. XXXIV-1844 AND XXXV-1861.

2nd.-We pledge ourselves never to join any person or persons that may be
at enmity with the British Government; and furthermore to oppose every effort
made against the Government the instant it shall be brought to our knowledge,
and report faithfully any intelligence we may get of any conspiracy being carried
on. We also pledge ourselves to act up to any orders we may get from the British
authorities. Should it ever be proved that we have joined in any conspiracy,
we shall not be allowed to visit the Plains.
3rd.-We will never come into the Plains armed, and in our traffic confin6
ourselves exclusively to the established market places at Lahabarree, Balle, Barah,
Oobung, and Tezpur, and not deal with the ryots in their private houses, neithet
will we permit any of our people doing so.
4th.-We consider ourselves in all civil aggrievances bound to abide the deci-
sion of the British Courts.
5th.-I, Durjee Rajah, am content to receive a monthly pension of 25 Rupees,
and for the rest of my people 20 Rupees each, altogether 145* Rupees in lieu of
our black-mail, and we relinquish every other right in Chardoar.
6th.-The moment we hear that any of our people have been guilty of any
crime in the Plains, we engage to give up the offender.
7th.-We pledge ourselves to act up to the foregoing terms, or forfeit out.
pension.
FRANS. JENKINS,
Agent, Governor-General,

No. xxxV.

TRANSLATION of a PETITION ol the WAuADADARS of dHEYLA POONJEE, to th

POLITICAL AGENT of the COSSIAH HILLS in the year 1851, soliciting his assist-
ance in causing the attendance, at their Durbars, of persons resisting their
authority, and offering to abide by his decisions in appeals preferred to him
against their orders, or in complaints made to him against their acts.

MIINE WAHADADAR,

BURSING

LARSING and SoNARAI WAADADAR,

OOKHANG and BEEHAI $)

Residents of Cheyla Poofjte&
RESEOTFULLY SHEWETA,
That previols to the occupation of these Hills by the Honorable Company,
we were appointed to the offices of the four Wahadadars of our village of Cheyl.

*Increased in 1852 to Rupees 2,526-7-0 a year.

i52 ASSAM-NO. XXXV-1851.

Poonjee, and protected the people by conducting enquiries and investigations

in our country. That when thes.e Hills afterwards came into the possession of
the Honorable Company, we were confirmed in our appointments, agreeably to
former custom, with the approval of the late Mr. David Scott, and most efficiently
protected the inhabitants by investigating cases in the country by our own autho-
rity; but during the last two or three years, certain Cossiahs of our village, who
are unruly, powerful, and evil-advising persons, have formed themselves into
a party to carry out their own purposes, and are oppressing and harassing some
of the poor Cossiahs, and if they complain, and we send for these persons through
our officers, they openly resist our authority and assault them, besides making
various remarks about us. When we also summon defendants in cases under
trial before us, these violent individuals screen them, and in resistance of orders
beat our men and snatch away the defendants from them; thus causing great
annoyance to the poor people under our control, which we have frequently com-
plained of to you by petitions; and the individuals of this party who harass the
poor people in this manner are, moreover, not unknown to you. It is besides
probable that unless this faction is put down, serious affrays and murders may
hereafter occur, attended with ruination to our country, which it will be difficult
for us to account for to you, and we shall be punished by Providence if the poor
are violently oppressed by such persons of our village as have numerous friends
and relatives, and we, as rulers of the country, do not redress their grievances.
But as the calamities of our poor people cannot be removed, or the country ren-
dered tranquil without your assistance, we therefore throw ourselves on your
protection, and voluntarily present this petition, soliciting that the persons under
our control, who resist our officers, may be tried by you, and that you will, on
our solicitation, grant us your help to bring to our Durbars all such persons as
pertinaciously refuse to attend there when we send for them; and if any persons
who are dissatisfied with our orders should appeal to you against them, or if we
oppress or injure any persons, and they complain to you about it, we will agree
to any investigations and orders that you may pass, and will never act in con-
travention of them, but will obey them without urging any objections. There
is no prospect of relief to our country, unless you so favour us, and in this your
power is absolute.

Dated the 30th of Bysack 1258 B.S. (Received 14th May 1851.)

Present: COLONEL LISTER, Political Agent.

The request of the Wahadadars is granted, and it is hereby ordered that a

Verwannah be written to them, to the effect that if any person hereafter oppresses
or injures another, and the person so oppressed complains to the Wahadadars
and the oppressor, when called for by them obstinately and in disobedience of
the Wahadadais' orders refuses to attend at their Durbars, they must send him
 ASSAM-NOS. XXXV-1851 AND XXXV1-1852. 153

to Cherra Poonjee with the witnesses to the fact of the opposition made to their
authority, and the prosecutor and his witnesses, when proper orders will be
passed.

Dated the 16th May 1851, corresponding with the 3rd of Jeyt 1258 B.S.

F. G. LISTER,
Politi&xi Ageni.

No. XXXVI.
TRANSLATION Of a PERWANNAH issued by the POLITICAL AGENT of the COSSIAH
HILLS in the year 1852, to OOSEPSING, RAJAH, appointing him DHOLLAH
RAJAH of the MAHRAM TERRITORY.
F. G. LISTER,

Political Agent.
To
0OSEP SING, DHOLLAH RAJAH,
Resident of Rongthong Poonjee,
in the Mahram Territory.

KNow HEREBY:

It appears that Oober Sing, Dhollah Rajah of the Mahram territory, having,
deceased, you requested to be appointed Rajah there, on the ground of the country
having been under the control of your uncle, the late Songaph, Dollah Rajah,
your application being supported by a petition from Ooman Muntree, Oolar Sing
Rajah, and other persons consenting to it; but final orders were deferred on it,
in consequence of Ramsye, Kallah Rajah of Nonglang Poonjee, in that territory,
having set up a claim founded on the right of his uncle, the late Ram Sing, Kallah
Rajah, to which Oojeet Lungdeo, Ooksan Sirdar, and certain other persons sig-
nified their assent in a petition they presented. As you and Ramsye Rajah have,
however, this day-come to an amicable arrangement, and filed a deed of com-
promise to the effect that, of the two Kallah and Dhollah iRajahs of Mabram,
the Kallah Rajah is to be subordinate to the Dollah Rajah, and the investigations
connected with the duties of the Raj are to be conducted by them together in
consultation, and the profits derived therefrom are to be enjoyed by them both,
and as you have therein stated that you are to be Rajah in the place of the afore..
said Dhollah Rajah, retaining the said Ramsye Rajah as your subordinate, and
investigating and deciding cases occurring in the country in concert and consul-
tation with him, which are otherwise to be considered null and void, and the afore-
mentioned Ramsye Kallah Rajah has expressed his willingness to remain as your
subordinate, and according to former custom to investigate and decide ases
taking place in the country in company and consultation with you, the decisions
being invalid, unless so conducted, etc., besides which, you twv persons are, agree-
154 ASSAM-NOS. XXXVI-1852 AND XXXVII-1853.

ably to previous practice, to enjoy the profits derived from the country, and to
share the losses incurred therein, and as you have assented to the above stated
terms, and requested that a Perwannah may be given to you, appointing you
as Rajah in accordance therewith, you are, therefore, informed that you are here-
by appointed Rajah in the room of the Dollah Rajah of the territory of Mahram,
and it will be your duty to conduct investigations and give decisions there as
stipulated in the deed of compromise, and according to your own sense of proper
justice, retaining Ramsye Kallah Rajah as your subordinate, and both of you
acting together and in consultation to do what is incumbent on you. You will,
moreover, obey all orders that may be issued to you, from time to time, on the
part of the Honourable Company, without delay, observing the terms agreed
on in the deed of compromise referred to.

Dated the 28th of September 1852, corresponding with the 14th of Assin 1259

No. XXXVII.

TREATY signed by CAPTAINS REID and CAMPBELL and CHANGDANDOO NAMANO

LEDEN and DAO NURHoo, BHUTIA RAJAS, on the 28th JANUARY 1853, at
KURREAHPARAH, ZILLAH DARRUNG.

We, Changdandoo Raja Namang Leden, Raja Dao Nurhoo Rajah, being de-
puted by the Daba Rajas to carry letters of friendship to the Agent, Governor-
General, North-East Frontier, desiring that the former friendly relations which
existed between the Government of India and our Lhassa Government (lately
disturbed by the misbehaviour of one of our Gellings) should be again resumed,
and being ourselves desirous above .ll things that peace should exist between
our Government and that of India, do (now that we are assured the Government
of India do not intend to invade our country) hereby solemnly declare that all
military force in excess of what is required to maintain order in our own country
shall be immediately withdrawn, and the soldiers sent to their houses, and should
the peace be ever broken by us, we shall consider that all claims to the Rs. 5,000
hitherto yearly paid to our Government by the Government of India shall be
forfeited, and that our trade with the people of the plains shall be put a stop to.
And all this we of our own good will agree to and swear to in the presence
of Captains Reid and Campbell, signing the agreement as copied out in Bhutia
language from the Bengali copy made by Tuckha Mahomed Darogah.
And moreover, with regard to the followers and others of the Gelling who
have come down to the plains for protection, we promise not to molest them,
hut hope, with the good help of the Agent, Governor-General, to make friends
with them and persuade them to return to their own country.
 ASSAM-NO. XXXVIII-1856.

No. XXXVIII.

CONDITIONS imposed upon the RAJAH of NUNGKLoW and his SuccEssoRs,-

1856.
1. The Rajah is to consider himself under the general control and authority
of the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee, to whom he must refer all disputes bet-
ween himself and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States; and he is clearly to un-
derstand that he holds his appointment under authority from the British Govern-
ment, which reserves to itself the right of removing him from office, and of ap-
pointing another Chieftain in his stead, if he should fail to give satisfaction to
the British Government, and to the people of the district.

2. The Rajah must reside in the Nungklow district, and he is to be permitted

to decide in open Durbar, with the assistance of his Muntrees, Sirdars, and Elders,
according to the ancient and established customs of the country, all civil suits
and criminal cases occurring there that are beyond the cognizance of the Police,
and in which only the people of the Nungklow district may be concerned. All
cases in which Europeans and inhabitants of the Plains or of other Cossiah States
are parties are to be tried by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee.

3, The Rajah is to obey all orders issued to him by the Political Officer at
Cherra Poonjee, and to make over on demand to the local authorities all refugees
and civil and political offenders coming to, or residing in, the Nungklow district.

4. The Rajah is to furnish full information regarding the Nungklow district

and its inhabitants, whenever he may be required to do so by Government Officers ;
to render every assistance in developing the resources of the country; to give
every help and protection in his power to Government officials and travellers
passing through the country or to settlers residing there ; and to use his best en-
deavours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the country
and British subjects 'and the people of other Cossiah States.

5 The British Government reserves to itself the right of establishing militaty

and civil sanitaria, cantonments and posts, in any part of the Nungklow district
where they may be required, of occupying rent-free any lands that may be required
for these or other Government purposes, and of opening roads in any direction
through the country, in which matter the Rajah must render his utmost assist.
ance when requisite.

6. The Rajah must make grants of the waste lands in Nungklow up6 the
same terms as those that may be adopted at the time being by the BritisolGov-
ernment in granting out its own waste lands.

Similar Agreements enteted into by the Chiefs of Moleem -ud Bhawul Poonjee.
156 ,SSAM-NOS. XXXIX-1857 AND XL-1862.

No. XXXIX.

TRANSLATION of a PERWANNAH issued by the PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT COMMIS-

SIONER OOJEE LUSKER and
in charge of the COSSIAH and JAINTIA HILLS, to
CHONGLAH LuSKER, in the year 1857, authorizing them to conduct the duties
of SIRDARS of MOWLONG POONJEE, for one year each, in succession to their
deceased father ZUFFER LuSKER, SIRDAR of that place.

C. K. HUDSON,
PrincipalAssistant Commissioner,
In charge of Cossiah and Jaintia Hills.

To
OOJEF LUSKER AND CHONGLAIL LUSKER,

Residents of Mowlong Poonjee,

KNow HEREBY,

That whereas you represented yourselves, on the demise of Zuffer Lusker,

Sirdar of the Mowlong District, as being the sons and heirs of the deceased, and
solicited that you two brothers might be permitted to conduct the duties of that
office by turns for one year each, you are now therefore appointed to the office
of the late Zuffer Lusker, pending the preferment of any substantial claim that
may be worthy of notice being made to that district and are hereby informed
that agreeably to the terms of the Deed of Compromise you previously filed, you
%iil conduct the duties of the office of that Sirdar, as is incumbent on you, by
turns, for one year each. Herein fail not.

Dated the 25th of March 1857, corresponding with the 13th of Chaitro 1263 B.S.

No. XL.

AGREEMENT entered into by the MEYONG ABORS on 5th November 1862.

Whereas it is expedient to adopt measures for maintaining the integrity of
the British territory in the District of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assain, on the Meyong
Abor Frontier, and for preserving peace and tranquillity, and whereas by virtue
of a letter No. 11 of llth October 1862, from the Officiating Commissioner of
Assmm, transmitting orders from the Government of Bengal conveyed in a letter
No. 265 T., dated 8th August 1862, from the Officiating Junior Secretary to the
Government 'f Bengal, the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor has been author-
ized to proceed "-n this matter, an Engagement to the following effect has been
 ASSAM-NO. Xi--1862. 157

entered into with the Meyong Abors this 5th day of November A.D. 1862 at Camp
Lalee Mookh :-
ARTICLE 1.

Offences committed by the Meyong Abors in a time of hostility towards the

British Government, and for which the assembled heads of villages have sued
for pardon, are overlooked and peace is re-established.

ARTICLE 2.
The limit of the British territory which extends to the foot of the hills is re-
cognized by the Meyong Abors, who hereby engage to respect it.

ARTICLE 3.
The British Government will take up positions on the frontier in the plains,
will establish stations, post guards, or construct forts, or open roads, as may be
deemed expedient, and the Meyong Abors will not take umbrage at such arrange-
ments, or have any voice in such matters.

ARTICLE 4.

The Meyong Abors recognize all persons residing in the plains in the vicinity
of the Meyong Hills as British subjects.

ARTICLE 5.
The Meyong Abors engage not to molest or to cross the frontier for the pur-
pose of molesting residents in the British territory.

ARTICLE 6.

The communication across the frontier will be free both for the Meyong Abors
and for any persons British subjects, going to the Meyong villages for the pur-
pose of trading or other friendly dealings.

ARTICLE 7.

The Meyong Abors shall have access to markets and places of trade which
they may think fit to resort to ; and on such occasions they engage not to come
armed with their spears and bows and arrows, but merely to carry their daos.

ARTICLE 8.

Any Meyong Abors desiring to settle in or occupy lands in the British terri-
tory engage to pay such revenue to Government as may be fixed upon by the
Deputy Commissioner; the demand, in the first instance, to be light.
 ASSAM-NO. XL-1862.

ARTICLE 9.
The Meyong Abors engage not to cultivate opium in the British territory or
to import it.
ARTICLE 10.

In event of any grievance arising or any dispute taking place between the
Meyong Abors and the British territory, the Abors will refrain from taking the
law into their own hands, but they will appeal to the Deputy Commissioner for
redress and abide by his decision.

ARTICLE 11.

To enable the Meyong Abors of the eight khels or communities, who submit
to this engagement, to keep up a Police for preventing any marauders from re-
sorting to the plains for sinister purposes, and to enable them to take measures
for arresting any offenders, the Deputy Commissioner on behalf of the British
Government, agrees that the communities referred to shall receive yearly the
following articles :-
100 Iron hoes (one hundred). 80 B8ottles of rum (eighty).
30 Maunds of salt (thirty). 2 Seers of Abkaree opium (two).
2 Maunds of tobacco (two).

ARTICLE 12.

The articles referred to above, which will be delivered for the first year oi
the signing of this engagement, will hereafter be delivered from year to year to
the representatives of the eight khels or communities of the Meyong Abors as
aforesaid on their meeting the Deputy Commissioner at Lalee Mookh or at any
other convenient place on the Meyong Doar side.

ARTICLE 13.

On the occasion of meeting the Deputy Commissioner, the Meyong Abors

in earnest of their continued friendly feeling, engage to make a tribute offering
of a mithun, pigs, and fowls, in exchange for which they will obtain usual suitable
acknowledgments.
ARTICLE 14.

In event of Meyong Abors infringing or failing to act up to any of the provi-

sions of this engagement, it will be considered null and void, and will no longer
have effect.
ARTICLE 15.

rhe original of the above engagement, which is drawn up in English, will re-
main with the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, and a counter-
part or copy will be furnished to the subscribing Meyong Abors,
 ASSAM-NO. XL-1862. 159

ARTICLE 16.
In ratification of the above engagement contained in fifteen paragraphs the
Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Assam, on behalf of the British Govern-
ment, puts his hand and seal, and the recognised headmen or Chiefs of the eight
khels or communities of the Meyong Abors affix their signatures or marks, this
5th day of November &.D. 1862,
H. S. BIvAR, Major,
Depy. Commr., 1st Class, Luckhimpoor,
and Agent, Govr.-Genl., North-East Frontier,

rLomiur Gham, his mark

Taukoor to ,,
On behalf of the community of Munkoo • Yabang .. ..
Chapeur .. ..
Taying

Pooruding Gham, his mark

Azragi .. ..
On behalf of the community of Ramkong Kakoh to
Koling ,
Goling .. ..
kDaling ,, Pt

rMoozung Gham, his mark

On behalf of the community of Bokoong Sootam .
JGandal
" Bidoo
Takoor
tYaleng ,, i's

On behalf of the community of Padamneh Kerie Gham, his mark

* Taddang , $.
.Tuttoo .. ..

rTassee Gham, his mark

Somuing
Takokh
On behalf of the community of Kenmi
' Taneeh
Takoom to
Takor .. ..
| Loling
LLomeh
On behalf of the community of Lekang
Basing Gham, his mark

( Taming Gham, his mark

Oil behalf of the village of Galong Takir
* Tussif
(Dookang

On behalf of the village of Ledoom Looking Gham, his mark

Taying to ,,

A precisely similar Agreement was concluded with the Kebang Abors on 16th
January 1863. The articles annually given to them are thirty maunds of salt,
forty bottles of rum, four maunds of tobacco, or Rupees 28 for tobacco, twenty-
eight iron hoes, and two seers of opium.
160 ASSAM-NO. XLI-1862.

No. XLI.

AGREEMENT entered into by the ABORS of the DEHANG DEBANG DOARS,--1862.

Wereas, with a view to maintain the integrity of the British territory and
to preserve peace and tranquillity in the district of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam,
in the frontier bordering on the " Padoo," the " Meybob," the " Silookh," the
" Bompon," and the " Bor Abor " Hills, it is expedient to adopt certain measures,
and whereas that the policy enjoined under a letter from the Officiating Com-
missioner of Assam, No. 11, of the 11th October, conveying the orders of the Gov-
ernment of Bengal in a letter No. 265-T., dated 8th August 1862, might with
advantage be adopted towards the Abor clans aforesaid, pursuant thereto, at
a meeting between the representatives of the Abor communities named, and the
Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, at Camp Dihang Dibang
Mookh, on the 8th day of November A.D. 1862, the following engagement was
entered into :-
ARTICLE 1.

The British territory which extends to the foot of the hills will be respected
by the Abors of the communities named in the preamble.

ARTICLE 2.

The Abors hereby recognize all persons residing in the plains to be British
subjects.
ARTICLE 3.

The Abors engage to take measures for preventing any parties from amongst
their clansmen from molesting residents in the British territory.

ARTICLE 4.

The British Government may take up positions in the frontier, in the plains,
may establish stations, post guards, or construct forts, or open roads, as may
be deemed expedient, and the Abors will not take umbrage at such arrangements
or have any voice in such matters.

ARTICLE 5.

The communication across the frontier will be free for the Abors and for resi-
dents in the British territory going to the Abor villages for the purpose of trade
or other friendly objects.
ARTICLE 6.

The Abors shall have access, as heretofore, to markets and places of trade in
the British territory they may think fit to iesort to ; but when trading, they, the
Abors, engage not to come armed with their spears, bows, and arrows, but merely
carry their daos.
 ASSAM-NO. XLI-1862. 161

ARTICLE 7.
Any Abors settling or occupying lands in the British territory engage to pay
such revenue to Government as may be fixed upon, the demand, in the first i-
stance, to be light..
ARTICLE 8.
The Abors engage not to cultivate opium in the British territory or to import
it.
ARTICLE 9.
In event of the Abors having any grievance, or in case of any dispute ariging
between them and British subjects, the Abors will refrain from taking the law
into their own hands; but they will in all cases appeal to the Deputy Commis-
sioner and abide by his decision.
ARTICLE 10.
To enable the Abors of the clans or communities mentioned in the preamble
to keep a Police for preventing any marauders from resorting to the plains for
sinister purposes, and to enable them to take measures for arresting any offenders,
the Deputy Commissioner, on behalf of the British Government, undertakes that
the Abor communities referred to shall receive yearly the following articles
One hundred iron hoes.
Forty maunds of salt.
One hundred bottles of rum.
Two maunds of tobacco.

ARTICLE 11.
The articles referred to above, which will be' delivered for the first ye'ar on
the signing of this Engagement, will hereafter be delivered from year to year to
the representatives of the communities or clans named in the preamble.

ARTICLE 12.
On the occasion of the yearly meeting of the Deputy Commissioner and the
Abors, the usual exchange of offerings and presents will take place.

ARTICLE 13.
In event of the Abors failing to act up to the provisions of this Engagement,
it will be null and void.
ARTICLE 14.
The original of this Engagement, which is drawn up in English, will remain
with the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, and a counter-
part or copy will be furnished to the representatives of the Abor communities
aforesaid.
ARTICLE 15.
In ratification of the above Engagement contained in fourteen paragraphs,
the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor, Upper Assam, puts his hand and
162 ASSAM-NOS. XLI-1862 AND XLII-1866.

seal, and the representatives of the Abor communities affix their marks or signa-
tures, this eighth day of November 1862.
H. S. BIVAR,
Deputy Commissioner.
On behalf of -Meyvoh . Popang Gham, his mark
On behalf of Padoo Toomkur , .
On behalf of Silookh . Moskokh
On behalf of Bomjeon. Joloong
On behalf of the Bor Abors Junbang
On behalf of the Bor Silookh Abors Karmood, son of Onoo Gham, his
mark.
On behalf of Toomkoo Padoo Abors Meyong Gham, his mark

No. XLII.

AGREEMENT.
AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE BOR ABOR ON THE 5TH OF APRIL 1866.
We, the representatives of the 12 Bor Abor tribes, who have not as yet en-
tered into any Agreement with the British Government, do hereby express our
desire to enter into the same compact as that agreed upon between the other
Abor tribes and the Deputy Commissioner of Luckhimpoor.
2. We agree to abide by the provisions of the Abor Treaties of 1862-63, on
condition that we receive from Government yearly to defray our expenses, we
preserving the tranquillity of our frontier, the following articles :-Salt (60) sixty
maunds; iron hoes (120) one hundred and twenty ; rum (100) one hundred bottles;
tobacco (3) three maunds ; opium (2) two seers.
3. Should we at any time transgress the provisions of the above Treaties,
the same to be null and void.
4. In ratification of this Agreement we hereto affix our signatures or marks.
For Lalam Gain his mark
Soosoo Gain ,,
Ikiralg Gain ,
Moohing Gain ,,
Liloot Gam ,,
Lingkong Gain ,,
Loothing Gam ,.
Maling Gam ,,
Likoh Gam ,,
Tinteh Gain ,,
Tinkoh Gam ,,
Linkoh Gam ,,
Boomoot Gain ,,
Koonang Gain ,,

Before me, this fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-six.

W. W. HUME, Lieut.,
District Superintendentof Police, Luckhimnpoor,
 ASSAM-NO. XLIII-187i.1 163

No. XLIII.

TRANSLATION of the SUNNUD given to SOOKPILALL,--1871.

The order of the illustrious Government.
Be it known to the Looshai Lall (Sookpilall) and to all other Lalls, Muntrees,
and people of Looshai villages between the Tapai and Tipperah Hills.
The illustrious Government has laid down the following line of division:-
From Chutturchoora to the mouth of Bhyrubbee Cherra, from the mouth
of Bhyrubbee Cherra to Bhyrubbee Tillah, from Bhyrubbee Tillah to Kolosep
Tillah, from Kolosep Tillah to Noongvai Hills, from Noongvai Hills to Koobe-
cherra Mookh, which falls to Sunai Nuddee, and it has ordered that the country
to the north of the said line shall be called Cachar and the Marthinlcng or Northern
Looshai lands; on the other side of that line of division shall be called the Looshai
hills. The name Marthinlong or Northern Looshai includes .those people who
drink the water of the Taovai, Tipai Tuirel or Sonai Tinpar or Rukni, Sinlong,
or Dullessur, and Kloong Doong or Guttur.
The illustrious Government has further ordered that (Sookpilall) and all other
Looshai Lalls, Muntrees, and people shall not in any way injure or annoy any
of the people of Sylhet or Cachar.
If any Looshai suffers any injury or annoyance at the hands of Cachar or Sylhet
people, and wishes to have his wrongs redressed, he must make a request to that
effect to the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) of Cachar, who has been ordered
by Government to do justice in such cases.
The Lalls and Muntrees of the Looshais shall be answerable for the safety
of all merchants and wood-cutters who go to the Looshai hills to trade or cut
timber.
There are, as is known, various hill tribes known as Simtbinlong drinking
the water of the river flowing to the south. If they or the people dwelling in
the east of the Tipai, are about to attack or annoy any people of Cachar or Sylhet,
and if Sookpilall, etc., know of it and cannot prevent them from passing through
their villages, then Sookpilall, etc., must at once give information to the Burra
Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) of Cachar.
If a dispute arise between Sookpilall, etc., and the people of the Rajahs of
Munnipoor or Tipperah, he or they may inform the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commis-
sioner) of Cachar, who will endeavour to get the matter enquired into.
When the Burra Sahib of Cachar or any Government Officer who may be de-
puted by him goes to visit the Looshai hills, Sookpilall should meet him in person
or by Deputy at some place to be appointed from time to time within the hills.
If in any year no European Government Officer goes to the hills, then Sook-
pilall, etc., shall send to the Burra Sahib (Deputy Commissioner) at Doodpate
(Silchar) some reopectable Looshids.
X11
164 ASSAM-NOS. XLIII-1871 AND XLIV-1888.

If at any time all the above orders of Government be not carried out the said
Government may revoke this Sunnud and pass such orders as it thinks proper.
But as long as Sookpilall, etc., shall obey all these orders and any similar ones
which the Government may issue from time to time for the preservation of peace
on both sides of the above-mentioned line, the Government will not interfere
with the affairs of their villages, and will leave them in the undisturbed possession
of their village land.

Dated 16th January 1871.

No. XLIV.

TERMS Of PEACE signed by MEDHrI and CHANDI, KAPASCHOR AKAS,-1888.

We, Medhi and Chandi, Kapaschor Aka chiefs, hereby make this submission
in writing, acknowledging our error in raiding on Balipara and in detaining Lakhi-
dhar mauzadar in 1883, and swear according to our customs that we will jointly
and severally faithfully abide by the following terms :-
I.-We withdraw all our claims to any land south of the boundary pillars
set up in 1873-75.
II.---We will allow two kotokis (or interpreters) appointed by the British
Government to carry communications between us and the Government, and we
swear to respect the persons of these kotokis and to allow them at all times to
go and come unharmed.
III.-The " posa " will not be given us until the year after next, i.e., January
1890, and only then if the conduct of ourselves and that of our tribe has been
perfectly peaceful.
We relinquish all our claims to " posa " for the past years also.
When " posa " is restored to us, it will be distributed according to our respec-
tive shares, and it will only be given into our hands on our appearing personally
before the Deputy Commissioner and presenting an article of tribute each to him.
I, Medhi, consent to present annually a "dao ", and the rest of us chiefs each
a bow and arrow or some similar articles as the Local Government may decide
upon.
IV.-The " posa " we shall receive from the Government is in lieu of the due
we formerly levied on the Assamese inhabitants of the plains, and that we have
no right to receive any food, service, dues, or other token of superiority from
any raiyat in British territory, but that the demand for any such dues will be
treated as a criminal offence.
V.-The road which has been cut in 1884 from Bhalukpung, vid Dijumukh,
shall be kept open to the Balipara stockade, and we and our tribe shall use that
Toad alone when we come down for " posa " or for other purposes and we and
 ASSAM-NOS. XLIV-1888 AND XLV-1912.

our tribe shall present ourselves at the Bhalukpung stockade, give up our weapons
there, and receive a pas,, which we will give again when we return to the hills.
VI.-We will come down not earlier than 1st December (corresponding to
16th Aughrun) each year to receive our "posa " or for other purposes.

A. E. CAMPBELL,
Deputy Commissioner.

No. XLV.

TnRpmS of PE AcE imposed on the chief offending Villages of the MINYANG ABORS,
-1912.
Orders to Sissin dated 27th December 1911.
The Gams of Sissin are to pay a fine of 2 mithan and 6 pigs ; on payment they
may collect their people and rebuild their village. They undertake to assist the
Government in everything and to give information.

Orders to Panggidated 30th December 1911.

The Sarkar knows you are guilty in the matter of Mr. Williamson's murder,
but is merciful and will give you a chance of making peace. If you do not accept
the terms there will be war. If you agree to the terms, you must in future obey
the orders of the Sarkar and not fight among yourselves. The terms are
(i) To dismantle the stockade of the village.
(ii) To deliver up 500 iron-barbed arrows with quivers, 6 Tibetan swords,
20 mithan, 50 pigs, and 50 maunds of rice (unhusked).
(iii) To return any property belonging to M. Williamson, Dr. Gregorson, and
their party.
Order to Kebang dated 1st January 1912.
(i) In future to obey all orders of Government and not prevent people from
trading in the plains.
(ii) To restore the five stolen rifles and also all other property belonging to
Mr. Williamson, Dr. Gregorson, and their party.
(iii) To surrender the telephone cable and five drums taken by them.
(iv) To surrender 2,000 war arrows and complete war kit of 50 men, including
bows, arrows, and quivers, hats and daos.
(v) To be responsible for the maintenance of the road from Yembung camp
to Puak.
(vi) To be allowed to rebuild the village on a site a mile further up-stream.
(vii) To call in the Gains of Yemsing, Babuk, and Kalek.
(viii) To surrender 25 mithan.
(ix) No pardon extends to Lomlo or Bapuk.
 ASSAM-NO. XLV-1912.

Orders to Yernsing dated 6th January 1912.

We know that some of your men went south and stirred up trouble amongst
the Galongs round about Misshing. We do not wish to punish them heavily,
as they were not concerned in the murders of Mr. Williamson and his party, and
for what they did they have been punished already. You must understand that
trade is open to everybody with the plains. You may rebuild your village im-
mediately, but to show that you are under the Sarkar and willing to obey all
orders, you will bring in 10 bows, 20 war-arrows, 1 sword, and 1 helmet.

Orders to Rengging dated 12th January 1912.

In future you must obey all orders of the Sarkar and must not interfere with
people who wish to go down to the plains to trade. You may rebuild your village
on condition that you always keep the road between the Sirpo and Sirki Streams
in good repair.

Orders to Rotung dated 13th January 1912.

As you have spoken the truth, the Sarkar will have mercy. You must in
future obey all orders of the Sarkar and must not interfere with trade with the
plains. You must return the two guns (Rotung's share of the loot) personally
or through Kebang. You will be responsible for the proper upkeep of the road
between Rotung and the Lelek streams. On these conditions you may rebuild
your village.

Orders to Babulk dated 15th January 1912.

For having taken part in the massacre of Mr. Williamson and his party, you
are fined 5 mithan. When you Ifave paid this fine, you will be permitted to re-
build your village subject to the following conditions. You must in future obey
all orders of the Sarkar and not prevent anyone from trading in the plains. You
are responsible for the upkeep of the road between the Sirpo and Rotung.
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. XLVI-1857 & XLVII-1859. 167

No. XLVI.
TRANSLATION of an AGREEMENT furnished in the year 1857 by RAM SING RAJAH
Of CHERRA POONJEE.
RAM SING, RAJAH.
To
THE HONORABLE COMPANY.

The written Agreement of Ram Sing, Rajah, and his Ministerial Officers and
Sirdars, and other Cossiahs residing at Cherra Poonjee, executed in the year 1857
to the following purport -
Having, on the demise of my uncle, the late Soobha Singh, Rajah of this terri-
tory, taken his place as his successor, and come into possession of the Raj, I have
been required, by the Principal Assistant Commissioner of Cherra Poonjee, to
furnish a new Agreement, based on those given by my predecessors; and as all
the conditions of the engagements entered into by my predecessors, the late
Dewan Singh, Raja, on the 10th of September 1829, and the late Soobha Singh,
Rajah, on the 19th of October 1830, are acceptable to me, I will act according
to them hereafter.

Dated the 16th of May 1857, corresponding with the 8th of Joisto 1264 B.S.
Written by Bhoyrobnath Dahn.
Presented this day by Radha Kristno Dutt, Mooktiar, and Bhoyrobnath Dahn,
on the part of Ram Sing, Rajah, with his letter of this date, the 16th of May 1857,
corresponding with the 4th of Joisto 1264 B.S.
C. K. HoDsoN,
PrincipalAssistant Commissionei
In charge of Cossiah and Jynteah Hills.

No. XLVII.
AGREEMENT executed by the CHIEFS of the MINOR STATES of the KHASI HILLS,
-1859.
To C. K. HODSON, ESQ., PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER, KHASI HILLS
(ON BEHALF OF GOVERNMENT).
We, Sundar Sing, son of Naluk Khasia, of Maudan punji; U Jo Sirdar, son
of Bna Khasia, of the same place; Birsai Khasia, son of Iangthoma Khasia. of
Sinai punji; Namsing Khasia, son of Amar Sing, and U Wansit Khasia, son of
Suba Khasia, of Tangar punji, elaka Maudan, Khasi Hills, do execute this agree-
ment, to the effect that, as desired by the British Government, we hereby lease
to them, of our own accord in perpetuity, all uncultivated waste lands and forest
tracts that lie within the limits of our respective elakas of Maudan punji, Sinai
punji and TangaA! punji, that being brought under cultivation, will cause no in-
jury to the people of this elaka, and also all such places where minerals exist,
168 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. XLVII-1859.

and may hereafter be discovered, with the exception of the lime-quarries covered
by the lease previously executed by us. We further agree that we, our heirs,
and assigns shall have no objection to Government utilising the lands hereby leased
by reclaiming them, leasing them out to other persons and settling tenants on
them, as they please, to accrue profits. That all enquiries relating to the lands
shall be made by Government, and we shall have no power to lay hand on the
matter. That we, our heirs, assigns, or the persons who will hereafter be the
owners of this elaka, shall always get half the profits arising out of the lands hereby
leased. That should there be no profits, no claim from us for our half-share will
be acceptable. That without your permission we shall have no power to lease
or transfer any land or lands to any Bengali or European. Should we do to the
contrary, such lease or transfer will not be valid. As for the execution of this
agreement, we held darbars in our punjis, in which the people gave their consent
to its execution. That we shall have no objection to Government making settle-
ment of the lime-quarries that had been previously leased to Mr. H. Inglis, and
which are now in the Government possession, according to the terms of the lease
executed by me, Sundar Sing and others. To the above effect we execute this
agreement this 27th August 1859 corresponding to the 12th Bhadra 1266 B.S.

Witnesses :-
U 1ANG LALoo, Sardar of Jowai punji.

MiRi Roy, Acting Interpreter.

SOLOMON, Interpreter.

Acknowledged before me this day in open court, and presented in person by

Sundar Sing Sardar, U Jo Sardar, Birsai Khasia, Nam Sing, and Oo Ahnseet
Khasia.
C. K. HODSON,
Principal Assistant Commissioner.

MN.R-Similar agreements were executed by:-

The Sardar of Nonglywai.
Ditto of Jeerang.
Ditto of Maoiong.
The Wahadadar (now Sardar) of Duara Nongturmen.
The Lyngdoh of Sohiong.
Ditto of Langiong.
Ditto of Maoflang.
The Siem of Bhowal.
Ditto of Maharam.
Ditto of Langrin.
Ditto of Malaisohmat.
Ditto of Mausynram.
Ditto of Mariaw.
Ditto of Nongstoin.
Ditto of Nongspung.
Ditto of Mylliem.
Ditto of Maoiang.
Ditto of Rambrai.
The Wahadadars of Shella.
 AS6AM--KHASI HILL STATES-NO. XLVIII- .1862 , 169

No. XLVIII.
TRANSLATION of the AGREEMENT entered into by DUN SING, RAJAH of NUSTENG,
with the DEPUTY COMMISSIONER of CHERRA POONJEE, in the COSSIAH HILLS,
-1862.
I, Dun Sing, Rajah, son of Oola Beang Koonwmr, of Nusteng, in the Cossiah
Hills, having been appointed ruler of Nusteng, do hereby agree and promise to
conduct myself agreeably to the following rules

ARTICLE 1.
I consider myself under the general control and authority of the Political
Officer at Cherra Poonjee. All disputes between myself and Chieftains of other
Cossiah States shall be referred for trial and decision to the British Court.

ARTICLE 2.
I shall always reside in the Nusteng ilaka, and decide without partiality in
open Durbar, with the assistance of my Muntrees, Sirdars, and elders, accord-
ing to the ancient and established customs of the country, all civil suits and cri-
minal cases occurring there that are beyond the cognizance of the Police in - bich
only the people of that ilaka may be concerned. All cases in which Europeans
and inhabitants of the plains, or of other Cossiah States, ate parties are to be
tried by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee.

ARTICLE 3.
I shall obey all orders issued to me by the Political Officer at Cherra Poonjee,
and make over, on demand, to the local authorities, all refugees and civil and
political offenders coming to, or residing in, my ilaka.

ARTICLE 4.
I shall furnish full information regarding my State and its inhabitants when-
ever I may be required to do so by Government Officers. I shall always endea-
vour to promote the welfare and happiness of my subjects, give every help and
protection in my power to Government Officers and travellers passing through
my country, or to settlers residing there ; and use my best endeavours to facili-
tate free intercourse and trade between the people of my country and British
subjects and the people of other Cossiah States.

ARTICLE 5.

The British Government reserves to itself the right of establishing military

and civil sanitaria, cantonments and posts, in any part of my ilaka 'Wheie they
may be required, full compensation being given for the lands thus occupied for
these or other Government purposes, and of opening roads in any direction thrCugh
the country, in which matter I must render my utmost assistonce wl.en requi-
site.
Dated 22nd July 1862, corresponding with 7th Srawun 1269 Bo9.
170 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. XLIX AND L-1863.

No. XLIX.

SUNNUD conferring the title of Rajah Bahadoor upon DUN SING, the elected ruler
of Nusteng, dated the 26th January 1863.

Whereas you nave been elected to be Ruler of Nusteng, I do hereby confer

upon you the title of Rajah Bahadoor on condition of your faithfully and
fully observing the conditions specified in the Agreement made with you on 22nd
July 1862, corresponding with 7th Srawun 1269 B.S.

ELGIN AND KINCARDINE.

No. L.

AGREEMENT with the CHIEF of MOLEER,-1863.

Whereas it was stipulated in the Agreement entered into by me, Melay Sing,
Rajah of Moleem, under date 19th March 1861, with the British Government,
that-the right of establishing civil and military sanitaria, posts and cantonments,
within my country should remain with the British Government; whereas Lieute-
nant-Colonel J. C. Haughton,. Agent to the Governor-General, North-East Fron-
tier, under the instructions of the said Government, has selected, for the purpose
of civil and military sanitaria, etc., the land hereinafter described, I hereby re-
nounce, with the advice and consent of my Muntrees and the heads of my people,
all sovereign and personal rights therein to Her Majesty the Queen of England
and the British Government. It is, however, stipulated, should the proprietors
of any of the land within the limits hereinafter described be unwilling to sell or
part with their land to the British Government, the said persons shall continue
fully to enjoy the same without impost or taxation as heretofore, but that in all
other respects the jurisdiction and sovereignty of Her Majesty the Queen of
England, and of the British Government, and the officers of Government duly ap-
pointed, shall extend over the said land and over all persons residing thereon,
and to all offences committed therewithin.

Boundary.-The boundary of the lands of Go Don Sena to the south and east
of the Oom Ding Poon stream which have been purchased ; the boundary of the
lands of Ka Stang Rapsang, south of the stream south of the Oom Ding Poon
adjoining the village of Sadoo which have been purchased; the boundary of the
lands of Oo Bat Khaobakee touching the Oom Ding Poon stream which have
been purchased ; the boundary of the lands of Ka Doke adjoining the last-named
which have been purchased ; the boundary of the land of Sooaka adjoining the
last-named which have been purchased; the boundary of the Shillong lands which
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. L--1863.

have been purchased fTom which point the boundary will follow the north and
west sides of the present Government roads till the boundary of the lands of Borjon
Muntree which have been purchased is met. It will then follow the boundary
of the said Borjon's land till the boundary of the said land again meets the Gov-
ernment road now existing, which it will follow till the boundary of the Raj lands
purchased is met. It will follow the boundary of the Raj lands till that divid-
ing the Longdo lands of Nongseh from the Raj land and the land purchased from
Oo Reang-Karpang of Nongseh, and will go between the two last on the east
side of a hill by a path till the boundary stone of the Longdo of Nongseh at the
head of a watercourse is met. It will then follow that watercourse to the junc-
tion of it with the Oom Soorpee, leaving the hill with the Lungdo jungle of fir
trees on it to the left or north and west side. The boundary will then cross the
Oom Soorpee river and ascend by a ravine opposite inclining somewhat to the
right hand to monumental stones (Mowshin Ram), near one of which a peg and
pile of stones is placed. The boundary will then descend the hill backwards to-
wards the point of Youdoe Hill, that is, the hill on which the Youdoe Bazar is
held, to a pile of stones and a peg not far from the Government road which it
crosses and not far from the Oom Soorpee river. The boundary thence turns
north-east by ascending the hollow to the ridge which divides the water-flow,
on which is a mark, to the hollow to the north-east, which it follows by the water
to the Oom Kra river leaving the Youdoe Bazar hill and the village of Mao Kra
on the left hand. The boundary thence turns eastward, following the base of
the hills and excluding all cultivation in the plains, including within it the hill
lands given to the Government by Oo Bell till the lands of Oo Dor given to Gov-
ernment are met, whence the boundary, in the same way, follows the base of the
hills excluding the cultivation in the plains till the river Pomding Neyam is met.
Opposite a cave at the mouth of this stream, when it enters the plain, a peg and
pile of stone is met. The boundary thence follows the same stream to its head
in the rice lands of Oo Beh aforesaid; thence it follows the foot of the hills, leav-
ing the village of Limera to the left or east side, and excluding the rice cultivation
of Oo Beh but including the hill land given by him to Government till it reaches
the head of the said rice cultivation, where it turns sharply to the left or east
between two hills till it reaches the banks of the stream Oom Ponteng Kom the
downward course of which it follows till the junction of the same water, now
called Oom Soorpee, with the Oom Jussaci is reached. This river is the boun-
dary till its source is reached from a pile of stones, near which, marking the boun-
dary of land purchased from Oo Don Sena, the boundary crosses over south-west-
erly to the point where the Oom Shillong makes a bend; at that point stones
have been placed opposite ten fir and five oak trees on the spur of a hill. The
boundary then follows the Oom Shillong till the boundary of Oo Don Sena's land
is met, which it follows the point from whence it started is reached. I agree that
the Government, or the possessor of the land within named, as well as the Shillong
lands, shall have the joint right of turning off all water adjoining the said land
for use, subject to such rules as the Government may prescribe. I promise also,
as far as in me lies, to preserve the sacred groves whereon the water supply is
172 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. L--1863.

dependent, and to punish any of my subjects found cutting the trees of the said
groves and to deliver up for punishment any British subject found so offending.

MELEY SING RAJAH His mark.

LORMIET MONTANG His Mark.

SHILLONG:

The 10th December 1863.

Witness:
U JOYMONEE,
Interpreter.

Before me, this 18th December 1863, explained in Cossiah and signed.

J. C. HAUGHTON.

Witnesses present not called on to sign, being unable to write :

0o RAM, Muntree. 0o DON KONWUR.

00 SONA ,, Oo JON SIRDAR.

Oo JEE ,, PURBOT, Interpreter.

0o DON SENA,, TAMA KOONWUR.

RAJAH SINGH KOONWUR. ALOP KooNwun.

KUNRACE, of Khyrim.

I, Melay Sing, having, on behalf of myself and my Muntrees, and all others
concerned, ceded the Raj rights and title in the land at Shillong known as the
Shillong lands; the Raj lands south of the Oom Soorpee, known as the Kurkon-
tong Non aseh land; the land near Youdoe, known as the Shillong labang land;
hereby renounce all right and title thereto, resigning the same to Her Majesty
the Queen of England with the trees, water, and all things thereon or therein,
and hereby acknowledge to have received, in full satisfaction therefor, the sum
of Rupees 2,000 (two thousand) from Lieutenant-Colonel Haugbton, Governor-
General's Agent, North-East Frontier.

MELAY SING His mark.

YOUDOE: RAJA RABON SING His mark.

The 8th December 1863.

 ASSAM--KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. L-1863, AND LI-1864.

Rajah Rabon hereby acknowledges to have ceded all right on part of himself
and his people.
J. C. HAUGHTON,
Offg. Govr.-Genl.'s Agent, N.-E. F.
Witness:
U JOYMOONEE, SREE ARRADHUN Doss,
Interpreter. Mohurir.

Present:
Oo Ram, Muntree.
Oo JEE
0 SOOBAIE,
}Moleem Poonjee.

00 SONAH

Oo RAIMON J
Oo BAMON I Khyrim Poonjee.
Go MOOIK LONGSKOR.
0o SONKHA LONGODO. J

J. C. HAUGHTON,
Offg. Govi.-Genl.'s Agent, N.-E. F.

No. LI.

ENGAGEMENT executed by the RAJAH of MAHIAM,-1864.

I, Go Sai Sing, resident of Mahram, according to the custom of country and

with the approval of the Chiefs and Elders of Mahram, being the lawful heir and
successor to the late Oosep Singh, Dhollah Rajah of Mahram, in anticipation
of being duly created, under the orders of the Viceroy and Governor-General
of India Dhollah Rajah of Mahram, do hereby promise. to be faithful in allegiance
to Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and its dependencies, her heirs and
successors, and I bind myself to the following Articles:-

ARTICLE 1.

I consider myself under the general control and authority of the Deputy Com-
missioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or such other Officer as may be from
time to time appointed by Government, and I will refer all disputes between my-
self and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States to the Deputy Commissioner afore-
said, and I clearly understand that I hold my appointment under authority from
the British Government, which reserves to itself the right of removing me from
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LI-1864.

office and appointing another Chieftain in my stead, if I should fail to give satis-
faction to the British Government or to the people of Mahram.

ARTICLE 2.

I agree to reside in the Mahram District, and promise to decide in open Dur-
bar, with the assistance of the Muntrees, Sirdars, and the Elders, according to
ancient and established custom of the country, all civil and criminal cases, not
of a heinous nature, in which the inhabitants of the said country only are con-
cerned. I agree to refer to the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossia and Jynteah
Hills, or to any other Officer appointed by Government for the purpose, all cases,
civil and criminal, in which Europeans or other foreigners, including the
inhabitants of the plains, are concerned as also all cases in which subjects of other
Cossiah States are concerned, and all heinous criminal cases.

ARTICLE 3.

I bind myself to obey all orders issued by the Deputy Commissioner or other
officer appointed to the charge of the Hill districts, and to make over, on demand
to the duly constituted authorities all refugees and civil and political offenders
coming to, or residing in, the Mahram district.

ARTICLE 4.

I also agree to supply full information regarding the Mahram District and
its inhabitants whenever I may be required so to do by the officers of Govern-
ment. I will also render assistance in developing the resources of the country,
and 1 will give aid and protection to Government officials and travellers passing
through Mahram, as also to settlers residing therein, and will use my best endea-
vours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of the country
under me and British subjects and people of other Cossiah States.

ARTICLE 5.
The British Government will have the right of establishing military and civil
sanitaria, cantonments, and posts, in any part of the Mahram District under
my control, and I agree to give all lands required for such purposes on the under-
standing, when the land or lands do not belong to the Raj, that the proprietors
shall receive compensation.

ARTICLE 6.
Lastly, I bind myself, my heirs and successors, to the terms of the Agree-
ment entered into with the Government of British India by the late Rajah Oosep
Sing on the 22nd September 1859, by which he ceded, in consideration of receiv-
ing half the profits, all his mineral rights (except those connected with the Mah-
ram tracts leased to the late Mr. Henry Inglis up to 1283 B.S.) and all the waste
 ASSAM---KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LI AND LII-1864. 175

lands not paying revenue which are not being brought under cultivation by the
people of Mahram, and by which they will not be sufferers.

His seal and mark.

Oo SAI SINGH, Rajah.

Dated Youds (fifth) 6th October 1864.

Witnessed by :-
GRISH CHUNDER BOSE.

Mark of RAM SINGH, Muntree. Mark of ToR SAI, Muntree.

Mark of Oo SuGI P) Mark of W. SONA

Mark of W. TAR ,, Mark of W. SAIH

Mark of W. SAR SING, Gooshtee. Mark of U RAM, Gooshtee.

Mark of SUNTOO Mark of KHALAET VASUED.

Signed and sealed in my presence the 5th day of October 1864, when it was
explained to the Rajah that a Sunnud and Khillut would be furnished on ] eceipt
of the orders of Government.
H. S. BivAR,
Deputy Commr., Cossia and Jynteah Hills.

No. LII.

SuNNuD confirming the election of Oo SAI SING as RAJAH of MAHRAM,-1 S 64.

Whereas you have been elected by the chief men and people of Mahram to
succeed the late Rajah Oosep Singh in the Chieftaincy, I hereby recognize and
confirm your election to the Rajah of Mahram.
Be assured that so long as you remain faithful in your allegiance to the British
Crown, and fuLly and faithfully fulfil your engagements with the British Govern-
ment, the State of Mahram will remain to you in undisturbed possession.

JOHN LAWRENCE.
Dated 5th December 1864.
176 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LIII-1815.

No. LIII.

AGREEMENT with the CHIEF of MURRIoW,-1865.

I, Ooron, Resident of Murriow, Cossiah Hills, according to the custom of

country, and with the approval of the Chiefs and Elders of Murriow, being the
lawful heir and successor to the late Oo-Phan, Rajah of Murriow, in anticipa-
tion of being duly created under the orders of the Viceroy and Governor-General
of India Raja of Murriow, do hereby promise to be faithful in allegiance to Her
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and its dependencies, to her heirs and suc-
cessors, and I bind myself to the following Articles --
First.-I consider myself under the general control and authority of the Deputy
Commissioner in the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or such other Officer as may,
from time to time, be appointed by Government, and I will refer all disputes
between myself and the Chieftains of other Cossiah States to the Deputy Com-
missioner aforesaid; and I clearly understand that I hold appointment under
the authority from the British Government, which reserves to itself the right
of removing me from office and appointing another Chieftain in my stead, if I
shall fail to give satisfaction to the British Government or to the people of Mur-
riow.
Second.-I agree to reside in the Murriow District, and promise to decide in
open Durbar, with the assistance of the Muntrees, Sardars, and Elders, accord-
ing to ancient and established custom of the country, all civil and criminal cases
not of a heinous nature, in which the inhabitants of the said country only are
concerned. I agree to refer to the Deputy Commissioner in the Cossiah and
Jynteah Hills, or to any other Officer appointed by Government for the purpose,
all cases, civil or criminal, in which Europeans or other foreigners, including the
inhabitants of the plains, are concerned, as also all cases in which subjects of other
Cossiah States are concerned, and all heinous criminal cases.
Third.-I bind myself to obey all orders issued by the Deputy Commissioner
or other Officer appointed to the charge of the hill district, and to make over on
demand to the duly constituted authorities all refugees and civil and political
offenders coming to, or residing in, the Murriow District.
Fourth.-I also agree to supply full information regarding the Murriow Dis-
trict and its inhabitants whenever I may be required so to do by the officers of
Government. I will also render assistance in developing the resources of the
country, and will give aid and protection to Government officials and travellers
passing through Murriow, as also to settlers residing therein; and I will use my
best endeavours to facilitate free intercourse and trade between the people of
the country under me and British subjects and people of other Cossiah States.
Fifth.-The British Government shall have the right to construct roads in
any direction through the Murriow District, and I bind myself not to levy transit
taxes or other dues on such roads unless permitted to do so.
 ASSAM--KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LIII AND LIV-1865. 177

Sixth.-The British Government will have the right of establishing military

and civil sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any parts of the Murriow District
under my control, and I agree to give all land or lands which do not belong to
the Raj on condition that the proprietors shall receive compensation.
Seventh.-Lastly I bind myself, my heirs and successors, to the terms of the
Agreement entered into with the Government of British India by the late Rajah
Oo-Phan, by which he ceded, in consideration of receiving half the profits, all
his mineral rights and all the waste lands not paying revenue, which are not being
brought under cultivation by the people of Murriow, and by which they will not
be sufferers.
OoRoN RAJAH, his mark and seal.
Witnessed by:
OOSmiROE LONGDOE, his mark.

OOKSUN LONGDOH,

O0-PHAN SONGDOH,

OOLLAN MATEEBAR,

OODHOO MATEEBAR,

OOHIR MATEEBAR,

Explained before me and in my presence, clause by clause, to the Rajah, to

the Elders, and to the people assembled, and acknowledged by the Rajah to be
his voluntary act and deed, this twentieth day of February, Anno Domili 1865,
at Murriow, Cossiah Hills.
H. S. BIvAa, Major,
Deputy Commr., Cossiah and Jynteah Hills.

No. LIV.

SUNNUD conferring the title of RAJAH upon OORON, elected RULER of MURRIOW,
-1865.
Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Murriow, I do hereby confer
upon you the title of Rajah on condition of your faithfully and fully observ-
ing the conditions specified in the Agreement made with you on the 20th Feb-
ruary 1865.
JOHN LAWRENCE.
The 19th October 1865.
178 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LV-1866 AND LV1-1867.

No. LV.

ENGAOEMENT with the CHIEF of NUNGKLOW,-1866.

I, Bor Sing, Seem of the State of Nungklow in the Cossiah Hills, admitting
my incapacity to the conduct of affairs in my territory, do hereby record my
written assent and agreement to the appointment of my relative and heir Chand
Rai to be Regent of Nungklow, and that the general management of affairs in
Nungklow, together with the carrying out of all orders of the British Govern-
ment, shall lie with him, and that all communications and precepts shall be ad
dressed to, and received by, him.
Signed and sealed by me this day, the 18th May 1866.

BoR SING.

His mark, U Seem Jong ka Nungklow.

This document was executed by Bor Sing, Seem of Nungklow, in my presence,

this 21st day of May 1866.
W. S. CLARKE,
Offy. Deputy Commissioner, Cossiah and
Jynteah Hills, Assam.

No. LVI.

4ENERAL FORM of AGREEMENT,-1867.

I, resident of , Illaka , having been appointed to

the Chiefship of the said Illaka , hereby agree and promise that I will
conduct myself agreeably to the following rules :-
1. I consider myself under the orders and control of the Deputy Commis-
sioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, and in the event of any disputes arising
between myself and the Chief of any other State, they shall be decided by the
Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or any other duly autho-
rized officer appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal.
2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil and all criminal cases not of a heinous
kind which may happen within the limits of my State, and in which the people
of my territory alone are concerned ; but in regard to heinous offences I will report
their occurrence immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and
Jynteah Hills, and will take upon myself the arrest of persons concerned, whom
I will deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or other officer
appointed by him for that purpose.
3. In all disputes which may arise with other Cossiah Chiefs, and in all cases
in which persons of other States, Europeans or Natives of the plains, may be con-
cerned within the limits of my territory, I promise to refer the matter ior adjudi-
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LVI--1867 AND LVII-1868. 179

cation by the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or other
duly constituted British authority. The authority of the British Government
in connection with my Chiefship extends so far that, in case of my using any ille-
gality, or in the event of my people being dissatisfied with me, Government will
be at liberty to remove me from my said rank and appoint another Chief in my
stead.
4. 1 bind myself to submit to all orders issued by the Deputy Commissioner
of the Cossiah Hills, or other duly authorised officer, and to make over on de-
mand all refugees and civil and political offenders coming to, or residing within,
my territory.
5. I also agree to supply any information relative to my territory and its in-
habitants whenever I may be required to do so by the officers of the British Gov
ernment. I .will always use my best endeavours to maintain the well-being of
the people residing in my territory, and I will give aid and protection with all
my might to Government officers and travellers passing through; also to people
of other illakas residing in my territory. I will also endeavour to facilitate free
intercourse and trade between the people of the territory under me and the people
of other districts and States.
6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and
military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of my State, and to occupy
the lands necessary for the purpose rent-free. I will give Government every
assistance which may be required in opening roads within my State.
7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Commissioner
of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills; otherwise I agree to suffer fine or such other
penalty for my misconduct as the Government may think fit to inflict.
8. I hereby add my Agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the lime,
coal, and minerals within my State on condition of receiving half te profits aris-
ing from their sale, lease, or other disposal and on the same terms to the cession;
also of all such waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cul-
tivation, plantations, orchards, etc., as may be required to be sold as waste lands.
Fully understanding the terms of this engagement, I hereby affix my hand
and seal this day of 1867.

No. LVII.

SUNNUD recognizing the Succession of CHAND RAI,-1868.

Whereas you have been elected to be Ruler of Nungklow, I hereby recognise
you as Chief of that place, on condition of your faithfully and fully observing
the conditions entered in the separate agreement to be made by you wit]%Bis
Honor the Lieutenant-Governor of Bengal.
JoaN LAWRENCE
Dated 19th August 1868.
ISO ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LVIII-1875.

No. LVIII.

GENERAL FORM OF AGREEMENT,-1875.

I-- , having been appointed

by [His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India, or by the Chief
Commissioner of Assam (as the case may be)] to be Chief of the State of
in the district of Cossiah and Jynteab Hills, do hereby agree and promise that
I will, in the administration of the said State, conduct myself agreeably to the
following rules
1. I consider myself to be under the orders and control of the Deputy Com-
missioner of the district of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills. In the event of any
dispute arising between myself and the Chief of any other Cossiah State, such
dispute shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah
Hills, or by any other officer duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Coimis-
sioner of Assam or by the Government of India.
2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil cases and all criminal cases, not of
a heinous kind, which may arise within the limits of the State, in which my sub-
jects alone are concerned. I will report the occurrence of heinous offences within
the limits of the State immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah
and Jynteah Hills, and will arrest the persons concerned in them, whom I will
deliver up, to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner, or by any other officer
appointed by him for that purpose. I promise to refer all civil and criminal cases
arising within the limits of the State in which the subjects of other Cossiah States,
or Europeans, or Natives of the plains may be concerned, for adjudication by
the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or by any other officer
appointed by him for that purpose.
3. In case of my using any oppression, or of my acting in a manner opposed
to established custom, or in the event of my people having just cause for dissatis-
faction with me, the Chief Commissioner of Assam may remove me from my Chief-
ship and appoint another Chief in my stead.
4. I will surrender to the Deputy Commissioner of the Cossiah and Jynteah
Hills, on demand, all civil or political offenders coming to or residing within my
jurisdiction.
5. I wili supply any information relative to the country under my control
and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by the Deputy Com-
missioner of thr Cs,.siah and Jynteah Hills. I will always use my best endea-
yours to maintain the well-being of the people subject to my rule, and I Nxill give
aid and piotection with all my might to officers of the British Government and
travellers passing through, also to people of other jurisdictions residing in my
jurisdiction. I will also endeavour to facilitate free intercourse and trade bet-
ween the people of the State under me and the people of other districts and Statem.
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LVIII-1875 AND LIX-1877. 181

6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and

military sahitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the country under my
control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that purpose rent-free. I will
give to the British Government every assistance which may be required in open-
ing roads within the State of
7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Commissioner
of the Cossiah and Jynteah Hills, or other officer duly authorized in that behalf
by the Chief Commissioner of Assam or by the Government of India. In case
of my violating this rule I shall suffer fine or such other penalty for my miscon-
duct as such officer may think fit to inflict.
8. I hereby add my Agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the natural
products of the soil of the State, viz., lime, coal, and other minerals, and of the
right to hunt and capture elephants within the State, on condition that I shall
receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other disposal of such natural
products or of such right. On the same condition I agree to the cession of all
waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cultivation, plan-
tations, orchards, etc., which the British Government may wish to sell or lease
as waste lands.
9. I will not alienate to any person any property of the State, moveable or
immoveable, which I possess, or of which I may become possessed, as Chief of
the State.
*10. I will cause such areas as may be defined by the British Government
for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to supply building timber
and firewood to the inhabitants of the State. I will take efficient measures
to secure these areas against destruction by fire and by jhuming.

No. LIX.

GENERAL FORM of SANAD prescribed by the GOVERNMENT of INDIA in 1877,

You, having been
elected Seim of the State of in the district of the Khas
and Jaintia Hills, this Sanad ratifying your election and appointing you Seim,
is conferred upon you on the following conditions :-
I.-You shall be subject to the orders and control of the Deputy Com-
missioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, who will
decide any dispute that may arise between yourself and the Chief
of any other Khasi States. You shall obey implicitly any lawful
orders which the Deputy Commissioner, or other officer authorised
on that behalf by the Government of India., may issue to you.

* Inserted at the option of the Chief Commissioner of Assam,

182 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES--NO. LIX-1877.

II,-You are hereby empowered'and required to adjudicate decide

-and

all civil cases and all criminal offences, except those punishable.
under the Indian Penal Code, with death, transportation, or im-
prisonment for five years and upwards, which may arise within
the limits of the State, in which your subjects alone are concerned.
In regard to the offences above excepted, you shall submit an im-
mediate report to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia
Hills, and faithfully carry out the orders he may give concerning
their disposal. And you shall refer all civil and criminal cases
arising within the limits of your State, in which the subjects of
other Khasi States, or Europeans, or natives of the plains, may
be concerned, for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of
the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by any other officer appointed by
him for that purpose.
III.-The Government of India shall be at liberty to establish civil and
military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the country
under your control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that pur-
pose rent-free.
IV.-You hereby confirm the cession to the British Government by your
predecessors of all the lime, coal and other mines, metals and minerals
found in the soil of your State, and of the right to hunt and cap-
ture elephants within your State, on condition that you shall receive
half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other disposal of such
lime, coal, or other minerals, or of such right. On the same con-
dition, you confirm the cession to the British Government of all
waste lands, being lands at the time of cession unoccupied by villa-
ges, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., which the British Gov-
ernment may wish to sell or lease as waste lands.
V.-You shall not alienate or mortgage to any person any property
of
the State, moveable or immoveable, which you possess, or of which
you may become possessed, as Chief of the State.
VI.-You shall cause such areas as may be defined by the British
Govern-
ment for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to supply
building timber and firewood to the inhabitants of the State. You
shall take efficient measures to secure these areas against destruc-
tion by fire and by jhuminq.
*VII.-You do hereby accord your assent and agreement to sit
together
with the Deputy Commissioner for the trial of suits for divorce
and other matrimonial cases arising between Native Christians,
who have been married in accordance with provisions of the Indian
Christian Marriage Act, XV of 1872.
* This clause is retained, modified, or excluded in each case
in accordance with the Agree-
ment made with the Seim on the subject.
 ASSAM-KHAS1 HILL STATES-NOS. LIX AND LX-i877. 183

VIII.-If you violate any of the conditions of this Sanad, or in the case of
your using any oppression, or of your acting in a manner opposed
to established custom, or in the event of your people having just
cause for dissatisfaction with you, you shall be liable to suffer such
punishment as the Chief Commissioner of Assam, subject to the
orders of the Government oT India may think proper to inflict.
IX.-According to the conditions above enjoined, you are hereby con-
firmed Seim of the State of in the Khasi Hills.
In virtue whereof this Sanad is granted to you under my hand and
seal this day of 19

Chief Commissioner of Assam.

No. LX.

SANAD granted to U HAJON MANICK Of CHERRA in 1877.

You, U Hajon Manick, having been elected Seim of the State of Cherra in
the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, this Sanad, ratifying your election
and appointing you Seim, is conferred upon you on the following conditions:-
I.-You shall be subject to the orders and control of the Deputy Com-
missioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, who will
decide any dispute that may arise between yourself and the Chief
of any other Khasi State. You shall obey implicitly any lawful
orders which the Deputy Commissioner, or other officer autho-
rised on that behalf by the Government of India, may issue to
you.
II.-You are hereby empowered and required to adjudicate and decide
all civil cases and all criminal offences, except those punishable
under the Indian Penal Code with death, transportation, or impri-
sonment for five years and upwards, which may arise within the
limits of the State in which your subjects alone are concerned. In
regard to the offences above excepted, you shall submit an imme-
diate report to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia
Hills, and faithfully carry out the orders he may give concerning
their disposal. And you shall refer all civil and criminal cases
arising within the limits of your State, in which the subjects of
other Khasi States, or Europeans or natives of the plains may be
concerned, for adjudication by the Deputy Commissioner of the
Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by any other officer appointed by him
for that purpose.
184 ASSAM-KBASI HiLL STATES-NOS. LX-1877 AND LXi-1878.

III.-The Government of India shall be at liberty to establish civil and

military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the country
under your control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that
purpose rent-free.
IV.-You hereby confirm the cession to the British Government by your
predecessors of all the lime, coal and other mines, metals and
minerals found in the soil of your State, and of the right to hunt
and capture elephants within your State, on condition that you
shall receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other
disposal of such lime, coal, or other minerals, or of such right. On
the same condition you confirm the cession to the British Govern-
ment of all waste lands, being lands at the time of cession unoccu-
pied by villages, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., which the
British Government may wish to sell or lease as waste lands.
V,-'You shall not alienate or mortgage to any person any property of
the State, moveable or immoveable, which you possess, or of which
you may become possessed, as Chief of the State.
VI.-You shall cause such areas as may be defined by the British Govern-
ment for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to
supply building timber and firewood to the inhabitants of the State.
You shall take efficient measures to secure these areas against des-
truction by fire and by jhuming.
VII.-If you violate any of the conditions of this Sanad, or in case of your
using any oppression, or of your acting in a manner opposed to
established custom, or in the event of your people having just cause
for dissatisfaction with you, you shall be liable to suffer such punish-
ment as the Chief Commissioner of Assam, subject to the orders
of the Government of India, may think proper to inflict.
VIII.-According to the conditions above enjoined, you are hereby con-
firmed Seim of the State of Cherra in the Khasi Hills. In virtue
whereof this Sanad is granted to you under our hand and seal this
sixteenth day of October one thousand eight hundred and seventy-
seven.
LYTTON,

Simla, 1877. Viceroy and Governor-General of India.

No. LXI.
AGREEMENT executed by HAIN MANIK, SEIM of MYLLIEM, relative to the inclu-
sion of the suburbs of MAOKHAR and LABAN in the boundaries of the SHILLONG
STATION,-1878.
I, Hain Manik, Seim of Mylliem, understanding that it is required by the Chief
Commissioner of Assam that the villages of Maokhar to the northward and Laban
 ASSAM-]KHASI I31LL STATXS-NOS. LXI-1878 AND LXIi-1883. 185

to the south-westward of, and adjacent to, the station of Shillong, and within
my territory, should be subjected to sanitary and municipal regulations, do hereby
agree that the said village of Maokhar and Laban shall be included within the
Municipality of Shilloag: and I agree to pay on account of such villages, and on
account of the residents thereof, all rates and taxes which may be provided for
to be paid under the bye-laws, or which may, from time to time, be fixed, by the
Commissioners of such Municipality, and to do every and all things required by
such Commissioners :
Provided that my proprietary and manorial rights and my authority as Seim
within such villages, otherwise than necessary to be waived for the purposes of
such municipality, shall not be interfered with. I further agree that, for the pur-
poses of this agreement, the limits of the said villages shall be deemed to include
the whole of the land at present occupied by such villages, or which may be occu-
pied as such villages shall enlarge and extend: and such limits may be fixed, varied
or extended as the Commissioners for the Municipality may from time to time
find to be expedient.
HAIN MANIK,

Seim of Mylliem.
SIlLLONG,

The 15th November 1878.

Executed in my presence.
JEEBON ROY,
Extra Assistant Commissioner in charqe,
for Deputy Commissioner.
SIUI OG,
The. 15th November 1878.

Witnesses.
1. U BIDON Roy, Court Head Constable.

2. U LARSING.

No. LXII.
AGREeMENT executed by the WARADADARS of SHELLA and NONGTRAI regarding
the lime quarries on the BOGA RIVWR,-1883.
Government has the right of taking as much limestone as it wishes from he
limestone-quarries on both banks of the Boga river; the Shela and Nongtrai
people are the proprietors of these quarries. The rights of the two parties are
now amalgamated under the following conditions:-
(1) That the sole management of these quarries shall be vested in the
Government.
186 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LXlI-1883.

(2) That the net profit derived from the management of the quarries shall
be ghared equally, that half will be taken 'by the Government and
half by the people of Shella and Nongtrai.
(3) That Government agrees to allow the people of Shella and Nongtrai
when they want to build pucca dwelling-houses for themselves
alone, to pick up the small pieces of limestone and burn these for
the said building purposes. To prevent abuse of this clause, the
assent of the Wahadadar must be obtained in each case in writing,
and this clause Government reserves to itself the right to rescind
at any future time.
(4) That Government consents to take entire responsibility of this amal-
gamation.
(5) That we, the undersigned, the Wahadadars and elders of the people,
do hereby give our assent to and sign this agreement for ourselves
and on behalf of all the people of Shella punji and Nongtrai village.

U KHANA, WAHADADAXR.

U SHAN, WAHADADAR.

The above agreement was read out and explained to the Wahadadars and
elders in my presence this day, and was then executed by U Khan, Wahadadar,
U Shan, Wahadadar, Ukhand Rai, Wahadadar, and Shandar Rai, Wahadadar,
in my presence at Shella, this 22nd day of February 1883.

A. E. HEATH,
Ofig. Deputy Commissioner.

23. U Botsing.
24. to Nohwan.
25. to Nathka.
26. to Rongsing.
U Mon Shelia. 27. t, Bormanik.
Brojo Rai. 28. Kha.
Amor. 29. ,lansing.
,, Jit. 30. John.
,, Khan. 31. Sordar.
Wandop. 32. to Khoh.
Kir. 33. Inrai.
Ksan. 34. Jane.
San. 35. Henri.
Dulap. 36. Josingh.
to Amorsing. 37. Jadop.
to Jomor. 38. Tohmen.
to Ksam. 39. to Khut.
to Juhai. 40. ,, Joshna.
,, Lum. 41. to Botsing.
Synrai. 42. to Raising.
Jiei. 43. Wan.
to Nojit. 44. Mishing.
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LXII-1883o

U Bamie. U Weijen.
Ksan. Kuman.
Kynkha. Shloni.
Joh. Kolim.
Bet. Jon.
Lasan. ,, Botsing.
Kisno Gobin. Jeshka.
Jom Manik. Naising.
Suarai. Snarai.
Jan. Rai Manik.
Laitksan. James.
Rai. Aron.
Bosing. Naising.
Phan. Luti.
Biro. ,, Jany.
Sarup Konai.
Bhikha. Don Rai, for his mother Ka Ber.
,, Shargao, Josing.
Jitman. Nising. Proprietors of the
Senrei. Sundrai. Nongtrai quar-
Jeet. Joising and [ ries.
Wem. Dosing. J

The foregoing signatures repiesent the signatures of elders of Shella and Nong
trai villages. They were made by the wish, and in the presence of those whose
signatures are given on the 22nd day of February 1883.

A. E. HEATH,
Offg. Deputy Commissioner.

bated Shella;
22nd February 1883.

We, the proprietors of the Nongtrai llme-quarry situated on the bank of the
Boga River have given an agreement paper, together with the Sheha people and
Wahadadars, that the proprietors and the Government shall shan- equally the
profit. We beg to show our prayer below in order to avoid future disputes.
The above lime-quarry, Nongtrai, is the private property of some people and
they have divided into parts according to their respective rights, the owners or
proprietors will get the half share from their respective rights, as shown below.
(1) Ka Ber, widow of Laithat, will get the half share from the place within
the following boundaries, as she bought from the original proprietors.
Bast.-The Boga rivet.

West.-The property of Ka Timil.

South.-U Mawiong, the Shella boundary.

North.-U Mawsaw and the property of Ka Wawmoh.

 ASSAM-KiASI HILL STATES-NO. LXII-1883.

(2) U Josing will get the half share from within the following boundaries for
12 years and 8 months from the 26th January 1878, as he leased from the original
proprietor.
East.-The Boga liver.
West.-The property of Ka Tinil.
South.-Ditto ditto U Byteng and Ka Kumwan.
North.-Dil to ditto U Laitiong.
(3) U Nusing and his relation will get the half share from within the following
boundaries, being the original owners.
East.-The Boga river.
West.-The property of Lorwan.
South.-Ditto ditto Ka Wounah.
North.-Ditto ditto U Bamonsing.
(4) U Sundorai, Wahadadar, for U Bosing, will get the half share from within
the following boundaries from 5th September 1873 for 15 years as leased from
the original owner.
East.-The Boga river.
West.-The property of U Lorwan.
North.-Ditto ditto Ka Nor, and beyond Ka Nor, the property of
U Sabrat.
South.-Ditto ditto U Bordonuluk.
(5) U Dosing, U Tonsing and their relation will get the half share from within
the following boundaries, being original owners.
East.-The Boga river.
West.-The property of Ka Litshong.
North.-The Norumbloi.
South.-The property of U Bamonsing.

U DoNltAi, for his mother Ka Ber.

U JOSING.

U suSNG.

U JosixG, U DoSING.

22nd February 1883.

 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LXI0-1883. 189

No. LXII.

AGREEMENT of the CHIEF Of JIRANG,-18-83.

1, U Bang of Jirang, having been appointed by the Deputy Commissioner
of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills to be Sirdar of the State of Jirang, in the distri'zt
of Khasi and Jaintia Hills, do hereby agree and promise that I will, in the admin-
istration of the said State, conduct myself agreeably to the following rules :-
1. I consider myself to be under the orders and control of the Deputy Com-
missioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills. In the event of any dis-
pute arising between myself and the Chief of any other Khasi State, such dispute
shall be decided by the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills,
or by any other officers duly authorized in that behalf by the Chief Commissioner
of Assam or by the Government of India.
2. I will adjudicate and decide all civil cases and all criminal cases not of a
heinous kind, which may arise within the limits of the State in which my sub-
jects alone are concerned. I will report the occurrence of heinous offences within
the limits of the State immediately to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi
and Jaintia Hills, and will arrest the persons concerned in them, whom I will
deliver up to be dealt with by the Deputy Commissioner or by any other officer
appointed by him for that purpose. I promise to refer all civil and crimindal cases
arising within the limits of the State, in which the subjects of other Khasi States,
or Europeans, or natives of the plains may be concerned, for adjudication by the
Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills or by any other officer ap-
pointed by him for that purpose.
3. In case of my using any oppression or of my acting in a manner opposed
to established custom, or in the event of my people having just cause for dis-
satisfaction with me, the Deputy Commissioner may remove me from my Sirdar-
ship and appoint another Sirdar in my stead.
4. I will surrender to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia
Hills, on demand, all civil and political offenders coming to, or residing within,
my jurisdiction.
5. 1 will supply any information relative to the country under my control
and its inhabitants whenever I may be required to do so by the Deputy Com-
missioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills. I will always use my bes endeavours
to maintain tle well-being of the people subject to my rule, and I will give aid
and protection with all my might to officers of the British Government and tra.
vellers passing through, also to people of other Jurisdictions residing in, my juris-
diction. I will also endeavour to facilitate free intercourse and trade between
the people of the State under me and the people of other districts and States.
6. I acknowledge the right of the British Government to establish civil and
military sanitaria, cantonments, and posts in any part of the country under my
control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that purpose rent-free. I will
give to the British Government every assistance which may be required in opening
roads within the State of Jirang.
190 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LXIII-1883 AND LXIV-1892.

7. I will implicitly obey all orders issued to me by the Deputy Commissioner

of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills or other officer duly authorized in that behalf by
the Deputy Commissioner. In case of my violating this rule, I shall suffer fine
or such other penalty for my misconduct as such officer may think fit to inflict.
8. I hereby add my agreement to the cession by my predecessors of the natural
products of the soil of the State, viz., lime, coal, and other minerals and of the
right to hunt and capture elephants within the State, on condition that I shall
receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease, or other disposal of such natural
products or of such right. On the same condition I agree to the cession of all
waste lands, being lands at the time unoccupied by villages, cultivation, planta-
tions, orchards, etc., which the British Government may wish to sell or lease as
waste lands.
9. I will not alienate to any person any property of the State, moveable or
immoveable, which I possess or of which I may become possessed, as Chief of
the State.
10. I will cause such areas as may be defined by the British Government for
that purpose, to be set aside for the growth of trees, to supply building timber
and firewood to the inhabitants of the State of Jirang. I will take efficient mea-
sures to secure these areas against destruction by fire and jhuming.
Fully understanding the terms of this agreement I hereby affix my hand and
sea] this 14th day of May 1883.
His mark U BANG,
Sirdar Jirang.

Executed before me this day at Shillong by U Bang, Sirdar of Jirang.

W, S. CLARKE,
The 14th May 1883. Deputy Commissioner.

No. LXIV.

TRANSLATION- of an AGREEMENT entered into by the SIEM of MYLLIEM ceding

75 feet on each side of the GAUHATI ROAD,-1892.
I now agree to hand over to you, Government, the piece of land for the sake
of the Shillong-Gauhati road, ceding 75 feet from the middle of the road towards
the west all along from the 11th mile, which is situated very closely to the Simana
Khasi and Jaintia Hills and Kamrup up to Burni Noneah mauza elaka.
The whole piece of land up to the above-named places, which belongs to my
elaka, I give away.

HEIN MANIK,

Siem of Mylliem.
DATED SHILLONG,

The 17th June 1892.

 ASSAM-KEASI H1LL STATES-NOS. LXV-1895 AND LXVI-1907. 191

No. LXV.

Dated Shillong, the 29th November 1895.

From-U HAIN MANIK, Siem of Mylliem,

To-The Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills.

With regard to your parawana No. 367, dated the 29th October 1895, asking
me to allow the land in which the Railway authorities build their office, to be
included within the limits of the Shillong Municipality, as desired by the Chief
Commissioner, in reply, I most respectfully beg to say that as the objections set
forth in the previous reports were considered unreasonable, as far as myself is
concerned, I have no other objection whatever to allow the land to be included
within the municipality, I, therefore, leave it to the consideration of the. Govern-
ment for the inclusion, and so that my right and authority may not be endan-
gered thereby, and that no expressed discontent of the landlord of the place and
the residents of it be met with and brought against me for this.

No. LXVI.

GENERAL FORM OF SANAD PRESCRIBED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA IN 1907.

You, having been elected Siem

of the State of in the district of
the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, this Sanad ratifying your election and appointing
you Siem, is conferred upon you on the following conditions:-
I.-Yov. shall be subject to the orders and control of the Deputy Com-
missioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, who will
decide any dispute that may arise between yourself and the Chief
of any other Khasi State. You shall obey implicitly any lawful
orders which the Deputy Commissioner, or other officer authorised
on that behalf by the Local Government may issue to you.
II.-You are hereby empowered and required to adjudicate and decide
all civil cases and all criminal offences, except those punishable
under the Indian Penal Code with death, transportation, or im-
prisonment for five years and upwards which may arise within
the limits of the State, in which your subjects alone are concerned.
In regard to the offences above excepted, you shall submit an im-
mediate report to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jain-
tia Hills, and faithfully carry out the orders he may give concern-
ing their disposal. And you shall refer all civil and criminal cases
arising within the limits of your State, in which persons other than
your own Khasi subjects may be concerned, for adjudication by
the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by
any other officer appointed by him for that purpose,
 192 ASSA M-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LXVI-1907.

III.-The Local Government shall be at liberty to establish civil and mili-

tary sanitaria, cantonments and posts in any part of the country
under your control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that
purpose, rent-free.
If Government wishes at any time to construct a railway through your
territory, you shall provide the land required for the purpose with-
out compensation save for occupied 'and, and shall render to the
Local Government in this behalf all assistance in your power.
IV.-You hereby confirm the cession to the British Government by your
predecessors of all the lime, coal and other mines, metals and mine-
rals found in the soil of your State, and of the right to hunt and
capture elephants within your State, on condition that you shall
receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease or other disposal
of such lime, coal, or other minerals, or of such right. On the same
condition, you confirm the cession to the British Government of
all waste lands, being lands at the time of cession unoccupied by
villages, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., which the British
Government may wish to sell or lease as waste lands.
V.-You shall not alienate or mortgage to any person any property of the
State, moveable or immoveable, which you possess or of which
you may become possessed, as Chief of the State.
VI.-You shall cause such areas as may be defined by the Local Govern-
ment for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to
supply building timber and fire-wood to the inhabitants of the
State. You shall take efficient measures to secure these areas
against destruction by fire and by jhuming.
*VII.-You do hereby confirm the agreement given by your predecessor,
regarding the trial by the Deputy Commissioner alone of suits for
divorce and other matrimonial cases arising between Native Chris-
tians, who have been married in accordance with provisions of the
Indian Christian Marriage Act, XV of 1872.
VIII.-If you violate any of the conditions of this Sanad, or in the case
of your using any oppression, or of your acting in a manner opposed
to established custom, or in the event of your people, having just
cause for dissatisfaction with you, you shall be liable to suffer such
punishment as the Local Government, subject to the control of
the Government of India, may think proper to inflict.
IX.-According to the conditions above enjoined, you are hereby con-
firmed Siem of the State of in the
Khasi Hills. In virtue whereof this Sanad is granted to you under
my hand and seal this day of
19
* This clause is retained, modiied or excluded in each case, in accordance with the agree-
meat made with the Siem on tbke subject.
 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NO. LXVII-1909.

No. LXVII.
GENERAL FORM OF SANAD PRESCRIBED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA IN 1909.

You, having been elected Siem

of the State of in the district of the
Khasi and Jaintia Hills, this Sanad ratifying your election and appointing you
Siem, is conferred upon you on the following conditions :-
I.-You shall be subject to the orders and control of the Deputy Comi-
missioner of the district of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, who will
decide any dispute that may arise between yourself and the Chief
of any other Khasi State. You shall obey implicitly any lawful
orders which the Deputy Commissioner, or other officer authorised
on that behalf by the Local Government, may issue to you.
II.-You are hereby empowered and required to adjudicate and decide
all civil cases and all criminal offences, except those punishable
under the Indian Penal Code with death, transportation, or im-
prisonment for five years and upwards which may arise within
the limits of the State, in which your subjects alone are concerned.
In regard to the offences above excepted, you shall submit an im-
mediate report to the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jain-
tia Hills, and faithfully carry out the orders he may give concen-
ing their disposal. And you shall refer all civil and criminal cases
arising within the limits of your State, in which persons other than
your own Khasi subjects may be concerned, for adjudication by
the Deputy Commissioner of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills, or by any
other officer appointed by him for that purpose.
III.-The Local Government shall be at liberty to establish civil and mili-
tary sanitaria, cantonments and posts in any part of the country
under your control, and to occupy the lands necessary for that
purpose, rent-free.
If Government wishes at any time to construct a railway through your
territory you shall provide the land required for the purpose with-
out compensation save for occupied land, and shall render to the
Local Government in this behalf all assistance in your power.
IV.--You hereby confirm the cession to the British Government by your
predecessors of all the lime, coal and other mines, metals and mine-
rals found in the soil of your State, and of the right to hunt and
capture elephants within your State, on condition that you shall
receive half the profits arising from the sale, lease or other disposal
of such lime, coal, or other minerals, or of such right. On the same
condition, you confirm the cession to the British Government of
all waste lands, being lands at the time of cession unoccupied by
villages, cultivation, plantations, orchards, etc., which the British
Goyernment may wish to sell or lease as wastelands.
194 ASSAM-KHASI HILL STATES-NOS. LXVII-1909 AND LXVII-1913.

V.-You shall not alienate or mortgage to any person any property of

the State, moveable or immoveable, which you possess or of which
you may become possessed, as Chief of the State.
VI.-You shall not without the sanction of Government lease or transfer
or allow to be leased or transferred to persons, other than your
own Khasi subjects, any land or lands in your jurisdiction.
VII.-You shall cause such areas as may be defined by the Local Govern-
ment for that purpose to be set aside for the growth of trees to
supply building timber and fire-wood to the inhabitants of the State,
You shall take efficient measures to secure these areas against des-
truction by fire and by jhuming.
*VIII.-You do hereby confirm the agreement given by your predecessors
regarding the trial by the Deputy Commissioner alone of suits for
divorce and other matrimonial cases arising between Native Chris-
tians, who have been married in accordance with provisions of the
Indian Christian Marriage Act, XV of 1872.
IX.-If you violate any of the conditions of this Sanad, or in the case of
your using any oppression, or of your acting in a manner opposed
to established custom, or in the event of your people, having just
cause for dissatisfaction with you, you shall be liable to suffer such
punishment as the Local Government, subject to the control of
the Government of India, may think proper to inflict.
X.-According to the conditions above enjoined, you are hereby con-
firmed Siem of the State of in the Khasi
Hills. In virtue whereof this Sanad is granted to you under my
hand and seal this day of 19

No. LXVIII.
AGREEMENT executed by U RON SINGH, SIEM of MYLLIEM, regarding the exten-
sion of the Bengal Municipal Act, III (B.C.) of 1884 to the villages of MALKI,
LAITUMKHRAH, JHALUPARA and MAWPREM,-1913.

I hereby agree to the extension of the Bengal Municipal Act, III B.C. of 1884
to the villages of Malki, Laitumkhrah, Jhalupara, and Mawprem to the rivers
Umshirpi and Umkhrah provided that my proprietory and manorial rights and
my authority as Siem with the Myntries within such villages, otherwise than
necessary to be waived for the purposes of such Municipality, shall not be inter-
fered with, and provided that the Municipality will not give permission to any-
one to build houses on new sites without my previous consent.

RON SINGH,
9th August 1913. Siem of Mylliern.
* This clause is retained, modified, or excluded in each case in accordance with the agree.
ment made with the Siem on the subject.
 ASSAM-IKIASI HILL STATES-NO. LXIX-1926. 195

No. LXIX.

AGREEMENT executed by U K UIN MANIK, SIEM Of MYLLIEM, consenting to the

application of certain ACTS to the six villages of the MYLLIEM STATE adjoin-
ing SHILLONG which have been placed under the municipal administration
of the SHILLONG MUNrICIALITY,-1926.

On behalf of the Mylliem State Durbar, I hereby agree to the extension of the
following Acts to the non-British portion of the Shillong Municipality and cede
to the British Government the jurisdiction necessary for the administration of
the said Acts and the rules framed thereunder in the said area, provided that my
proprietary and manorial rights and my authority as Siem within such area othar-
wise than necessary to be waived for the purposes of the said Acts and the riides
framed thereunder, shall not be interfered with.
1. The Bengal Vaccination Act, 1880 [V (B. C.) of 1880].
2. The Bengal Births and Deaths Registration Act, 1873 [IV (B. C.) of 1873].

3. The Assam Municipal Act, I of 1923 [with the exception of Section 58,
59(b) to 59(g), 65, 78, 129, 216, 217, 218 and with the reservation that
the rivers Umshirpi and Umkhrah so far as they are within that area
should remain the property of the Mylliem State].
4. The Glanders ani Farcy Act, 1899 (XIII of 1899).
5. The Lepers Act, 1898 (III of 1898).
6. The Assam Medical Act, I of 1916.
7. The Indian Post Office Act, 1898 (VI of 1898).
8. The Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 (XIII of 1885).
9. The Epidemic Diseases Act, 1897 (III of 1897).

KmUIN MANIK.
Siem of Mylliem.

SHILLONG ;

The 7th September 1926.

 196 ASSAM-MAN IPUR-NO. LXX-1833.

No. LXX.
k TRANSLATION of the CONDITIONS entered into by RAJAH GUMBHEER SINGH
of MUNNIPORE, on the BRITISH GOVERNMENT agreeing to annex to Munni-
pore the two ranges of Hills situated between the eastern and western bends
of the Barak, dated 18th April 1833.
The Governor-General and Supreme Council of Hindoostan declare as follows
With regard to the two ranges of Hills, the one called the Kalanaga Range, and
the other called the Noon-jai Range, which are situated between the eastern bend
of the Barak and the western bend of the Barak, we will give up all claim on the
part of the Honorable Company thereunto, and we will make these Hills over
in possession to the Rajah, and give him the line of the Jeeree and the western
bend of the Barak as a boundary, provided that the Rajah agrees to the whole
of what is written in this paper, which is as follows :-
1st.-The Rajah will, agreeably to instructions received, without delay re-
move his Thanna from Chundrapore, and establish it on the eastern bank of the
Jeeree.
2nd.-The Rajah will in no way obstruct the trade carried on between the
two countries by Bengali or Munipooree merchants. He will not exact heavy
duties and he will make a monopoly of no articles of merchandise whatsoever.
3rd.-The Rajah will in no way prevent the Nagas inhabiting the Kalanaga
and Noon-jai Ranges of Hills, from selling or bartering ginger, cotton, pepper
and every other article, the produce of their country, in the Plains of Cachar,
at the Banskandee and Oodharbun bazaars, as has been their custom.
4th.-With regard to the road commencing from the eastern bank of the Jeeree
and continued via Kalanaga and Kowpoom, as far as the Valley of Munnipore-
after this road has been finished, the Rajah will keep it in repairs, so as to enable
laden bullocks to pass during the cold and dry seasons. Further, at the making
of the road, if British officers be sent to examine or superintend the same, the
Rajah will agree to everything these officers may suggest.
5th.-With reference to the intercourse already existing between the terri-
tories of the British Government and those of the Rajah, if the intercourse be
farther extended, it will be well in every respect, and it will be- highly advan-
tageous to both the Rajah and his country. In order, therefore, that this may
speedily take place, the Rajah, at the requisition of the British Government,
will furiish a quota of Nagas to assist at the construction of the road.
6th.-In the event of war with the Burmese, if troops be sent to Munnipore
4,ither to protect that country, or to advance beyond the Ningthee, the Rajah,
at the reqnisition of the British Government, will provide Hill porters to assist
in transporting the ammunition and baggage of such troops.
7t.-In the event of anything happening on the Eastern Frontier of the British
territories, the Rajah will, when required, assist the British Government with a
portion-of his troops.
 ASSAM-MANIPUR-NOS. LXX-1833 AND LXXI-1834. 197

8th.-*The Rajah will be answerable for all the ammunition he receives from
the British Government, and will, for the information of the British Government,
give in every month a statement of expenditure to the British Officer attached
to the Levy.

Signed and sealed in my presence.

F. J. GRANT,
Commissioner.
I, Shree Joot Gumbheer Sing of Munnipore
agree to all that is written above in this
paper sent by the Supreme Council.

SHREE JOOT RAJAH

GUMBHEER SINGH.

Dated 18th April 1833.

No. LXXI.

AGREEMENT regarding Compensation for the KUBO VALLEY,-1834.

Major Grant and Captain Pemberton, under instructions from the Right
Honorable the Governor-General in Council, having made over the Kubo Valley
to the Burmese Commissioners deputed from Ava, are authorized to state-
1st.-That it is the intention of the Supreme Government to grant a monthly
stipend of five hundred Sicca Rupees to the Rajah of Munnipore, to commence
from the ninth day of January One Thousand Eight Hundred and Thirty-four,
the date at which the transfer of Kubo took place, as shown in tbf Agieemenb
mutually signed by the British and Burmese Commissioners.
2nd.-It is to be distinctly understood that should any circumstance here
after arise by which the portion of territory lately made over to Ava again reverts
to Munnipore, the allowance now granted by the British Government will cease
from the date of such reversion.'

F. J. GRANT, Major,
Commissiowst
R. BOILEAU PEMBERTON. Capt.,

LANGHTHABAL MUNNIPORE,

January 25th, 1834. .

* As the conned ion of the British Government with the Munnipore Levy and the supply
qf ammunition to the Levy have ceased, this clause is inapplicable to present circumstances.

I i o2
 198 ASSAM-MANIPUR-NOS. LXXII-1891 AND LXXIII-1918,

No. LXXII.

SANAD.

The Governor-General in Council has been pleased to select you, Chura Chand.
son of Chokbi Yaima, to be Chief of the Manipur State ; and you are hereby giant-
ed the title of Rajah of Manipur, and a salute of eleven guns.
The Chiefship of the Manipur State and the title and salute will be heredi-
tary in your family ; and will descend in the direct line by primogeniture, pro.
vided that in each case the succession is approved by the Government of India.
An annual tribute, the amount of which will be determined hereafter will be
paid by you and your successors to the British Government.
Further you are informed that the permanence of the grant conveyed by this
Sanad will depend upon the ready fulfilment by you and your successors of all
orders given by the British Government with regard to the administration of
your territories, the control of the hill tribes dependent upon Manipur, the com-
position of the armed forces of the State, and any other matters in which the
British Government may be pleased to intervene. Be assured that so long as
your house is loyal to the Crown and faithful to the conditions of this Sanad you
and your successors will enjoy the favour and protection of the British Govern-
ment.
H. M. DURAND,

Secretary to the Government of India.

SIMLA;
The 18th September 1891.

No. LXXIII.

SANAD granted to His HIGHNESS RAJA CHURA CHAND SINGH, C.B.E., RAJA of
MANIPUR,-1918.

I hereby confer upon your Highness the title of Maharaja as an hereditary

distinction for your services in connection with the war.

DELHI, CHELMSFORD,
The 1st .launary 191,8, Viceroy and Goverwr-General of India.
 PART IV.

Treaties, Engagements and Sanads

relating to the

Territories comprised within the Province of

Burma
and to the

States in Political Relations with

the

Government of India
through the

Government of Burma.

L--BURMA PROPER.
T is believed that no real treafy existed between the British Govern-
ment in India and the Kings of Burma, until that concluded at
Yandabo (No. II) on the 24th February 1826. At the period when the
British in India represented a trading body, and not a sovereign power,
deputations were occasionally sent from the Governors of the Settlements
both in Bengal and Madras to establish trade with the Burmese territory.
Factories were erected at Syriam, near Rangoon, and at Negrais.
In 1757 a treaty is said to have been made with the Burmese Govern.
ment. The Chief of the English factory at Negrais deputed Ensign
Lester to the capital of Burma. He had an interview with King Alompra
(Alaungpaya), the founder of the dynasty which retained power until
the annexation of Upper Burma in 1886; on this occasion the island of
Negrais, and some ground near the town of Bassein, were granted to
the East India Company. It is not known that any copy of this so-called
treaty is now in existence. Afterwards the English at Negrais were
( 19.t )
20O BURMA.

treaclherously killed ; but a second grant of land, for the erection oF a

factory at Bassein, was subsequently made by the Burmese Goverwment.
The first direct political intercourse between the British and Burmese
Governments appears to have been when Captain Michael Symes was
deputed by the Governor-General as Envoy to the Court of Ava in 1795.
for the purpose of strengthening the political and commercial relations of
the British Government with that Court, and of preventing the French
from gaining a footing in Burma. Captain Symes obtained a loval
Order (No. I), whereby permission was given for a British Agent or
Superintendent to reside at Rangoon to protect the interests of British
subjects, and arrangements were made for the protection of trade.
In virtue of these arrangements Captain Cox was appointed Superin-
tendent. He landed at Rangoon in October 1796, and proceeded to
the capital to deliver certain presents to the King; but he was treated
with disrespect and eventually returned to Rangoon, leaving for Bengal
at the end of 1797.
About this time disputes arose on the border between Arakan and
Chittagong. The Burmese had conquered Arakan in 1784. The
Arakanese rebelled, and about 1797 numbers of them began to take
refuge in the Chittagong district. In 1798 the Burmese Governor oi
Arakan sent an insolently worded demand for the surrender of the
fugitives. On this the Governor-General, the Marquess Wellesley,
determined to send another Embassy to the Court of Ava and Captain
Symes was again selected. He proceeded to the capital where he
obtained a verbal assurance that no further demand would be made for
the Arakanese fugitives; but the King would make no apology for the
style in which the demand had been made, nor enter into any new
engagement. Captain Symes returned to Rangoon, and left for Bengal
in January 1803.
After this Captain Canning was deputed to Rangoon to endeavour
to obtain some apology from the Burmese Court for their past behaviour,
and to ascertain whether the French were establishing any interest in
Burma. The overbearing conduct of the local authorities, however,
obliged him to leave the country shortly after his arrival.
In 1809 Captain Canning was again deputed to Rangoon as Agent
to the (Governor-General, and on arrival was well received. His instruc-
tions were to explain matters regarding the blockade of the French
Islands, which was interfering with their trade with Rangoon. He
accomplished his object and returned to Bengal.
In 1811 the Arakanese once more rebelled and, many of them having
fled to the district of Chittagong, disputes again occurred on that fion-
iier. An Arakanese Chirf collected a body of his countrymen in the
hilly tracts of the Chittagong district, and marched into Arakan to attack
 BURMA. 201

the Burmese. Captain Canning was deputed to the Court of Ava to

explain that this movement was neither instigated nor supported by the
British Government, and also to complain of outrages on British subjects
perpetrated with the sanction of the Burmese authorities in Arakan. In
the meantime the Burmese troops in Arakan had followed the Arakanese
rebels into British territory, and orders were sent down from the Burmese
Court to the Governor of Rangoon to make Captain Canning prisoner,
and retain him as a hostage for the surrender of the Arakanese rebels.
Captain Canning was fortunately safe from violence on board a war
vessel. He left Rangoon in August 1811.
After 1811 the Burmese officials in Arakan more than once made
demands for the surrender of Arakanese refugees, and even advanced
pretensions to the sovereignty of Bengal as far as the city of Murshida-
bad, alleging that this territory pertained to the kingdom oi Arakan.
In 1819 they interfered in Assam, and in 1824 they invaded Cachar.
In the meantime the Burmnese had been encroaching on the Arakan
side; they had arrested the elephant hunters employed by the British
Government, and they finally laid claim to the island of Shahpuri,
situated at the mouth of the river Naaf. On the night of the 24th
September 1823 a strong Burmese force occupied the island, killing a
few sepoys of the provincial battalion stationed there. The Governor
of Arakan also intimated that the island belonged to the Burmese, and
that they intended to keep it. The Governor-General addressed the
King of Ava, demanding the dismissal of the Governor of Arakan. No
reply was received for some months. The answer that eventually came was
probably written by the Hlutdaw, or Royal Council, and merely stated
that the Governors on the frontier had full powers to act.
Thus, on every point where British territory, or the territories of
Chiefs under British protection, touched the Burmese dominions, aggres-
sion and insult had been committed by Burmese officials, while applica-
tions for redress were treated by the Burmese Government either with
silent contempt or with additional insult. War was therefore declared
against Burma on the 5th March 1824. On the 11th May of that year a
force under Sir Archibald Campbell took possession of Rangoon, and
after two campaigns peace was concluded at Yandabo on the 24th
February 1826.
By that Treaty (No. II) Arakan and the Tenasserim provinces were
ceded to the British; each Government was empowered to maintain a
Resident at the Court of the other; and it was stipulated that a c-immer-
cial treaty should be afterwards negotiated.
To arrange this commercial treaty, Mr. John Crawfurd proceeded to
Amarapura, where, on the 23rd November 1826, he signed a Treaty
(No. III).
t 02 BURMi .

The Resident at the Court of Ava appointed in accordance with the

Treaty of Yindabo was Colonel Burney, who remained at the Burmese
Court until June 1837, when he Droceeded to Riangzoon and eventually
returned to Bengal. The immediate cause of his departure was a
revolution during which the reigning King was deposed by his brother
the Prince of Tharawadi.
in 1834 an Agreement (No. IV) was made for the restoration to
Burma of the Kabaw valley, which had been annexed to Manipur. At
the end of 1881, in consequence of disturbances which had occurred on
the frontier and to remove doubts regarding jurisdiction, the limits of
the Kabaw valley were definitely ascertained and the boundary between
Burma and Manipur was finally demarcated; but the Burmese Govern-
ment declined to recognise the delimitation.
In October 1838 Colonel Benson was deputed as Resident to the Court
of Burma to re-establish the friendly relations which had been inter-
rupted; but, in consequence of the insulting conduct of the Burmese
Court, he left Amarapura in 1839. For several years after that time
there was no direct official communication between the Governor-General
of India and the King of Burma.
In July 1851 Lieutenant-Colonel Bogle, Commissioner of the Tenai-
serim provinces, forwarded to the Supreme Government a petition from
the master of a British ship, complaining of gross oppression which he
had suffered from the Governor of Rangoon: and in November of that
year Commodore Lambert was deputed to-Rangoon with a letter address-
ed to the King, in order to obtain redress. But all reparation for the
injuries suffered by British suibjects was refused. The Governor-Genera'
therefore sent a force to Rangoon under the command of Major-General
Godwin. Rangoon fell to the combined naval and military forces on the
14th April 1852; but no communication from the Burmese Government
reached the British commanders until the 27th January 1853 when,
the combined forces having advanced to Myede, about 250 miles by river
above Rangoon, a Burmese officer arrived with a letter, announcing that
a new King reigned in Amarapura and expressing his desire for peace.
Eatly in April the Burmese WungJi, duly empowered, reached Prome;
but, as he refused. to sign a treaty acknowledging the province of Pegu
To be British territory, the negotiations were broken off and the British
frontier was declared to be a line draw n due east from.the summit of the
Arakan mountains in the latitude of, and intersecting a point, six
English miles north from the flag-staff in the fort of Myede, and conti-
nued thence in the same direction until it reached the Salween, through
the Karenni country. It was, however, ascertained that the Red Karens
were not, as was at first supposed, subject to Burma, but were indepen-
dents and, as there was no intention of asserting a right of conquest
over them, the demarcation of the boundary was not carried further east
of the Sittang river than the Kunang ridge of the IPanglaung range of
mountains. In spite of the rupture of negotiations, it was understood
on both sides that hostilities should cease.
Almost immediately after the end of the second war Pagan Min, who
had ruled from 1846 to 1852, was deposed by his brother, thenceforward
known as Mindon Min, or King Mindon. Mindon Min was an en-
lightened prince who, while professing no love for the British, recog-
nised the power of the British Government, was always careful to keep
on friendly terms with them, and was anxious to introduce into his
kingdom, so far as was compatible with the maintenance of his own
autocratic power, western ideas and western civilisation. He sent envoys
to Europe to study the arts and manufactures of European nations; and
throughout his reign representatives of the families of leading men about
the Court were sent to England, France and Italy to study the languages
and manners of those countries. Towards the end of 185-4 the Burmese
Government deputed two envoys of high rank to convey a complimeitary
letter and presents from the King to the Marquess of Dalhousie. They
were received in Calcutta with distinction, and returned to Burma at
the beginning of 1855. In 1855 the Government of India in return
sent an Envoy, Major Phayre, who was received by the King and Court
in the most friendly manner. The King, however, refused to sign any
treaty giving up the province of Pegu. On the 10th November 1862 a
Treaty (No. V) was concluded for the protection of trade and the estab-
lishment of free intercourse with Burma. In August 1866 an insurrec-
tion headed by one of the King's sons, the Myingun Prince, broke out
at Mandalay; the King's brother was killed, and the King himself was
for some time in great danger. The rebel Prince finally took refuge
in British territory and was allowed to reside in Rangoon; but soon
afterwards he began to intrigue against the King and was placed under
restraint. In February 1867 he effected his escape, took refuge with
one of the Western Karenni Chiefs and endeavoured to raise a rebellion
among the Shans to the north-east of Toungoo, who were tributary to
Burma. The attempt was unsuccessful, and in August 1868 he was
arrested in Rangoon and sent as a State prisoner to Chunar. In 1882
he succeeded in escaping from British territory and went first to Chandei-
nagore and later to Pondicherry. In 1889 he left Pondicherry and went
to Saigon, where he died in 1921.

In 1867 a Treaty (No. VI) was concluded at Mandalay between the

British and Burmese Governments, providing for the mutual extradi-
tion of criminals, the free intercouse of traders, and the establishment
of permanent diplomatic relations between the two countries. Authority
was also given for the establishment, by the British Resident or Political
 B3URMA.
204

Agent, of a Court for the disposal of civil suits 'arising between regi&
tered Briti] h subjects, and for the trial, by a mixed Court, of civil cases
to which a registered British suhject was one of the parties. Preliminary
rules for the conduct of such cases were drawn up in 1869, and form an
appendix to the Treaty of 1867.

After the am exation of Pegu, the Western Karenni Chiefs had ex-
pressed a wish !or British protection; and, though no promise of this
was given, a contract of friendship with the Chief of Kyebogi was made
in 1857 by the Deputy Commissioner of Toungoo, and renewed in 1863,
The Chief died in 1868, and his sons renewed their father's request for
British protection and administration. This request was declined; but,
in consequence of applications made in 1869 to the King of Burma by
the Chief of Eastern Karenni for assistance against the Western Karens,
the British Government urged the King to abstain from interference
with the independence of Western Karenni, and positive assurances were
given that their wishes would be scrupulously respected. In 1873, in
consequence of reports of a threatened Burmese movement against
Western Karenni, the Burmese Government were reminded of these
assurances; but they repudiated them and asserted a claim to exercise
sovereignty over Western Karenni. As the British Government were
determined to allow no extension of Burmese authority south of the
prolongation of the British boundary line, and an envoy deputed in 1874
by the King made no satisfactory proposal, Sir Douglas Forsyth was
deputed to Mandalay with instructions to require an assurance from the
King, as a preliminary to further discussion, that the status quo in
Western Karenni should be maintained. The King, however, anti-
cipated all discussion by volunteering to guarantee the independence of
Western Karenni; and in June 1875 an Agreement (No. VII) to this
effect was executed. At the same time, the Burmese Government were
informed that the boundary between Burnia and Western Karenni would
be demarcated by a British officer who might, should the King so desire,
be accompanied by a Burmese official. This invitation was declined:
and the boundary was demarcated in 1876, though the Burmese outposts,
that had been established in Western Kareniii, were not withdrawn until
May 1877.
So long as Mindon Min lived, though he clung to the obsolete cere-
monials to which he was accustomed, and thus in his later years debarred
the British Resident at Mandalay from access to his presence, there wa,
no reason to apprehend a breach in the friendship between England and
Burma; but circumstances changed when, in October 1878, Mindon Mia
died and was succeeded by hIis son, the Thibaw Prince.
Early in 1879 the execution of a number of the members of the royal
family at Mandalay excited much horror in Lower Burma. Executions
 ]BURMA. 205

of this kind were the usual incidents of a change in the occupancy of the
throne of Ava; but hitherto, owing to the remoteness of the capital from
British territories and to the difficulty of communication, they had not
attracted the notice that they received in 1879, when a British Resident
was stationed at Mandalay, telegraphic communication was opened
between Upper and Lower Burma, and trading steamers passed constantly
between Mandalay and Rangoon. The British Resident was instru-
mental in securing the escape of some members of the royal family, and
was energetic in his protests against the King's barbarities: and indigna-
tion among Englishmen at the state of affairs in Mandalay, and resent-
ment of the King's courtiers at the attitude of the Resident, combined
to render a rupture imminent. Throughout the year the tension conti-
nued: and in October 1879, in view of the passive unfriendliness of the
Burmese Government, and of the unsatisfactory nature of the position
of the British Resident in Mandalay, the Government of India withdrew
their representative from the Burmese Court.
On two occasions-once in 1879-80 by means of an envoy, who, not
being accredited with full powers, was not permitted to proceed beyond
Thayetmyo; and once in 1882, when an embassy visited Simla-attempts
were made to re-establish cordial relations; but there was no real revival
of confidence and good feeling between 1879 and 1885. In the absence
of a Resident matters gradually drifted from bad to worse. British
subjects, travellers, and traders from Lower Burma were subjected to
insult and violence by local officials in Upper Burma, and representations
to the central administration often failed to obtain redress. In con-
travention of the express terms of the treaty of 1867, monopolies were
created to the detriment of trade. Owing to the weakness and corruption
of the Burmese Government, society was thoroughly disorganised, and
the elements of disorder on the frontier became a standing menace to
the peace of the British province.
The Government of India, though frequently and vehemently urged
to interfere, found the situation unsatisfactory but not yet intolerable:
and decided that intervention in the domestic administration of Upper
Burma was not necessary. Such was the state of affairs at the beginning
of 1885, when the Burmese Government found cause for complaint
against the Bombay-Burma Trading Corporation, a company of mer-
chants, chieflv British subjects, who had extensive dealings in Upper
Burma, and advanced against them a claim for several lakhs of rupees.
In view of the magnitude of the interests at stake, the Chief Commis.
sioner of Burma addressed the Burmese Government for the purpose of
securing an impartial investigation of their complaint. Disregarding
this attempt .at mediation, the Burmese Council decided the case against
the corporation without giving them reasonable opportunity of being
206 BURMA.

heard, and condemned them to pay a fine amounting to £230,000.

Acting under the orders of the Supreme Government, the Chief Com-
missioner protested against this despotic act of the Burmese authorities,
and invited them to stay proceedings against the corporation, and to
refer the matter to an arbitrator appointed by the Governor-General.
Tihe reply of the B jxmese Foreign Minister was that proceedings against
the corporation vould on no account be suspended. In view of this
decisive and discourteous refusal to accept mediation in a case where
large interests of British subjects were involved, and of the accumulated
grounds for dissatisfaction with the existing state of affairs, the Govern-
ment of India decided to adjust the relations between the two countries.
The Chief Commissioner was therefore instructed to send an ultimatum
to the King of Burma, requiring him to suspend action in the execution
of the decree against the corporation; to receive at Mandalay a British
envoy with a view to the settlement of the matter at issue; and in future
to permit the residence at his capital of an agent of the Indian Govern-
ment, who should be received and treated with the respect due to the
Government that he represented. It was further intimated that the
Burmese Government would in future be required to regulate the extern-
al relations of the country in accordance with the advice of the Govern-
ment of India, and to afford facilities for opening up British trade with
China. A letter embodying these terms was despatched by special
steamer to Mandalay on the 22nd October 1885. The Burmese Govern-
ment were informed that a reply must be received not later than the
10th November, and that, unless the conditions laid down were accepted
without reserve, the Indian Government would deal with the matter as
it thought fit. In view of the possible refusal by the Burmese Govern-
ment of the terms offered to them, preparations were made for the
despatch to Rangoon of a military force. On the 9th November a reply,
amounting to an unconditional refusal of the terms, was received in
Rangoon. On the 7th November, three days after the date of the reply
from the Burmese Minister and two days before its receipt by the Chiei
Commissioner, the King of Burma issued a proclamation calling on his
subjects to rally round him and to resist the unjust demands of the
British Government, and expressing his determination to efface these
heretic foreigners and to conquer and annex their country. In accord-
ance with the terms of the ultimatum, and in view of the hostile tone of
che King's proclamation, the expeditionary force was ordered to advance.
lihe frontier was crossed on the 14th November 1885. On the 17th
Minhla, on the 23rd Pagan, and on the 25th Myingyan were successively
occupied. Except at Minhla scarcely any resistance was encountered.
Before the expeditionary force reached Ava, an envoy from the Burmese
Court arrived and, after some negotiation, the unconditional surrender
of the capital and of the royal family was arranged. On the 26th and
 BURMA. 20 7

27th November the forts at Ava and Sagaing were surrendered, and on
the 28th the force occupied Mandalay. The King and his two Queens,
with their mother, were at once sent down to Rangoon. The ex-King
and his two Queens were subsequently removed to Ratnagiri in the
Bombay Presidency, where the ex-Queen Supayagale died in 1912, and
the ex-King in 1916. On his death the ex-Queen Supayalat was trans-
ferred to Rangoon where she died in 1926. Simultaneously with the
advance on Mandalay successful operations were undertaken on the
Thayetmyo and Toungoo frontiers.
Immediately after the occupation of Mandalay a provisional adminis-
tration was constituted. All the members of the IHlutdaw, or great
Council of State, professed themselves willing to continue to take part
in the government and were therefore retained in office. Theoretically
there -was to be no breach of continuity: the State Council wn.F to conti-
nue to discharge all its functions and all civil officers, whether British
or Burmese, were to work under its direction. The Council began by
issuing proclamations to this effect and ordering Burmese officials to
continue in the regular performance of their duties. On the 15th
December the Chief Commissioner arrived at Mandalay and assumed
charge of the civil administration. On the 1st January 1886 Upper
Burma was proclaimed part of the British dominions and placed under
the direct administration of the Governor-General. Shortly afterwards
the districts of Upper Burma were brought under the regular adminis-
tration, and Upper and Lower Burma were formed into the single pro-
vince of Burma under a Chief Commissioner, whose designation was
changed in 1897 to that of Lieutenant-Governor.
In May 1887 a Notification (see Vol. XIV. Siam No. IX) was
issued, publishing correspondence between the British and Siamese
Ministers embodying an agreement, known as the Devawongse-Satow
Agreement of 1887, with the Siamese Government, under which no
duties were levied on goods exported from the Raheng district of Siam
into Burma and vice versa. In December 1924, however, owing to
conditions brought about by an increase in the Post-war duties on goods
brought into Burma by sea, it became necessary to abrogate this
agreement.
In 1890, as some uncertainty in respect of the trans-Salween States
had been caused by the action of the Siamese Government in advancing
claims to the possession of five small States (Mong Ton, Mong Hang,
Mong Hsat, Mong Kyawt and Mong ilta) on the east of the Salween, it
was decided, after full examination of the Siamese claims, that these
could not be admitted: and the boundaries of these States, and of
certain other territory of which the limits towards Siam were uncertain,
were settled by a Commission appointed for the purpose, Chiengsen
being ceded to Siam,
208 BURMA.

Extradition between the Shan States and Siam is at present regulated

by the treaty of 1911 with Siam (q.r., Vol. XIV) and the Indian Extra-
dition Act 1903 (XV of 1903).

There is a British Consul at Chiengmai, who exercises his functions

subject, to the control of His Majesty's Minister at Bangkok, and is
assisted by two Vice-Consuls stationed at Lakon and Chiengrai.
In March 1894 the Governments of Great Britain and China signed
a Convention (No. VIII) defining the Burma-China boundary and laying
down rules for the conduct of trade, the appointment of Consuls, the
issue of passports, the extradi4ion of criminals and the linking up of
the telegraph systems between Burma and China. A definite agreement
regarding the telegraph junction and the subsequent working of the line
was reached by a Convention (No. TX) signed in September 1894. The
Convention of March 1904 (under wAhich Kenglng and Mong Lem were
ceded to China) was modified, in some particulars, in February 1897
by a new Convention (No. X): one of the articles in which stipulated
that China should not cede Kenglung or Mong Lem to any other nation
without the consent of Great Britain.
Extradition arrangements with China are governed by Article 15 of
the Convention of March 1894. The Assistant Superintendent, Kutkai,
exercises the powers of a Political Agent, for the purposes of the Indian
Extradition Act, as regards certain parts of the district of Lung-Ling,
and the Chen-Kang and Shun-ning districts in the Tengyueh Circuit of
Yunnan and the Mien-ning (listijet in the P'u-erh Circuit: and the
Assistant Superintendent, Kengtung, for the districts of Lan-ts'ang and
Szemao of the P'u-erh Circuit of Yunnan. The Deputy Commissioners,
Myitkvina and Bhamo, have similar powers, the former in respect of
the Lan-ping and Wei-hsi districts and that part of the Lung-Ling
district which is under the jurisdiction of the Lu-shui Administrative
Deputy, and the latter in respect of the Teng-Chung and Pao-shan
districts.
A British Consul was appointed at Tengyueh in 1898, as also one at
Szemao; but since 1900 the latter post has been without a regular
consular officer. In 1905 the Commissioner of Chinese Imperial Customs
at Szemao was authorised to attend to British consular business there.
In 1903 a British Consul-General was appointed, for the provinces of
Yunnan and Kueichou, to reside at Yunnan-fu.
In 1896 the boundary between the Shan States and the French Lao
territory was fixed, the thalweg of the Mekong river being chosen as
the boundary line. This line divided the State of Kencbeng,. the
western portion of which was included in British territory and absorbed
in Kengtung, and the eastern portiono included in French territory.
 BURKA. 209

. The rules governing extradition with the French possessions are

contained in the Franco-British Treaty of the 14th August 1876 and
the Order in Council of the 16th May 1878. All demands for extradition
must be made by the Governor of Burma.
In 1898-1900 the Burma Boundary Commission fixed the boundary
as far north as a peak known as Manangpum in the north-east corner of
the Sadon hill tract, in north latitude 250 35', with the exception of
the portion passing through the Wa country. Cairns have since been
erected in the lltawgaw hill tract, but the assent of the Chinese has yet
to be obtained.
In January 1902 an Arrangement (No. XI) was arrived at by the
British and Chinese authorities at Manai, near the Bhamo Namkham
and Chinese frontier, for the disposal of compensation cases in
connexion with frontier raids. The Yunnan authority pl.,!ertook to
pay compensation for a number of raids, and to make improved arrange
ments for the protection of the frontier and for the levy of customs,
Since then, annual meetings between the British and Chinese frontier
officers have been held with reasonable regularity: they have agreed
on a number of regulations for the settlement of frontier cases: and the
tribes along the border have become accustomed to the settlement of
their cases in the frontier courts. A Chinese Imperial Customs station
was opened at Tengyueh in 1902.
In 1903, as an outcome of the Manai Agreement, an arrangement
was made for the construction by the Government of Burma of 25 miles
of mule road into Yunnan. The details were settled in despatches that
passed between the British Consul-General and Consul, and the Taotai
of Western Yunnan, in December of that year (Appendices Nos. I and
II).
In February 1904 an Arrangement (No. XII) was made for the
exchange vid Bhamo and Tengyueh of postal correspondence between
India and various places in China. This arrangement has since been
extended to Myitkyina, and letters are now despatched to Tengyueh by
this route.
In 1905 a reconnaissance survey of a proposed railway from Bhamo
to Tengyueh was completed; but the project has been postponed indefi-
nitely.
In May 1905 a new Convention (No. XIII) was concluded between
Great Britain and China, revising the Convention of September 1894
respecting the junction of the Chinese and Burmese telegraph lines.
In 1923 Burma became a Governor's Province.
210 BURMA--SHAN STATES.

II.-THE SHAN STATES.

The Shan States formed an integral part of the Burmese Kingdom.
The v are divided into (1) the Northern Shan States, (2) the Southern
Shan States, (3) the Mvelat, (4) States under the supervision of the
Commissioner, Sagaing Division.
With effect from the 1st October 1922 the Northern and Southern
Shan States and the Mvelat were constituted into a Federation, which
forms a Sub-entity of the Burma Government, is self-contained, with
finances distinct from those of Burma proper, and is under a distinct
form of administration. The Chiefs express their views on federal and
general matters, including the Federation Budget, through a Council of
Chiefs including all Chiefs of the rank of Sawbwa and four elected
representatives of those of lesser rank. The Governor of Burma takes
the place of the Local Government in the Federated Shan States. There
is a Commissioner for the Federated Shan States who is also Superin-
tendent and Political Officer for the Southern Shan States, with head-
quarters at Taunggyi in the State of Yawnghwe: and subordinate to
him is a Superintendent for the Northern Shan States at Lashio in the
State of North Hsenwi. The Commissioner is the President of the
Federal Council.
East of the Irrawaddy and separated from it by districts under
settled administration, lies the great stretch of country known as the
Northern and Southern Shan States. The Burmese Government always
claimed sovereignty over these Stales up -loand beyond the Mekong river;
but from time to time, as opportunity occurred, the Sawbwas endeavoured
to throw off the Burmese yoke. At the date of the annexation of lYpper
Burma the rulers of several of the more powerful States were in exile at
Kengtung, an important State east of the Salween river. These exiled
Chiefs conceived the plan of erecting the Shan States into an independent
kingdom, and invited a scion of the Burmese royal house, known as the
Limbin Prince, to become their sovereign. The Limbin Prince joined
the exiles at Kengtung, and with them crossed the Salween. Till the
end of 1886 a great part of the cis-Salween States was in the hands of
this coalition. In January 1887 a British force entered the Shan States
and the Limbin Prince's confederacy almost at once fell to pieces. The
Chiefs of the cis-Salween States tendered their submission and received
sanads of appointment on suitable terms.
In the Northern and Southern Shan States the criminal and civil, as
well as the revenue, administration is vested in the Chiefs, subject to the
limitations laid down in their sanads, and to restrintions imposed by the
extension of enactments and the issue of orders under the Shan States
Act or the Burma Laws Act.
 BURMA--SHAN STATES. 211

The customary law of the States has been modified by a notification

issued by the Chief Commissioner of Burma, in the Foreign Department,
No. II, dated the 19th November 1890. The Superintendents exercise
general control over the administration of criminal justice, have power
to call for cases and exercise wide revisionary powers. All criminal
jurisdiction in cases in which either the complainant or the accused is
a European, an American, a Government servant, or a British subject
not a native of a Shan State, is withdrawn from the Chiefs and vested
in the Superintendents and Assistant Superintendents. In the cases
above mentioned the ordinary criminal law in force in Upper Burma,
as modified by the Federhted Shan States Laws and Criminal Justice
Order 1926, is in force in these States. In such cases the Superin-
tendents exercise the powers of a district magistrate and sessions judge,
and the Assistant Superintendents the powers of a district magistrate
under sections 30 and 34 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.
Certain of the more important Chiefs have been, given the powers of
additional sessions judges.
In regard to the administration of civil justice, the customary law
has been modified by a notification which confers original, appellate and
revisional jurisdiction on Superintendents and Assistant Superinten-
dents, creates local courts, and prescribes a simple procedure for such
courts. In revenue matters the Chiefs administer their charges accord-
ing to local rules and customs, which have been modified only to the
extent of limiting the power of Chiefs to alienate communal lands and
to grant land to persons who are not natives of Shan States. Various
acts and regulations have been extended to the Northern and Southern
Shan States (except those situated east of the Salween) by section 3 of
the order of 1926; and by subsequent notifications provisions of other
enactments have been applied to some or all of the States.
In the Myelat a closer approach to the law in force in other parts of
India has been prescribed. The criminal law in force in the Myelat is
practically the same as the law in force in Upper Burma. In order that
they may have jurisdiction in criminal matters, the Ngwegunhmus and
Myozas of all the Myelat States have been appointed magistrates. In
the Myelat the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendents exercise
the same criminal jurisdiction as in other States, except that their
jurisdiction extends to all criminal cases and not merely to the cases in
which Europeans and others above mentioned are concerned. In other
respects the law in the Myelat, and the powers exercised by the Gover-
nor, the Superintendent and the Assistant Superintendents are the same
as in the rest of the Southern Shan States.
The Rulers of the Shan States all receive orders of appointment
signed by the Governor of Burma. These are called Sanads in the case
212 BURMA-SHAN STATES.

of Sawbwas, and either Sanads or Appointment Orders in the case of

the iesser Chiefs who are termed Myozas or Ngwegunhmus. Forms of
the Sanad (No. XIV), of the Appointment Order (No. XV) and of the
form of grant used in cases of succession to Shan and Karen Chiefs
(No. X1.1I) are given.
Some uncertainty formerly existed as to the status of the trans-
Salween States; but this has now been definitely settled, and they are
in the same position politically as the other Shan States.
The trans-Salween State of Kengtung was visited by the Superin-
tendent of the Shan States in 1890, at the time of the settlement of the
Burma-Siam boundary, and a Sanad was granted to the Sawbwa which
differed considerably from those issued to the cis-Salween States. Its
terms were founded on the then existing assumption that Kengtung was
not in British India, but was a State in subordinate alliance with the
British Government. But in 1895, when a garrison and an Assistant
Political Officer were established at Kengtung, the position was re-
examined: and it was recognised that Kengtung was without doubt
historically part of the territories formerly governed by the King of
Burma which, by the proclamation of the 1st January 1886, became part
of the British dominions, although the State was at the time in rebellion
against King Thibaw. Kengtung was accordingly included in the noti-
fication by the Chief Commissioner of Burma (Political Department,
No. 11, dated the 11th July 1895) of the territories constituting the
Shan States.
The Sanad bestowed on the Sawbwa of Hsipaw differs slightly from
those granted to other Chiefs of similar rank: and it was decided that,
when a suitable opportunity offered, the terms of the Sanad granted to
Kengtung should be assimilated to those of the Sanad granted to Hsipaw,
as the conditions, regarding the subordination of certain small States
and the temporary remissions of tribute, were similar in the two cases.
The death of the Sawbwa of Kengtung in 1896 provided the required
opportunity: and a Sanad (No. XVII) was issued in terms similar to
those of the Sanad granted to the Sawbwa of Hsipaw in 1889 and
renewed (No. XVIII) in 1902 to his successor. A special clause in the
Kengtung Sanad requires the Sawbwa to abstain from direct communica-
tion with States outside British India.
At the time of the annexation of Upper Burma, the State of Mong
Mit was being administered by Burmese officials on behalf of the infant
Sawbwa Kin Maung. Various attempts to establish a satisfactory
regeney having failed, it was decided in 1892 to take over the direct
Rdminisiration of the State as a sub-division of the Ruby Mines Dis-
trict. This arrangement ceased when, in 1906, the administration was
handed over to Kin Maung, to whom a Sanad (No. XIX) was given in
 BURMA--SHAN STATES. 213

the ordinary form. In 1920 the State of Mong Mit was transferred to
the Northern Shan States.
West of the Irrawaddy there were, at the time of the annexation,
five States-Wuntho, Kale, Hkamti Long, Hsawng-hsup and Singkaling
Hkamti. Wuntho and Kale have since been incorporated in the ad-
joining districts of Burma, and the other three States are now under the
supervision of the Commissioner of the Sagaing Division.
The State of Wuntho was a land-locked territory, wedged in between
the districts of Katha, Bhamo, Ye-u, and the Upper Chindwin. For
some time after the annexation of Upper Burma the Sawbwa of Wuntho
assumed an attitude of hostility to the British Government, and in 1886-
87 operations were undertaken with a view to reducing him to submis-
sion. After the occupation of the capita] of his State by British troops
the Sawbwa tendered his submission, and agreed to pay the tribute
levied from his State in the time of the Burmese Government. For
many years he declined to receive British officers in a becoming manner,
and it was not till 1890 that the Deputy Commissioner of Katha met
him in his capital. For some time after this meeting the Sawbwa's
attitude was more satisfactory; he rendered assistance in the suppression
of crime; settled a considerable portion of the outstanding fines for
dakaities committed by Wuntho men; and paid in over half a lakh of
rupees on account of tribute. In January 1891 successful operations
were undertaken, in concert with the Sawbwa's levies, against a dakait
leader who had been giving trouble in the neighbourhood of Kainggyi.
The northern portion of Wuntho territory was at this time under the
domination of the old Sawbwa of Wuntho, the ruling Sawbwa's father,
who resided at Mansi. A proposal to send a punitive column up the
Meza valley was not acquiesced in by the Sawbwa, and it was rumoured
that any advance through the northern part of the State would be
opposed by his father. A reconnaissance conducted on the 12th Febru-
ary revealed the fact that the road was stockaded, and that preparations
for resistance had been made. Active measures were immediately taken
to deal with the outbreak which followed and, after several engagements,
the capital of Wuntho was occupied on the 26th February; and by the
end of the month both the Sawbwa and his father were fugitives. The
direct administration of Wuntho was then undertaken: and, under
orders issued by the Government of India on the 26th October 1891,
Wuntho was finally removed from the category of Shan States and
incorporated in the Katha district of Burma.
The State of Kale lay on the Chindwin river, bordered by the Chin
hills which lie between Burma and Bengal. After the annexation of
Upper Burma, Kale was disturbed by internal schism until early in
1887, when the old and incapable Sawbwa was deposed and his nephew
214 BURMA-SHAN STATES.

and rival recognised in his stead. Early in 1888 the ex-Sawbwa abscond-
ed from Mandalay, where he had been living in receipt of a small
pension, and made his way to the Chin country bordering on Kale.
There he ci-Dmd an asylum among the Tashons, one of the principal Chin
trib"':, and induced them to attack Kale with a view to his restoration
to power. In consequence of this action Kale was occupied by British
troops and military police, and operations were undertaken against the
Chins. At the end of 1889 the ex-Sawbwa surrendered to the British
Government and was again granted a small pension. Shortly after the
suppression of the Wuntho rebellion it was proved that the ruling Chief
of Kale was thoroughly disloyal, and had been engaged in a variety of
intrigues. He was accordingly deported to Rangoon; the administration
was entrusted to British officers; and under orders of the Government
of India, dated the 5th August 1891, the State of Kale was incorporated
in the Upper Chindwin district.

Hkamti Long, known in Assam as Bor Hkamti, is a collection of

eight small Shan principalities lying near the headwaters of the Mali
Hka, the western branch of the Irrawaddy. The valley is inhabited by
Shans, and the surrounding bills by Kachins. Hkamti Long was visited
from Assain by Colonels Macgregor and Woodthorpe in 1884-85 and by
Mr. L. Grey in 1892-93. In 1895 Prince Henry of Orleans passed
through it on his way to India from China. Little however was known
about the States until the exploring columns began to move up from
Myitkyina in 1910-11 (see infra, III-North-East Frontier).
When the Putao district was formed in 191-14, the Sawbwas came
under the control of the Deputy Commissioner. An Administration
Order with respect to the extension of laws to, and administration of
Civil and Criminal Justice and the collection of revenue in, Hkamti
Long was issued in 1922 and revised in 1926. On the abolition of the
Putao district in 1925, Fort Hertz, in the Hkamti plain, became the
headquarters of a subdivision. The Sawbwas have very little influence
aid power and a large number of their people are now migrating into
the areas south of Myitkyina.
The State of Hsawng-hsup (Thaungdut) comprises a small territory
on the Chindwin river to the east of Manipur. The Sawbwa tendered
his allegiance at the annexation of Upper Burma in 1886, and in 1889
he received a Sanad from the Chief Commissioner in the usual form
(No. XVI). His conduct was consistently loyal and satisfactory and
he was proof against all the efforts of his son-in-law, the ex-Sawbwa of
Wuntho, to induce him to join in the Wuntho rebellion of 1891. In
1893 he died and was succeeded by his son Maung Kin Mon who on his
death in 1899 was succeeded by his younger brother Saw Tin who,
 BURMA-SHAN STATES. 215

in recognition of his loyalty and good conduct, was granted the insignia
of Kyethayezaung Shwesalweya Min in 1908. Saw Tin died in 1927
and was succeeded by his son Saw Kun Soung, the present Sawbwa.
The State pays a tribute of Rs. 400 a year. An order with respect to
the extension of laws to, and administration of Civil and Criminal
Justice in, the States of Hsawng-hsup and Singkaling Hkamti was
issued in 1926.
The State of Singkaling Hkamti (Kanti or Kantingale) lies consi-
derably higher up the Chindwin river. On the annexation of Upper
Burma in 1886 there was no Sawbwa in the State, the late Sawbwa
having been driven out by the wild tribes in the north. In 1891 a new
Sawbwa was appointed, and received a Sanad from the Chief Commis-
sioner in 1892. On his death in 1893 his infant son and daughter
succeeded him in close succession. The former died in 1894 and the
latter in 1898. Saw E, who was regent during their lifetime, then
succeeded and received a Sanad in the usual form (No. XVI). He
was given the title of Ahmudangaung Taseikya Min in 1926. Saw E
died in 1927, and the State is now being administered by his Mahadevi
Ma Huin Bwin on behalf of his minor grandson Maung Ba Thein, who
has been recognised as the Sawbwa. The State pays a tribute of IRs. 100
a year.
216 BURMA-NORTH EAST FRONTIER-Kachins.

I1.-NORTH-EAST FRONTIER.

The concerns of Government on the north-east frontier of Burma

are chiefly with China, the Kachins and the other hill tribes inhabiting
the region bordering on China.
The Kachins are a semi-barbarous race of Tibetan or Mongoloid origin
who live almost exclusively on the summits and ridges of hills at eleva-
tions between 2,500 and 6,000 feet. The higher mountains are left to
the Lisus and Muhsos. As far as present knowledge goes, the country
now inhabited by the Kachins lies between the 23rd and 28th parallels
of north latitude and the 95th and 99th degrees of east longitude; but
of late they have crossed the Salweeni and penetrated as far south as the
State of Kengtung. Kachin villages are presided over rby Chiefs or
Duwas who exercise influence over definite areas and are supported by
their subordinate elders or Salangwas. In the area lying between the
Mekh and the N'mai Hka a republican movement has resulted in a section
of these tribesmen deposing their Duwas and Salangwas.
The British Government first came into contact with the Kachins
immediately after the annexation; when, early in 1886, a British force
accompanied by the Deputy Commissioner, Bhamo, visited Mogaung
and received the submission of the local officials; but no direct control was
then established. In December 1887, however, a strong column, accom-
panied by Major Adamson as Political Officer, was detailed to place
British authority on a satisfactory basis and to open up relations with
the Kachin tribes inhabiting the jade and amber mine tracts. Major
Adamson succeeded in inducing the Marip Chiefs, who dominated the
tract in which the jade mines are situated, to tender their submission.
Prior to 1891, although the tribes south of the Taping haa been
taught by several punitive expeditions to recognise and respect the autho-
rity of the British, the country north of that river had been entirely un-
visited save for a reconnaissance made in 1890-91. Repeated outrages com-
mitted by the tribes in this area had proved that the country must be
brought under control, and the necessity for early action was accentuated
by reports that the ex-Sawbwa of Wuntho was at Sadon stirring up the
tribes to raid. Four columns were accordingly detailed in the open season
of 1891-92 to bring under subjection what was then styled the Eastern
Kachin Tract. The net results of the operations were the recognition of
British authority throughout the greater part of the area visited, the dis-
armament of a large number of villages, the collection of a certain amount
of tribute, and the construction of a Post at Sadon, now known as Fort
Harrison. In 1892-93 Posts were established at Sima, now known as
Fort Morton, and at Namhkam, now abandoned since an outpost has
been established at Panghkam.
 UIJ3tMA-NORkTH EAST FRONTIER-i-achins. 217

The Sima Post was created in the face of strong opposition on the
part of the neighbouring Kachins, and a series of risings took place during
the year which a considerable force was needed to suppress. In 1895
the Bhamo District was divided, the northern portion being formed into
the new district of Myitkyina: and in the same year the Kachin Hill
Tribes Regulation (Regulation I of 1895) came into force. This Regu-
lation, which legalised the procedure previously in force, provided for
the administration of the Kachin hill tracts through the medium of the
Duwas and their Salangwas, the former of whom exercise certain criminal
and civil powers subject to the control of the Deputy Commissioner of
the district concerned, and of " civil officers" under the orders of the
Deputy Commissioner. For the purposes of the Regulation the Deputy
Commissioner is a sessions judge for the hill tracts in his district.
Tribute is paid by the people of the hill tracts under the authority of
the Regulation. The Chiefs are given appointment orders by the Deputy
Commissioner, but are not granted sanads.
In the three years beginning 1910-11 military police columns were
despatched to Hpimaw and Hkamti Long. The head waters of the Mali
Hka, the N'Mai Hka and the Mekh valleys were explored: Hpimaw was
occupied and a post established there.
In 1913-14 a new district of Putao was formed with posts at Putao,
now known as Fort Hertz, Konglu, and Laza. With the formation of
the new district practically the whole of the Kachin country came under
direct administration except the Hukawng Valley and the tract, known
as the Triangle, between the Mali Hka and the N'Mai Hka, bounded on
the north by the Jai Hka and the Putao district. In 1914-15, owing to
rumours that the military police had been withdrawn on account of the
War, a Kachin rising occurred round Mogaung and Kamaing, followed
by an outbreak in Putao. This was suppressed by the military police.
The Chiefs in the unadministered area remained on the whole well-dis-
posed, though a few in the Hukawng Valley supported the rebels and
were dealt with. Since then there has been no trouble with the tribes.
In 1925 the Governor of Burma held a Durbar of Chiefs from the un-
administered territory at Maingnkwan in the Hukawng Valley, and laid
down the Government policy with regard to the abolition of slavery and
the suppression of human sacrifice. In pursuance of that policy slaves
in the Hukawng Valley were freed in 1926, after payment of liberal com-
pensation to their owners: and in 1927 and 1928 expeditions were sent
into the Triangle to emancipate the slaves in that area.
In 1925 the Putao district was abolished and made into two sub-divi-
sions of the Myitkyina district, with headquarters at Fort Hertz and Sum
prabum.
218 BURMA-THE CHINS.

IV.- THE CHINS.

To the west of Burma, between the districts bordering on the Chind.

win river and Assam, lies a mountainous tract, the eastein portion of
which is inhabited by races known under the general name of Chins.
For many years prior to the annexation of Upper Burma the Chins
had been in the habit of raiding the adjacent plains of Burma anid the
State of Kale. The main sulb-divisions of the Chins, so far as the tribes
bordering on Burma are concerned, are the Soktes (including the Kanhow
clan), the Siyins, the Tashons, the Yahows, the Whennohs, the Hakas,
the Tlantlangs, the Yokwas, the Chinboks, the Yindus and the Chindons.
Roughly speaking, these tribes lie in the above noted order from north
to south. In coisejuence of incessant raids comnmitted in the plains,
operations were undertaken against these tribes in the year 1888-89.
Severe punishment was inflicted on the northern clans, the Siyins and
Kanhows; and in the open season of 1889-90 further operations were
undertaken against the Tashons, Yokwas and Hakas. These latter
tribes submitted almost without resistance, the Siyins and other clans
in the north subsequently came to terms, and British garrisons, with
political officers, were established at Fort White in the north, and at
Haka in the south, for the purpose of controlling the Chins and com-
pelling them to abstain from further aggressions on British territory.
In 1890-91 the Chin hills were administered from three centres-the
northern tribes from Fort White, the central tribes from Haka, and the
southern tribes from Yawdwin. In the north the open season operations
resulted in the submission of the three important tribes of Siyins, Soktes
and Kanhows. The principal tribes in the central district are the
Tashons, Hakas, Tlantlangs, Yokwas and Baungshes. The Thetta clan
of the Batingshe tribe gave some trouble but was reduced to order, and
there was a sudden rising among the Tlantlangs. The remaining tribes
behaved, on the whole, very well. Among the southern tribes the Chin-
oks, who had committed several raids, were severely punished; but the
rest of the country remained practically unvisited.
In 1891-92 a series of expeditions on a carefully prepared scheme was
undertaken in the northern Chin country, and practically the whole area
was explored. A column from the Burma side marched across to Fort
Lungleli, and rendered valuable assistance in subduing the rebellious
Lushais; trade between the Chin bills and Burma revived; and it was
considered safe to withdraw the outposts in the Kabaw valley.
The various columns operating from Haka in 1891-92 reduced the
Paungshes to order; severely punished the Tlantlangs for the outbieak of
the preceding year; and completed the domination of the Tashons by
 BURMA-THE CHINS. 219

establishing a permanent post at their principal village, Falam. A suc-

cessful season's work was accomplished among the southern Chin tribes;
the country was thoroughly explored, tribute collected, and satisfactory
relations everywhere established.
in 1892 the northern and central Chin hills were formed into a single
charge, under the control of a superintendent at Falam, with assistants at
Haka and Tiddim. In the same year a plot was concerted by the Siyiiis
and the Soktes of Ngwengal for the overthrow of British domination, and
in October of that year a Burman MYook was ambushed and murdered.
The rebellion was thoroughly crushed, extensive disarmament operations
were undertaken, and a regular house tax was imposed in the hills.
During 1893-94 pacification continued, and the boundary between the
northern Chin hills and Manipur was demarcated. In 1895-9(-' the mill-
tary garrison was withdrawn from the hills, which were declared part
of Burma and constituted a scheduled district, provision being made
for their administration by the Chin Hills Regulation of 1896. The
Chin Chiefs are allowed to administer their affairs in accordance with
their customs, subject to the supervision of the Superintendent. Theii
powers are, however, more limited than those of the Shan Sawbwas, and
they are not granted sanads.
In 1897-98 the southernmost portion of the tract adjoining the Pakokku
district was made into a separate charge, now called the Pakokku Hill
Tracts. This area is administered in accordance with the Regulation
by a Superintendent, with head-quarters at Kantpetlet, under the orders
of the Commissioner, Magwe (formerly Minbu) Division. In 1920 the
remainder of the Chin Hills became the Chin Hills District, under a
Deputy Commissioner.
In 1898 and 1899 there was trouble in connection with disarmament,
but the disaffection was suppressed without difficulty, and disarmament
has since been thoroughly effected.
In January 1901 the boundary between the Chin hills and the Lushai
hills at the north-west corner of the former district was demarcated.
There was a rising in the Haka sub-division in the end of 1917, but
it did not spread. Except as regards the Lawhtus, who stayed out for
a long time, the rising was over before the rains of 1919. The Chins
remained almost untouched by the trourble with the Kukis that followed
on the Kuki rising of 1917 in Manipur.
During 1921-22 the large area of unadministered territory, lying
between the Lushai Hills, the Chin Hills District, the Pakokku Hill
Tracts and the Arakan Hill District, was brought under a loose form
of administration: and consequent alterations of the boundaries between
the Lushai Hills and the Hill Districts of Burma were made. The
220 BURMA-THE CHINS.

change was effected without trouble, but necessitated minor expeditions

in 1924 and 1926, both of which were free from serious incident.
The Somra Tract, an area lying to the west of the Upper Chindwin
District, was ruled by a Chief named Komvang, who died in 1915. Up to
the time of his death, though the question had several times been raised,
the Burma Government had declined to support proposals for the direct
administration of the tract. On the death of Komyang, however, no
Chief of sufficient authority could be found to succeed him. Moreover,
there took place, between 1915 and 1917, a considerable migration of
Kukis from Assam into the Somra tract: and, when the Kuki rebellion
broke out in Manipur, the contagion spread into the Somra tract, where
punitive measures became necessary. As a result of these operations it
was decided to bring the tract under direct administration, and it was
declared by the Government of India, by Foreign and Political Depart-
ment Notification No. 403-E. B., dated the 11th December 1917, to be
included in the Province of Burma. The Chin Hills Regulation, 1896,
was extended to the Somra Tract by Political Department Notification
iNo. 48, dated the 29th -ovember 1919: and the tract is now under
the control of the Sub-divisional officer, Homalin, who is also Assistant
Superintendent for the Somra Tract.
 BURMA-THE RED KARENS.

V.--THE RED KARENS.

To the north-east of Lower Burma lies Karenni, the country of the

Red Karens, a mountainous tract situated on both banks of the Salween,
bounded on the north by the Shan States, on the south by the Salween
district, on the east by Siam, and on the west by the Toungoo district.
Karenni contains nearly 63,000 inhabitants made up of different local
tribes known as Red Karens, White Karens, Bres, Padaungs, etc.,
and foreigners from Burma, the Shan States, India, Siam and China.
The whole of Karenni appears at one time to have been under a
single ruler, the Chief of Bawlake; but later it became divided into
five separate States, Eastern Karenni or Kantarawadi, and Western
Karenni donsisting of the States of Kyebogi, Bawlake, Naungpale and
Nammekon.
The British Government first came into contact with the Karens in
1836, when the Commissioner of the Tenasserim provinces deputed an
officer to visit Karenni in order to make arrangements for opening trade.
The events leading up to the Agreement of 1875 (No. VII) between the
Government of India and the King of Burma, guaranteeing the inde-
pendence of the Western Karenni States, have been described in the main
narrative; but the Burmese Government never abstained from intrigues
in Karenni, and made special efforts to obtain an acknowledged supre-
macy over Eastern Karenni (Kantarawadi)-a claim which the British
Resident at Mandalay was explicitly instructed not to acknowledge. It
is known that Sawlapaw, the Chief of Kantarawadi, took an oath of
allegiance to the King of Burma and regarded himself as subject to the
Burmese Government. In the latter years of the existence of the Burmese
Kingdom, the weakness of the central administration prevented any active
interference in Karenni affairs: and, after the withdrawal of the British
Resident from Mandalay in 1879, the relations between Karenni and the
Kingdom of Burma attracted little attention.
After the annexation of Upper Burma in 1886 the British Govern-
ment, which had always maintained that Karenni was in no way subject
to the King of Burma, so that the extinction of the Burmese monarchy
did not affect the relative posit-ions of themselves and the Karenni Chiefs,
continued to regard them as independent. As the independence of the
Western Karenni Chiefs had been guaranteed by the terms of the Agree-
ment of 1875, they were left to themselves on the British occupation of
the Shan States in the beginning of 1887. Towards the end of that year
an attempt was made to enter into friendly relations with Kantarawadi;
but Sawlapaw ignored the advances made and, as soon as the troops had
left the vicinity of Karenni, invaded and harried the Shan State of Mawk.
-222 BURMA-THE RED KARENS.

mal. He remained hostile until, in December 1888, it became necessary

to despatch a British force against him, which occupied his capital Saw-
ion, whereupon he fled to the jungle and refused to come in. Accord-
ingly on the 28th January 1889 a meeting of the Chiefs and Hengs of
Karenni was held, and Sawlawi, the titular Keinmong or heir apparent,
was elected Chief, and was subsequently confirmed in his appointment
as Myoza and granted a Sanad (No. XX). The State was heavily fined
and undertook to pay a yearly tribute of five thousand rupees to the
British Government.
After the flight of Sawlapaw the Siamese Government was invited
to co-operate by taking action to prevent his escape across the Salween.
Advantage was taken of the opportunity to occupy a tract of country
east of the Salween, which had for many years been in the possession
and under the administration of the Chief of Eastern Karenni, and was
claimed both by the Siame.se Government and bv Sawlawi. In 1889-90
a boundary commission held a local investigation into the claims advanced
by Sawlawi. Although the commission was appointed at their own
instance, the Siamese Government at the last moment declined to join in
the enquiry, which was accordingly held e.x parte and the British Gov-
ernment decided the question of ownership in favour of Karenni. The
boundary laid down by the British commissioners was subsequently
accepted by the Siamese Government.
Friendly relations had been consistently maintained with the four
Western Karenni States, and in January 1892 their Chiefs were formally
recognised by the Government of India as feudatories. They were pre-
sented with Sanads in a prescribed form (No. XXI) differing slightly
from that issued tW' Shan Chiefs (No. XIV), though the form of succession
Sanad is the same (No. XVI) in both cases. The Sanads presented to
them on this occasion appointed them as Myozas, and imposed upon each
an annual nazar of Rs. 100. In 1895 the nazar of the State of Naungpale
was reduced to Rs. 50.

On the 1st January 1903 a Sanad (No. XXII) was granted to Sawlawi,
conferring the hereditary title of Sawbwa on the Ruler of Kantarawadi.
The two small Western Karenni States of Naungpale and Nammegon
have now been amalgamated with Kantarawadi. The Sawbwa of
Kantarawadi has full powers, but the Western Karenni Chiefs of Kye-
bogi and Bawlake cannot carry into effect any sentence of death until
it has been confirmed by the Superintendent and Political Officer,
Southern Shan States.
The States included in Eastern and Western Karenni are not part
of British India, and are not subject to any of the laws in force in the
Shan States or in other parts of Upper Burma, or in Lower Burma. The
 BURMA-THE RED KARENS. 223

customary law of the country, modified by the terms of the Chiefs' sanads,
is in force. For the purposes of the trial of European British subjects
charged with offences in Karenni the Superintendent, Southern Shan
States, and the Assistant Superintendent in Karenni are justices of the
peace with power to commit to the High Court. For the trial of persons
other than European British subjects, or persons jointly charged with
them, the Superintendent and Political Officer is a court of session and
the Assistant Superintendent a district magistrate and a court of session
and the Governor exercises the powers of a High Court.
 224 BURMA-NO. 1-1795.

No. 1.

TRANSLATION of the ROYAL MANDATE, accompanying the letter to the Gov-

ERNOR- ENERAL, dated September 1795.

To all Killadars and Governors of Ports, in like virtue to the Maywoon of

Henzawuddy.

The source of greatness and dignity celestial, whose threshold is as the firma-
ment, and whose suppliants, when he places the Golden Foot of Majesty on their
fortunate heads, like the blooming water-lily, are inspired with confidence un-
bounded, such are the ministers of exalted rank, the guardians of the Empire,
from among whom the high and transcendent Minister proclaims these orders -
Governor of Henzawuddy, whose title is Meen La Noo Retha, Governor of
the Waters, whose title is Yaa oon or Rawoon; Collector of the King's Revenues,
whose title is Ackawoon; Collector of Customs, whose title is Ackoon; Com-
mander of the Troops, whose title is Chekaw.
1. Whereas English merchants resort to the port of Rangoon to carry on trade,
in friendship, good faith, and confidence in the Royal protection, therefore when
merchants come to the port of Rangoon, duties for godown, rabeat (searchers or
appraisers) and other charges, all these shall be regulated according to the former
established rates, and no more, on any pretence, shall be taken.
2. All English merchants, who have paid the Port Duties, shall be allowed
to go to whatever part of the country they think fit, having obtained a certificate
and order from the Maywoon, or Governor of the Province, and whatever goods
English merchants wish to purchase in return, they shall not be impeded or
molested, or prevented in their barter, bargain, or purchase ; and if it should be
judged expedient to establish any person, on the part of the English Company,
at Rangoon, for the purpose of trade, and to forward letters or presents to the
King, to such person a right of residency is granted.
3. If any English merchant is aggrieved, or thinks he suffers oppression, he
may complain either to the Governor of the Province, by petition to the Throne,
or prefer his complaint in person ; and as Englishmen are, for the most part, un-
acquainted with the Birman tongue, they may employ whatever interpreters
they think fit, previously acquainting the King's interpreters what person they
mean to employ.
4. English ships driven into any Birman port by stress of weather, and in want
of repairs, on due notice of their distress being given to the Officers of Government,
such vessels shall be expeditiously supplied with workmen, timber, iron, and every
requisite, and the work shall be done, and the supplies granted, at the current
rates of the country.
5. As the English have long had commercial connexions with this Nation,
and are desirous of extending them, they are to be allowed to come and depart
at their pleasure, without hinderance : and seeing that the illustrious Governor-
 BURMA-NO. 1-1795. 225

General of Calcutta, in Bengal, on the part of the King of England, has sent tokens
of friendship to the Golden Feet, these orders are therefore issued for the benefit,
ease, and protection of the English people.
The original in Birman, authenticated by-the great Seal.

MICHA L SYMES,
Agent at the Court of Ava.

Account of Duties paid by ships on anchoring at Rangoon, agreeable to former

Regulations, as follows :-
Government Duties.
A piece of flowered cloth.
A piece of madrepauk.
One handkerchief to tie up the aforesaid articles.
To the person who carries the aforesaid pieces of cloth, eighteen cubits of
common cloth, a red cotton handkerchief, and two and a half takals in money.
When a ship arrives, the following Duties are usually paid to the Members of
the Provincial Government :-
Maywoon Flowered cloth, one piece.
Madrepauk, two do.
Rawoon Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
Ackoon Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
Shawbunder, or Ackawoon Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
Deputy to the Shawbunder Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
Chockey Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
1st Nakhaun Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
2nd Nakhaun Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
1st Siredogee Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.
2nd Siredogee Flowered cloth, one do.
Madrepauk, two do.

When a ship leaves the port, it is customary to make presents to the Members
of the Provincial Government, as follows : two pieces of silee to each of the before-
mentioned Members of Government, that is, twenty-four in all.
It being customary for ships, on their arrival and departure, to give as per-
quisites to the Members of Government, cloth, flowered, figured, and plain, and
madrepauk or silee, such articles varying in their price, being sometimes dear
and sometimes cheap, the amount therefore being liable to vary, it is established
226 BURMA-NO. 1-1795.

that a ship, in lieu of such presents, shall pay altogether, for entrance and departure,
five viss of fine Silver called Rowna.
Each ship shall pay for the Linguists eighty takals.
For the Chokeydars, who are stationed at the ghaut, or sent on board the ship
thirty-five takals.
For peons, who carry intelligence, five takals.
For the person who accompanies the ship down to the Chokey, ten takal .
Writers and Chokeydars of the godowns, ten takals.
Gate Porter of the Fort, ten takals.
The Chokey called Denouckand, the Chokey where lights are kept, for both,
ten takals.
To the Writer, for a pass to clear the Chokeys on departure, five takals.
The accountant of Government, fifteen takals.
Pilotage.-A ship of three masts, two hundred takals; a vessel of two masts,
one hundred and fifty takals ; a vessel of one mast, one hundred takals.
Anchorage.-A ship of three masts, thirty takals ; a vessel of two masts, twenty
takals ; a vessel of one mast, ten takals.
It is the custom on all goods that are imported to take one out of ten, or ten
out of an hundred, King's Duty; likewise the owner of the ship gives five pieces
out of the first bale which he brings on shore, and each person who comes in the
ship as a Merchant, and not belonging to the ship, shall give one piece.
To the Appraisers and Examiners one and a half out of each hundred.
The Stamper of Cloth, if he stamps three hundred and sixty pieces, he is entitled
to one piece.
The Writer or Accountant, who attends on board for registering five hundred
pieces, he is to receive one piece.
When a ship is about to depart, an Officer of Government goes on board to
examine and despatch her : such officer shall receive seven viss of sugar, and one
hundred and forty China plates.
Ships resorting from every quarter to the Ports of His Birman Majesty, Duties
neitijer more nor less are to be received or exacted, and on this head the orders
of His Majesty have been issued. The account is authenticated, and the parti-
culars specified; nevertheless, in consideration of the friendship that subsists
with the English, henceforth whatsoever ships are bond fide English property, the
Port Duties and exactions from such ships, both at coming and departing, shall
be paid at the Port of Rangoon, in silver of twenty-five per cent. standard, called
tn the Birman language Mowadzoo, or twenty-five per cent. silver.
The original annexed to the Viceroy's letter to the Governor-General.

M. SYMES,

Agent to the Court of Ava.

 BURMA-NO. 1-1795. 227

TRANSLATION of an ORDER from the VICEROY of HENZAWUDDY to the SUB-

ORDINATE COUNCIL of RANGOON.

Ackoom, Chokey, Nakham, Chergee of Ilenzawuddy.

Whereas the Governor-General of Bengal having deputed Captain Michael
Symes to the Golden Feet, charged with presents, with a view to increase the long
existing friendship between the Birman and the English nations, His Majesty
being highly pleased thereat, has directed that the propositions which have been
made by Captain Michael Symes shall be complied with, therefore the amity which
has subsisted between the nations being confirmed and augmented by these
presents, whatever English ships shall henceforth come to Rangoon, such ships
shall pay certain Port Duties in the currency at which goods are usually sold, that
is, Mowadzoo or silver of twenty-five per cent. standard.

HENZAWUDDYNE MEON MEWWOON MEETS RJA

or the Governor of the thi~tq-two

Provinces of Henzawt ddy.

M. SYMES,
Agent to the Court of Ava.

TRANSLATION of the ROYAL ORDERS, regulating the Customs to be taken at

the several Chokeys between Ummerapoor and Rangoon.

Sirdars, Chokeydars and Guards of the several Ghauts, extending to the verqe of the
ocean.

Whereas the Governor-General, out of his friendship, has deputed Captain

Michael Symes from Calcutta, in Bengal, to be his vakeel at this Court, who having
made representation and memorial to us, such representation, has accordingly
been taken into due consideration.
Merchants having paid the established Duty on their merchandize, who do
not dispose of such goods at the place of importation, but choose to bring them to
the capital (literally the Golden Feet) either in person or by their agent, from such
merchants no Duties are, on any pretence, to be exacted or demanded on the way
to the Capital, but when merchants going back carry with them goods in return,
they are to pay Duties on such returning goods, in like manner as is specified by
the Regulations issued from t-he Dufter of the Golden Palace, in the Birmai year
1145 : wherefore orders are despatched to the several Chokeys. also to the Maywoon
 BURMA-NO. 1-1795.

of Elenzawuddy, and those matters which were submitted by the principal Minis-
ters to His Majesty are fully authorized.

Moreover, in the Birman year 1157, and the 26th of the Birman month
Saundecoup, or the 26th of the Mussulman month Rubbi-ul-awul, the Royal
Mandate came forth to the following effect:-

At the Chokey called Keouptaloom, boats returning from the Capital shall
pay one mima, or one anna and a half.
At the Chokey called Muggoe, if the breadth of the boat be four cubits, for
each cubit twelve annas, or three takals in all shall be paid. But if it be less than
four cubits, one takal shall be paid for every thousand viss weight of goods ; and
if the boat be empty, then shall one mima, or four annas, be paid for each man.
At the Chokey called Pulloe, if the breadth be four cubits, six mima, or ten
annas, shall be paid for each cubit ; and if the boat exceeds, or is under, four cubits,
the same rate shall be paid : and if the boat be laden with heavy commodities,
then shall one takal be taken for every thousand viss.
At the Chokey called Puttoo the Custom taken shall be, for each cubit in
breadth, three mima, or twelve annas.
At the Chokey called Keounzelee, and the Chokey called Nawalee, no Duty
is to be exacted. Yet some trifle should be given by way of present ; but no boat
is to be stopped or impeded.
At the Chokey called Tow, where the Duty formerly was levied in lead, it
sh ill now be levied in silver, that is, one takal shall be paid by each boat for every
thousand viss burthen.
At the Chokey called Trougmeow, if the boat be four cubits in breadth two
hundred and fifty takals of lead (about ten annas) shall be paid for each cubit,
but if the boat be less than four cubits, then shall three viss and thirty takals of
lead be taken for the whole (something less than a Rupee).
At the Chokey called Bamen, boats shall pay six mima, or ten annas for each
cubit in breadth.
At the Chokey called Ackeo there is no established Duty, but from boats laden
with rice, salt, fish, and nappee, it is customary to give some trifle.
At the Chokey called Henzawa, if a boat carries ten boatmen, besides the
steersman, for each of such boatman thirty-five takals of lead shall be paid, but
the steersman shall pay nothing. If a boat be laden with rice, dhall, paddy, barley,
kengid or cotton, then shall the boat so laden pay a quarter of a basket of such
commodity; and if a boat be laden with heavy articles, such as salt, fish, and
nappee, four vis,, of such heavy commodity shall be exacted from each boat. And
when a boat going down pays these Duties, no D?utes shall be required of the same
boat returning ; and the reverse, a boat that has paid the Duty shall not be taxed
going down. Some trifling present will be proper,
 BURMA. -NO. 1-1795. 229

At the Chokey called Denoubeon, if the breadth of the boat be four cubits,
such boat shall pay two hundred and fifty takals of lead; if under that size, for
each boatman fifty takals.
At the Chokey called Yangansea, and the Chokey called Panglang, on the
north side, no Duty is to be paid, but a tray is to be given (meaning a trifling pre-
sent, not more than the value of a Rupee).
In the Birman year 1145, a Mandate was issued from the Register of the Golden
Palace, that foreign merchants should have liberty to come to the Capital (Golden
Feet) without paying Duties; nevertheless, in returning they shall pay agreeable
to the rates specified in the Royal Mandate issued from the Darbar of the Golden
Palace, nor shall more or less be demanded or accepted; but to the Chokey of
Yangansea, on the north side, and the Chokey Panglang, on the north side, and
the Chokey Koongee and the Chokey of Loungee, no authority is granted from the
Golden Palace to exact Duties, and none on any pretence are to be required or
received.

VOONVING MEOZA,

PrincipalMinister.

M. SYMES,
Agent to the Court of Ara.

TRANSLATION of a ROYAL ORDER respecting the Duty to be taken on timber.

Guards, Chokeydars, and persons in authority,as far as the seashore.

Whereas the Governor-General of the Company at Calcutta, in Bengal, having

deputed Captain Michael Symes with presents to the Golden Feet, who requests
liberty for merchants to purchase, load, and take away timber, according to the
established and authorized custom, therefore merchants of the English Nation,
desirous of transporting rafts of timber down the river, shall have liberty to carry
from towns and villages such timber. And as, in the year 1145 enquiry and
investigation were made respecting the amount of Duties formerly taken at each
of the Chokeys, His Majesty was pleased to direct that no Duties should be taken,
except what are specified therein; for that reason it is now ordered that no Duties
shall be taken at Chokeys on timber going down, nor any Impost exacted on -wocd,
except five per cent., payable at Rangoon, agreeable to former Regulation.

VOONVING MHOZA,
PrincipalMinister.
230 BURMA-NO. 11-1826.

No. II.

TREATY of PEACE between the HONORABLE EAST INDIA COMPANY on the

one part, and His MAJESTY the KING of AVA on the other, settled by
MAJOR-GENERAL SIR ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL, K.C.B., and K.C.T.S., COM-
MANDING the EXPEDITION, and SENIOR COMMISSIONER in PEGU and AVA;
THOMAS CAMPBELL ROBERTSON, ESQ., CIVIL COMMISSIONER in PEGU and
AVA; and HENRY DUCIE CHADS, ESQ., CAPTAIN, COMMANDING His
BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S and the HONORABLE COMPANY'S NAVAL FORCE on
the IRRAWADDY RIVER, on the part of the Honorable Company; and
by MEI'GYEE-MAHA-MEN-HLAH-KYAN-TEN WOONGYEE, LORD of LAY-
KAING, and MENCYE-MAHA-HLAH-THUO-HAH-THOO-ATWEN-WOON, LORD of
the REVENUE, on the part of the King of Ava; who have each com-
municated to the other their full powers, agreed to and executed at Yandaboo,
in the Kingdom of Ava, on this Twenty-fourth day of February, in the year
of Our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty-six, corresponding
with the Fourth day of the decrease of the Moon Taboung, in the year One
Thousand One Hundred and Eighty-seven Gaudma Era,-1826.

ARTICLE 1.

There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between the Honorable Com-
pany on the one part, and His Majesty the King of Ava on the other.

ARTICLE 2.
His Majesty the King of Ava renounces all claims upon, and will abstain from
all future interference with, the principality of Assam and its dependencies, and
also with the contiguous petty States of Cachar and Jyntia. With regard to
Munnipoor it is stipulated, that should Ghumbheer Sing desire to return to that
country, he shall be recognized by the King of Ava as Rajah thereof.

ARTICLE 3.

To prevent all future disputes respecting the boundary line between the two
great Nations, the British Government will retain the conquered Provinces of
Arracan, including the four divisions of Arracan, Ramree, Cheduba, and Sandoway,
and His Majesty the King of Ava cedes all right thereto. The Unnoupectoumien
or Arakan Mountains (known in Arakan by the name of the Yeomatoung or
Pokhingloung Range) will henceforth form the boundary between the two great
Nations on that side. Any doubts regarding the said line of demarcation will
be settled by Commissioners appointed by the respective governments for that
purpose, such Commissioners from both powers to be of suitable and correspond-
ing raak.
 BURMA-NO. 11-1826.

ARTICLE 4.

His Majesty the King of Ava cedes to the British Government the conquered
Provinces of Yeb, Tavoy, and Mergui and Tenasserim, with the islands and depen-
dencies thereunto appertaining, taking the Salween River as the line of demarca-
tion on that frontier; any doubts regarding their boundaries will be settled as
specified in the concluding part of Article third.

ARTICLE 5.

In proof of the sincere disposition of the Burmese Government to maintain

the relations of peace and amity between the Nations, and as part indemnification
to the British Government for the expenses of the War, His Majesty the King
of Ava agrees to pay the sum of one crore of Rupees.

ARTICLE 6.

No person whatever, whether native or foreign, is hereafter to be molested

by either party, on account of the part which he may have taken or have been
compelled to take in the present war.

ARTICLE 7.

In order to cultivate and improve the relations of amity and peace hereby
established between the two governments, it is agreed that accredited ministers,
retaining an escort or safeguard of fifty men, from each shall reside at the Durbar
of the other, who shall be permitted to purchase, or to build a suitable place of
residence, of permanent materials; and a Commercial Treaty, upon principles
of reciprocal advantage, will be entered into by the two high contracting powers.

ARTICLE 8.

All public and private debts contracted by either government, or by the subjecta
of either government, with the others previous to the war, to be recognized and
liquidated upon the same principles of honor and good faith as if hostilities had
not taken place between the two Nations, and no advantage shall be taken by
either party of the period that may have elapsed since the debts were incurred,
or in consequence of the war ; and according to the universal law of Nations, it
is further stipulated, that the property of all British subjects who may die in the
dominions of His Majesty the King of Ava, shall, in the absence of legal heirs, be
placed in the hands of the British Resident or Consul in the said dominions, who
will dispose of the same according to the tenor of the British law. In like manner
the property of Burmese subjects dying under the same circumstances, in any
part of the Britisb dominions, shall be made over to the minister or other authority
delegated by His Burmese Majesty to the Supreme Government of India.
2 32 BURMA-NO. 11-1826.

ARTICLE 9.

The King of Ava will abolish all exactions upon British ships or vessels in
Burman port, that are not required from Burmah ships or vessels in British ports,
nor shall ships or vessels, the property of British subjects, whether European or
Indian, entering the Rangoon River or other Burman ports, be required to land
their guns, or unship their rudders, or to do any other act not required of Burmese
ships or vessels in British ports.

ARTICLE 10.

The good and faithful Ally of the British Government, His Majesty the K.Ig
of Siam, having taken a part in the present War, will, to the fullest extent, as far
as regards His Majesty and his subjects, be included in the above Treaty.

ARTICLE 11.

This Treaty to be ratified by the Burmese authorities competent in the like

cases, and the Ratification to be accompanied by all British, whether European
or Native, American, and other prisoners, who will be delivered over to the British
Commissioners; the British Commissioners on their part engaging that the said
Treaty shall be ratified by the Right Honorable the Governor-General in Council,
and the Ratification shall be delivered to His Majesty the King of Ava in four
months, or sooner if possible, and all the Burmese prisoners shall, in like manner,
be delivered over to their own government as soon as they arrive from Bengal.

ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL.

LARGEEN MEONJA,
Woonghee.

T. C. ROBERTSON,
Civil Commissioner.

BEAL OF THE 1OTO0.

Hy. D. CIADS,
Captain, Royal Navy.

SIEWAGUM WOON,
Afawoon.
 B4URMA-NO. 11-1826. 233

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE.

The British Commissioners being most anxiously desirous to manifest the

sincerity of their wish for peace, and to make the immediate execution of the fifth
Article of this Treaty as little irksome or inconvenient as possible to His Majesty
the King of Ava, consent to the following arrangements, with respect to the division
of the sum total, as specified in the Article before referred to, into insbalments,
viz., upon the payment of twenty-five lacks of Rupees, or one-fourth of the sum
total (the other Articles of the Treaty being executed), the Army will retire to
Rangoon. Upon the further payment of a similar sum at that place, within one
hundred days from this date, with the proviso as above, the Army will evacuate
the dominions of His Majesty the King of Ava with the least possible delay, leaving
the remaining moiety of the sum total to be paid by equal annual instalments in
two years, from this Twenty-fourth day of February 1826 A.D., through the Consul
or Resident in Ava or Pegu, on the part of the Honorable the East India Com-
pany.

ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL.

LARGEEN MEONJA,

Woongee.

T. C. ROBERTSON,
Civil Commissiwner.

SEAL OF THE LOTOO.

Ily. D. CHADS,
Captain, Royal Navy.

SHWAGUM WOON,
Atawoon

Ratified by the Covernor-General in Council, at Fort William in Bengal. tbis

Eleventh day of April, in the Year of our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and
Twenty-six.

AMHERST.

COMBERMERE.

J. H. HARINGT01.

W. B. BAYLIo.y
234 BURMA-NO. 111-1826.

No. ITI.

COMMERCIAL TREATY with AVA,-1826.

A Commercial Treaty, signed and sealed at the Golden City of Rata-na-pura,
on the 23rd of November 1826, according to the English, and the 9th of the de-
crease of the Moon Tan-soung-inong 1188, according to the Burmans, by the Envoy
Crawfurd, appointed by the English Ruler the Company's Buren, who governs
India, and the Commissioners, the Atwenwun Mengyi-thi-ra-maha-nanda-then
Kyan, Lord of Sau, and the Atwenwun Mengyi-Maha-men-lha-thi-ha-thu, Lord
of the Revenue, appointed by His Majesty the Burmese rising Sun Buren, who
reigns over Thu-na-pa-ran-ta-Tam-pa-di-pa, and many other great countries.
According to the Treaty of Peace between the two great Nations made at
Yandaboo, in order to promote the prosperity oi both countries, and with a desire
to assist and protect the trade of both, the Commissioner and Envoy Crawfurd,
appointed by the English Company's Buren, who rules India, and the Commis-
sioners, the Atwenwun Mengyi-thi-ra-maha-nanda-then Kyan, Lord of San, and
the Atwenwun Maha-men-lha-thi-ha-thu, Lord of the Revenue, appointed by
His Majesty the Burmese rising Sun Buren, who rules over Thu-na-pa-ra-Tam-pa-
di-pa, and many other great countries : these three in the conference tent, at
the landing place of Ze-ya-pu-ra, north of the Golden City of Rata-na-pura, with
mutual consent completed this Engagement.

ARTICLE 1.

Peace being made between the great country governed by the English Prince
the India Company Buren, and the great country of Rata-na-pura, which rules
over Thu-na-pa-ra-Tam-pa-di-pa, and many other great countries, when merchants
with an English stamped pass from the country of the English Prince and merchants
from th,? kingdom of Burmah pass from one country to the other, selling and buy-
ing merchandize, the sentinels at the passes and entrances, the established gate-
keepers of the country, shall make inquiry as usual, but without demanding any
money, and all merchants coming truly for the purpose of trade, with merchandize,
shali be suffered to pass without hindrance or molestation. The governments
of both countries also shall permit ships with cargoes to enter ports and carry
on trade, giving them the utmost protection and security : and in regard to Duties,
there shall none be taken beside the customary Duties at the landing places of
trade.

ARTICLE 2.

Ships whose breadth of beam on the inside (opening of the hold) is eight Royal
Blrmar cubits of 19-1j0 English inches each, and all ships of smaller size, whether
mrpichant- from the Burmese country entering an English port under the Burmese
flag, oar mercnants trom the English country with an English stamped pass enter-
ing a Burmese port under the English flag, shall be subject to no other demands
beside the payment of Duties, and ten takals 25 per cent. (10 sicca Rupees) for a
 JARMA-O. II -1826. 235
chokey pass on leaving. Nor shall pilotage be demanded, unless the Captain
voluntarily requires a pilot. However, when ships arrive, information shall be
given to the officer stationed at the entrance of the sea, in regard to vessels whose
breadth of beam exceeds eight Royal Burman cubits, and remain, according to
the 9th Article of the Treaty of Yandaboo, without unshipping their rudders, or
landing their guns, and be free from trouble and molestation as Burmese vessels
in British ports. Besides the Royal Duties, no more duties shall be given ol taken
than such as are customary.

ARTICLE 3.
Merchants belonging to one, who go to the other country and remain there,
shall, when they desire to return, go to whatever place and by whatever vessel
they may desire, without hindrance. Property owned by merchants, they shall
be allowed to sell ; and 'property not sold and household furniture, they shall be
allowed to take away without hindrance or incurring any expense.

ARTICLE 4.

English and Burmes, vessels meeting with contrary winds or sustaining damage
in masts, rigging, etc., or suffering shipwreck on the shore, shall, according to the
laws of charity, receive assistance from the inhabitants of the towns and villages
that may be near, the master of the wrecked ship paying to those that assist suit-
able salvage, according to the circumstances of the case ; and whatever property
may remain, in case of shipwreck, shall be restored to the owner.

J. CRAWFURD.

ATWENWUN MENGYI-TRI-RA-MAHA-NANDA-THEN-KYAN,

Lord of Sau.

ATWENWUN MENGYI-MAHA-MEN-LHA-THI-HA-THU,
Lord of the Revenue.

Ratified by the Right Honourable the Governor-General on the first day of

September, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Twenty-seven A.D.

A. STERLING,

Secretary to Government.
236 BUIMA- NO. IV-18,.

No. IV.

AGREEMENT regarding the KUBO VALLEY,-1834.

First.-The British Commissioners, Major Grant and Captain Pemberton,
under instructions from the Right Honorable the Governor-General in Council,
agree to make over to the Moandauk Maha Mingyan Rajah and Tsarudangicks
Myookyanthao, Commissioners appointed by the King of Ava, the Towns of
Tummao, Khumbab, Surjall, and all other villages in the Kubo Valley, the Ungo-
ching Hills and the strip of valley running between the eastern foot and the
western bank of the Ningtha Khyendwan River.
Second.-The British Commissioners will withdraw the Munnipooree Thannas
now stationed within this tract of the country, an I make over immediate possess-
on of it to the Burmese Commissioners on certain conditions.
Third.-The conditions are, that they will agree to the boundaries which may
be pointed out to them by the British Commissioners, and will respect and refrain
from any interference, direct or indirect, with the people residing on the Munni-
pooree side of those boundaries.
Fourth.-The boundaries are as follows
1. The eastern part of the chain of mountains which rise immediately from
the western side of the plain of the Kubo Valley. Within this line is included
Morch and all the country to the westward of it.
2. On the south a line extending from the eastern foot of the same hills at
the point where the river, called by the Burmahs Nansawing, and by the Munni-
poorees Numsaulung, enters the plain, up to its sources and across the hills due
west down to the Kethe'khyaung (Munnipooree River).
3. On the north the line of boundary will begin at the foot of the same hills
at the northern extremity of the Kubo Valley, and pass due north up to the first
range of hills, east of that upon which stand the villages of Choatao Noanghue,
Noanghur of the tribe called by the Munnipoorees Loohooppa, and by the Burmahs
Lagumsauny, now tributary to Munnipoor.
Fifth.-The Burmese Commissioners hereby promise that they will give orders
to the Burmese Officers, who will remain in charge of the territory now made over
to them, not in any way to interfere with the Khyens or other inhabitants living
on the Munnipoor side of the lines of boundary above described, and the British
Commissioners also promise that the Munnipoorees shall be ordered not in any
way to interfere with the Khyens or other inhabitants of any description living
on the Burmah side of the boundaries now fixed.

F. 5. GRANT, Major,
R.Commissaoners.
1 . B. P)EMBERTON, Captain, )

Sunnyachil Ghat, Ningthee, 9th January1834.

 BURMA-NO. V-1862. 237

No. V.

TREATY with the KING of BURMAH, dated the 10th November 1862.
On the 10th day of November 1862, answering to the 5th day of the waning
moon Tatshoungmon 1224, Lieutenant-Colonel A. P. Phayre, Chief Commissioner
of British Burmah, having been duly empowered by His Excellency the Right
Honourable the Earl of Elgin and Kincardine, K.T. and G.C.B., Viceroy and Gov-
ernor-General of India, and Woongyee Thado Mengyee Maha Menghla-thee-ha-
thoo, having been duly empowered by His Majesty the King of Burmah, concluded
the following Treaty:-
ARTICLE 1.
The Burmese and British Rulers have for a long time remained at peace and
in friendship; peace shall now be extended to future generations, both parties
being careful to observe the conditions of a firm and lasting friendship.

ARTICLE 2.

In accordance with the great friendship existing betweeh the two countries,
traders and other subjects of the Burmese Government, who may travel and trade
in the British territory shall, in conformity with the custom of great countries,
be treated and protected in the same manner as if they were subjects of the British
Government.
ARTIcLE 3.
Traders and other subjects of the British Government, who may travel and
trade in the Burmese territory, shall, in accordance with the custom of great coun-
tries, be treated and protected in the same manner as if they were subjects of the
Burmese Government.
ARTICLE 4.

When goods are imported into Rangoon from any British or foreign territory,
and declared to be for export by the Irrawaddy River to the Burmese, territory,
the English Ruler shall, provided bulk is not broken, and he believes the manifest
to be true, charge one per cent. on their value, and if he so desires, shall allow them
to be conveyed under the charge of an officer until arrived at Maloon and Mehla.
The tariff value of goods shall be forwarded yearly to the Burmese Ruler. If
such goods are declared for export to other territories, and not for sale in the Bur-
mese territories, the Burmese Ruler shall, if he believes the manifest to be true,
not cause bulk to be broken, and such goods shall be free of duty.

ARTICLE 5.
When goods are imported into Burmah by persons residing in the Burmese
or any foreign territory, and declared to be for export by the Irrawaddy River
to Rangoon, the Burmese Ruler shall, provided bulk is not broken, and he believes
the manifest to be true, charge one per cent. on their value, and if he so desires,
shall allow them to be conveyed under the charge of an officer to Thayet Myo,
238 BURMA-NO. V-182.

and th -tariff value of _uch goods shall be forwarded yearly to the British Ruler.
If such goods are declared for export to other territories, and not for sale in British
territory, such goods shall be free according to the Customs Schedule, but goods
liable to sea-board duty will pay the usual rate.
ARTICLE 6.

Traders from the Burmese territory who may desire to travel in the British
territory, either by land or by water through the whole course of the Irrawaddy
River, shall conform to the customs of the British territory, and be allowed to
travel in such manner as they please, without hindrance from the British Ruler,
and to purchase whatever they may require. Burmese merchants will be allowed
to settle and to have land for the erection of houses of business in any part of the
British territory.
ARTICLE 7.

Traders from the British territory who may desire to travel in the Burmese
territory, either by land or by water, through the whole extent of the Irrawaddy
River, shall conform to the customs of the Burmese territory, and shall be allowed
to travel in such manner as they please, without hindrance by the Burmese Ruler,
and to purchase whatever they may require. British merchants will be allowed
to settle and to have lands for the erection of houses of business in any part of the
Burmese territory.
ARTICLE 8.

Should the British Ruler, within one year after the conclusion of this Treaty,
abolish the duties now taken at Thayet Myo and Toungoo, the Burmese Ruler,
with a regard to the benefit of the people of his country, will, if so incined, after
one, two, three, or four years, abolish the duties now taken at Maloon and Toungoo
(in the Burmese territory).
ARTICLE 9.
People from whatever country or nation, who may wish to proceed to the
British territory, the Burmese Ruler shall allow to pass without hindrance. People
from whatever country, who may desire to proceed to the Burmese territory, the
British Ruler shall allow to pass without hindrance.
ARTHUR PuRvEs PHAYRE, Lieut.-Colonel,
Appointed by the Viceroy and Govr.-Genl.

WOONGYtEE THADO MENGYEE MAHA MENGHLA-THEE-HA-THOO,

Plenipotentiaryto His Majesty the King of Burmah.

Ratified by the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council this day

the 13th of December 1862.
H. M. DuRaND,
Secretary to the Government of India.
FORT WILLIAM
Th 13th December 186Z.
 BURMA-NO. VI-!887. 239

No. VI.

TREATY concluded on 25th October 1867 A.D., corresponding With 13th day
of the waning moon Thaden-gyoot 1229 B.E. by COLONEL ALBERT FYTCHE,
CHIEF COMMISSIONER of BRITISH BURMAH, in virtue of full power vesbed
in him by His EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HONOURABLE SIR JOHN LAIRD
MAIR LAWRENCE, BART, G.C.B., G.C.S.I., VICEROY and GOVERNOR-
GENERAL of INDIA, and by His EXCELLENCY the PAKHAN WOONGYEE
MEN THUDO MENGYEE MAHA MENHLA SEE-THoo, in virtue of full power
vested in him by His Majesty the King of Burmah,

ARTICLE 1.

Save and except earth-oil, timber, and precious stones, which are hereby
reserved as Royal monopolies, all goods and merchandise passing between British
and Burmese territory shall be liable, at the Burmese Customs Houses, to the
payment of a uniform import and export duty of five per cent. ad ,rorem for a
period of ten years, commencing from the first day of the Burmese year 1229,
corresponding with 15th April 1867. No indirect dues or payments of any kind
shall be levied or demanded on such goods over and above the five per cent. ad
valorem duty.
ARTICLE 2.

But after the expiration of ten years, during which customs duties will be
collected as provided for above in Article 1, it shall be optional with the Burmese
Government, whilst estimating the capabilities and requirements of trade, either
to increase or decrease the existing five per cent. import and export duties, so
that the increase shall at no time exceed (10) ten, or the decrease be reduced below
a (3) three per cent. ad valorem rate on any particular article of commerce. Three
months' notice shall be given of any intention to increase or decrease the rates of
customs duty as above previous to the commencement of the year in which such
increase or decrease shall have effect.

ARTICLE 3.

The British Government hereby stipulates that it will adhere to the abolition
of frontier customs duty as expressed in Article 8 of the Treaty of 1862 during
such time as the Burmese Government shall collect five per cent. ad valorem duties,
or a lesser rate, as provided for in Articles 1 and 2 of this Treaty.

ARTICLE 4.

Both Governments further stipulate to furnish each other annually with price
lists showing the market value of all goods imported and exported under Articles 1
and 2. Such price lists shall be furnished two months before the commencement
of the year during which they are to have effect, and may be corrected from time
240 BURMA-NO. VI-187.

to time as found necessary, by the mutual consent of both Governments through

their respective Political Agents.
ARTICLE 5.
The British Government is hereby privileged to establish a Resident or
Political Agent in Burmese territory, with full and final jurisdiction in all civil
suits arising between registered British subjects at the capital. Civil cases between
Burmese subjects and registered British subjects shall be heard and finally decided
by a mixed Court composed of the British Political Agent and a suitable Burmese
Officer of high rank. The Burmese Government reserves to itself the right of
establishing a Resident or Political Agent in British territory whenever it may
choose to do so.
ARTICLE 6.
The British Government is further allowed the right of appointing British
officials to reside at any or each of the stations in Burmese territory at which cus-
toms duty may be leviable. Such officials shall watch and enquire into all cases
affecting trade and its relation to customs duty, and may purchase land and build
suitable dwelling-houses at every town or station where they may be appointed
to reside.
ARTICLE 7.
In like manner, the Burmese Government is also allowed the right of appoint-
ing Burmese officials to reside at any or each of the station in British Burmah at
which customs duties may be leviable. Such officials shall watch and enquire
into all cases affecting trade in its relations to customs duty, and may purchase
land and build suitable dwelling-houses at any town or station where they may
be appointed to reside.
ARTICLE 8.

In accordance with the great friendship which exists between the two Govern-
ments, the subjects of either shall be allowed free trade in the import and export
of gold and silver bullion between the two countries, withiout let or hindrance of
any kind, on due declaration being made at the time of import or export. The
Burmese Government shall further be allowed permission to purchase arms, ammu-
nition, and war materials generally in British territory, subject only to the consent
and approval in each case of the Chief Commissioner of British Burmah and Agent
to the Governor-General.

ARTICLE 9.

Persons found in British territory, being Burmese subjects, charged with hav-
ing committed any of the following offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity, or
theft, in Burmese territory, may be apprehended and delivered up to the Burmese
Government for trial, on due demand being made by the Government, provided
that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been investigated by the
proper Burmese officers, in the presence of the British Political Agent; and pro-
vided also the British Political Agent shall consider that sufficient cause exists
 BURMA-NO. VI-1867.

under British Law Procedure to justify the said demand and place the accused
persons on their trial. The demand and delivery in each case shall be made
through the British Political Agent at the capital.

ARTICLE 10.

Persons found in Burmese territory, being British subjects, charged with hav-
ing committed any of the following offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity, or
theft, in British territory, may be apprehended and delivered up to the British
Government for trial, on due demand being made by that Government, provided
that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been investigated by
the proper British officers, in the presence of the Burmese Political Agent ; and
provided also that the Burmese Political Agent shall be satisfied that sufficient
cause exists under Burmese Law Procedure to justify the said demand and put
the accused persons on their trial. The demand and delivery in each case shall
be made through the Burmese Political Agent in British territory.

ARTICLE 11.

Persons found in Burmese territory, being Burmese subjects, charged with

having committed any of the following offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity
or theft, in British territory, shall, on apprehension, be tried and punished in accord-
ance with Burmese Law and custom. A special Officer may be appointed by the
British Government to watch the proceedings on the trial of all persons apprehend-
ed under this Article.
ARTICLE 12.
Persons found in British territory, being British subjects, charged with hav-
ing committed any of the following offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity or
theft, in Burmese territory, shall, on apprehension, be tried and punished in
accordance with British Law afid custom. A special Officer may be appointed
by the Burmese Government to watch the proceedings on the trial of all persons
apprehended under this Article.

ARTICLE 13.
The Treaty which was concluded on the 10th November 1862 shall remain
in full force ; the stipulations now made and agreed to in the above Articles being
deemed as subsidiary only, and as in no way affecting the several provisions of
that Treaty.

ALBERT FYTCHE, Colonel,

Chief Commissioner, British Burmah, and
Agent to the Viceroy and Governor-Generalof India.

SIGNED IN BURMESE.
242 BURMA-NO. VI-1887.

Ratified by the Viceroy and Governor-General of India in Council this day,

the 26th November 1867.
JOHN LAWRENCE,

Viceroy and Governor-General.

FORT WILLIAM;

The 26th Norember 1867.

"The Treaty concluded on the thirteenth * day of the waning moon Thadeng-
b867. gyoot 1229, B.E., by the Pakhangyee Myotsa
Woongyee Thado Mengyee Maha Mengla Tseethoo

and by the English Wongyee, Colonel Albert Fytche, is hereby ratified and con-
firmed. Proclaimed by the Royal Herald Nakhan Pyoungya Mhoo Maha Mengla
Meng Gyan in the year 1229, B,E., thirdi day of
127th December 1867. the waning moon Pyatho."

PRELIMINARY RULES for general guidance in opening the Court of the POLI-
TICAL AGENT at MANDALAY, as agreed to by the MINISTERS of the
BURMESE GOVERNMENT and the BRITISH POLITICAL AGENT on the 26th
July 1869.
1. Suits between registered British subjects.-All civil suits between registered
British subjects shall be finally disposed of on trial in the Political Agent's
Courts.
Mixed suits.-When a registered British subject is plaintiff in any mixed suit
which may arise b-tween Burmese and registered British subjects, he must, in
the first instance, file his plaint in the Political Agent's Court. The Political Agent
will submit the said plaint to the Burmese Judge appointed to sit with him on
the trial of mixed suits ; and if they are mutually agreed that a cause of action
exists, the Burmese defendant will be sammoned to appear at the Political Agent's
Court on a day to be appointed by the Burmese Judge. The suit will then be
tried and finally disposed of on its merits by the Political Agent in conjunction
with the Burmese Judge.
3. Mixed suits.-When a Burmese subject is plaintiff in any mixed suit which
may arise between Burmese and registered British subjects, he shall, in the first
instance, make his complaint to the Burmese Judge appointed to sit on the trial
of mixed suits with the Political Agent. The Burmese Judge will submit the
said plaint to the Political Agent, and if both Judges are mutually agreed that
a real cause of action exists, the registered British subject, as defendant, will be
summoned to appear at the Political Agent's Court on a day to be appointed by
the Political Agent. The suit will then be heard and finally disposed of on iti
merits by the Political Agent in conjunction with the Burmese Judge.
 BURMA-NOS. VI-1867 AND VII-1876. 2,43

4. Mixed suits.-When the Political Agent and the Burmese Judge are unable
to come to a final decision in any mixed suit, the parties shall have the right of
nominating a single arbitrator, and shall bind themselves to the Court by a written
agreement to abide by his award. In cases, however, in which the services of
a single arbitrator are not available, either party to the suit, plaintiff or defendant,
shall each be allowed to name one arbitrator to the Court, and the Political Agent
and Burmese Judge shall mutually agree in the selection of a third. The three
arbitrators thus appointed shall proceed to try the case, and the decision of the
majority on trial shall be final.
5. Mixed suits.-The cost to be decreed in any mixed suit shall never exceed
10 per cent. on the amount of the original claim.
6. The Burmese Government agrees to attach a bailiff and six peons to the
Court of the Political Agent to act in conjunction with the Political Agent's estab-
lishment in the service and .execution of Court processes and in giving effect to all
lawful orders which may be communicated to them by the Political Agent himself,
or by the duly authorized officers of his Court.

No. VII.

AGREESMENT regarding the independence of WESTERN KARENNEE,-1875.

In accordance with the request of His Excellency the Viceroy of India that
Western Karennee should be allowed to remain separate and independent, His
Majesty the King of Burmah, taking into consideration the great friendship exist-
ing between the two great Countries and the desire that the friendship may be
lasting and permanent, agrees that no sovereignty or governing authority of any
description shall be exercised or claimed in Western Karennee, and His Excellency
the Kin-woon Mengyce, Minister for Foreign Affairs, on the part of His Majesty
the King of Burmah, and the Honourable Sir Douglas Forsyth, C.B., K.C.S.I.,
Envoy on the part of His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India,
execute the following agreement :-
AGREEMENT.-It is hereby agreed between the British and Burmese Govern-
ments that the State of Western Karennee shall remain separate and indepen-
dent, and that no sovereignty or governing authority of any description shall be
claimed or exercised over that State.
Whereunto we have on this day, the 21st day of June 1875, corresponding
with the 3rd day of the waning moon of Nayoung 1237 B.E., affixed our seals
and signatures.

T. D. FORSYTH. KIN-WOON MENGYEE.

244 BURMA-NO. VIII-1894.

No. VIII.

CONVENTION BETWEEN GREAT BRITAIN AND CHINA, GIVING EFFECT TO ARTICLE

III OF THE CONVENTION OF JULY 24TH, 1886, RELATIVE TO BURMA AND
TIBET.
Signed at London, March 1st, 1894.
[Ratifications exchanged at London, August 23rd, 1894.]

Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland,
Empress of India, and His Majesty the Emperor of China, being sincerely desirous
of consolidating the relations of friendship and good neighbourhood which happily
exist between the two Empires, have resolved to conclude a Convention with
the view of giving effect to Article III of the Convention relative to Burma and
Tibet, signed at Peking on the 24th July 1886, and have appointed as their Pleni-
potentiaries for this purpose, that is to say :-
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland,
Empress of India, the Right Honourable the Earl of Ptosebery, Knight of the
Most Noble Order of the Garter, Her Britannic Majesty's Principal Secretary of
State for Foreign Affairs ;
And His Majesty the Emperor of China, Sieh Ta-jin, Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary of China at the Court of St. James, and Vice-President
of the Imperial Board of Censors;
Who, having mutually communicated to each other their respective Full
Powers, found to ba in good and due form, have agreed upon the following
articles
ARTICLE 1.

It is agreed that the frontier between the two Empires, from latitude 25' 35'
north, shall run as follows :-
Commencing at the high conical peak situated approximately in that latitude
and in longitude 980 14' east of Greenwich and 180 16' west of Peking the line
will follow, as far as possible, the crest of the hills running in a south-westerly
direction through Kaolang Pum and the Warong Peak, and thence run nearly
midway between the villages of Wanchon and Kaolang-leaving the former to
Burma and the latter to China-on to Sabu Pum.
From Sabu Pum the frontier will run in a line slightly to the south of west
through Shatrung Pum to Namienku Pum ; thence it will be continued, still run-
ning in a south-westerly direction, along the crest of the hills until it strikes the
Tazar Kha River, the course of which it will follow from its source to its confluence
with the Nam Tabet or Tabak Kha, thus leaving Uka to the east and Laipong
to the west.
From the confluence of the Tazar Kha River with the Tabak Kha, the fron-
tier will ascend the latter river to its junction with the Lekra Kha, which it will
follow to its source near Nkrang. From the source of the Lekra Kha, leaving
 BURMA-NO. VIII-1894. 245

Nkrang, Kukum, and Singra to the west, and Sima and Mali to the east, the line
will follow the Lesa Kha from its western source to its junction with the Mali
River, and thence will ascend the Mali to its source near Hpunra Shikong; thence
it will run in a south-westerly direction along the Laisa Kha from its source down
to the point where it falls into the Mol6 River near Kadon, leaving the village
of Kadon to the west and that of Laisa to the east.
The line will then follow the course of the Mol6 in a south-easterly direction
to the place where he receives the Chi Yang Kha, which latter river it will follow
to its source in the Alau Pum. It will then be directed along the Nampoung
River from its western source down to where it enters the Taping River.
This concludes the description of the first section of the frontier.

ARTICLE 2.
The second section of the frontier, or that portion of it which extends from
the Taping River to the neighbourhood of Meung Mao, will run as follows:-
Starting from the junction of the Khalong Kha with the Taping River, the
frontier will follow the Khalong Kha and its western branch to its source; it will
be drawn thence southward to meet the Sipaho or Lower Nanthabet at a spot
immediately to the south-west of Hanton, leaving Matin to Great Britain and
Loilonga-tong, Ti~h-pi-Kwan and Hanton to China; thence it will ascend the
branch of the last-named river, which has its source nearest to that of the Mantein
Kha. It will thence follow the crests of the line of hills running in a south-east-
erly direction to the more southerly of the two places named Kadaw, which is
close to the Namwan River, leaving Kadaw to China and Palen to Great Britain.
It will follow the Namwan River in a south-westerly direction down to the point
in about latitude 230 55' where that river takes a south-easterly course. Thence
it will run in a direction somewhat west of south to the Nammak River, leaving
Namkhai to Great Britain. It will follow the Nammak River to the point where
it bifurcates in about latitude 23' 47' and will then ascend the southern branch
till it reaches the crest of a high range of hills to the south of Mawsiu, in about
latitude 23' 45'. It will follow the crest of this range (which runs slightly to
the north of east) until it reaches the Shweli River at its junction with the Nam-
mak, thus leaving to China, the district of Mawsiu, the spot recently identified
as Tien-ma-Kwan and the villages of Hinglon and Kongmow, lying to the north
of the above mentioned range.
It will then follow the course of the Shweli River, and where the river bifur-
cates, it will follow the more southerly of the two branches, leaving to China the
Island formed by them, until it reaches a point near the eastern end of the loop
which the river forms opposite to Meung Mao, as indicated in the next article
of the Convention.
The Government of China consent that the most direct of the roads between
Bhamo and Namkham, where it passes through the small portion of Chinese terri-
tory south of the Namwan, shall while remaining entirely open to Chinese Pub-
246 BURMA--NO. VIII-1894.

jects and to the tribesmen subject to China, be free and open to Great Biitain
for travellers, commerce, and administrative purposes, without any restrictions
whatever. Her Britannic Majesty's Government shall have the right, after com-
munication with the Chinese authorities to execute any works which may be
desirable for the improvement or repair of the road, and to take any measures
which may be required for the protection of the traffic and the prevention of
smuggling.
It is equally agreed that British troops shall be allowed to pass freely along
this road. But no body of troops more than 200 in number shall be despatched
across it without the consent of the Chinese authorities, and previous notice in
writing shall be given of every armed party of more than twenty men.

ARTICLE 3.

The third section of the frontier will run as follows

It will commence from a point on the Shweli River, near to the east end of
the loop formed by that river opposite to Meung Mao ; thence paying due regard
to the natural features and the local conditions of the country, it will trend in
a south-easterly direction towards Ma-li-pa until it reaches at a point in about
longitude 980 7' east of Greenwich (180 23' west of Peking), and latitude 230 52',
a conspicuous mountain range. It will follow the crests of that range through
Loiaipong and Loipanglom until it reaches the Salween River, in about latitude
230 41'.
This portion of the frontier from the Shweli to the Salween River shall be
settled by the Boundary Commission provided for in Article VI of the present
Convention, and in such a manner as to give to China at least as much territory
as would be included if the frontier were drawn in a straight line from Meung
Mao towards Ma-li-pa.
If it should be found that the most suitable frontier will give to China a larger
amount of territory than is stated above, the compensation to be given to Great
Britain on some other part of the frontier shall be matter for subsequent arrange-
ment.
From latitude 23' 4I' the frontier will follow the Salween until it reaches the
northern boundary of the circle of Kunlong. It will follow that boundary in an
easterly direction, leaving the whole circle of Kunlong, and the ferry of that name,
to Great Britain, and leaving to China the State of Kokang.
It will then follow the course of the river forming the boundary between Somu,
which belongs to Great Britain, and M~ng Ting, which belongs to China. It
will still continue to follow the frontier between those two districts, which is locally
well known, to where it leaves the aforesaid river and ascends the hills; and will
then follow the line of water-parting between the tributaries of the Salween and
Meikong Rivers, from about longitude 990 east of Greenwich (170 30' west of
Peking), and latitude 230 20' to a point about longitude 990 40' east of Green-
 BURMA-NO. VII-1894. 247

wich (160 50' west of Peking), and latitude 230, leaving to China the Tsawbwaships
of KAng Ma, Mengtung and Mengko.
At the last-named point of longitude and latitude the line strikes a very lofty
mountain range, called Kong-Ming-Shan, which it will follow in a southerly direc-
tion to about longitude 990 30' east of Greenwich (170 west of Peking), and lati-
tude 220 30' leaving to China the district of Chenpien T'ing. Then, descending
the western slope of the hill to the Namka River, it will follow the course of that
river for about 10' of latitude, leaving Munglem to China, and Manglun to Great
Britain.
It will then follow the boundary between Munglem and Kyaing Tong, which
is locally well known, diverging from the Namka River a little to the north of
latitude 22', in a direction somewhat south of east, and generally following the
crest of the hills till it strikes the Namlam River in about latitude 210 45' and
longitude 100' east of Greenwich (16' 30' west of Peking).
It will then follow the boundary between Kyaing Tong and Kiang Hung,
which is generally formed by the Namlam River with the exception of a small
strip of territory belonging to Kaing Hung, which lies to the west of that river
just south of the last-named parallel of latitude. On reaching the boundary
of Kyaing Chaing, in about latitude 21' 27' and longitude 1000 12' east of Green-
wich (16' 18' west of Peking), it will follow the boundary between that district
and Kiang Hung until it reaches the Meikong River.

ARTICLE 4.

It is agreed that the settlement and delimitation of that portion of the fron-
tier which lies to the north of latitude 250 35' north shall be reserved for a future
understanding between the high contracting parties when the features and con-
dition of the country are more accurately known.

ARTICLE 5.

In addition to the territorial concessions in Northern Theinni, and the cession

to China of the State of Kokang, which result from the frontier as above described,
Her Britannic Majesty, in consideration of the abandonment of the claims ad-
vanced by China to the territory lying outside and abutting on the frontier of
the Prefecture of Yung Chang and Sub-Prefecture of Teng Yiieh, agrees to re-
nounce in favour of His Majesty the Emperor of China, and of his heirs and suc-
cessors for ever, all the suzerain rights in and over the States of Munglem and
Kiang Hung formerly possessed by the Kings of Ava concurrently with the Em-
perors of China. These and all other rights in the said States, with the titles,
prerogatives and privileges thereto pertaining, Her Majesty the Queen-Empress
renounces as aforesaid, with the sole proviso that His Majesty the Emperor of
China shall not, without previously coming to an agreement with Her Britannic
Majesty, cede either Munglem or Kiang Hung, or any portion thereof, to any
other nation.
248 BURMA-NO. VM-1894.

AiricLE 6.
It is agreed that in order to avoid any local contention, the alignments of
the frontier described in the present Convention, and shown on the maps annexed
thereto, shall be verified and demarcated, and in case of its being found defec-
tive at any point, rectified by a Joint Commission appointed by the High Con-
tracting Parties; and that the said Commission shall meet, at a place hereafter
to be determined on by the two Governments, not later than twelve months after
the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention; and shall terminate
its labours in not more than three years from the date of its first meeting.
It is understood that any alterations in the alignment, which the joint Com-
mission may find it necessary to make, shall be based on the principle of equi-
valent compensations, having regard not only to the extent, but also to the value,
of the territory involved. Further, that should the members of the Commission
be unable to agree on any point, the matter of disagreement shall at once be re-
ferred to their respective Governments.
The Commission shall also endeavour to ascertain the situation of the former
frontier-post of China named Hanlung Kwan. If this place can be identified,
and is found to be situated in British territory, the British Government will con-
sider whether it can, without inconvenience, be ceded to China.
If it shall be found to the south-east of Meung Mao so as to be on the northern
side of the straight line drawn from that place towards Ma-li-pa, it will in that
case already belong to China.
ARTIcLE 7.
It is agreed that any posts belonging to either country which may be stationed
within the territory of the other when the Commission of Delimitation shall have
brought its labours to a conclusion, shall, within eight months from the date of
such conclusion, be withdrawn, and their places occupied by the troops of the
other, mutual notice having in the meantime been given of the precise date at
which the withdrawal and occupation will take place. From the date of such
occupation the High Contracting Parties shall, each within its own territories,
hold itself responsible for the maintenance of good order, and for the tranquillity
of the tribes inhabiting them.
The High Contracting Parties further engage neither to construct nor to main-
tain within 10 English miles from the nearest point of the common frontier, mea-
sured in a straight line and horizontal projection, any fortifications or permanent
camps, beyond such posts as are necessary for preserving peace and good order
in the frontier districts.

ARTicLE 8.
Subject to the conditions mentioned hereafter in Articles X and XI, the British
Government, wishing to encourage and develop the land trade of China with
Burma as much as possible, consent, for a period of six years from the ratifica-
tion of the present Convention, to allow Chinese produce and manufactures, with
 BURMA-NO. VIII-1894. 240

the exception of salt, to enter Burma by land duty free, and to allow British manu-
factures and Burmese produce, with the exception of rice, to be exported to China
by land free of duty.
The duties on salt and rice so imported and exported shall not be higher than
those imposed on their import or export by sea.

ARTICLE 9.
Pending the negotiation of a more complete arrangement, and until the de-
velopment of the trade shall justify the establishment of other frontier customs
stations, goods imported from Burma into China, or exported from China into
Burma, shall be permitted to cross the frontier by Manwyne and by Sansi.
With a view to the development of trade between China and Burma, the Chinese
Government consent that for six years from the ratification of the present Conven-
tion the duties levied on goods imported into China by these routes shall be those
specified in the General Tariff of the Maritime Customs diminished by three-tenths,
and that the duties and goods exported from China by the same route shall be
those specified in the same Tariff diminished by four-tenths.
Transit passes for imports and exports shall be granted in accordance with the
rules in force at the treaty ports.
Smuggling or the carrying of merchandise through Chinese territory by other
routes than those sanctioned by the present Convention shall, if the Chinese author-
ities think fit, be punished by the confiscation of the merchandise concerned.

ARTICLE 10.

The following articles, being munitions of war, shall neither be exported from
Burma into China, nor imported from China into Burma, save at the requisition
of the Government desiring their importation; neither shall they be sold to parties
other than those who have been duly authorised by their respective Governments
to purchase them :-
Canon, shot and shell, cartridges and ammunition of all kinds, fire-arms and
weapons of war of every description. Saltpetre, sulphur, brimstone, gunpowder,
dynamite, gun-cotton, or other explosives.

ARTICLE 11.

The exportation from Burma into China of salt is prohibited.

The exportation from China into Burma of cash, rice, pulse, and grains of
every kind is prohibited.
The importation and exportation across the frontier of opium and spirituous
liquors is prohibited, excepting in small quantities for the personal use of tra-
vellers. The amount to be permitted will be settled under Customs Regula-
tions.
250 BURMA-NO. VIII-1894.

Infractions of the conditions set forth in this and the preceding Article will be
punishable by confiscation of the goods concerned.

ARTICLE 12.
The British Government, wishing to promote frontier trade between the two
countries by encouraging mining enterprise in Yunnan and in the new territorial
acquisitions of China referred to in the present Convention, consent to allow
Chinese vessels carrying merchandise, ores, and minerals of all kinds and coming
from or destined for China, freely to navigate the Irrawaddy on the same condi-
tions as to dues and other matters as British vessels.

ARTYCLE 13.
It is agreed that His Majesty the Emperor of China may appoint a Consul
in Burma to reside at Rangoon, and that Her Britannic Majesty may appoint
a Consul to reside at Manwyne; and that the Consuls of the two Governments
shall, each within the territories of the other, enjoy the same privileges and im-
munities as the Consuls of the most favoured nation.
Further, that, in proportion as the commerce between Burma and China
increases, additional Consuls may be appointed by mutual agreement, to reside
at such places in Burma and Yunnan as the requirements of the trade may seem
to demand.
The correspondence between the British and Chinese Consuls, respectively,
and the chief authority at the place where they reside, shall be conducted on terms
of perfect equality.
ARTICLE 14.
Passports, written in Chinese and English, and identical in terms to those
issued to foreigners at the treaty ports in China, shall, on the application of the
proper British authorities, be issued to British merchants and others wishing
to proceed to China from Burma, by the Chinese Consul at Rangoon or by the
Chinese authorities on the frontier; and Chinese subjects wishing to proceed to
Burma from China shall, on the application of any recognised Chinese official,
be entitled to receive similar passports from Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at
Manwyne or other convenient places in China where there may be a British Con-
sular officer.
ARTICLE 15.
Should criminals, subjects of either country, take refuge in the territory of
the other, they shall, on due requisition being made, be searched for, and on reason-
able presumption of their guilt being established, they shall be surrendered to the
authorities demanding their extradition.
" Due requisition " shall be held to mean the demand of any functionary of
either Government possessing a seal of office, and the demand may be addressed
to the nearest frontier officer of the country in which the fugitive has taken
refuge.
 BURMA-NO. V111-1894.

ARTICLE 16.
With a view to improving the intercourse between the two countries, and
placing the Chinese Consul at Rangoon in communication with the High Pro-
vincial Authorities in Yunnan, the High Contracting Parties undertake to con-
nect the telegraphic systems of the two countries with each other as soon as the
necessary arrangements can be made; the line will, however, at first only be used
for the transmission of official telegrams and of general messages for and from
Burma and the province of Yunnan.

ARTICLE 17.
It is agreed that the subjects of the two Powers shall, each within the terri-
tories of the other, enjoy all the privileges, immunities, and advantages that may
have been, or may hereafter be, accorded to the subjects of any other nation.

ARTICLE 18.
It is agreed that the commercial stipulations contained in the present Con-
vention being of special nature and the result of mutual concessions, consented
to with a view to adapting them to local conditions and the peculiar necessities
of the Burma-China overland trade, the advantages accruing from them shall
not be invoked by the subjects of either power residing at other places where
the two Empires are conterminous, excepting where the same conditions prevail,
and then only in return for similar concessions.

ARTICLE 19.

The arrangements with regard to trade and commerce contained in the pre-
sent Convention being of a provisional and experimental character, it is agreed
that should subsequent experience of their working, or a more intimate know-
ledge than is now possessed of the requirements of the trade seem to require it,
they may be revised at the demand of either party after a lapse of six years after
the exchange of ratifications of the present Convention, or sooner should the two
Governments desire it.
ARTICLE 20.

The ratification of the present Convention under the hand of Her Britannic
Majesty and of His Majesty the Emperor of China shall be exchanged in London
in six months from this day of signature, or sooner if possible.
The Convention shall come into force immediately after the exchange of rati-
fications.
In token whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Convention
in four copies, two Chinese and two in Chinese and English.
 252 BURMA-NOS. VHI AND IX-1894.

Done at London the first day of March one thousand eight hundred and nine-
ty-four, corresponding on the 24th day of the 1st moon of the 20th year of Kuang
HsU.
IROSEBERY.

SIEH.

Declaration.

On proceeding to the signature this day of the Convention between Great

Britain and China, giving effect to Article III of the Convention relative to Burma
and Tibet, signed at Peking on the 24th July 1886 :
The undersigned Plenipotentiaries declare that, inasmuch as the present Con-
vention has been concluded for the special purpose mentioned in the preamble
thereof the stipulations contained therein are applicable only to those parts of
the dominions of Her Britannic Majesty and of His Majesty the Emperor of China
to which the said Convention expressly relates, and are not to be construed as
applicable elsewhere.
Done at London, the 1st day of March 1894.

ROSEBERY.

SEIH.

No. IX.

CONVENTION REGARDING THE JUNCTION OF THE CHINESE AND BURMESE TELE-

GRAPH LINES,-1894.

ARTICLE 1.

The Government of Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, and the Government of His Majesty the
Emperor of China, with a view to facilitating international telegraphic commu-
nication, have resolved to effect a junction between the telegraph lines of the two
States on the frontier of Burma and Yunnan.

ARTICLE 2.

The junction shall be effected between the British station at Bhamo and the
Chinese station at Tengyueh (Momein), at a point situated conveniently near to
where the main route of communication between those places crosses the frontier.
The exact point of junction is to be arranged as soon as possible.
An intermediate station will be established at Manwyne.
 BURMA-NO. IX-1894., 253

ARTICLE 3.
The junction shall be effected as soon as possible and at latest on the 31st
of May 1895, unless prevented by accident or by force majeure, and in that case
as soon as possible thereafter.

ARTICLE 4.
The Indian and the Chinese Telegraph Administrations shall establish, work
and maintain in good condition the line of connection, and shall exchange the
correspondence by wire between the two stations named in Article 2.
Each of the contracting parties shall bear the expense incurred for these pur-
poses on its own territory, and will take care that the boundaries between the
territories of the two Governments are scrupulously respected.

ARTICLE 5.

The rules for the extra European system laid down in the Service Regulations
of the International Telegraph Convention shall be observed with regard to the
technical treatment of telegrams transmitted over the line of connection described
in Article 2.
But in reckoning the number of words in telegrams between China or Hong-
kong on the one side and Burma, India, or Ceylon on the other side, the rules of
the European system laid down in the Service Regulations of the International
Telegraph Convention shall be observed.
When the senders of telegrams do not expressly indicate the route by which
they wish their telegrams to be forwarded, it is understood that at lower rates
all correspondence and at equal rates half the correspondence shall be forwarded
vid the line of connection described in Article 2, provided that the alternative
routes are in equally good working order.

ARTICLE 6.

Each of the contracting parties fixes the charges for transmission of telegrams
by its lines up to the frontier of its own territory.
It is, however, agreed that, before January 1897, the charges declared in Article
7 of this Convention cannot be raised, though each of the contracting parties
reserves its right to reduce its own charges during that period if it thinks fit.

ARTICLE 7.
In accordance with the stipulations of the preceding Article the following
charges per word are declared for correspondence exchanged on the line of con-
nection described in Article 2.
 254 BURMA-NO. IX-1894.

I.-CHARGES LEVIED BY THE INDIAN TELEGRAPH ADMIrINSTRATION.

A.-Terminal Charges.

Francs.
1. From stations in Burma to the Chinese frontier 0"575
2. ,, ,, India .. .. ... 0"825
3. . Ceylon .. .. ,, 0"940

B.-Transit Charges.

Between the Chinese frontier vid Bhamo and-

1. The Siamese frontier vid Moulnein 0"350
2. k~l other frontiers . 1"500

I.-CHAROES LEVIED BY THE CHINESE TELEGRAPH ADMINISTRATION.

A.-Terminal Charges.

1. For correspondence exchanged by the Burmese-Yunnan line between

B rma, India, and Ceylon on the one side and on the other side-
(a) Stations in Yunnan .. . . 0*750
(6) All other stations situated on the Yangtz5 or to the south of
the Yangtzfi 1"250
(c) All stations situated to the north of the Yangtzfi, except those
in Corea 2"250
(d) Chinese stations in Corea 2500
2. For correspondence exchanged by the Burmese-Yunnan line between
China or Hongkong on the one side and Europe or countries
beyond Europe on the other side 5"500
3. For correspondence exchanged by the Burnese-Yunnan line between
other countries and-
(a) Stations in Yunnan . 1"000
(b) All other stations situated on the Yangtzfi or to the south of
the Yangtzft 1"500
(c) All stations situated to the north of the Yangtzfi, except those
in Corea . 2250
(d) Chinese stations in Corea 2"500

B.-Transit Charges.

1. Between the Burmese frontier vid Tingyueh (Momein) and all other
frontiers on correspondence exchanged between Europe and coun-
tries beyond Europe on the one side and all other countries on the
other side 5"500
2. On all other correspondence between the Burmese frontier vid Ting-
yueh (Momein) and-
(a) The cable companies at Hong-kong, Amoy, Foochow and
Shanghai 1 250
(b) All other frontiers 2"500

Thw, charges established for the correspondence between China on the one side and Burma,
India and Ceylon on the other side are solely for correspondence actually exchanged between
the named neighbouring countries, and the Chinese European correspondence cannot be re-
telegraphed at these rates by private agencies or persons at intermediate stations.
 BURMA-NO. IX-1894. 255

ARTICLE 8.
The checking of the amount of correspondence exchanged vid the line of junc-
tion shall take place daily by wire between the stations named in Article 2.
The settlement of accounts shall take place at the end of each month, and
the resulting balance shall be paid within one month after the end of the month
in account to the Indian Telegraph Administration at Calcutta or to the Chinese
Telegraph Administration at Shanghai.
The month shall be reckoned according to the European calendar.
Telegrams referring to the settlement of accounts shall be considered as
service telegrams and transmitted free of charge.

ARTICLE 9.

The rate of exchange for the collection of the charges declared in Article 7
and for settlement of accounts shall be:-
One franc reckoned as
0"60 of a rupee and as
0"26 of a Mexican dollar.

As regards out-payments to telegraph Administrations beyond China and

India, the Chinese and Indian Telegraph Administrations will communicate to
each other their amount, and this amount the two Administrations will be at
liberty to collect and settle at such rates as may protect them from loss.-

ARTICLE 10.

The present Convention shall come into force on the date of its signature and
shall remain in force for ten years, and shall thereafter continue in force until
six months after one of the contracting parties shall have given its notice of inten-
tion to modify or to abrogate it.
In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorized to this effect, have signed
the present Convention.
Done at Tientsin in four expeditions, of which two in the English language
and two in the Chinese language, the 6th September 1894, corresponding with
the 7th day of the 8th moon of the 20th year of the reign of Kwang Hsu.

Her Britannic Majesty's Envoy Extra- The Imperial Commissioner, First

ordinary and Minister Plenipotentiery at Grand Secretary of State, Viceroy of
the Court of Peking. the Province of Chili.

EARL L.
 256 BURMA-NO. X-1897.

No. X.

AGREEMENT MODIFYING THE BURMA-CHINA FRONTIER AND TRADE CONVENTION

OF MARCH 1ST, 1894,-1897.

In consideration of the Government of Great Britain consenting to waive

its objections to the alienation by China, by the Convention with France of June
20, 1895, of territory forming a portion of Kiang Hung, in derogation of the pro-
visions of the Convention between Great Britain and China of March 1894, it
has been agreed between the Governments of Great Britain and China that the
following additions and alterations shall be made in the last-named Convention
hereinafter referred to as the original Convention.

ARTICLE 1.

It is agreed that the frontier between the two Empires from lat. 25' 35' north
shall run as follows :-
Commencing at the high peak situated approximately in that lat. and in long.
98' 14' east of Greenwich and 18' 16' west of Peking, the line shall follow, as far
as possible, the crest of the hills running in a south-west direction to Warung
Peak (Kaulyang) and shall extend thence to Sabu Pum.
From Sabu Pum the frontier shall run in a line along the watershed slightly
to the south of west through Shatrung Pamn to Namienku Pum.
Thence it shall follow a line to be fixed after local investigation, dividing the
Szis and the Kumsas as far as the Tabak Kha ; thence the Tabak Kha to the
Namtabet: thence the Namtabet to the Paknoi Kha; thence the Paknoi Kha,
to its source near Talang Pum; thence the Talang Pum ridge to Bumra Shikong.
From Bumra Shikong the frontier shall follow a line running in a south-west
direction to the Laisa K:ha; thence the Laisa Kha to the Mol6 stream, running
between Kadon and Laisa ; thence the Mol6 to its confluence with the Cheyang
Kha; thence the Cheyang Kha to Alaw Pum; thence the Nampaung stream to
the Taping.
ARTICLE 2.

The Taping to the Shweli river.

From the junction of the Taping and the Nampaung streams the frontier shall
follow the Taping to the neighbourhood of the Lwalaing ridge ; thence a line run-
ning approximately along the Lwalaing ridge and the Lwalaing stream to the
Namwan; thence the Namwan to its junction with the Shweli.
Great Britain engages to recognise as belonging to China the tract to the south
of the Namwan River near Namkhai, which is enclosed to the west by a branch
of the Nam Mak River and the Mawsiu range of hills up to Loi Chow Peak, and
thence by the range running in a north-east direction to the Shweli River.
 BURMA3-NO. X-1897. 257

In the whole of this area China shall not exercise any jurisdiction or authority
whatever. The administration and control will be entirely conducted by the
British Government who will hold it on a perpetual lease from China, paying a
rent for it, the amount of which shall be fixed hereafter.

ARTICLE 1.

The Shweli to the Mekong.

From the junction of the Namwan and Shweli the frontier shall follow the
northern boundary of the State of North Hsinwi as at present constituted to the
Salween, leaving to China the loop of the Sbweli River and almost the whole of
Wanting, Mong-ko and Mong-ka.
Starting from the point where the Shweli turns north near Namswan, i.e.,
from its junction with the Namyang, the frontier shall ascend this latter stream
to its source in the Mong-ko hills in about lat. 240 7' and long. 980 15', thence
continue along a wooded spur to the Salween at its junction with the Namoi
stream. The line shall then ascend the Salween till it meets the north-west boun-
dary of Kokang, and shall continue along the eastern frontier of Kokang till it
meets the Kunl6ng Circle, leaving the whole circle of Kunl6ng to Great Britain.
The frontier shall then follow the course of the river forming the boundary
between Somu, which belongs to Great Britain, and Meng Ting, which belongs
to China. It shall still continue to follow the frontier between those two dis-
tricts, which is locally well known, to where it leaves the aforesaid river and as-
cends the hills, and shall then follow the line of water-parting between the tribu-
taries of the Salween and the Meikong Rivers, from about long. 990 east of Green-
wich (170 30' west of Peking), and lat. 230 20', to a point about long. 990 40' east
of Greenwich (16' 50' west of Peking), and lat. 23', leaving to China the Tsawb-
waships of Keng Ma, Mengtung, and Mengko.
At the last-named point of long. and lat. the line strikes a very lofty mountain
range, called Kong Ming Shan, which it shall follow in a southerly direction to
about long. 990 30' east of Greenwich (17' west of Peking), and lat. 220 30', leaving
to China the district of Chen-pien T'ing. Then descending the west slope of the
hills to the Namka River, it will follow the course of that river for about 10' of
lat. leaving Munglem to China, and Manglum to Great Britain.
The Frontier shall then follow the boundary between Munglem and Kaing
Tong (which is locally well known), diverging from the Namka River a little to
the north of lat. 22', in a direction somewhat south of east and generally follow-
ing the crest of the hills till it strikes the Namlan River in about lat. 210 45', and
long. 1000 east of Greenwich (160 30' west of Peking).
It shall then follow the boundary between Kiang Tong and Kiang Hung,
which is generally formed by the Namlam River, with the exception of a small
strip of territory belonging to Kiang Hung, which lies to the west of that river
just south of the last-named parallel of latitude. On reaching the boundary
of western Kyaing Chaing, in about lat. 21' 27', and long. 1000 12' east of Green-
258 BURMA-NO. X-1897.

wich (160 18' west of Peking), the frontier shall follow the boundary between
that district and Kaing Hung until it reaches the Mekong River.

ARTICLE 4.

No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 5.
It is agreed that China will not cede to any other nation, either Mung Lem
or any part of Kiang Hung on the right bank of the Mekong, or any part of Kiang
Hung now in her possession on the left bank of that river, without previously
coming to an arrangement with Great Britain.

ARTICLE 6.

Article 6 of the original Convention shall be held to be modified as follows

It is agreed that in order to avoid any local contention the alignments of the
frontier described in the present Agreement shall be verified and demarcated,
and in the event of their being found defective at any point, rectified by a joint
Commission appointed by the Governments of Great Britain and China, and
that the said Commission shall meet at a place hereafter to be determined by the
two Governments not later than twelve months from the date of the signature
of the present Agreement, and shall terminate its labours in not more than three
years from the date of its first meeting.
If strict adherence to the line described would intersect any districts, tribal
territories, towns or villages, the Boundary Commission shall be empowered to
modify the line on the basis of mutual concessions. If the members of the Com-
mission are unable to agree on any point, the matter of disagreement shall at once
be referred to their respective Governments.

ARTICLE 7.

No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 8.

No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 9.
Add as follows:-
In addition to the Manwyne and Sansi routes sanctioned by the Convention
of 1894, the Governments of Great Britain and China agree that any other routes,
the opening of which the Boundary Commissioners may find to be in the interests
of trade, shall be sanctioned on the same terms as those mentioned above.
 BURMA-NO. X-1807. 259

ARTICLE 10.

No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 11.

No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 12.

Add as follows:-
The Chinese Government agrees hereafter to consider whether the conditions
of trade justify the construction of railways in Yunnan, and in the event of their
construction, agrees to connect them with the Burmese lines.

ARTICLE 13.

Whereas by the original Convention it was agreed that China might appoint
a Consul in Burma to reside at Rangoon, and that Great Britain appoint a Consul
to reside at Manwyne, and that the Consuls of the two Governments should each
within the territories of the other enjoy the same privileges and immunities as
the Consuls of the most favoured nation, and further that in proportion as the
commerce between Burma and China increased, additional Consuls might be
appointed by mutual consent to reside at such places in Burma and Yunnan as
the requirements of trade might seem to demand.

It has now been agreed that the Government of Great Britain may station
a Consul at Momein or Shumning-fu, as the Government of Great Britain may
prefer, instead of at Manwyne as stipulated in the original Convention, and also
to station a Consul at Ssumao.

British subjects and persons under British protection may establish them-
selves and trade at these places under the same conditions as at the Treaty ports
in China.

The Consuls appointed as above shall be on the same footing as regards corres-
pondence and intercourse with Chinese officials as the British Consuls at the Treaty
ports.

ARTICLE 14.

Instead of " Her Britannic Majesty's Consuls at Manwyne " in the original
Convention read " Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at Shunning or Momein," in
accordance with the change made ih Article 13.
260 BURMA-NO. X-1897.

ARTICLE 15.
No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 16.
No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 17.
No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 18.
No addition to original Convention.

ARTICLE 19.
Add as follows:-
Failing agreement as to the terms of revision the present arrangement shall
remain in force.

SPECIAL ABTICLE.

Whereas on the 20th day of January 1896, the Tsung-li Yam~n addressed
an official despatch to Her Majesty's Charg6 d'Affaires at Peking informing him
that on the 30th day of December 1895, they had submitted a Memorial respect-
ing the opening of ports on the West River to foreign trade, and had received
an Imperial Decree in approval, of which they officially communicated a copy.
It has now been agreed that the following places, namely, Wuchow Fu in
Kwangsi and Samshui City and Kongkun Market in Kwangtung shall be opened
as Treaty ports and Consular stations with freedom of navigation for steamers
between Samshui and Wuchow and Hong Kong and Canton by a route from each
of these latter places to be selected and notified in advance by the Imperial Mari-
time Customs, and that the following four places shall be established as ports
of call for goods and passengers under the same Regulations as the ports of call
on the Yangtzi River, namely, Kongmoon, Komchuk, Shinhing and Takbing.
It is agreed that the present Agreement, together with the Special Article,
Fhall come into force within four months of the date of signature and that the
ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Peking as soon as possible.
In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorised thereto by their respec-
!ive Governments, have signed the present Agreement.
Done at Peking in triplicate (three copies in English and three in Chinese)
the 4th day of February in the year of our Lord, 1897.

CLAUDE M. MACDONALD.

SBAL op TsrNG-LI YAXdN.

 BURMA-NO. XI-1902.

No. XI.

TRANSLATION OF AN ARRANGEMENT BETWEEN the BRITISH AND CHINESE AUTHOR-

ITIES for the DISPOSAL of COMPENSATION CASES IN CONNECTION WITH FRON-
TIER RAIDS,-1902.

YEr, Sub-Prefect of T~ngyfieh, with prefectural Brevet rank, Superintendent of Customs,

addresses the following official despatch to the Deputy Commissioner, Bhamo, the
Superintendent of the Northern Shan States, and the Tngyieh Consul Litton.

On the 26th of the 11th Moon (3rd January 1902) and on subsequent occa-
sions, for a period of over 10 days, I have had the honour to meet you on the fron-
tier at Man Ai, and, in concert with Mr. Montgomery, the Commissioner of Cus-
toms, to discuss frontier and trade matters. I have to thank you for your court-
eous treatment of me and to thank you for the conciliatory manner in which you
have discussed public business on the occasions of our meetings. Your manifest
anxiety to pacify the frontier and to extend trade is most gratifying to me. I
now set forth in eight articles the mutual agreement concluded on the matters
which have to be dealt with.
(1) As regards (a) all outstanding frontier cases on both sides in such parts
of the Myitkyina, Bhamo and Northern Shan States districts as march with TAn-
gyiieh district, (b) the case of the pao shang chu or " Trade Protection" office,
it is agreed that the Yiinnan officials pay as compensation to the GovernmeLt
of Burma the sum of 10,000 taels, which, calculating the exchange at Re. 1-.38
of a Tengyiieh tael, is Rs. 26,315. Of this sum Rs. 10,000 is to be paid as a first
instalment before the end of May or, in Chinese style, before the end of the 4th
Moon; the remaining Rs. 16,315 is to be paid in instalments on the dates when
the Foreign Customs make up their accounts, until the whole amount is settled.
Thereupon official despatches will pass on both sides formally wiping out all fron-
tier cases up to the 10th day of 12th Moon of 27 K. S. (19th January 1902), as
also the pao shang chu case, and any promises to pay money which may have
previously been given by the Sawbwas are then to be treated as waste-paper.
The rao shang certificates seized by the Deputy Commissioner will then be all
returned to me for cancellation; if any have been lost they will be regarded as
waste-paper. The compensation is to be settled by the allocation of one-third
of the toll on mules and horses, which, it is agreed, is to be levied by the Customs.
When payments are made, I, in concert with the Commissioner of Customs, will,
on the one hand, buy a Bhamo or Rangoon draft and make out two receipts in
English and Chinese, which will be sent to the Deputy Commissioner's official
address. He will sign and return the receipts which will be kept by me as a proof.
On the other hand, I will inform the Consul of the payment for his records. As
regards the pao shang chu office, it has been agreed between the Deputy Commis-
sioner and myself as follows. Besides the office at Myothit (alias Man Mao or
Man Lung), which has already been removed by me to the interior of China, the
Deputy Commissioner has heard that the Chinese merchants have secretly opened
s2
262 BURMA-NO. XI-1902.

offices at other places on British territory. On my return to T~ngyiieh I will

order any such offices to be speedily withdrawn and the parties severely punished.
If, after the present settlement, the Chinese gentry again dare to open offices
in British territory, their discovery by the officials in Burma will leave no course
open but a claim for separate and heavy compensation. If no officially stamped
tickets are found, the T6ngyiieh officials are not to be held responsible. It is
further agreed that any Customs certificates issued at Manwyne and taken by
any merchants to Burma (instead of being cancelled at Chinese sub-stations),
cannot of themselves be taken as evidence of a trespass by China.

(2) It is stated in the China-Burma treaty that each party is to be respon-

sible for their wild tribes. The Burma officials have at ten places along the fron-
tier, i.e., Kut Kai, Pang Kham Man en (Lwe Je), Lao Kham, Wa Lun Ping (Wara-
pum), Nampang, Alawpum, Si Ma, Sadon, and Loi Ngu, established posts, and
raised over 2,000 frontier troops, to prevent raiding by British Kachins. It has
now been agreed between the Chinese and Burma officials, that as soon as I (the
Prefect) return to Tngyiieh, I am, in concert with the T~ngyiieh Brigadier Chang,
to find means to station Chinese braves for the repression of Chinese-Kachins
at four places, to wit, Ting Ka, Kawng Sung, and Hawlin in the Meng Mao and
Mengwan districts, and at Maruchintong in the Nan Tien district; and when-
ev -r the Kachins or rebel go across the frontier to raid, the officer at the Chinese-
post on the spot will at once turn out troops for the repression of disorder. He
will also return across the border loot taken by the Kachins. If the latter dare
to resist, the officer is permitted to adopt military measures against them on the
one hand, and on the other to report to T6ngyiieh ; thus delays will be avoided.

When troubles occur, the Chinese officers will at once inform the nearest Bri-
tish post so that measures may be taken in concert to patrol the frontier and
prevent the Kachins from bolting over the frontier. If any British Kachins
fly across thi- frontier the Chinese officers will bind them and send them in cus-
tody back across the frontier. British officers will also act in the same way. Fron-
tier officers on both sides should apply for passports in English and Chinese from
the Tngyiieh Prefect, the Deputy Commissioners or the Consul, so that they
may go backwards and forwards (across the frontier) to discuss frontier matters.
As regards the number of the Chinese braves, this point is to be settled on dis-
cussion between the Prefect and General Chang of T~ngyiieh, but the number is
not to be less than 300.

On the present occasion the Deputy Commissioner, Myitkyina, was prevented

by pressure of business from attending the meetings, but the Deputy Commis-
sioner, Bhamo, the Superintendent, Northern Shan States, and the Consul have
heard from him that his frontier is disturbed specially at Khawana. It is now
agreed that the Consul should write to him requesting him to reply as to the exact
place on his frontier where a Chinese post should be established, so that I, the
Prefect, in concert with the General, may discuss measures for starting such a
post to repress disorders on the Myitkyina frontier.
 hURMA--NO. kI--i02. 263
(3) It is agreed that on my return from Man Ai to T~ngyileh, I should proceed
via Manwyne. I also agree, in concert with the Commissioner of Customs, to
abolish the pao shang of Manwyne and to hand the office over to the control of
the Commissioner. It is decided that when official business is commenced after
the China new year, I, in concert with the Commissioner of Customs, will depute
a suitable official to the said office at Manwyue, where he will levy a toll on ani-
mals according to the Foreign Customs Regulations. The regular toll is to be
J of a Haikwan tael per animal. An extraordinary toll of .j of a Haikwan tael
will further be levied until the compensation due on frontier cases has been paid
off, when the question will be further discussed as to whether I, as Superinten-
dent of Customs, have sufficient funds to protect the trade and make roads. If
not, the extra tax may, as a temporary measure, be sanctioned for one or two
years more. But no local gentry may, as previously, be put in charge of the said
office, so that the numerous abuses may not recur; further no person whatever
may, under any pretext, either in the village or the city, levy any tax on animals
beyond the toll specified in the Customs Regulations, and the old established
tax on the sale of animals in Tgngyiieh. This article only refers to beasts using
the great through foreign trade routes, and a proclamation by me will be issued
for general notification accordingly.

(4) The British officials have decided to make a road on the south bank of
the Taping and propose to make rest-houses (serais) for the convenience of traders
and the storage of their goods at Kalichat, Kulongka, and Kalicha river. These
serais are to be free of charge. But from the Kalicha river (eastwards) it is report-
ed that there is about 7 miles of hilly tract in Chinese territory before the des-
cent to the valley (of the Taping). I agree to depute officers of the Pao Shang
Regiment and the Sawbwas, on our return route, to act with the Civil officers
of Hsin Lum Pum and the Consul, and to examine the said hill-path. It there
really is no more than 7 miles of hill-path in China before the descent to the plains,
I agree at once to engage labour and make a proper road down to the plains join-
ing the British road. If it appears that this bit of hill-path is long and difficu't
or that merchants would not be willing to travel that way, I will, in concert with
the General and the Commissioner, take measures after due discussion for the
gradual construction of a proper road, so that our mutual desire to develop trade
may be made evident.
(5) The road from Bhamo to Lungling vi4 Nam Kham and Meng Mao is used
by a good deal of through trade. Most of this is small Shan trade or Chinese
trade driven from the Manwyne route by heavy taxes. If I and the Commis-
sioner of Customs desire to put this road under the control of the Foreign Cus-
toms, it may be done ; but if we desire to retain it for the present under the local
tax offices and not to put it at once under the Foreign Customs, the Consul will
raise no objection. But after a year or two, when trade develops, this point will
come up for discussion again.
(6) Bo Po, a runaway criminal from Burma, has been causing disturbances
in Meng Wan. Further he has, on three occasions, stolen oxen from across the
264 BURMA-NOS. XI-1902 AND XII-1904.

frontier. Neither the British nor Chinese officials can forgive such abominable
conduct Formerly a reward of Rs. 500 was offered for this man. Now, I, the
Prefect, will also issue a proclamation and order the Sawbwa within a fixed date
to arrest him and deliver him to the Deputy Commissioner's office. When this
fs done the formerly offered reward will be paid without breach of faith.
(7) The case of hill cultivation at Maruchintong is to be dealt with by the
Nantien Sawbwa and the Civil Officer of Hsin Lum Pum, who will proceed to
the spot to settle it. Lancis which (Chinese-Kachins) have in fact always been
allowed to cultiat', will still be allotted to them, but if there has been trespass it
will be dealt with according to Kachin custom.
(8) In future when cases between Kachins on the two sides of the frontier
occur, the British frontier officials and the Chinese Sawbwas will communicate
officially and monthly with each other, and in concert with the frontier military
officers, will discuss and justly settle (the monthly list). Unsettled cases will
be drawn up in an annual list every year by the Deputy Commissioners and the
Superintendent of the Northern Shan States on the one side and the T~ngyiieh
Prefect on the other. Cases which have not been reported within a year of occur-
rence or have not been entered on the respective lists, cannot on any future occa-
sion be brought up. The compensation which it has been agreed will be paid
and the cases which it has been agreed shall be settled on the present occasion,
are (1) the pao shang case, (2) frontier Kachin cases of looting and robbery. Very
important matters which have already been reported to the Central Governments
ol the two countries are not included herein. This should be specially noted.

MONOGRAM AND STAMP OF YEH.

(No seal, as seals are not brought out of the Yam~ns,

and are usually in custody of the official's wife.)

G. LITTON.
CAMP MAN A;
The 17th January 1902.

No. XII.

ARRANGEMENT for the exchange of correspondence between the POSTAL AD-

MINISTRATION Of INDIA and the POSTAL ADMINISTRATION of CHINA,-
1904.
In order to establish an exchange of correspondence between India and China,
the undersigned, duly authorised for that purpose, have agreed upon the follow-
ing articles :-
ARTICLE 1.
There shall be between the Postal Administration of India and the Postal Ad-
ministration of China a regular exchange, vi4 Bhamo and T~ngyiieh, of correspon-
 BtURMA-NO. XU-1904. 265

dence of all kinds, namely, letters, postcards (both single and with reply paid),
printed papers, business papers and samples of merchandise, both ordinary and
registered, by means of any services, ordinary or special, now established and
hereafter established, which each Administration may have at its disposal.

ARTICLE 2.

Each Administration shall be entitled to send through the intermediate agency

of the other either closed mails or correspondence A dkouvert to any other coun-
try with which the latter Administration has postal relations. The charges
payable by the despatching Administration in respect of such traLsit correspon-
dence shall be at the rates prescribed by the Principal Convention of the Postal
Union in force for the time being, and the amount of the total yearly payment
shall be assessed on the basis of statistics which shall be taken as may be agreed
upon hereafter between the two Administrations.

ARTICLE 3.

The offices of exchange shall be on the side of India, Bhamo and on the side
of China, Tngyieh.
ARTICLE 4.
The postage oi articles exchanged between the two Administrations shall be
paid by, means of postage stamps, and this postage, if fully prepaid at the equi-
valents in India and China, respectively, of the rates laid down by Article 5,
paragraph 1, of the Principal Convention of Washington, shall entitle the articles
to be delivered free of all charges irrespective of their destinations, provided only
that correspondence addressed to places in China where no Chinese post offices
exist shall be forwarded by the Chinese Administration to destination through
private agencies at the risk and expense of the addressees. Articles other than
letters and postcards shall be prepaid at least partly. In case of insufficient pre-
payment, correspondence of every kind shall be liable to a charge, to be paid by
the addressee, equal to double the amount of the deficiency; but this charge shall
not exceed that which is levied in the country of destination on unpaid correspon-
dence of thLe same nature, weight and origin. The two Administrations shall
communicate to each other their tariffs of postal charges.

ARTIcLE 5.
Each Administration shall keep the whole of the sums which it collects.

ARTICLE 6.
No supplementary postage shall be chargeable for the redirection of articles
of correspondence. Undelivered correspondence shall not, when returned: give
rise to the repayment of the transit charges due to the Administrations concerned
for the previous conveyance of such correspondence. Unpaid letters and post-
cards and insufficiently paid articles of every description, which are returned to
266 BURMA-NO. XII-1904.

the country of origin as redirected or as undeliverable, are liable at the expense

of the addressees, or senders, to the same charges as similar articles addressed
directly from the country of the first destination to the country of origin. The
treatment of redirected and undelivered correspondence shall be governed by
Articles XXV and XXVI of the Detailed Regulations for the execution of the
Principal Convention of Washington.

ARTICLE 7.

The preparation, transmission and verification of mails exchanged between

the two couitries shall be governed by the rules contained in Articles VIII, IX,
X, XX, XXII, and XXIII of the Detailed Regulations referred to above.

ARTICLE 8.

Business papers, samples, and printed papers which do not fulfil the condi-
tions laid down in Article 5 of the Principal Convention of Washington and
Articles XVI, XVII, XVIII, and XIX of the Detailed Regulations for the execu-
tion of that Convention, shall not be forwarded. Should occasion arise, these
articles shall be sent back to the post office of origin and returned, if possible, to
the senders. Articles of correspondence falling under any of the prohibitions of
paragraph 3 of Article 16 of the Principal Convention of Washington, which have
been erroneously given transmission, shall be returned to the country of origin,
except in cases where the Administration of the country of destination is autho-
rized by its laws or by its internal regulations to dispose of them otherwise. Ex-
plosive, inflammable, or dangerous substances, however, shall not be returned to
the country of origin ; when their presence is detected by the Administration of
the country of destination they shall be destroyed on the spot under the direction
of that Administration.
A-UTICLE 9.
The exchange of registered correspondence between the two countries shall
be effected according to conditions and procedure prescribed by Articles XI and
XXI of the Detailed Regulations referred to above.

ARTICLE 10.

The two Administrations shall accept responsibility for the loss of registered
Articles (except in the case of vis major) up to a limit of 50 francs in respect of
each such article and according to the conditions laid down in Article 8 of the
Principal Convention of Washington and Article XII of the Detailed Regulations
for the execution of that Convention.

ARTICLE 11.

Acknowledgments of receipt in respect of registered articles and enquiries as

to the disposal of such articles shall be exchanged between the two Administra-
tions in accordance with the procedure described in Article XIII of the Detailed
Regulations already referred to.
 BURMA-NOS. XtI-1904 AND XIII-1905.

ARTICLE 12.
Applications for ordinary and registered articles which have failed to reach
their destinations shall be dealt with according to Articles XXVII and XXVIII,
respectively, of the said Detailed Regulations, such applications being transmitted,
when they concern the Indian Administration, to the Director-General of the
Post Office of India, Calcutta, and when they concern the Chinese Administra-
tion, to the Inspector-General of the Chinese Imperial Posts, Peking.

ARTICLE 13.
The present arrangement shall take effect on the 1st March 1904. It shall
then continue in force until it shall be modified or determined by mutual consent
of the contracting parties or until six months after the date on which, one of the
contracting parties shall have notified the other of its intention to terminate it.
(Vide Note at end.)*

EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE AND SIGNED-

AT CALCUTTA; AT PEKING;

The 12th February 1904. The 27th October 1903.

H. M. KisCH, ROBT. HART,

Officiating Director-Generalof the Inspector-Generalof the

Post Office of India. Chinese Imperial Posts.
* NOTE.-With reference to Article I, samples of merchandise cannot be carried for the
present by the ordinary letter mail, but will be forwarded, say, twice a month by special couriers.
Further, with reference to Article III, the T~ngyileh couriers will only carry mails to and
from Nampoung on the frontier.

No. XIII.

CONVENTION Of 1905 between GREAT BRITAIN and CHINA respecting the

JUNCTION of the CHINESE and BURMESE TELEGRAPH LINES revising the
Convention of September the 6th, 1894,-1905.

ARTICLE I.

The Government of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Emperor of India, and the Government of His Majesty the
Emperor of China with a view to facilitating international telegraph communica-
tion have resolved to revise the existing agreement regarding the exchange of
telegraphic correspondence over the lines of the two states on the frontier of
Burma and Yunnan.
268 BURMA-NO. XIII-1905.

ARTICLE II.

The junction on the frontier remains as hitherto between the British station
at Bhamo and the Chinese station at Tngyiieh (Momein), and an intermediate
station will continue to be maintained at Manwyne.

ARTICLE III.
The Indian and the Chinese Administrations shall maintain in good condition
the line of connection and shall exchange the correspondence by wire between
the two stations named in Article II, or between any other two stations hereafter
mutually agreed upon.
Each of the contracting parties shall bear the expense incurred for these pur-
poses on its own territory and will take care that the boundaries between the
territories of the two Governments are scrupulously respected.

ARTICLE IV.

The rules laid down in the Service Regulations of the International Telegraph
Convention shall be observed with regard to the technical treatment of telegrams
transmitted over the line of connection described in Article II.
When the senders of telegrams do not expressly indicate the route by which
they wish their telegrams to be forwarded, it is understood that at lower rates all
limitrophe correspondence and at equal rates half the limitrophe correspondence
stall be forwarded vid the line of connection described in Article II, provided that
the aiternative routes are in equally good working order.

ARTICLE V.

Each of the contracting parties fixes the charges for transmission of telegrams
by its lines up to the frontier of its own territory.

ARTICLE VI.

The following charges per word are declared for correspondence exchanged
vid the line of communication described in Article II :-

I. INDiAw TELEGRAPH ADMINISTRATION.

A. Terminal charges.
Francs.
1. From stations in Burma to the Chinese frontier 0.10
2. From stations in India to the Chinese frontier .'3 3
3. From stations in Ceylon to the Chinese frontier. 0"45
0

B. Transit charges.
Between the Chinese-Burmese frontier and all other frontiers 0"35
 BURMA-NO. X11-1905. 269
II. CHINA.

A. Terminal charges.
Francs.
1. For telegrams exchanged with Europe and countries beyond Europe
(except. America) 3"36
2. For telegrams exchanged with America 4"86
3. For telegrams exchanged between all other countries on the one side
and stations on the Yangtze or south of the Yangtze on the other
side 1 00
4. For telegrams exchanged between all other countries on the one side
and stations situated to the north of the Yangtze 1"50
5. (a) For telegrams exchanged between Burma, India and Ceylon on the
one side and the Province of Yiinnan on the other side . 0"50
(b) For bond fide British and Chinese Government telegrams between
Burma, India and Ceylon on the one side and the Province of
Yiinnan on the other side 0"25

B. Transit charges.
1. For telegrams exchanged between Europe and countries beyond
Europe (except America) on the one side and all countries beyond
China on the other side 3"36
2. For telegrams exchanged between Amtrica on the one side and all
other countries beyond China on the other side . 4"86
3. For all other telegrams between the Burmese-Chinese frontier and-
(a) Shanghai or frontier stations south of the Yangtze 1"25
(b) All other frontiers 1"50

The charges established for telegrams exchanged between China on the one
side and Burma, India, and Ceylon on the other side are solely for correspondence
actually exchanged between the named neighbouring countries, and the Chinese
European and American correspondence cannot be re-telegraphed at these rates
by private agencies or persons at intermediate stations.
If during the course of operation of this Convention the rates of China or of
the Telegraph Companies operating in China be diminished for telegrams exchanged
by the whole of China, including Hong Kong, with Europe and the countries beyond
Europe, China undertakes simultaneously and in the same proportion to lower
her present terminal and transit rates for such telegrams on their transmission
along the Burma-Yiinnan line.

ARTICLE VII.
The checking of the amount of correspondence exchanged vid the line of con-
nection shall take place daily by wire between the stations named in Article II.
The settlement of accounts shall take place at the end of each month and the
resulting balance shall be paid one month after the end of the month in account
to the Indian Telegraph Administration at Calcutta or to the Chinese Telegraph
Administration at Shanghai.
The month shall be reckoned according to the European calendar. Telegrams
referring to the settlement of accounts shall be considered as service telegrams
and&transmitted free of charge.
270 BURMA-NO. X1I11-1905.

ARTICLE VIII.
The collection of the charges at all the stations of the Chinese Telegraph Ad-
ministration, according to the rates fixed in Article VI of the present Convention
in gold francs, as well as the liquidation of the mutual accounts, shall be made
in Mexican dollars according to the actual rate of exchange between this coin and
the franc.
This rate of exchange shall be agreed upon between the Telegraph Adminis-
trations of the contracting Governments during the month preceding each quarter
on the basis of the average rate of exchange during the three months preceding
that during which the rate is fixed.
As regards .outpiymetts to Telegraph Administrations beyond China and
India, the Chinese and Indian Telegraph Administrations will communicate to
each other their amount, and this amount the two Administrations will be at
liberty to collect and settlo at such rates as may protect them from loss.

ARTICLE IX.

The present Convention shall come into force on the first day of June 1905,
and shall, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon, remain in force for ten years
and thereaft3r until twelve months after one of the contracting parties shall have
given notice of its intention to modify or to abrogate it.
In witness whereof the Undersigne d duly authorized to this effect have signed
the present Convention.
Done at Peking in the English language and in the Chinese language. Three
expeditions (? exhibits) duly compared and found to be in agreement have been
signed in each of these languages on the 23rd day of the month of May, 1905,
corresponding with the 20th day of the 4th Moon of the thirty-first year of the
reign of Kuanghsu.

ERNEST SATOW. NAT'UNG .

 BURMA--SHAN STATES-NO. XIV-1889. 271

No. XIV.

FORM Of SANAD granted by the CHIEF COMMISSIONER of BURMA.

TO OF

Whereas the of
was formerly a
subject to the King of Burma, and the Governor-General of India in Council
has now been pleased to recognize you as of
and, subject to the provisions of any law for the time being in force, to permit
you to administer the territory of in all
matters, whether civil, criminal, or revenue, and at any time to nominate, for
the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a fit person according to Shan usage
to be your successor in the

Paragraph2.-The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the

Governor-General of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions
under which your nomination as
of is made. Should you fail to comply with any
of these conditions, you will be liable to have your powers as
of rescinded.

Paragraph3.-The conditions are as follows :-

(1) You shall pay regularly the same amount of tribute as heretofore paid,
namely, Rs. a year Dow
fixed for five years, that is to say, from the
to the , and that the said tribute shall be liable
to revision at the expiration of the said term, or at any time thereafter that the
Chief Commissioner of Burma may think fit.

(2) The Government reserves to itself the proprietary right in all forests, mines,
and minerals. If you are permitted to work, or to let on lease any forest or forests
in your State, you shall pay such sums for rent or royalty as the local Govern-
ment may from time to time direct; and in the working of such forests you shall
be guided by such rules and orders as the Government of India may from time
to time prescribe. If you are permitted to work or let on lease any mine or mines
in your State, you shall pay such royalty on all metals, precious stones, and other
minerals produced in as the Governor-General in Council
may from time to time direct.

(3) You shall administer the territory of

according to the custom of the country, and in all matters subject to the guidance
 272 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NO. XIV-1889.

of the Superintendent of the Shan States ; you shall recognize the rights of the
people and continue them in the same, and on no account shall you oppress them
or suffer them in any way to be oppressed.
(4) You shall maintain order within the territory of and
keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans
be attacked within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay such com-
pensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix.

(5) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Shan States so desire, keep an
Agent, who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, and who shall
keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of

(6) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan
States you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States and
abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of
commit raids on any place outside the limits
of you shall pay such compensation as
the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix.

(7) If the Government wishes at any time to make a railway through the
territory of , you shall provide land for the
purpose free of cost, except that of the compensation adjudged to the actual
occupiers of occupied land, and shall help the Government as much as possible.*
(8) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which
are liable
to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when
produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor-
General in Council apply, shall not be brought from into
Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accor-
dance with rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may
be prescribed in those rules.
(9) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Government
any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of
you shall aid officers of the Government who pursue criminals into the said terri-
tory; and in the event of offenders from the said territory, taking refuge in any
place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representation of the
matter to the authorities concerned.
(10) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over European British subjects,
in the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you
shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan
States.

* The following addition has since been made to this clause: "The Government may with-
out further notice resume all jurisdiction over and in respect of all lands used or required for
railway purposes ".
 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NOS. XV AND XVI-1889. 273

No. XV.

FORM Of ORDER of APPOINTMENT issued to MYOZAS and NGWEGUNHMUS.

you have ben

WhereasWheeasyouhav been aaNgwegunhrau
Ng O subject to the King of Burma, and you
of Burma as Myoza
have been now recognised by the Lieutenant-Governor Ngwegunhmu
of you will be permitted to retain your office, and
at any time to nominate, for the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor, a fit person
to be your successor, provided that you observe the following conditions, which
are hereby prescribed with the approval of the Governor-General of India in Coun-
cil :-
(1) That you collect and pay into the treasury of the Superintendent, Shan
States, at his head-quarters, the revenue assessed by his orders from time to time
on the persons or property of the residents in your territory.
(2) That opium and other articles, which are liable to duties of customs or
excise when imported by Sea into Lower Burma, or when produced in any part
of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor-General in Council
apply, shall not be brought from into Lower Burma
or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with
rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may be pres-
cribed in those rules.
(3) That generally, in all matters connected with the administration of the
territory under your charge, you shall obey any law or laws that may be made
applicable to it by the Government and conform to such rules, orders or instruc-
tions as may from time to time be made or issued by the Lieutenant-Governor
or the Superintendent, Shan States, or any of his Assistants for your guidance.

No. XVI.

FORM Of O.R__ for CASES of SUCCESSION to SHAN and KAREN

ORDER of APPOINTMENT
CIIlEFSHIPS.

To of
Whereas by a Sanad (or Order of appointment) dated the day of
18 (NAME) of was,
subject to the conditions therein contained, recognized by the Governor-General
Lieutenant-Governor
in Council (or the Cieuntover of Burma) as
of AND WHEREAS the said died
(NAME)

on the day of 18 ,* having, in accordance with

the permission in this behalf given by the said Sanad (or Order of appointment),
nominated you to be his successor,* the Lieutenant-Gevernor of Burma is hereby
* To be omitted when suchi nomination is not made, and the following to be substituted
"AND WHEREAS yoU, , have been selected to be the successor of the said
of .
as
274 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NOS. XVI -1889 AND XVII-1897.

pleased (or hereby notifies to you that the Governor-General in Council has been
pleased) to recognize you as of with the like
powers and subject to the like conditions as those conferred on and prescribed
for the said by the said Sanad (or
Order of appointment) above referred to.

No. XVII.

SANAD GRANTED to the SAWBWA of KENG TUN,-1897.

Whereas by a Sanad, dated the 10th day of February 1890, Sau Kawn Hkam
Hpu of Keng Tung was, subject to the conditions therein contained, recognized
by the Governor-General of India in Council as Sawbwa of the State of Keng Tung;
and whereas the said Sau Kawn Hkam Hpu died on the 12th day of April 1896 ;
and whereas you, San Kawn Kiau Intaleng, of Keng Tung, have been selected
to be the successor of the said San Kawn Hkam Hpu as Sawbwa of Keng Tung,
the Chief Commissioner of Burma hereby notifies to you that the Governor-General
of India in Council has been pleased to recognize you as Sawbwa of Keng Tung
and, subject to the provisions of any law for the time being in force and to the
conditions hereinafter set forth, to permit you to administer the territory of Keng
Tung in all matters, whether civil, criminal or revenue, and at any time to nominate,
for the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a fit person according to Shan usage
to be your successor in the Sawbwaship. Should you fail to comply with any of
the said conditions you will be liable to have your powers as Sawbwa of Keng
Tung rescinded.
For the purposes of this Sanad the States of M6ng Pu, Mong Hsat, ilsen Yawt
and Ilsen Mawng shall be considered as forming part of and as included in the
territory of Keng Tung.
2. The said conditions are as follows
(1) In recognition of the loyal conduct of the late Sawbwa, and as a mark
of favour, the Governor-General of India in Council is pleased to exempt the State
of Keng Tnng for a period of five years from the 1st January 1897 from the pay-
ment of any tribute. The tribute payable by the State of Keng Tung will be
fixed at the expiry of the term for which all tribute is hereby remitted, that is, on
the 31st December 1901.*
(2) You shall abstain from communication with States outside British India.
Should necessity arise for communication with such States, you shall address the
Superintendent of the Southern Shan States through the Assistant Political Officer
at Keng Tung.
*The tribute has now been fixed at Rs. 30,000 per annum for five years from the 1st Decem-
ber 1901. [Government of India, Foreign Department's letter No. 1313-E.B., dated the 7th
&ugust 1901.]
 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NO. XVII-1897. 275

(3) The Government reserves to itself the proprietary right in all forests,
mines and minerals in the State of Keng Tung. If you are permitted to work
or to let on lease any forest or forests in the said State, you shall pay such sums
for rent or royalty as the Local Government may from time to time direct; and
in the working of such forests you shall be guided by such rules or orders as the
Government of India may from time to time prescribe. If you are permitted to
work or to let on lease any mine or mines in the said State, you shall pay such
royalty on all metals, precious stones, and other minerals produced therein as
the Governor-General in Council may from time to time direct.
(4) You shall administer the territory of Keng Tung according to the custom
of the country, and in all matters subject to the guidance of the Superintendent
of the Southern Shan States. You shall recognize the rights of the people and
continue them in the same, and on no account shall you oppress them or suffer
them in any way to be oppressed.
(5) You shall maintain order within the territory of Keng Tung and keep
open the trade routes therein. Should traders or caravans be attacked within
the limits of the said territory, you shall pay such compensation as the Superin-
tendent of the Southern Shan States may fix.
(6) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Southern Shan States so desires,
appoint an agent who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent,
and who shall keep the Superintendent informed concerning the condition of the
territory of Keng Tung.
(7) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan States,
you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Southern Shan States,
and abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of the State of Keng Tung
commit raids on any place outside the limits of the said State, you shall pay such
compensation as the Superintendent may fix.
(8) If the Government wish at any time to make a railway through the terri-
tory of Keng Tung, you shall provide land for the purpose free of cost to the Govern-
ment, except the cost of the compensation adjudged to the actual occupiers of
occupied land, and shall help the Government as much as possible. The Govern-
ment may without further notice resume all jurisdiction over and in respect of
all lands used or required for railway purposes.
(9) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable
to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when
produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor-
General in Council apply, shall not be brought from the State of Keng Tung into
Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in
accordance with rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties
as may be prescribed in those rules.
(10) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Government,
any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Keng Tung. You shall aid officers
of the Government who pursue criminals into the said territory; and in the event
of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits
276 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NOS. XVII-1897 AND XVlI-19.

,f that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the authorities
concerned.
(11) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over any European or American
or any servant of the Government or any British subject who is not a native of
any Shan State. In the event of any criminal charge being brought against any
such person, you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent
of the Southern Shan States.

Dated the 24th April 1897.

No. XVIII.

SANAD GRANTED to the SAWBWA of HSIPAW,-1902.

Whereas by a Sanad, dated the 13th March 1889, Hkun Hseng (Hkun Saing),
of Hsipaw, was subject to the conditions therein contained, recognized by the
Governor-General of India in Council as Sawbwa of the State of Hsipaw; and
whereas the said Hkun Hseng died on the 8th day of May 1902; and whereas
you, Sao Hke (Saw Hke), of Hsipaw, have been selected to be the successor of
the said likun Hseng as Sawbwa of Hsipaw, the Lieutenant-Governor of Burma
hereby notifies to you that the Governor-General of India in Council has been
pleased to recognize you as Sawbwa of Hsipaw, and, subject to the provisions of
any law or order for the time being in force and to the conditions hereinafter set
forth, to permit you to administer the territory of Hsipaw in all matters, whether
civil, criminal or revenue, and at any time to nominate for the approval of the
Lieutenant-Governor a fit person according to Shan usage to be your successor
in the Sawbwaship.
Should you fail to comply with any of the said conditions you will be liable to
have your powers as Sawbwa of Hsipaw rescinded.
For the purposes of this Sanad the Sub-States of Mong Lbng, Mbng Tung and
Hsum Hsai, shall be considered as forming part of and as included in the territory
of Hsipaw.
2. The conditions are as follows
(1) You shall pay regularly the tribute of Rs. 70,000 a year,* now fixed for
five years, that is to say, from the 1st December 1902 to the 30th November 1907
%ndthe said tribute shall be liable to revision at the expiration of the said term
or at any time thereafter that the Lieutenant-Governor of Burma may think fit.
If within the said period the State is relieved in whole or in part of the charges
connected with the appointment of Adviser to the Hsipaw Sawbwa you shall pay
such additional sum as tribute, not exceeding such charges, as the Lieutenant-
(Ilovernor may think fit.
Raised from Rs. 70,000 to Rs. 80,000 by the orders contained in Government of India,
Foreign Department, letter No. 2213-E.B., dated 17th September 1903.
 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NIO. XVIII-1902 277

(2) The Government reserves to itself the proprietary right in all foxests,
mines and minerals. If you are permitted to work or to let on lease any forest
or forests in your territory, you shall pay such sums for rent or royalty as the
Local Government may from time to time direct; and in the working of such
forests you shall be guided by such rules or orders as the Government of India
or the Local Government may from time to time prescribe. If you are permitted
to work or let on lease any mine or mines in your State, you shall pay such
royalty on all metals, precious stones, and other minerals produced in Hsipaw as
the Governor-General in Council may from time to time direct.
(3) You shall administer the territory of Hsipaw according to the custom of
the country and in all matters subject to the guidance of the Superintendent,
Northern Shan States. You shall recognize the rights of the people and continue
them in the same and on no account shall you oppress them or suffer them to be
oppressed.
(4) You shall maintain order within the territory of Hsipaw and keep open
the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be attacked
within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay such compensation as
the Superintendent of the Northern Shan States may fix.
(5) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Northern Shan States so desires,
keep an agent, who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, and
who shall keep him informed concerning the condition of the territory of Hsipaw.
(6) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan
States, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Northern Shan
States, and abide by his decision. Should any inhabitants of Hsipaw commit
raids on any place outside the limits of Hsipaw, you shall pay such compensa-
tion as the Superintendent of the Northern Shan States may fix.
(7) If the Government wishes at any time to make further railways through
the territory of Hsipaw, you shall provide land for the purpose free of cost, except
that of the compensation adjudged to actual occupiers of occupied land, and shah
help the Government as much as possible. The Government may without further
notice resume all jurisdiction over and in respect of all lands used or required for
railway purposes.
(8) Opiumi- spirits or fermented liquor, and other articles, which are liable to
duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when
produced in any part of Upper Burma, to which the Regulations of the Governor-
General in Council apply, shall not be brought from Hsipaw into Lower Burma
or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with
rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed
in those rules.
(9) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Government
any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Hsipaw; you shall aid officers
of the Government who pursue criminals into the said territory; and in the event
of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits
TP
278 BURMA-SHAN STATES-NOS. XVIII-1902 AND XIX-1906.

of that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the authorities
concerned.

(10) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over any European or Ameri-
can. In the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person,
you shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Northern
Shan States.

No. XIX.

SANAD granted to KIN MAUNG of M6NG MIT,-1906.

Whereas the State of Msng Mit was formerly a Sawbwaship subject to the
King of Furma ; and whereas by a Sanad, dated the 10th April 1889, Saw Maung,
ex-Sawbwa of Nyaungywe, was, subject to the conditions therein contained, rec-
ognized by the Governor-General of India in Council as Sawbwa of M6ng Mit,
and was thereby to be permitted to administer the territory of M5ng Mit for a
period of five years; and whereas in 1892 the administration of the State of MSng
Mit was resumed by Government, and the State has since been administered as
a subdivision of the Ruby Mines district; the Lieutenant-Governor of Burma
hereby notifies to you, Kin Maung of M6ng Mit, that the Governor-General of
India in Council has been pleased to recognize you as Sawbwa of Mong Mit, and,
subject to the provisions of any law or order for the time being in force and to
the conditions hereinafter set forth, to permit you to administer the territory of
Mbng Mit in all matters, whether civil, criminal or revenue, and at any time to
nominate for the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor a fit person according to
Shan usage to be your successor in the Sawbwaship.
Should you fail to comply with any of the said conditions you will be liable
to have your powers as Sawbwca of Mbng Mit rescinded.
1. The conditions are as follows :-
(1) You shall pay regularly as tribute Rs. 20,000 a year now fixed for five years
from the I st April 1905, and the said tribute shall be liable to revision at the ex-
piration of the said term, or at any time thereafter that the Lieutenant-Governor
of Burma may think fit.
(2) The Government reserves to itself the proprietary right in all forests,
mines and minerals. If you are permitted to work or to let on lease any forest
or forests in your territory, you shall pay such sums for rent or royalty as the
Local Government may from time to time direct; and in the working of such
forests you shall be guided by such rules or orders as the Government of India
or the Local Government may from time to time prescribe. If you are permitted
to work or let on lease any mine or mines in your State, you shall pay such royalty
on all metals, precious stones, and other minerals produced in Msng Mit as the
Governor-General in Council may from time to time direct.
 DtURMA--8HAN STATkS-NO. xIX- do. Z09

(3) You shall administer the territory of Msng Mit according to the custom of
the country and in all matters subject to the guidance of the Superintendent.
You shall recognize the rights of the people and continue them in the same and
on no account shall you oppress them or suffer them to be oppressed.
(4) You shall maintain order within the territory of Mang Mit and keep open
the trade routes within that territory. Should traders or caravans be attacked
within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay such compensation as
the Superintendent may fix.
(5) You shall, if the Superintendent so desires, keep an agent, who shall reside
at the head-quarters of the Superintendent and who shall keep him informed con-
cerning the condition of the territory of M5ng Mit.
(6) In case of a dispute arising connected with any other part of the Shan
States, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent, and abide by his deci-
sion. Should any inhabitants of M6ng Mit commit raids on any place outside
the limits of Ming Mit, you shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent
may fix.
(7) If the Government wishes at any time to make railways through the terri-
tory of M~ng Mit, you shall provide land for the purpose free of cost, except that
of the compensation adjudged to actual occupiers of occupied land, and shall help
the Government as much as possible. The Government may without further
notice resume all jurisdiction over and in respect of all lands used or required for
railway purposes.
(8) Opium, spirits or fermented liquor, and other articles, which are liable tc
duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma or when pro.
duced in any part of Upper Burma, to which the Regulations of the Governor-
General in Council apply, shall not be brought from Mng Mit into Lower Burma
or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma except in accordance with rules
made by the Government and on payment of such duties as may be prescribed
in those rules.
(9) You shall deliver up on the requisition of an officer of the Government,
any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Mtng Mit, you shall aid offivers
of the Government who pursue criminals into the said territory; and in the event
of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits
of that territory, you shall make a representation of the matter to the authorities
concerned.
(10) You shall not exerci;B criminal jurisdiction over any European or Ameri-
can. In the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person.
you shall make a representation of the matter to the Supetintendent.
280 BURMA-RED KARENS-NO. XX-1890.

No. XX.

SANAD granted by the CHIEF COMMISSIONER of BURMA to SAWLAWI MYOZA

of KANTARAWADI or EASTERN KARRENNI,-1890.

Whereas the Governor-General of India in Council has been pleased to recognize

you as Myoza of the State of Kantarawadi or eastern Karrenni and to permit you
at any time to nominate, subject to the approval of the Chief Commissioner, a
fit person according to Karrenni usage to be your successor in the Myozaship.
Paragraph 2.-The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the
Governor-General of India in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions
under which your nomination as Myoza of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni is
made. Should you fail to comply with any of these conditions, you will be liable
to have your powers as M1yoza of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni rescinded.
Paragraph3.-The conditions are as follows :-
(1) You shall pay tribute regularly every year. For the five years from the
1st January 1889 to the 31st December 1893 the amount of such annual tribute
is fixed at Rs. 5,000. Thereafter the amount of the tribute will be subject to revi-
sion.
(2) You shall abstain from communication with States in or outside British
India. Should necessity arise for communication with such States, you shall
ad dress the Chief Commissioner through the Superintendent of the Shan States.
(3) You shall accept and act upon any advice that may be given by the Chief
Commissioner of Burma either in respect of the internal affairs of Kantarawadi
or Eastern Karrenni or in respect of its relations with other States.
(4) You shall administer the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni
according to the custom of the country ; you shall recognize the rights of the people
and continue them in the same, and on no account shall you oppress the people
or suffer them in any way bo be oppressed.
(5) You shall maintain order within the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern
Karrenni and keep open the trade routes within that territory. Should traders
or caravans be attacked within the boundaries of the said territory, you shall pay
such compensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may fix.
(6) You shall, if the Superintendent of the Shan States so desires, keep an
Agent, who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent, and who shall
keep him informed concelning the condition of the territory of Kantarawadi or
Eastern Karrenni.
(7) In case of a dispute arising connected with any part of the Shan States
you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States and abide
by his decision. Should any inhabitants of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni,
commit raids on any place outside the limits of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni
you shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent of the Shan States may
fix.
 BURMA-RED KARENS-NUS. XX-1890 AND XX[-1890. 281

(8) If the Government of India wishes at any time to make a railway through
any part of the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni, you shall provide
land for the purpose free of cost and shall help the Government as much as possible.
(9) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable
to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower Burma, or when
produced in any part of Upper Burma to which the Regulations of the Governor-
General in Council apply, shall not be brought from Kantarawadi or Eastern
Karrenni into Lower Burma or into any such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma,
except in accordance with rules made by the Government and on payment of such
duties as may be prescribed in those rules.
(10) You shall deliver up, on the requisition of an officer of the Government
any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of Kantarawadi or Eastern Karrenni ;
you shall aid officers of the Government who pursue criminals into the said terri-
tory; and in the event of offenders from the said territory taking refuge in any
place beyond the limits of that territory, you shall make a representation of the
matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States.
(11) You shall not exercise criminal jurisdiction over any British subject
in the event of any criminal charge being brought against any such person, you
shall make a representation of the matter to the Superintendent of the Shan States.
(12) You shall not employ, or retain in the service of your State, Wi~hout
the consent of the Chief Commissioner of Burma, any one who is not a subject of
your State.
C. H. T. CROSTHWAITE,
Chief Commissioner of Burma.
RANGOON;

The 9th Augqust 1890.

No. XXI.

FORM of SANAD for WESTERN KARENNI CHIEFS,-1892.

Sanad granted by the Chief Commissioner of Burma to , Myoza

of , in Western Karenni.
Whereas the Chief Commissioner has been pleased to recognise you as Myoza
of , in Western Karenni, and to permit you to nominate,
subject to his approval, a fit person according to Karenni usage to be your soc-
cessor in the Myozaship ;
2. The Chief Commissioner of Burma, with the approval of the Governor
General in Council, hereby prescribes the following conditions under which your
nomination as Myoza of is made. Should you fail to comply with any
of these conditions you will be liable to have your powers as Myoza of
rescinded.
282 BURMA -RED KARENS-NOS. XXI-1892.

3. The conditions are as follow :-

(1) In token of your subordination to the Superintendent, Shan States,
you shall pay annually to that officer a nominal tribute of Rs. 100.
(2) You shall abstain from communications with States in or outside British
India. Should occasion arise fox communication with such States
you shall address the Superintendent, Shan States.
(3) You shall accept and act upon any advice that may be given to you
by the Superintendent, Shan States, either in respect of the internal
affairs of or in respect of its relations
with other States.
(4) You shall administer the State of according to
ihe custom of the Country. You shall recognize the rights of the
people and continue them in the same, and on no account shall
you oppress the people or suffer them in any way to be oppressed.

(5) You shall maintain order within the territory of

and keep open the trade routes within that territory. You shail
not impose transit dues of any kind upon traders passing through
your territory save such reasonable tolls as may be approved by
the Superintendent, Shan States. Should traders or caravans, or
travellers of any kind, be attacked within the boundaries of the said
territory, you shall pay such compensation as the Superintendent,
Shan States, may fix.

(6) You shall, if the Superintendent, Shan States, so desires, keep an Agent,
who shall reside at the head-quarters of the Superintendent and
shall keep him informed concerning affairs in

(7) In the case of a dispute arising with Eastern Karenni, or any other
State, you shall submit the matter to the Superintendent, Shan
States, and abide by his decision. Should any of the inhabitants
of commit raids on any place outside the limits
of , you shall pay such compensation as the
Superintendent, Shan States, may fix.

(8) If the Chief Commissioner wishes at any time to make a railway through
any part of , you shall provide land for the purpose
free of cost and shall help the Government as much as possible.

(9) Opium, spirits, or fermented liquor, and other articles which are liable
to duties of customs or excise when imported by sea into Lower
Burma, or when produced in any part of Upper Burma to which
the Regulations of the Governor-General in Council apply, shall not
be biought from into Lower Burma, or into
such part as aforesaid of Upper Burma, except in accordance with
rules made by the Government and on payment of such duties as
may be prescribed in those rules.
 I3URMA-RED KARENS-NOS. XXI-1892 AND XXII-1903. 283

(10) You shall deliver up on the requisition of an officer of the Govern-

ment any criminal who takes refuge in the territory of
you shall aid officers of the Government who pursue criminals into
the said territories ; and in the event of offenders from the said
territory taking refuge in any place beyond the limits of that terri-
tory you shall make a representation of the matter to the Super-
intendent, Shan States.
(11) You shall provide for the administration of civil and criminal justice
as between your own subjects and as regards offences committed
within your own territory, but in cases in which either party is not
your subject or where an offence was not committed within your
territory, you shall refer the case to the Superintendent, Shan States,
for orders. You are authorised to pass upon your own subjects
any sentence which is just and in accordance with Karenni custom,
but you shall not carry into effect any sentence of death until the
said sentence has been confirmed by the Superintendent, Shan
States.
(12) You ahall not employ or retain in the service of your State without
the consent of the Chief Commissioner any one who is not a subject
of your State.
A. MACKENZIE,

Chief Commissioner of Burma.

No. XXII.

SANAD granted to SAWEAWI, MYOZA of KANTARAWADI, or EASTERN KARENNI,_

1903.

I hereby conf ei upon you the title of " Sawbwa "as an hereditary title attacbed
to your Chielship.
CURZON,

Viceroy and Governor-Generalof India.

DEL]E;
The 1st January 1903.
APPENDICES.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO, .

JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

APPENDIX No. I.

RULES for the GUIDANCE of the JOINT COMMISSIONERS appointed for the
NEW ROUTE to EASTERN TURKESTAN.

1. As it is impossible, owing to the character of the climate, to retain the Com-

missioners throughout the year, the period during which they shall exercise their
authority shall be taken to commence on 15th May, and to end on 1st December.
2. During the absence of either Commissioner, cases may be heard and decided
by the other Commissioner, subject to appeal to the Joint Commissioners.
3. In the months when the Joint Commissioners are absent, i.e., between
1st December and 15th May, all cases which may arise shall be decided by the
Wuzeer of Ladak, subject to appeal to the Joint Commissioners.
4. The Joint Commissioners shall not interfere in cases other than those which
affect the development, freedom, and safety of the trade, and the objects for which
the Treaty is concluded, and in which one of the parties or both are either British
subjects or subjects of a foreign State.
5. In civil disputes the Commissioner shall have power to dispose of all cases
whatever be the value of the property in litigation.
6. When 'the Commissioners agree, their decision shall be final in all cases.
When they are unable to agree, the parties shall have the right of nominating a
single arbitrator, and shall bind themselves in writing to abide by his award.
Should the parties not be able to agree upon a single arbitrator, each party shall
name one. and the two Commissioners shall name a third, and the decision of the
majority of bhe arbitrators shall be final.
7. In criminal cases the powers of the Commissioner shall be limited to offences
such as in British territory would be tried by a Subordinate Magistrate of the
First Class, and, as far as possible, the procedure of the Criminal Procedure Code
shall be followed. Cases of a more heinous kind should be made over to the Maha-
raja for trial if the accused be not an European British subject; in the latter
case he should be forwarded to the nearest British Court of competent jurisdic-
tion for trial.
8. All fines levied in criminal cases and all stamp receipts levied according
to the rates in force for civil suits in the Maharaja's dominions shall be credited
to the Cashmere Treasury. Persons sentenced to imprisonment shall, if British
subjects, be sent to the nearest British jail. If not British subjects, offenders
shall be made over for imprisonment in the Maharaja's jails.
9. The practice of cow-killing is strictly prohibited throughout the jurisdic-
tion of the Maharaja.
(ii) JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. I.

10. If any places come within the line of road from which the towns of Leb,
etc., are supplied with fuel, or wood for building purpose, the Joint Commissioners
shall so arrange with the Wuzeer of Ladak that those supplies are not interfered
with.
11. Whatever transactions take place within the limits of the road shall be
considered to refer to goods in bond. If a trader opens his load and disposes
of a portion, he shall not be subject to any duty, so long as the goods are not taken
for consumption into the Maharaja's territory across the line of road. And goods
left for any length of time in the line of road subject to the jurisdiction of the
Commissioners shall be free.
12. Where a village lies within the jurisdiction of the Joint Commissioners,
then, as regards the collection of revenue, or in any case where there is necessity
for the interference of the usual Revenue authorities, on matters having no con-
nection with the trade, the Joint Commissioners have no power whatever to inter-
fere ; but to prevent misunderstanding, it is advisable that the Revenue officials
should first communicate with the Joint Commissioners before proceeding to
take action against any person within their jurisdiction. The Joint Commissioners
can then exercise their discretion to deliver up the person sought or to make a
summary enquiry to ascertain whether their interference is necessary or not.
13. The Maharaja agrees to give Rupees 5,000 this year for the construction
of the road and bridges, and in future years His Highness agrees to give Rupees
2,000 per annum for the maintenance of the road and bridges. Similarly, for
the repairs of serais, a sum of Rupees 100 per annum for each serai will be given.
Should further expenditure be necessary, the Joint Commissioners will submit
a special report to the Maharaja and ask for a special grant. This money will
be expended by the Joint Commissioners, who will employ free labour at market
rates for this purpose. The officers in Ladak and in British territory shall be
instructed to use their best endeavours to supply labourers on the indent of the
Commissioners at market rates. No tolls shall be levied on the bridges on this
line of road.
14. As a temporary arrangement, and until the line of road has been demar-
cated, or till the end of this year, the Joint Commissioners shall exercise the powers
described in these rules over the several roads taken by the traders through Ladak
from Lahoul and Spiti.
MAHARAJA RUNBEER SINGE.

T. D. FORSYTH.
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. II. (iii)

JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

APPENDIX No. II.

REVISED PROCEDURE in connection with the treatment of CLAIMS for exemp-

tion from IMPORT DUTY in respect of GOODS transmitted in bond through
BRITISH INDIA to the territories of His HIGHNESS the MAHARAJA of JAMMU
and KASHMIR or (through those territories) to RUSSIAN and CHINESE TURKES-
TAN,-1898.
I.-Procedure at the Custom House.
1. Customs duty should be levied on all goods liable to such duty imported
into India and declared and sealed for transmission in bond to Jammu or Srinagar.
2. Such goods should be brought by the owner to the Custom House for ex-
amination and identification as in the case of imported goods exported to foreign
ports under claim for drawback, and the owner should present with the goods an
application in Form A.
3. After identification of the goods the packages should be sealed, and an
invoice in Form B prepared by the Customs authorities for delivery to the owner,
who may then remove the goods. The counterfoil of the invoice should be retained
in the Custom house.
4. The Customs authorities should send direct and immediately to the Resi-
dent in Kashmir a duplicate of the invoice (Form B).

II.-Procedureof the Kashmir State Officials.

5. On arrival of the goods in Jammu or Kashmir the packages should be exam-
ined and compared with the invoice by an official appointed for the purpose by
His Highness the Maharaja and by an official of the British Government appointed
by the Resident in Kashmir. If the seals on the packages are intact, and the
packages and their contents correspond with the description in the invoice, the
officials should, after attesting the invoice, make it over to any officer whom the
Kashmir Darbar may direct to receive it for delivery to the Resident.

III.-Procedureof the Resident in Kashmir.

6. On the Resident, or a responsible officer delegated by him, satisfying him-
self as to the identity of the goods he should, after comparing the invoice with
the duplicate received by him from the Customs authorities (Rule 4), record on
the invoice an order for credit to the State of the amount of duty levied on the
goods.
7. Every invoice on which such an order has been recorded should be forwarded
to the Accountant-General of the Kashmir State who will arrange with the Account-
 ,JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. IL

ant-General, Punjab, to credit the State with the sum due in the manner usual
with all money transactions between the State and the Government of India.
8. The Resident should maintain a record of the invoices on which refunds
are made, and compare monthly or quarterly the total sums paid to the State
with the total of the sums noted on the duplicates received from the Custom
houses in accordance with Rule 4. He should also submit annually, for the inform-
ation of the Government of India, a brief report on the working of the system
now prescribed.

FORM A.

To-The COLLECTOR Of CUSTOMS.

SIR,---t'lease permit the following goods to be transmitted under Customs

Seal to -

Number and
date of duty
Marks and Number and Description W eight Value for bill under
numbers on description of of or
duty. which the REMARKS.
packages. packages. goods. quaintity. goods were
imported.

RS. A. 1 .

Certified that the above-mentioned packages have been identified do declare

the contents of this application to be truly stated by me and sealed with the Customs seal under iy super-
vision.

Inspector. Owner.

Let export.

A *s,'stant Collector of Customs.

 JAMMU AND KASHMIR--APPENDIX NO. II.

FORM B.

Invoice of goods to be transmitted under Customs seal through British ldia to the
territoriesof His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir from
to
Invoice No. and date.
Owner.
Description of goods.
Total amount of duty Rs. a. p.
Charged on Import.
Total gross weight Cwts. qrs. lbs.

3 4 5 6 9 10

15 Attestation
Rate of Custonms
Marks Number of duty Amount official of
and and des- Des- Weight Value charged of duty Gross His High-
0 numbers cription cription or quan- for under charged weight ness the
of of tity. duty. Indian on of Maharaja
on and an
pack- pack- goods. Tariff import. packages.
ages. ages. Act. official of the
British
Government.

R1S. A.P. Cwts.qr.lb.

RS. A. 1'.

Counter-
signed.

Gorernorof

- . .i .ii.

Assistant Collector of Customs.

CUSTOMS HouSy; "

Assistant Collewto of Customs.
189 .
(vi) JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. III.

JAMMU AND KASHMIR.

APPENDIX No. III.

FOREIGN DEPARTMENT.

NOTIFICATION.

Dated Simla, the 8th May 1891.

No. 933-E.-Whereas the Governor-General in Council has in certain cases
jurisdiction within the territories of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and
Kashmir: In exercise of this jurisdiction and of the powers conferred by sec-
tions 4 and 5 of the Foreign Jurisdiction and Extradition Act, 1879, and of all
other powers enabling him in this behalf, the Governor-General in Council is
pleased to issue the following orders with respect to such cases

PART I.

CRIMINAL JUSTICE.

For the purposes of the exercise within the said territories of criminal juris-
diction in such cases as aforesaid-
(1) Every Assistant to the Resident in Kashmir for the time being may exercise
the powers of a District MAagistrate and of a Court of Session as described in the
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1882.
(2) The Resident in Kashmir for the time being shall exercise the powers of
a Court of Session' and High Court, as described in the said Code, in respect of
all offences over which magisterial jurisdiction is exercised by any of his Assistants:
provided that no such Assistant shall commit any accused person for trial to the
Resident acting as a Court of Session.
(3) The Resident in Kashmir for the time being shall exercise the powers of
a High Court, as described in the said Code, in respect of all offences over which
the jurisdiction of a Court of Session is exercised by any such Assistant except
that in cases in which the said Code requires the sentence of a Court of Session
to be confirmed by the High Court, the sentence shall be referred for confirmation
to the Governor-General in Council instead of to the Resident.
(4) In the exercise of the jurisdiction of a Court of Session conferred on him
by these orders, an Assistant may take cognizance of any offence as a Court of
original criminal jurisdiction without the accused person being committed to
him by a Magistrate and shall, when so taking cognizance of any offence, follow
 JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. III. (vii)

the procedure laid down by the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1882, for the trial
of warrant cases by Magistrates.
(5) A trial before an Assistant in the exercise of the jurisdiction of a Court
of Session conferred on him by these orders may be without jury or aid of asses-
sors.
(6) This part of these orders applies to all proceedings except-
(a) Proceedings against European British subjects or British subjects jointly
charged with European British subjects; and
(b) Proceedings pending at the date of this notification, which should be
carried on as if this notification had not been issued.

PART II.

CIVIL JUSTICE.

For the purposes of the exercise within the said territories of civil jurisdic-
tion in such cases as aforesaid-
(1) Every Assistant to the Resident in Kashmir for the time being may exer-
cise the powers of a District Court, as described in the Code of Civil Procedure,
with jurisdiction in all original suits, whatever be the amount or value of the
subject-matter, and in all other proceedings in which jurisdiction is conferred
on the District Court by the law for the time being in force.
(2) Every Assistant to the Resident in Kashmir for the time being may exer-
cise the powers of a Court of Small Causes, with jurisdiction in all suits cogniz-
able under the Provincial Small Cause Courts Act, 1887, when the amount or value
of the subject-matter does not exceed one thousand rupees.
(3) Appeals shall lie, subject to the law for the time being in force, to the
Resident in Kashmir from the decrees and orders of an Assistant, and the Resident
slaall exercise the powers of a High Court.

PART III.

LAWS.

(1) The provisions, so far as they can be made applicable in the circumstances
ior the time being, and as amended for the time being by subsequent enactwents
of the Acts specified in the Schedule to this notification, are, for the purposei of
such cases as aforesaid, hereby applied to the said territories.
(2) Such portions of Foreign Department Notification No. 605-P., dated 28th
March 1873, as are inconsistent with these orders ars here y vancelied.
(viii) JAMMU AND KASHMIR-APPENDIX NO. 11.

Schedule.

Acts of the Governor-General in Council.

I.-Criminal.
Act XVIII of 1850 (Protection of Judicial Officers).
Act XLV of 1860 (Penal Code).
Act VI of 1864 (Whipping).
Act I of 1872 (Evidence).
Act X of 1882 (Criminal Procedure).

II.-Civil.
Act X of 1865 (Succession).
Act XIV of 1866 (Post Office).
Act VII of 1870 (Court-fees).
Act IX of 1872 (Contract).
Act XV of 1877 (Limitation).
Act V of 1881 (Probate and Administrationj.
Act X1V of 1882 (Civil Procedure).
Act XIII of 1885 (Telegraphs).
Act IX of 1887 (Provincial Small Cause Courts).
Act VI of 1888 (Debtors).
Act VII of 1889 (Succession Certificates).

H. M. DURAND,

Secretary to the Government oj India.

 BURMA-APPENDIX-NO. L

BURMA.
APPENDIX No. I.

TRANSLATION of a DESPATCH from CONSUL-GENERAL WILKINSON and ACTING

CONSUL LITTON to SUNG, TAOTAI Of WESTERN YUNNAN, dated TANGYUEH,
the 26th December 1903.
The Consul-Generial having some time since communicated to Sub-Prefect Yeh
the desire of the Burma Government that he would give effect to the agreement
and improve the road from the Kulikha to Nungchang, the Sub-Prefect telegra-
phed to their Excellencies the Governor-General and Governor. He received in
zeply, through the Department of Foreign Affairs, the instructions of their Ex-
cellencies, which were to the following effect
"With reference to the proposed road from Kulikha to Nungchang the trade
is daily developing. Mr. Litton has already addressed to us a despatch asking
us to agree to the construction of this road. Now Consul-General Wilkinson has
also brought up the matter. We cannot do otherwise than consent to a joint
construction. With regard to the mule toll since it was originally stated to be
levied for the repair of the roads, if we now do not agree to an appropriation from
it for this purpose, we should not be keeping our original bargain. Further, in
Mr. Litton's previous letter it was proposed that after the indemnity on account
of the frontier cases had been fully paid, the mule toll might be devotea to road
construction.
Consul Litton has now reached Tngytieh, and the Customs Taotai and the
Consul-General will also arrive shortly. The Sub-Prefect should therefore at
once discuss the matter and submit to us a definite scheme ; he can then address
the Government of Burma asking for the services of surveyors for the construc-
tion.
The Kan-ngai Sawbwa must make arrangements in advance for the supply
of corvge labour for the road and for the appropriation of the necessary land.
The toll collected before the 1st January should be as usual devoted to the
protection of trade. After that date the arrangements made from time io time
for the appropriation of funds for the construction of the road should be reported
by telegraph to us for approval."
When, later on, the Taotai arrived at T~ngyiieh, and assumed charge, the Con-
sul-General and Consul personally discussed the matter with him and embodied
in a joint communication the conclusions reached. The Consul-General telegraphed
to inform the Burma Government, and also requested by wire the Governor-General
to give his assent, He received from His Excellency Ting a telegram in reply
stating that "in this matter of road construction I have directed Sung. Taotai,
to make careful calculations and to arrange it after friendly consultation with
yourself." The Government of Burma also replied by wire that they were prepared
to lend engineers to undertake the improvements, and would agree to the tena-
 BURMA-APPENDIX-NO. I.

porary continuance of the surtax on the understanding that from January 1st
next the whole of that surtax should be applied to the construction of the road
and should not be diverted to other use; also that from the ordinary mule tax
an annual sum should be appropriated towards repayment of the cost, by half-
yearly instalments of Rs. 2,000 each, payable in the June and December quarters.
It is clear, then, that the views of the two Governments, Burma and Yiinnan,
are identical; but as the Department of Foreign Affairs found certain details of
the scheme not altogether clear and telegraphed to ask, the Taotai, after personally
consulting the Consul, replied explaining all matters of which they stood in doubt.
The Consul-General also sent a further telegram to the Governor-General request-
ing that instructions might be wired to give effect to the scheme.
No answer has yet been received. This matter, however, of road improve-
ment should take effect from the 1st January next, the 14th of the present moon.
If there is further delay, it is to be feared that the Burma Government will be
unable to arrange to commence work this year. The Consul-General moreover
will shortly be proceeding to the provincial capital to pay his respects to Their
Excellencies, and he cannot remain indefinitely at T~ngyiieh. Should the ques-
tion not be settled before his departure, the Burma Government will hardly re-
frain from adducing that clause in the Manai agreement which states that the
mule-tax is intended specially for the policing and repairs of the road ; and from
January 1st next they will not only be unable to agree to the imposition of the
surtax but will demur to the collection of the mule-tax itself.
For these reasons the Consul-General and Consul have prepared the present
despatch, in which they have set down in detail the terms of the agreement. Those
terms are as follows :-
1. From and after the 1st January 1904, that is, the 14th day of the l1th
moon of the 29th year of the Kuang-hsu, the mule-tax will be divided into three
parts. The first part will be the subsidy of the three Sawbwas, and will continue
to be paid at the old rate. The second part, the yearly expense of policing, will
be a fixed annual sum of Tls. 9,000 ; this will be retained by the Superintendent,
and for it no accounts need be rendered. The third part will be appropriated
for road improvement.
2. Ptrom the appropriation for road improvement an annual sum of Tls. 4,000
will be set aside for the construction of the section from the Kulikha to Nungchang.
This sum will be paid by instalments in the June and December quarters through
fhe Superintendent to the Consul at T~ngyiieh, in order that the latter may from
time to time refund the expenditure incurred by the Burma Government in under-
.,king that construction. When this section of the road is completed, the Tls.
4,000 will revert to the treasury and will be paid over by the Superintendent to
the Road Improvements Committee for the repair of bridges and thoroughfares.
3. Any surplus from the mule-tax over and above the Sawbwa's subsidy, the
police fund, and the annual sum of Ts. 4,000 repayable to the Burma Government
will be paid over quarterly to the Road Improvements Committee.
 BURMA-APPENDIX-NO. L

4. The Taotai of Western Yiinnan [the I-hsi Tao], the Consul at T~ngyiieh,
the Commissioner of Customs, and the Sub-Prefect of Tngyiieh shall be invited
to form a committee, to be known as the Road Improvements Committee, which
will meet at intervals to consider improvements on the main trade route from
the Burma frontier to the Salween. All moneys expended by the said committee
must be shown in detail and properly accounted for.
5. The surtax was designed for the satisfaction, year by year, of certain frontier
reclamations. These reclamations having now been satisfied, the surtax should
cease; but the Burma Government considering that the improvement of the
Kulikha-Nungchang road is urgent, has agreed to its temporary continuance. The
whole amount of the surtax, however, must be handed by the Superintendent,
in June and December of each year, to the Consul for transmission to the Govern-
ment of Burma in repayment of the cost of construction of this section.
6. The Sawbwa of Kan-ngai must arrange for the transfer of all private pro-
perty required for the road, and no claim for compensation must be made against.
the Burma Government.
7. The improvement of the Kulikha-Nungchang road, as that road is in Chinese
territory, is properly speaking the duty of the Chinese officials, and no concern
of the Burma Government. But as the two countries are in friendly relation,
and as it is recognized that Chinese workmen are not skilled in the art of road
making, consent has been given to the engagement of experienced engineers to
co-operate in the work. Furthermore as the funds required cannot be raised
all at once, consent has also been given to the advance of the necessary amount,
in the hope of the speedy completion of the road, and with a view to the encourage-
ment of trade. It is accordingly agreed that when the construction of the road
is complete the engineers will return home, and that subsequent yearly upkeep and
bridges and thoroughfares elsewhere requiring repair shall, as the correspond-
ence has settled, be duly considered by a Road Improvements Committee con-
sisting of the Taotai and the Sub-Prefect in concert with the Commissioner of
Customs and the Consul at T~ngyiieh. The local officials will engage workmen
to undertake the repairs, and the Burma Government will not intervene.
The amount to be advanced by the Burma Government will not bear interest,
and should the yearly sum derived from the mule-tax chance to fall below the
sums now appropriated, the Burma Government will not raise difficulties with
the Chinese officials. The surtax of Tls. -25 a head will, however, be handed over
in full as collected, the Government of Burma making no objection.
(xii) BURMA-APPENDIX-NO. 1.

BURMA.
APPENDIX No.YII.

TRANSLATION of a DESPATCH from SUNG, TAOTAI Of WESTERN YUNNAN, to

CONSUL-GENERAL WILKINSON and ACTING CONSUL LITTON, TtNGYUEH,
December 27th, 1903.
[After quoting verbatim et in extenso, the communication of yesterday.]
The Taotai has now received from the Department of Foreign Affairs a tele-
gram as follows :-
The following instructions have been issued by Their Excellencies on the sub-
ject of the improvement of the trade route. " The scheme propounded on our
behalf by Consul-General Wilkinson on his first arrival and by Consul Litton has
in view the encouragement of trade, and the helpful spirit it shows is worthy of
our gratitude and respect. It has now been clearly stated that the road ought
properly to be constructed by China, and that Burma after her assistance has
no concern in it. It may, then, be assented to. But as Burma has [sic] advanced
the money, interest ought to be paid. In public affairs as in private friendships,
one should be thorough. We trust that the Tao-Lai will take action accordingly."
The various clauses as above of the communication under acknowledgment
may accordingly be carried into effect.
The Taotai is reporting to Their Excellencies the Governor-General of Yunkuei
and the Governor of Yiinnan and is writing to the Department of Foreign Affairs.
Meanwhile he has the honour to address the present communication in reply to
the Consul-General m:nd Consul.
 I NJD E X.

ABBOTT, CAPTAIN
ABDUR RAHAN KHAN, MEHTAR JAO, OF YASIN 19
ABoRs 79
Account of the of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 95
Despatch of punitive expeditionary force 79, 82
Massacre of British Subjects by- in Bihia 79
Murder of Mr. Williamson and Dr. Gregorson by - 82, 95, 96
Raids by -of Sadiya Frontier Tract 95, 96
Submission of Minyang and Padam- 79, 96
Subsidy payable to the,- 79, 158, 161, 162
Terms of Peace imposed on 96, 165
ADAMSON, MAJOR 216
NDOPTION-
by Maharaja Pratap Singh of Kashmir of a spiritual heir 10
Sanad of- granted to the Maharaja of Kashmir 6, 26
AFGHAN WAR, 1919-
Services of Kashmir Imperial Service Troops 10
Services of Gilgit Corps of Scouts 13
AFZAI-UL-MULK OF YASIN 19
AHMAD SHAH ABDALI.--Conquest of Kashmir by 2
AHoms.-Invasion of Assam by the 71
AKAS-
Annexation of land claimed by 81
Kovatsum -- 77, 81, 98
Kutsun o 77, 81, 98
Massacre of British Subjects by at Balipara 77
Tagi Raja, Chief of-- 77, 149
Terms of Peace imposed on 98, 149, Lb4
AKBAR, E PEROR.-Conquest of Kashmir by 2
ALLOWANCE-
Annual - to Maharaja of Sikkim for cession of Darjee ling . . 52, 53, 57
Grant of- to Daflas 99
Grant of- to Kovatsun and Kutsun Akas 77, 99
paid to Bhutia Frontier Tribes 101
paid to the Raja of Manipur 103, 197
ALOMPlA, KING OF BURMA . . . 199
AMAN-UL-MULK OF CHITRAL 19
An SINOH, RAJA 9, 10
AMERICANS, EMPLOYMENT OF--
in Kashmir 22
in Sikkim 58
in Shan States 276, 278, 279
ANaGAMs.-Manipur Hill Tribe 108
APA TAuNes • * • * 99
 iNbX.

ARAKAN-
Burmese encroachments on 201
Cession of to the British 201, 230
Conquest of - by the Burmese 200
Insurrection in 200
ARMs, AMMUNITION AND WARLIKE SToREs.-Prohibition of trade in
between Bengal and Assam 112
ASSAM-
Account of 71
Acquisition of by the British 74
British subjects in 114
Constitution of -- :nto a Governorship 82
Conversion of -- into a Chief Cominissionership
Invasion by Ahoms 71
Invasion by Burmese 72
Invasion by Muhammadans 71
Renunciation by the King of Burma of all claims on 230
ASTOR 13
Compensation paid to Raja of 17
AZAD KHAN OF PUNIAL 2

BADRAWAR 1, 6
IAIRANGPUNJI 77, 88, 130, 134
Lease of tbe- coal mines to the British 77, 146
Resumption of control of the villages in- 88
BALDEO SINGH, Raja of Poonch 11
BALnARA. -Massacre of British Subjects by Akas 77
BALIPARA FRONTIER TRACT 98, 99
Tribes inhabiting the- 98
BALTISTAN 1, 2
Account of - 2
Conquered by Gulab Singh 2
BANGKOK, BRITISH MINISTER 208
BARA CHAUBA SINGE, son of Nar Singh of Manipur 104
BAR SENAPATI OF THE MOAMARIAS 75, 76, 121, 140
BASAOLI
Chief of - 12,24
BATOGAH, one of the Shinaki Republics 16
BAWLAKE, Karenni State 221
BENGAI-
Revocation of the partition of 82
Trade between -and Assam 112
BHARAT SHAI, son of Garib Nawaz of Manipur 102
BHIMBAR
BHOWAL--
Khasi Hills State 84
Chief of 78
BHUTAN-
Duars 79, 100, 150
Extradition arrangement between and Sikkim 56
Levy of customs duty in Sikkim on goods imported to Bhutan
 INDEX;

utAN-co nd.
Mutual exchange of escaped slaves between - and Sikkim
Prevalence of slavery in 52
War with-- * 19
BHUTIA(s) 78, 100, 154
Frontier Tribes 100, 150
Sher Chokpa 78, 100, 101
Sher Dukpan 78, 100, 101
BinIA.-Massacre of British subjects of by Abors 79
BIzINi, Raja of 72,75
BLACK MOUNTAIN TRiBEs 18
BOGLE, LIEUTBNANT-COINEL 202
BOMBAY-BURMA TRADING CORPORATION 205
BONDED GOODS To KASHMIR * 7
BOR SINGH OF NONGKHLAW . 78
BOUNDARIES-
between British territory and Kashmir 4, 5
between Burma and British territory 202, 230
between Burma and Manipur 202
between Burma and Western Karenni 204
between Chin Hills and Lushai Hills 219
between Chin Hills and Manipur 219
between Eastern Karenni and Siam 222
between Ladakh and Chinese Tibet 4, 5
between Lushai Hills and Hill Districts oi Burma 219
between the Shan States and the French Lao territory 208
Burma-China 208, 244, 256
Burma - Commission 209, 222, 230
Burma-Siam -. . . 212
Commissions 4, 21
dispute between Nepal and Sikkim 52
Lushai Hills Distriet- 94
Manipur State ** 92, 103, 109, 202, 219
Naga Hills District* 92
of Jammu and Kashmir State 3, 4, 5, 21
of Kabaw Valley 236
of Mylliem State 170
Sadiya Frontier Tract- 95
Shillong - 170, 184, 190
Sikkim 51, 60
Sikkim - Commission 55
Sikkim-Tibet - 56, 66
BRAjANATH, son of ruler of North Cachar S.. 78
BRITISH SUBJECTS-
Employment of- in Kashmir 22
in Assam S* 114
in Burma 204, 242
in China 0 •* 259
in Karenni States S. * 281
in Sikkimn 58, 63
in Shan States • 276, 278, 279
Jurisdiction over- in Karenni 223
Jurisdiction over- in Kashmir 7, 8, 16, 17, 29
Jurisdiction over - in the Shan States * • . a11
 BRITISH SUBJEOTS-contd.
Kidnapping of - by Sikkim * 52, 53, 62
Land in Khasi Hills State not to be leased or granted to . 84
Massacre of - of Balipara by Akas * 77
Massacre of - of Bihia by Abors 79
BunmA-
Account of-. 199
Annexation of Upper . . 207, 210
Boundary between - and China 208, 244, 256
Boundary Commission 209 222, 230, 244
British conquest of * 206, 207
Cession of land to the British by the King of 199, 200, 231
Conquest of Manipur by. 73
Constitution o - -- into a Governor's Province 209
Establishment of military poets in the North-East Frontier 216, 217, 218
219, 220
Formation of Upper and Lower - into one province 207
Insurrection at Mandalay 203
Invasion of Assam by - 72
Invasion of Manipur by - . 102
Occupation of Kabaw Valley by Manipur 103
Restoration of Kabaw Valley to - 103, 197, 202, 236
Revolution in - 202
Tribes on the North-East Frontier of 216
War between Great Britain and 73, 74, 201, 202. 206
103,
BURNEY, COLONEL
BUNAR, one of the Shinaki Republics .

BuNJI

CAcIIAR-
Annexation of - by the British 74
Attack on- by Burmese 73
Jurisdiction in. 117
Occupation of- by the ex-ruler of Manipur 73, 102
Raids on- by Lushais 50
Renunciation by the King of Burma of all claim on- 230
Rising in headed by Saubhudan, a Cachari fanatic 81
CACHAR, NORTH-
Annexation of- by the British
Assignment of a tract of land in - to Tularam by Govind
Chandra 75, 139
Construction of a railway through 82
Division of 78
Raids on - by Nagas 80
Resumption of- by Government 78
CAMPBELL, DR., Superintendent of Darjeeling 52
CAMPBELL, SIR AROHIBALD 201, 233
CANALS in Kashmir 10
CANNING, CAPTAIN 200, 201
CwEI&I.&AR.-Granted by Gulab Singh to Jawahir Singh 11
CHALT FORT .
 INDEX.

CRAMBA-
Independence of Raja of
Raja of- 6
Transfer to Gulab Singh by the British Government of ceded
to them 3, 21
CHANDRA KANTA SINGH, Ahom King of Assam 72
CHANDRA KIRTI SINGH, Ruler of Manipur 103, 104
CHAPROT 14
CHATTAR, RAJA OF 12
CHAURJIT, brother of Ruling Prince of Manipur 73, 102
CEERRAPUNJI-
British Military force stationed at- 75, 126
Cession of land for station of - 74, 126, 130, 132
Lease of coal fields of - to the British 77, 145
CHIANGMAI, BRITISH CONSUL 208
CHILAS 5,13,16
British occupation of - 16,17
Conquest of - 16,17
Shinaki Republics of - .13, 15, 16
Tribute paid by - to Kashmir 16
CHINA-
Anglo-Chinese Convention 55, 66, 244
Arrangement with - in regard to compens ation for frontier raids
in Burma 209, 261
Boundary between Burma and- 208, 244, 256
Postal arrangements between India and- - *209, 264
Tibet Trade Regulations, 1893 55
War with Nepal 52
CHINESE ACTIVITIES in Rashkam Valley 15
CHINS-
Account of the 218
Administration of the - Hills 218, 219
Hills District 219
Hills Regulations, 1896 219
Risings 218, 219
Sub-divisions of tribes known as 218
CHITRAL 12, 15
Relief of 15
CHIT SHAI, son of Garib Nawaz of Manipur *
* 102
CHUG-PHUI-NAm GYAL, Raja of Sikkim 51, 52, 53
*

CHUMBI 51, 53
CHURA CHAND, Raja of Manipur 106, 107, 198
COMMISSIONERS-
Appointment of Joint- for the trade rou.te to Central Asia 7, 27
Appointment of Joint in connection witl ithe Tibet Trade Regu-
lations 67, 69
Jurisdiction of Joint - in Ladakh 7, 27
Coocu BEHAR CoxinissioNEsnrP 79
Cossnqs, Ma. W. H.-Murder of-- 105
COUNCIL, KASHMIR STATE 9
Cox, CAPTAIN 200
CAAWFOI D, MR. JOHN 201, 234
 INDEX.

CUSTOMS DUTY-
in Kashmir 6, 7, 28
in Sikkim 59
in Yunnan 209

DAFLAS 99
DALHOUSIE, MARQUESS 203
DAMANT, MR.-Murder of- 109
DANNA, RAJA OF 12
DANNA AND KOT, RAJA OF 12
DAREL, one of the Shinaki Republics 5, 16
Tribute paid by- to Kashmir 17
DARJEELING--
Annual allowance to the Maharaja of Sikkim for the cession of - 52, 53, 57
Cession of - to the British 52, 60
DARRANG DUARS.-Incorporation of in British territory 78
DARRANG, Raja of 72
DE3ENDRA SINGH, Ruler of Manipur 103
DEVAWONGSE-SAToW AGREEMENT, 1887 207
DHYAN SINGH 1, 11
- made Raja of Poonch 1, 11
DOPATTA, SULTAN OF 12
DoRai LOPEN 54
DUARS 74, 75, 78 79, 115
DUBRI 73
DURAND, CAPTAIN 14
DUTIES-
Customs - in Kashmir 6, 7, 28
Customs - in Sikkim 63, 68
Customs- leviable at Ports in Burma 227, 237, 239
Imposition of - on trade between Bengal and Assam 112
Imposition of - on trade between Bengal and Manipur 196
Levy of- prohibited on the roads constructed in the Khasi Hills 85
payable by ships anchoring at Rangoon 225
payable on timber in Burma . 229
Transit. Abolition of- in Kashmir 7, 28
Transit of goods free of between Burma and Siam 207
Transit in Sikkim . 59, 63, 68
DWARA NONGTYRMEN.-Khasi Hills State . . . 84

EASTERN BENGAL AND AssAM.-Constitution of the Province of- 82, 88

EASTERN TURKISTAN TRADE 6, 7, 26
EDEN, HON. ASHLEY . 53
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, KASHMIR 10
EXPEDITION(S)-
against the Abors 79, 82, 95, 96
against the Akas 81
against the Daflas 99
against the Garos . 79
against the King of Burma
 INDEX.

ExPEDIxnoN(s)-contd.
against Lushais 79, 80, 81, 94
against Manipur 106
against Manipur Hill Tribes 108, 109, 110
against the Mishmis 97
against the Nagas 80, 97
against the Nagas of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 80, 98
sent to aid Gaurinath bingh, Ahom King of Assam 72
to Shan States 210
to Sikkim . 53, 54
sent by Manipur against the Hill Tribes 109, 110
EXPLORATION-
of the Chin Hills 219
of the headwaters of the Mali Hka, the N'Mai Hka, and Mekh
Valley 217
EXTRADITION-
Arrangements between Bhutan and Sikkim 56
Arrangements between Burma and China 208, 250
Arrangements between the British Government and Karenni States 281, 283
Arrangements between the British Government and Shan States 275, 277, 279
Arrangements in the Khasi Hills States 125, 138
of offenders between the Burmese and British Government 203, 240, 241
of offenders between the Shan States and Siam 208
of offenders from Sikkim 58, 59, 60, 62
Powers of British Officers in Burma for purposes of the Indian -
Act 208
Rules governing between Burma and the French possessions 209

F
FoREST.-Rights in the Shan States . 275, 277, 278
FORT HARRISON 216
FORT HERTZ 217
FORT LUNGLEH 218
FORT MORTON 216
FORT WHITE 218
FORSYTH, SIR DOUGLAS 204
FRANCE-
Extradition arrangements between Burma and the French possessions 208
Trade in Burma 200
FRONTIER CRIMES REGULATION, 1887.-Application of- to Gilgit 17

GAMBHIR SINGH, brother of Ruling Prince of Manipur 73, 102

GANGTOK 51
GARIB NAWAZ (Pamheiba), Raja of Manipur 102
GARO HILLS DISTRICT 79
GAROS 72, 75, 79, 82, 115
Expedition against the- 79
Raids by on Rangpur 72, 79
GAUHAR AMAN KRUSHWAKT of Yasin 2
GAURINATH SINGH, Ahom King of Assam 72
GAWLER, LIEUTENANT-COLONEL
 INDEX.

GHAZAN KHAN, Thum of Hunza 14

GHULAM MOnT-UD-DIfN, Governor of Kashmir 2
GICoI, one of the Shinaki Republics 16
GILOT-
Account of .. 2, 13
Appointment of Political Officer 13,14
Conquest of - by Sulaiman Shah of Yasin 2
Corps of Scouts 13, 14, 15, 20
Garrison stationed in - 13
Installation of Karim Khan as Raja of- 2
Province of the Jammu and Kashmir State * 1
ruled by Azad Khan of Punial 2
ruled by Gauhar Aman Khushwakt of Yasin 2
ruled bv independent Rajas of the Trakhane dynasty 2
ruled by Shah Sikandar of Nagar 2
2
ruled by Tari Shah of Nagar
Wi IGT AGENcY.-IDistricts included in 13
GIlLGIT WAZARAT 13
GOALPARA 73, 79
Annexation of by the British 74
GOBHA-
Annexation of - by the British
Chief of-
GODWIN, MAJOR-GENERAL
GoxuL SINon, son of Dabendra Singh of Manipur
GOR-
One of the Shinaki Republics 16
Robertson Mission to- *16
,;anad granted to **16, 49
GORDON, LIEUTENANT 108
GovrnD CHANDRA NARAIN, ruler of Cachar 73, 75, 117
GREGORSON, DR.-Murder of 82, 95, 96, 165
GREY, MR. L. 211
GRtvwoon, MR. F. Fr. C.-Murder of- - 105
GULAR SrNGer, Maharaja of Kashmir . 1, 2, 3, 6
Acknowledgment by- of British Supremacy 3
Conferment of Jammu on- by Ranjit Singh 1
Deputation of - by Lahore Darbar to treat for peace with the
British 3, 31
Payment by - on account of transfer to him of Kashmir by the
British Government 3, 21
Revolt in Kashmir quelled by - 2
Transfer of Kashmir by the British to- 3
Transfer to - by the British of certain bill territory ceded to them 3, 21
Gu'm SHAI.-Ruler of Manipur 102
Gut TAsni.-Founder of ruling family of Sikkim 51

TIAKA
218
FIARBAN, one of the Shinaki Republics
16
HARI CHAND DIWAN
2
HAT SINGH,-Maharaja of Kashmir
10, 11
 INDEX.

HAZARA-
Occupation of - by Gulab Singh 4
Transfer of - to the British 3
Transfer of -to the Lahore Darbar 4, 5, 23
IIGH COURT.-Constitution of a -- in Kashmir 11
HILL RAJAS.-Settlement effected between and Gulab Singh 6, 11, 12, 24
HIRA SlNGm-
son of Suchet Singh
son of Dhyan Singh
HKAMTI LONG-
Account of the Shan States of
Jurisdictional arrangements in
Visit of Police columns to
HODAR, one of the Shinaki Republics
HOOKER, DR. .

FPIMAW.-Visit of Police columns to-

HSAWNG-HSUP (Thaungdat)-
Account of Shan State of 214
Jurisdictional arrangements in 215
Tribute payable by *215
HsiPAW, a Shan State-
Sawbwa of 212, 276
Territory included in 276
HUKAWNG VALLEY-
Administration of the- *217
S
Emancipation of slaves in the 217
Rising in the - 217
HUNZA-NAGAR CAMPAIGN-
Services of Raja Muhammad Akbar Khan of Pu nial during- * 18
Services of Kashmir Imperial Service Troops in 10
HUNZA STATE 14, 15, 48
Aecount of- 14

IMAM-UD-DIN, Governor of Kashmi 2, 3, 5

IMPERIAL SERVICE TRoops-
Change of designation 13
Kashmir - 9 40
Services of Kashmir 9
INDEMNITY.-Payment by Sikkim of - to the British Government 62
INDIAN STATE FoRoEs,-Kashmir 12
ISA BAHADUR, RAJA 18
TSHKOMAN 13, 19
Account of 19

JArn KHAN of Nagar . I 48

JAGATDEO SINGH, Raja of Poonch 10, 11
Adoption of by the Maharaja of Kashmir as his spiritual heir 10
 INDEX.

JAINTIA-
Annexation of - by the British 76, 83
Jurisdiction 118
Raja of 73, 118
Rebellion 76, 84
Renunciation by the King of Burma of all claim on . 230
I-AINTIA AND KHASI HILLS 78
Account of - 83
Area, population and revenue 83
Application of the Indian Penal Code, etc., to the - 89
JAI SINHG, Ruler of Manipur 102
JALKOT, one of the Shinaki Republics . 16
J AMMU-
Account of province of- 1
Capital of a Dogra Rajput dynasty 1
conferred by Ranjit Singh on Gulab Singh 1
Province of Kashmir State . 1
Subject to the Sikh Government of the Punjab 1
JA-wr[U AND KASrInxR.-See Kashmir.
TASROTA.-Chief of. 12, 24
JAWAHIR SINGH, son of Dhyan Singh . 11
-JENKINS, CAPTAIN 108
JIRANG.-Khasi Hills State 84, 147, 189
JOIGENDRA SINGH, leader of Manipur insurrection 104
Jo-KHYE BUMSA 51
J-URISDICTION-
Cession of- over railway lands by Maharaja of Kashmir 8, 34, 44
Civil and Criminal - exercised by the Resident in Kashmir 7, 8, 29
Criminal - exercised by Political Agent, Gilgit 16, 17
in Cachar 117
in Hkamti Long 214
in Jaintia 118
in Rachin Hill tracts 217
in matrimonial cases in the Khasi Hills States 84
in Shan States .210, 211. 214, 215, 276, 278, 279
in Shan States of Hsawng-hsup and Sinkaling Hkamti 215
in Yatung Trade Mart 68
of Joint Commissioners for the Central Asia Trade routes 7, 27
over British subjects in Burma 204, 242
over British subjects in Karenni States 223, 281, 283
over British subjects in Kashmir . 7, 8, 16, 17, 29
over Europeans in Kashmir 7, 8, 16, 17

FABAW VALLEY-
Occupation of- by the Ruler of Manipur 103
Restoration of -to the King of Burma 103, 197, 202, 236
KACHA DIN, rebellious officer of the Cachar ruler
73
KAc]r(s)-
Account of the - on the Burma frontier 216
British administration of - country 217
Hill Tribes Regulation, 1895 217
Jurisdictional arrangements in the Hill tracts 217
Risings 216, 217
Visit of British military force to- country 216
 INDEX.

K ~rrA
BAMBAS . . . . . 11, 12
KALE--
Account of the Shan State of- 213
Incorporation of- in British Burma 214
Raids by Chins on - 218
KAMALESWAR S1NGE, Ahom King of Assam 72
KAMRUP DUARS.-Incorporation of- in British territory 78
KANIAI SINGH, son of Marjit of Manipur 104
KANTARAWADI,-See Karenni, Eastern.
Grant of hereditary title of Sawbwa to the Ruler of 222, 283
Karenni State 221
KARAIBARI 73
KARENNI-
Eastern - 204, 221, 2283, 280, 283
European British subjects in- 223, 281
Form of Sanads granted to - Chiefs 281
Independence of Western - 204 221, 243
Judicial powers of - Chiefs 222
Tribes of - 221
Western - 20 4, 221, 222
KARENS, RED 202
Account of - 221
KARIM KHAN-
brother of Shah Sikandar of Nagar 2
installed as Raja of Gilgit by the Lahore Darbar 2
KARNAO, SULTAN 01F 12
KASHMIR-
Account of Jammu and -State 'I
Account of province of . 2
Area, population and revenue 12
Boundaries 34
Cession of to the British 3
Conquest by Ahmad Shah Abdali . . . . . 2
Conquest by Emperor Akbar . 2
Conquest by Ranjit Singh 2
Divisions of territory comprised in the Jammu and - State 1
Payment made to British Government by, Gulab Singh for 3, 21
ruled by Hindu and Tartar kings 2
Salute of the Ruler of Jammu and - 7, 8, 10
State Forces - Strength of-- 12
Transfer of - by the British to Gulab Singh 3, 21
Tribute payable by the Maharaja of - 22
under Muhammadan rulers 2
KATHAI, SULTAN OF 12
KENGLUNG.-Cession of to China 208
KENGTUNG, a Shan State 212, 274
Sawbwa of- not allowed direct communication with States outside
British India 212
Territories included in- 274
KEAIFA, a descendant of Garib Nawaz 104
KHAMPTI GOHAIN of Sadiya 74, 77
KHAMPTIS-
Account of -of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 97
Attack on Sadiya by---- 77
 INDEX.

KHASI HILLS INSURRECTION 74, 75, 76, 77, 83

KHASI HILLS STATES . 74, 75, 78, 83, 167
Cession of lands for railway purposes in the - 88
Cession of minerals and waste lands in the 85, 167, 190
Jurisdiction in matrimonial cases in the 86
Land in - not to be leased to British subjects 84, 88
List of Chiefs of the - with year of their election 90
Rules regulating successions in the- 87
Right of British Government to construct roads in 85, 123, 131, 176
Right of British Government to station troops in 136, 139, 144,
155, 169, 174, 177, 184
Terms of succession to- 84, 85
Tribute payable by Chiefs of 84, 85, 86
KHILLI (OR KANDIA), one of the Shinaki Republics 16
KHONGJAIs.-Manipur Hill Tribe 108
KHYRIM-
Khasi Hills State 74, 83, 131
Chief of 74
Free passage of British forces through 123, 131
Services of Siem of- during Jaintia rebellion 84
KINERGAH, one of the Shinaki Republics 16
KISHTWAR 1
Chief of - 12, 24
KOCH KINGS OF ASSAM 71, 72
KOHISTAN 18
Kun-GHIzAR 13, 19
Account of- 19
KULA CHANDRA DHAJA SiNGH.--Claimant for Manipur Gaddi 105, 106
KHEBOG.-Karenni State 221

LAcHMI DAS PRADHAN

LADAKH
Account of
attacked by Moghul tribe of Sokpos
Boundary between- and Chinese Tibet
Conquered by Gulab Singh
Conquered by the Balti Chief of Skardu
originally part of Tibet
LAHORE DARBAR-
Appointment of Governors in Kashmir by-
Conferment of Jammu on Gulab Singh by
Conferment of Poonch by - on Dhyan Singh
Confiscation of Poonch by
Deputation by the- of Gulab Singh to treat for peace with the
British 3
Installation of Karim Khan as Raja of Gilgit by 2
LAHORE, TREATY OF 3
LAKHIMPUR--
Annexation of - by the British 75
Placed under Raja Purandar Singh 75, 135
LAKHIMPUR FRONTIER TRACT
95, 98
LAMBERT, COMMODORE
202
 INDAX. Xill

LANGIONG.-Khasi Hills State

LANGRIN.-Khasi Hills State
LASSO KAzi.-Sikkim Vakil
LAWRENCE, COLONEL
LEH.-Deputation of a British officer to in connection with Central
Asia trade
LIMBIN PRINCE OF BURMA
LOCKHART, COLONEL 13
LusnM CHIEFS 79, 81, 163
Insurrection of- 81, 82, 218
Raids by 79, 80, 81, 94
LusHAz HILLs-
Account of the- District 94
94
Area and population of the
Boundaries 94, 163, 219
District 82, 94
Incorporation of - in British territory 82, 110
LUSHAIS, MANIPUR HILL TRIBES 108, 110, 111

MACGREGOR, COLONEL

MAHARA-
Chief of . 77, 78, 153
° 85
Deposition of the Siem of
83
Khasi Hills State
104
MAIPAK.-A descendant of Garib Nawaz
83
MALAISOHMA.-Khasi Hills State
207
MANDALAY.-Fall of-
MANKOT, CHIEF OF . 12 , 24
MANIPUR-
State 102
Account of -
portions of 107
Application of certain British enactments to
108
Area, population and revenue
Boundary of 92, 102, 109, 196
106
British expedition to
102
Burmese invasion of ..
73
Conquest of - by the Burmese
106
Constitution of the law courts in - il1
Hill Tribes 107, 110, .111
Insurrections 103, 104,
Invasion of - by Maipak, a descendant of Garib Nawaz
Murder of Mr. Quinton, Chief Commissioner of Assam, and four
other British officers in -
Recognition by the King of Burma of the right of Gambhir Singh 230
as Ruler of--
219
Thado Kuki rebellion 91,
71
MANZUR KHA.-Moghul General 83
MARIAW.-Khasi Hills State 102
MARJIT.-RUling prince of Manipur 73
19
MASTUJ . . .
84
MAWDON.-Khasi Hills State 83
MAWIANG.-Khasi Hills State 156
MAWLoNG.-Khasi Hills State 78, 84
xiv INDEX.

lAWPHLANG.-Khasi Hills State 84

MNAW SYNRAM-
Khasi Hills State 83, 133
Deposition of the Siem of 85, 88
MIAN Sn'GH.-Governor of Kashmir 2
MIJIS 98
MILITARY FoRc(s)-
British - sent to assist the Raja of Manipur 102
British - stationed at Cherrapunji 75
Despatch of - against the Karenni 222
Despatch of British to Rangoon 202
Free passage of British- through Khasi Hills State 123, 131, 144, 155
Free passage of British- through territories granted to Raja
Purandar Singh 136
Occupation of Shan State of Wuntho by a British- 213
Operations by British - against the Chins 218
Prohibition of- passing through Sikkim 65
Sikkim 57
Visit of British - to Kachin country 216
Visit of Police columns to Hkamti Long and Hpimaw 217
MILITARY POSTS-
Establishment of -- on the North East Frontier of Burma 216, 217,
218, 219, 220
Right of the British Government to establish in the Khasi Hills 168 169
174, 177, 179, 181, 182, 183, 189, 19 , 193
MINDON MiN.-King of Burma 203, 204
MINERALS-
Right of the British Government to the - in the Khasi Hill States 168, 177,
179, 181, 182, 183, 185, 190, 192, 193
Rights in the Shan States 275, 277, 278
MINES--
Coal in Bairangpunji 77, 146
Coal in Cherrapunji 77, 145
M R.-Present title of Chiefs of Hunza and Nagar 15
MIR ALi MARDAN SnA.-EX-Chief of Wakhan, Governor of Is hkoman1 20
MIR AMAN OF YASIN 19
MmR BAz KHAN.-Raja of Gakuch 20
MIR JUMLA.-lnvasion of Assam by 71
MIRIS-
Account of - of the Balipara Frontier Tract 100
Account of - of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 95
"MISnIMIS-
Account of - of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 96
Murder of a British subject by 96
Raids by on Sadiya 97
MISSION-
Burmese- to Marquess Dalhousie 203
Lockhart -t o Hunza 14
Macaulay - to Tibet 54
Robertson to Gor 16
Symes - to Burma 200
Younghusband- to Tibet 56
MOAMARIAS 72, 74, 76
Assumption by the British Government of the country of the B ar 76
Senapati of the
Rising of the -- in Assam 72
M1OHI-UD-DIN.-Governor of Kashmir 12
 INDEX.xV

MONG llANG.-Trans-Salween State 207

MONG HSAT.-Trans-Salween State 207, 274
MONG HTA.-Trans-Salween State 207
MONG KYAwT.-Trans-Salween State 207
MONG LEm.-Cession of - to China 208
MONG MIT.-A Shan State 212, 278
MONG TAN.-Trans-Salween State 207
MOTI SmoG.-Son of Dhyan Singh 11
MUHAMMAD AKBAR KHAN.-Governor of Punial 18, 19
MUHAMMAD ANWAR KHAN.-Governor of Punial 19
MUHAMMAD NAZIM KHAN.-Thum of Hunza 14, 48
MUHAMMAD WALI OF GHIZAR 19
MURAD KHAN.-Khan Bahadur Raja - , Governor of Kuh-Ghizar 20
MUTINY, INDIAN.-Conduct of Gulab Singh and Ranbir Singh during
the- 6
MUZAFFARABAD.-Sultan of 12
MUZAFFAR KHAN HAIBAT KHAN.-Raja of Madhopuria 12
MYELAT.-Jurisdiction in the- 211
MYINGUN PRINCE OF BURMA 203
MYITKYINA, DISTRICT OF 21!, 217
MYLLiEx-
Application of certain British Enactments to - State territo"
adjoining Shillong 89
Boundaries of- State 170
Cession by Chief of - of land for Shillong .84, 86, 87
Chief of- 78
Deposition of Chief of- 4
Khasi Hills State 84
Payment of compensation to the Chief of - for Shillong 84

NAGA()-
Account of - of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 97
o " 80, 91
British expeditions against
Incorporation in British territory of cert ain portions of the
91
country occupied by
on North Cachar 80, 91
Raids by -
78
NAGA HILLs
91
Account of -
92
Tribes in the
NAGA HILLS DISTRICT
* 78, 80, 91, 92
92
Area and nopulation
92
Boundaries
2, 13, 14, 48
NAGAR STATE
14
Account of -
78
NAKULRAM.-Son of ruler of North Cachar
52, 53, 54, 62
NAMGAY, DIWAN
221
NAMEKON.-Karenni State
104
NARENDRAJIT.-Son of Chaurjit of Manipur
te 103
NAR SING.-Regent and Ruler - Manipur Sta
NATHU SHAH

NAUNGIALE.-Karenni State
XV1 INDEX.

NEPAL-
Admission into Sikkim of settlers from 54
Boundary dispute between -- and Sikkim 52
Detention of Thotub Namgyal by 55
Invasion of Sikkim by 51
Levy of customs duty in Sikkim of goods imported to-- 63
Prevalence of slavery in 52
War with China 52
NoBosoHP o.-Khasi Hills State 83
NONGKHLAW-
Abdication of Chief of 85, 178
Application of certain British Enactments to portions of the
State 89
Assumption of administration by the British 78
Chief of 74, 76, 78, 122, 155
Khasi Hills State 83, 84, 122, 155
NONGSPUNG.-Khasi Hills State 83
NONGSTOIN.-Khasi Hills State 83
NORDEN GELONG 54

Opium-
Cultivation of by Abors 158, 161, 162
in Jaintia 118
in Karenni States 281, 283
in Lakhimpur 137
in Shan States 275, 277, 279
ORLEANS, PRINCE HENRY OF 214

PAGAN MIN, KING OF BURMA.-Deposition of- 203

PAHLWAN BAHADUR, MEHTAR 19
PARKA SENA.-Brother of Sura Chandra Singh of Manipur 105
PAXOKKU HILL TRACTS 219
PASSPORTS.-Issueof , 250
PATHANKOT.-Annexation of part of by the British Government 5
PAUL, MR. A. W. 54

Annexation of- by the British 204

Retention of - by Burma 202, 203
PEMBERTON, CAPTAIN 108
PHAYRE, MAJOR 203, 237
PHUN-TSHO-NAm GYAL (Penchoo Namgya).-First Raja of Sikkim 51
POM SANNGUT.-Khasi Hills State 84
POONcH-
Conferment of Jagir of - on Raja Moti Singh 11
1
Confiscation of- by the Lahore Darbar
1, 11
Dhyan Singh made Raja of-
Grant of- to Jawahir Singh and Moti Singh by the Maharaja of
Kashmir
11
11
Raja of - Jagirdar under the Maharaja of Kashmir
Transfer of- to Gulab Singh by the British Government to whom 11, 21
it had been ceded
POSTAL ARRANGEMENTS.-Between India and China 209, 264
POSTAL SERVICE, KASHMIR , . 9
 INDEX. xvii

POWELL, CAPTAIN 17
PRATAP SINGH, MAHARAJA OF KASHMIR .9, 10
Resignation by- of active participation in the Government of the
State . 9
Restoration of powers to 9, 10
PUKHTUN WAI . 18
PUN L . 2, 13, 18
Account of 18
Conferred on Raja Isa Bahadur 18
PURANDAR SINGH. RAJA . .72, 75, 135
PUTAO .... 214, 217
Kachin rising in 217

Q
QUINTON, MR.-Murder of .. 105

R
RAIDS-
Arrangement bei,ween the British and Chinese authorities for com-
pensation in connection with frontiAr in Burma 209, 261
by Abors on British territory 79, 95
by Akas on British territory 77, 81
by Apa Tarangs 100
by Chins on British territory 218
by Daflas on British territory 99
by Karenni on Shan State of Mawkmai 221
by Lusbais on British territory 79, 80, 81, 94
by Manipur Hill Tribes 198, 109, 110
by Mishmis on British territory 97
by Nagas on British territory 80
RAILWAY()-
Cession of jurisdiction by Maharaja of Kashmir over - lands 8, 34, 44
Cession of land for- in the Khasi Hills States 88
Construction of a- through the North Cachar Hills 82
in Jammu and Kashmir 8, 9, 33,, 37, 42
in Yunnan 259
Right of the British Government to construct in Karenni State 281, 282
Right of the British Government to construct in the Shan
States . . . 275, 277, 279
Survey of a proposed from Bhamo to Tengyueh . 209
RAJAN SINGH of Nongkhlaw . .76
RAJAORI . 1
Chief of 4 4 • . . 12, 24
Chief, of - captured by Gulab Singh I
RAJENDRA SINGH of Jaintia .. 76
RAMBRAI-
Khasi Hills State 83, 128
Invasion of- by the British 76
RAXNAAR-
Chief of - 12, 24
Suchet Singh made Chief of 1
RAM SINGE 9
Xviii INElX.

RANBIR SINGH
RANGOON.-Fall of..
RANJIT DEV, RANA, OF JAMMU
RANJIT SINGH-
Conferment of Jammu by- on Gulab Singh * * 1
Conferment of Poonch by - on Dhyan Singh * * 1, 11
Conquest of Kashmir by- 2
RASKAM VALLEY 15
RESIDENT IN KASHMIR-
Appointment of 8
Powers of- in respect of civil and criminal cases * * 7,8,29
to be consulted by Council 9
RESIDENT AT THE COURT OF BURMA-
Appointment of a British 201, 231, 240
RINCNGPUNG-
Advance of British force to- 53, 61
ROAD-
between Manipur and British territory 103, 107, 196
Construction of a- into Yunnan * 209, 263
Right of British Government to construct in the Kha, siHills 85, 123, 138
Shillong-Gauhati 74, 190
Trade - through Sikkim 64
Trade- to Central Asia through Kashmir 7, 27
RUDRA SfNGH.-Ahom King of Assam 72
R ULES-
for the conduct of Civil suits in Burma 204, 242
regulating the powers of the Resident in Kashmir in legal cases 7, 8, 29

B
SADIYA-
Attack on - by Singphos and Khamtis 77, 97
Annexation of -by the British 77
Khampti Gohain or Chief of 74, 77
SADIYA FRONTIER TRAcT--
Account of *
95
Area and population of 95
Boundaries of- 95
Tribes inhabiting the * 95, 96, 97, 98
SAFDAR ALI.-Thum of Hunza 14
SALUTE--
of the Ruler of Jammu and Kashmir 7, 8, 10
of the Ruler of Manipur 106, 198
of the Ruler of Sikkim 54
SANBHUDAN.-Cachari fanatic 81
SAZIN.-One of the Shinaki Republics 16
SCOTT, MiR. DAVID "72, 73, 74, 75, 117, 118, 119
SCOUTS, GILGIT 13, 14, 15, 20
SEo.-One of the Shinaki Republics 16
SHAHID-U ALA.i RAJA.-Governor of Yasin 20
SnAPURI.-Burmese raid on island of 201
SHAH SIKANDER 2
SHAN STATES-
Account of
British force sent to
Constitution of certain into a Federation
 INDEX. x

SHAN STATES-COn*d.
Forms of Sanads granted to Chiefs of- 212? 271, 272, 273, 274
Jurisdiction in 210, 214, 215
Sovereignty of Burma over - 210
SHELIA-
Khasi Hills State 84, 185
Lease of the Lime quarries in 86, 185
Wahadadars of- 78, 151, 185
SHITLONG-
Application of certain British Enactments to certain portions of -
in Mylliem State territory 89, 185, 194, 195
Cession of land by the Chief of Mylliem for 84, 86, 170, 184, 185, 190, 191
Payment to the Chief of Mylliem for- 84
SuINAKI REPUBLICS 15, 16
Account of - 15
SIAM
Boundaries between and trans-Salween States 207, 222
Cession of Chiengsen to 207
Claim advanced by - to certain trans-Salween States 207
Free transit of goods between Burma and 207
SIBSAGAR-
Annexation of- by the British 75
Placed under Raja Purandar Singh 75, 135
SIDKEONO NAMGYAL-Maharaja of Sikkim 55, 56, 57
SIDKYONG NAM GYAL.-Maharaja of Sikkim 53, 54
SIFAT BAHADUR.-Khan Bahadur Raja 19
SIKANDAR KHAN.-Mir of Nagar 15
SIKH GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB-
Ascendancy of- over Jammu 1
Submission of- to the British 3
SIKH WAR.-Conduct of Gulab Singh of Kashmir during the 6

Account of- 51
Area, population and revenue 57
Boundaries 51
Cession of territory to the Maharaja of 60
Invasion of by Nepal 51
Invasion of- by the British 61
Payment of indemnity by- 62
Political control of- transferred to Government of India 56
Prevalence of slavery in- 52
Restoration to Raja of - of territory 'Wrested by the Nepalese 52, 58
Salute of Ruler of - 54
SIMPSON, LIEUTENANT W. H.-Murder of- 105
SINGKAIINO HKATI-
Account of Shan State of - 215
Jurisdictional arrangements in- 215
Tribute payable by - 215

SINOPHOS 74, 76, 77, 97, 119, 142

Account of -of the Sadiya Frontier Tract 97

SKARDU.-Ladakh conquered by the Balti Chief of- 2

SKgNE, LIEUTENANT-COLONEL C. McD.-Murder of 105
 INDEX,

SLAVERY-
Abolition of -on the North East Frontier of Burma
in the Khasi Hills
Prevalence of- in Nepal, Sikkim and Bhutan
Prohibition of - in Sikkim
SOBRAON, BATTLE OF
SoHIONG.-Khasi Hills State
SORRAH (Cherra)-
Khasi Hills State 83, 84, 123, 151
Application of certain British Enactments to portions oif- 89
SoMRA TRACT 220
SUBSIDY-
British - to the Abors 79
British - to Jongpens on the Bhutan Frontier 100, 151
British - to Sikkim .52, 53, 57
payable to Hunza 14, 15
payable to Nagar 14, 15
SUCH T SINGH-
Defeat and death of
Ramnagar conferred on i
SUJANPUR.-Annexation of- by the British Government 5
SUKHDEO SnGH.-Raja of Poonch 11
SuKLAL.-Lushai Chief 79, 94, 163
SuKTSs.-Manipur Hill Tribes 108, 109, 110
SULAIMAN SHAH.-Conquest of Gilgit by of the Khushwakt family of
Yasin 2
SUPAYAGALE.-Ex-Queen of Burma
SUPAYALAT.-Ex-Queen of Burma
SURA CHANDRA SINOH-
Ruler of Manipur 104, 105
Abdication of-- 105
SURVEY-
British party attacked by Khasi Hill tribes 74
Sikkim 64
SURYA NRAYAN.-Last Koch King 71
SYAMSn A.-Son of Garib Nawaz of Manipur 102
SYnrT.-Raids on - by Lushais 80
SYMES, CAPTAIN M. 200, 227
SWAT VALLEY 18
SZEMAO.-Duties of British Consul carried on by the Commissioner
for Chinese Imperial Customs 208

T
TAGHDUMBASH 15
TANGIR-
One of the Shinaki Republics 5, 16
Blockade of* 18
TARAI, SIKKIm.-Annexation of-- 53
TAw SHAH OF NAGAR . * 2
TAsm NAGYAL.-Maharaja of Sikkim 55, 57
 LNDEX.

TELEGRAPH()-
Construction of in Kashmir . 8, 31, 35
Interchange of- messages between the British and Kashmir State
systems .9, 38, 45
Linking up of the Burma and China - systems 208, 209, 251, 252, 267
Persons in Kashmir authorised to send - messages free of charge 39, 40, 45
[ENASSEIU .- Cession of to the British 201, 231
TENGYUEEH-
British Consul
Chinese Imperial Customs Station
GOVAL.-Raja of Sikkim
TEN-ZIN-NAM 51
TERRToRY.-Exchange of - between the Kashmir and Lahore
Darbars 4, 5, 23
THADo KuIn REBELLION 91, 107, 219
THA-one of the Shinaki Republics . 16
THBAW-
King of Burma 204, 206, 207
Atrocities committed by 204, 205
THOR-
one of the Shinaki Republics 16
incorporated in Chilas . 17
Nazarana paid by -to Kashmir 17
Sanad granted to people of 17, 50
THOTHUB NAMGYAL 54, 56
TIBET--
Anglo-Chinese Convention 55, 66, 244
Levy of Customs duty in Sikkim on goods imported to 63
Trade Regulations, 1893 55, 67
Tsotra Namgyal not permitted to leave- 55
TIBETANS-
Advance of - into Sikkim 54
Agreement between- ahd Thothub Namgyal 54
Refuge sought in British territory by - officials 78
rIKENDRAJIT SINoH.-Brother of Sura Chandra Singh of Manipur 105. 106
TINLE NAM GYAL 54
TIRAT SINGH OF NONGKHLAW 74, 76
TITLE-
Conferment of hereditary title of Sawbwa on Ruler of Kantarawadi 222, 283
Conferment of the- of Indar Mahindar Bahadur Sipar-i-Saltanat
on the Maharaja of Kashmir 8
Conferment of - of Khan Bahadur on Raja of Punial 19
Conferment of - of Maharaja on the Ruler of Manipur 107, 198
Conferment of - of Raja on the Chief of Mariaw 177
Conferment of- of Raja Bahadur on Chief of Nongstoin 170
Deprivation of - of Khan Bahadu-r granted to Raja of Punial 19
T-RADE--
Appointment of Joint Commission in connection with the Central
Asian Trade routes 7, 27
between Bengal and Assam 112
between Burma and China . 251, 256
between Manipur and Cachar * , 103, 196
British - with the Burmese 199, 205, 224, 234, 237, 239
British- in Sikkim •
* * 52, 63, 66, 68
 INDEX.

TRADE-Contd.
Burma-China Frontier Convention 244, 256
Central Asian - 6, 7, 26
Eastern Turkistan - 7, 26
Mart at Yatung 55, 67
Tibet - Regulations, 1893 55, 67
TRIANGLE-
Administration of the tract known as the- in Burma 217
Emancipation of slaves in the 217
TRIBUTE--
payable by Chief of Rambrai 86
payable by Chilas to Kashmir 16
payable by Darel to Kashmir 17, 19
payable by Govind Chandra ruler of Cachar to the British Govern-
ment 74, 117
payable by Manipur .. 06, 107, 108, 198
payable by Myoza of Eastern Karenni 280
payable by Poonch to Kashmir 11
payable by Raja Purandar Singh to the British 75, 135
payable by Sawbwa of Hsipaw 276
payable by Sawbwa of Kengtung 274
payable by Sawbwa of Mong Mit 278
payable by the Karenni Chiefs 222, 280
payable by the Maharaja of Kashmir to the British Government 22
payable by the Shan State of Hsawng-hsup (Thaungdut) 215
payable by the Shan State of Singkaling Hkamti 215
payable by Tularam to the British . . . 76
payable by Yasin, Kuh-Gbizar and Ishkoman to Kashmir 20
TSOTRA NAMGYAL 55
TULARA.-Son of a rebellious Cachar officer 73, 75, 78

U
URI, SULTAN OF 12
UZR KHAN OF NACAR 14, 15

V
VANS AGNEW, MR. . 5
Memo. by regarding Ladakh-Tibet boundary 5
VERELST, MR. 102
VIsIT(S)-
of a British officer to Karenni country 221
of a British officer to Lushai country 79
of Captain Durand to Hunza and Nagar 14
of Captain Powell to Thor 17
of Chief Commissioner of Assam to Manipur 105
of Colonel Lockhart to Hunza 14
of Colonels Macgregor and Woodthorpe to Hkamti Long .9 14
of Maharaja of Sikkim to Kalimpong 54
of Mr. L. Grey to Hkamti Long 214
of Prince Henry of Orleans to Hkamti Long 214
of Surgeon-Major Robertson to Gor 16
,VITALA.-Grant of - by Gulab Singh to Moti Singh 1
 INDEX. xxiii

WAR-
between Burmese and Manipur State 102
between Great Britain and Bhutan 79
between Great Britain and Burma 73, 74 103, 201, 202, 206
between Great Britain and Nepal 52
between Nepal and China 52
WAR, AFGHAN-
Services of Kashmir Imperial Service Troops in-- 10
WAR, GREAT--
Services of Kashmir Imperial Service Troops in 10
Services of Sikkim during. 56
WAR, SixH.--Conduct of Gulab Singh of Kashmir during 6
WELLESLEY, MARQUESS . . . . 200
WELSH, CAPTAIN . . . . . 72, 114
WHITE, MR. J. C.-Political Officer, Sikkim 55, 56
WILLIAMSON, MR.-Murder' of 82, 95, 96, 165
WINCHESTER, MISS MARY.-Abduction of -- by Lushais 80
WINCHESTER, MR.-Murder of -- by Lushais 8
WOODTHORPE, COLONit . . . . 214
WUNTHO-
Account of the Shan State of-- 213
Incorporation of - in British Burma 213
Occupation of by British troops 213
Rebellion 213

YANDABO, TREATY OF 199, 201, 230

YARKAND RoAD.-Raiding on by Hunza and Nagar 14
YASIN 2, 5, 13, 19
Account of- 19
Occupation of by Aman-ul-mulk of Chitral 19
YATUNG TRADE MART 55, 67
Jurisdiction in. 68
YOUNGHUSBAND, COLONEL 56
YUNNA--
Consul General
Railways

ZAFAR ZAHID KHAN.-Thum of Nagar 14, 15

ZORAWAR SINGH *
2

MGIPC-L--VI-41-114 31-670.